STANDING ORDER NO
STANDING ORDER NO. 601
No. STS-II-233/63, Dated: 06-05-1964
|Text of Multi-address messages-adoption of proforma |
***
Instructions were issued under this Office endorsement No. STS-II-2/195/63, dated 7th November 1963, communicating text of letters from the Government of India. Ministry of Home Affairs, regarding the text of multi-address messages and the need to keep them as short as possible. It has now been reported that inspite of these instructions and also the appointment of a Screening authority, the progress made in this respect is not satisfactory and the Ministry of Home Affairs have requested suitable steps be taken to achieve the object. Four proforma of messages which cover the usual text of such messages are herewith appended. Serial number when quoted against the proforma number classifies the information under the respective headings. Therefore, Superintendents of Police are directed to use these proforma always in connection with such messages by using telegraphic language. However, there may be case where multi-address messages have to be originated which can not conveniently be formed up with the appended proforma. These messages may be written in the usual manner but the telegraphic form of message writing should be strictly adhered to Messages which are lengthy and verbouse should strictly avoided.
The Special Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid, has been instructed to direct this staff at the various Police Radio Stations to return such messages to the originators which do not conform to the above instructions.
PROFORMA NO. 1
1. Category Missing/Kidnapping/burglary.
2. Name of missing/kidnapped/burgled persons with father’s name:-
3. Age of missing/Kidnapped/burgled person.
4. Description of missing/Kidnapped person.
5. Place, time and date of occurrence
6. a) Name (s) culprit (s)
7. a) Circumstances under which missing/Kidnapping burglary occurred.
b) brief details of stolen/recovered property.
8. Places; likely to be visited.
9. Case registered under FIR No dated u/s PS.
10. Special information, if any.
11. Who is to be informed if traced.
PROFORMA NO. 2
1. Category:-
2. Foreigner’s name and Father’s name
3. Nationality.
4. Address in India.
5. Date of entry into India……… Through (Check post)
6. Pass Port No. and date of issue.
7. Visa number and date of issue.
8. Over-staying since – date.
9. Bailed on date……….
10. Left for……..on…………..from
11. Descriptive Roll.
12. Action required.
PROFORMA NO. 3
1. Category Court Attendance.
2. ]Name of witness with father’s name or designation.
3. Address.
4. Court to be attended.
5. Date and Time of Attendance.
6. Case Registration
7. FIR No………..u/s…………….
8. Dated…………..Police Station………….
9. Case……………Versus………………..
Particular information to produce any document.
PROFORMA NO. IV
1. Station and Crime No.
2. Date and time of occurrence, place of occurrence and distance from the Police Station.
3. Name of the Complainant, date and time of report.
4. Name of the deceased.
5. Name of the accused.
6. Property stolen and recovered.
7. Brief facts of the case.
STANDING ORDER NO. 602
No. 169/GNL-1/64, Dated: 08-05-1964
|Exhibition of Photographs of Police Personnel who have performed acts of gallantry, etc., and |
|interesting-in Dasara Exhibition. |
***
1. A Police Stall is organised every year in the Exhibition at Mysore during Dasara Festivities. It is necessary that the Stall is made attractive by display of interesting and informative exhibits. It should also depict the Progress made by the various Districts, and Units during the year.
2. The Superintendent of Police are hereby instructed to send interesting exhibits as well as photographs covering the activities of the Department. These exhibits and photographs should be sent to the Principal, Police Training College, Mysore, well in time to enable him to scrutinise, select and exhibit them in the Exhibition. The photographs could possibly cover the following activities:
1. Photographs of exhibits in important and sensational Criminal Cases, with brief note on each case.
2. Photographs of motor vehicles involved in serious accidents which could focus the attention of the Public to the seriousness of road accidents.
3. Photograph showing acts of gallantry performed by the Police during flood, fire accidents, etc.,
4. Photographs showing the welfare work done at the Police Welfare Centers.
5. Photographs of new Police Stations and residential quarters constructed and completed during the year.
6. Photographs of Field activities, such as Sports, etc.
3. The Photographs are proposed to be mounted on illuminated revolving stands and as such should be uniformly of cabinet size and clear.
4. Instructive literature dealing with prevention and detection of Crime, Law and Order problems, road sense, etc., could also be made available for editing and exhibiting at the stall.
5. The Principal, Police Training College is entrusted with the responsibility of selecting, scrutinizing, editing and exhibition of the exhibits, including Photographs. He is also permitted to enter into correspondence with the Superintendents of Police and other Unit Officers with a view to ensure that the exhibits and Photographs exhibited are of a high order and reflect the working of the Department in its proper perspective.
STANDING ORDER NO. 603
No. CB-3/9/64, Dated: 26-10-1964
|Periodical returns of immovable property held by Govt. Servants – Instructions |
|Reference: |This office S.O. No. 600 (No. CB-3/9/1994, dated 17-04-1964 |
***
In this office S.O. Cited above, instructions were issued that the register prescribed by Government in O.M. No. GAD 133 SRR 63, dated 13-01-1964, should be maintained by all Heads of Offices for checking the receipt of the property returns. The Heads of Offices referred to in that connection are the officers who maintain the Confidential Personal Files of the Government Servants concerned.
In official memorandum No. GAD 78 SRR 64 dated 10-07-1974 the Government has issued the following further instructions re-submission of immovable property returns of non-gazetted Government servants.
“When the Confidential Reports are maintained by subordinate officers below the level of Head of the Department returns relating to acquisition of immovable property of non-gazetted Government servants, shall be submitted by Government servants concerned through the immediate officer under whom they are working who will scrutinise them and pass them on to the officers maintaining in the Confdl. Report File of the non-gazetted Government servant who will keep them along with the Confdl. Report File of the concerned servant.”
The above procedure is prescribed so that immediate superior officers through whom the Government servants are required to submit applications for permission to acquire immovable property under Rule 17 the Mysore Government servants Conduct Rules, may check up whether any non-gazetted Government servant working under them has during any year acquired immovable property disproportionate to the pay and allowances drawn by him.
These instructions will not. However, absolve the officers who are required to maintain the register of immovable property returns, of the responsibilities laid down in paras 9 and 10 of S.O. No. 600 dated 17-04-1964.
STANDING ORDER NO. 604
No. 17/EST(5)1965, Dated: 15-05-1965
|Preparation of list of A.S.Is and H.Cs fit for promotion as P.S. Is (Civil) Procedure. |
***
In Supersession of (i) the Mysore Police Services (Recruitment) Rules 1960, in so far as they relate to Recruitment by promotion to the posts of Sub Inspectors of Police (Civil) and (ii) the Rules for promotion of A.S.Is and H.Cs, as P.S.Is of Police (Civil issued in Notification No. HD 29 PSI 59, dated 20-07-1960. Revised Rule for the promotion of A.S.Is, and H.Cs, as P.S.Is. (Civil) have been published in Government Notification No. GAD-57 ORR/63, dated 10-12-1963. A copy of the Revised Rules has already been communicated this Office endorsement No. EI-C./143/62, dated 26-12-1963 to all concerned.
2. The lists of A.S. Is. And H.Cs, fit for promotion as P.S.Is (Civil) prepared under rules II, 13 and 15 of the Notification No. H.D. 29 PEI 59 dated 20-07-1960, in 1961 have been ratified as validly made under rule 18 of the Rules issued in Notification No. GAD 57 ORR/63, dated 10-12-1963.
3. In future, the list of A.S.Is, and H.Cs, (Civil) fit for promotion as P.S.Is (Civil) shall be prepared and examination held normally once a year, in accordance with these Rules. In view of the Revised Rule. The procedure laid down for the preparation of the select list of ASIs, and HCs (Civil) fit for promotion as P.S.Is (Civil) in S.O. 521 may be treated as cancelled and the preparation of the list in question should be processed through the following stage.
Stage-I. Preparation of lists ‘A’ & ‘B’ by the Superintendents of Police and their transmission to the Range Dy. Inspectors General of Police or the Dy. Inspector General of Police, CID and Railways in the case of Government Railway. Police. So far as City of Bangalore is concerned, the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, will prepare and finalise the list. (Vide rule-4).
Stage-2. Scrutiny of lists ‘A’ and ‘B’ by each Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police or the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and Railways in the case of the Railway Police and granting of permission to these A.S.Is and H.Cs, who are considered fit to appear for the examination, by the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore in City of Bangalore and the Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police, concerned (vide rule-5).
Stage-3. Holding of the Examination for the A.S.Is, and H.Cs permitted to sit for the examination, according to rule(8) and drawing up of/list of/the successful candidates (vide rules 9 and 11).
Stage-4. From amongst the lists of successful candidates the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, and the Range Dy. Inspector General of Police concerned should draw up, in the order of merit lists of ASIs, and HCs, eligible for promotion as S.Is (Civil), the number in Bangalore City and in each Range being limited to the number of vacancies likely to occur during the year. The remaining successful candidates will be sent for training in the subsequent years according to the number of vacancies available.
Stage-5. The Principal, P.T.C, Mysore, at the end of the training, will hold an examination draw up final lists of successful persons in respect of the City of Bangalore and each Range in the order of merit and the result will be published in the M.P.G. (Vide Rule-13)
4. he following detailed instructions are issued for action to be taken at each stage:-
Stage-1. According to Rule 4 of the Rules, it is the responsibility of the Officers who prepare the lists to ensure that the case of every A.S.I and H.C (Civil), who has a lien in the City/District including those in the C.I.D, Anti-Corruption Branch. Etc., and who fulfill the qualification laid down therein and is desirous of appearing for the examination, is considered, and included either in the list ‘A’ or List ‘B’ appended to the Rules. For this purpose, the Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and each Superindent of Police in the Districts should maintain a list of Police Officers of the City/District, who are on deputation to other Branches of the Police Force such as the C.I.D, and other Departments of the State like, Anti-Corruption branch on foreign service like deputation to Intelligence Bureau etc., Names of all A.S.Is and H.Cs fulfilling the requisite qualifications mentioned in Rule(4) should find a place either in list ‘A’ or list ‘B’. The names of A.S.Is, and H.Cs, on these lists, should be arranged in the order of the rank and seniority in the Bangalore City/District Police Force. The lists so drawn up should be transmitted to their Dy. Inspectors General of Police, along with the confidential and Service Records of the person in the lists, so as to reach the Deputy Inspectors General of Police, concerned on or before 30th April, of the year in which the examination under the Rules is proposed be held. In the case of the City of Bangalore, the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, should draw up the lists in the order of the rank and Seniority of the personnel by 30th April of the year in which the examination is proposed to be held.
In so far as the Railway Police is concerned, the Superintendent of Police, Government Railway Police, will likewise prepare lists of A.S.Is and H.Cs, working under him, in forms ‘A’ and ‘B’ and divide each list into 4 parts, viz., (i) containing the names of A.S.Is and H.C.s working in the Railway Police Stations and Out Posts located in the City of Bangalore, (ii) Railway A.S.Is and H.Cs in the Central Range, (iii) the Railway A.S.Is and H.Cs in Northern Range, (iv) Railway ASIs, and ACs in Southern Range, as the case may be. These lists shall be submitted to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and Railways, on or before 30th April of the year in which the examination under the Rules is proposed to be held.
Stage-2. On receipt of lists ‘A’ ‘B’ from the Superintendent of Police (including Superintendent of Police, Railways) concerned, the Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID & Railway, as the case may be, shall scrutinise the lists and revise the lists suitable, if in their opinion, any one has been wrongly included in or excluded from the list ‘A’. The revised list ‘A’ drawn by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and Railways, should be transmitted to the Commissioner of Police Bangalore and the Deputy Inspector General of police of the Ranges concerned, in whose jurisdiction the Railway Police Stations and outposts are located. The Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police shall intimate the Superintendents of Police including the Superintendent of Police, Government Railway Police the names of A.S.Is and H.Cs, who have been permitted to sit for the examination. Only those who are in the list ‘A’ so drawn up the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore and revised by the Deputy Inspectors General of Police concerned shall be allowed to sit for the examination to be conducted by the Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and Deputy Inspectors General of Police. The list of ASIs and HCs, finally permitted to appear for the examination by the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, and the Deputy Inspectors General of Police concerned should be sent to Chief Office in the name of the Asst. Inspectors General of Police concerned.
Stage-3. As required under Rule(9) the Inspectors General of Police shall make arrangements for conducting the tests specified, appointment of examiners for setting question papers, printing and distribution of question papers and for the valuation of answer papers and also fixing the date for the written tests (i) and (ii) in Rule(8).
The written examination shall be conducted in the City of Bangalore or in District Head quarters of each Districts or at such place as specified by the Inspectors General of Police and shall be personally supervised by the Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and the Superintendents of Police in the Districts. It is only in the absence of Commissioner of Police Bangalore/Superintendents of Police or in special circumstances, supervision of the examination should be entrusted to one of the Deputy Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and the D.S.P, in Districts as the case may be.
The A.S.Is and H.Cs. of the Railway Police Stations and Out Posts permitted to appear for the examination, shall sit for the examination at the District Head Quarters of the Districts in which the Railway Police Stations and Out-Posts are located. The A.S.Is and H.Cs of the Railway Police Stations and Out Posts located within the jurisdiction of the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, who are permitted to appear for the examination shall write their examination at Bangalore City.
After the written examination in tests (i) and (ii) is over and the papers valued by the Examiners appointed for the purpose by the Inspectors General of Police, the result sheets shall be submitted to Chief Office in the name of the Asst. Inspectors General of Police concerned for transmission of the extracts to the concerned Deputy Inspectors General of Police and Commissioner of Police.
The Commissioner of Police, Bangalore and the Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police, shall thereafter, fix a suitable date for personally conducting tests (iii) and (iv) prescribed in Rule(8). Only such of those A.S.Is and H.Cs., who obtain a pass ie., obtain a minimum of 45% of the marks in each of the tests (i) and (ii) shall be called up by the Commissioner of Police, in City Bangalore and the Deputy Inspectors General of Police of each Range for appearing for tests (iii) and (iv).
The tests (iii) and (iv) Prescribed in Rule(8) shall be conducted by the Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore and at the Head Quarters of the Deputy Inspectors General of Police concerned. After completion of tests (iii) and (iv), the Commissioner of Police in the City of Bangalore, and Deputy Inspectors General of Police in the Ranges, will draw up lists of successful candidates who secure the required number of pass marks in the proforms ‘C’ attached to this Standing Order. The names of the successful candidates shall be arranged in the order of the total marks obtained in all the four tests viz. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) put together. The names of Successful candidates so arranged should be in the order of merit.
Stage-4. From among the successful candidates in Proforma ‘C’ arranged in the order of merit, me number being limited to the number of vacancies available in the City of Bangalore and in each Range in a year, shall be deputed for training and the rest shall undergo training in the following year according to the vacancies available in that year, for a period of six months at the P.T.C., Mysore (vide Rule-11 & 12).
Stage-5. The Principal. P.T.C., Mysore, shall in consultation with the Deputy Inspectors General of Police, Southern Range, Mysore, and after obtaining the approval of the Inspectors General of Police, fix a date for the commencement of the training at the P.T.C, Mysore, to the successful candidates to be deputed for training, normally, either during July or August each year and intimate the concerned Superintendents of Police, Commissioner of Police Bangalore and the Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police. Thereafter, on hearing from the Principal, P.T.C., Mysore, the Persons ear-marked for the training in that year, will be sent for training.
As required in Rule-13 of the Rules, the Principal, P.T.C., Mysore, will hold examination at the end of the training. He will prepare Range-wise result Sheets, in the order of merit and transmit them to the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, and the Deputy Inspectors General of Police of the concerned Ranges. He will also simultaneously cause the result of the examination published in the M.P.G., under intimation to the Inspector General of Police.
5. The A.S.Is and H.Cs. brought on the list and published in the Police Gazette will be eligible for appointment on promotion as P.S.Is (Civil) in the City of Bangalore and in the respective ranges. It is only after such a list is exhausted, the A.S.Is, and H.Cs, brought on the subsequent lists and published in the M.P.G. by the Principal, P.T.C. Mysore, shall be considered for promotion to the rank of P.S.I (Civil).
6. Temporary Promotions: On account of paucity of lists referred in para 5 certain officiating promotions have been made from among those who are not on the existing select lists. All such promotions are liable to be reviewed and replaced by A.S.Is, and H.Cs, brought on the list to be prepared under these Rules. The appointing authorities, in an emergency in case the list is exhausted may/fill up the vacancies of P.S.Is (Civil), in the public interest, by promotion from among the A.S.Is and H.Cs, who possess the qualifications laid down in Rule-4 of the Rules, temporarily and such promotions are liable to be reviewed and replaced by the A.S.Is and H.Cs, brought on the list and published in the M.P.G. under the existing Rules. The temporary promotions referred to are required to be made on Range wise basis from among persons fully qualified as mentioned in Rule 17 of the Rules.
7. Any difficulties or doubts in giving effect to the provision in the Rules in question, may be immediately got clarified from the Chief Office. The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
STATEMENT “C: (RANGE) NR/SR/CR AND BANGALORE CITY
|Sl. |Name of |District |Rank |Marks Obtained. |Total |Passes|Remarks of the|
|No. |ASI/HC | | | |columns |or |CI/DIG of |
| | | | | |(5) + (8) |Failur|Police |
| | | | | | |es | |
| |
|Reference: |Item 12 of the Minutes of the Conference of Commissioner of Police, all Deputy |
| |Inspectors General of Police and the Superintendents of Police held at Bangalore from |
| |05-01-1964 to 08-01-1964 Chief Officer Memo No. 420/SMS/63, dated 06-04-1964. |
***
In Continuation of the decission arrived at the Conference cited, the Government have approved the Manual of Office Procedure for the DPOs and other Unit Offices. A copy of the Government Order No. GAD. 41 OOM 1964 dated 26/27-07-1965 approving the Manual with certain amendments is enclosed for reference.
2. The Government of Mysore have issued a Common Manual of Office Procedure applicable for all the Departments in the Mysore State and stressed that this Manual should be followed in all offices, subject to suitable variations depending on the special situation of a particular Department.
3. The Police Department being a specialised Department and distinctive in its day-to-day administration requires an Office Procedure well suited to its needs to conduct its business smoothly, effectively and efficiently. Accordingly a detailed system of Office Procedure for the District Police Officers and other Unit Offices has been drafted within the ambit of the principles laid down by the Government of Mysore in their Manual of Office Procedure.
4. The Manual of Office Procedure now issued is compiled mainly with particular reference to the conditions prevailing in and the requirements of the District Police Offices. The other Unit Offices should adopt the Procedure and follow it with such suitable adjustments as may be necessary in view of their staff position.
5. The Superintendents of Police of Districts should after carefully studying the Procedure, re-organise the whole set up of their offices as detailed in the Manual and draw up detailed allocation of duties among the staff of the Office. It may be mentioned here, that in some of the Districts it may be difficult to re-organise the offices as detailed in the Procedure for want of sufficient staff. Quite recently the Government have sanctioned an increase of certain number of Ministerial Posts of the District Police Offices temporarily for a period of one year. These temporary posts have been distributed to the under-staffed Districts, in Chief Office memo No. 155/RA-1/58, dated 05-11-1963. It is, therefore, felt that there may be some difficulties the Superintendents of Police should allocate the existing staff to suit the convenience of the office and ensure that the new procedure is effectively implemented.
6. The forms proposed in the Manual are, those prescribed by the Government in their office procedure. Hence, the required number of registers forms etc., may be obtained from the Government press on indent directly.
7. It should be noted that the reference in para 26 of the Manual is only to the office system and as such all Registers etc., Pertaining to the Accounts, Stores, etc., will continue to be maintained as at present.
8. A few stenciled copies of the Manual as amended by Government are sent herewith for your reference. This may be acknowledged. Further copies required will be printed and supplied after obtaining the sanction of Government.
Copy of letter No. GAD 41 OOM 64, dated 26/27-07-1965, from the Chief Secretary to Government of Mysore, Bangalore addressed to the Inspector General of Police, Bangalore.
|Manual of Office Procedure for the District Police offices and other Units |
|Reference: |Your letter No. GB. IC/78/62 (PMS) dated 24-11-1964 |
****
I am directed to convey approval of Government to the Manual of office procedure for the District Police offices with the following modifications:-
i) It is considered necessary to mention the financial and accounting procedure as mentioned in paras 19 and 20. It is sufficient If the following provision is made.
“The Superintendents of Police drawing and disbursing officers for all District Police office staff. They are also controlling officers for the subordinate Police offices and staff. The Financial and Accounting procedure in respect of such responsibilities are governed by the provisions of the Mysore Finance Code, the Mysore Civil Service Rules, the Contingency Manual and the Book of Financial Powers. The officers and staff are expected to study and strictly follow the provisions contained therein”
ii) Paras-3, and 29(6) require recasting as noted below 3-Hours of attendance, to make their meaning clear.
A final copy of the Manual after incorporating the changes etc., may be sent to Government.
The prescribed office hours are from 10-30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. on all working days. Every member of the staff should attend the office punctually and should be present in the office at the prescribed hours. Heads of Section…………………..(as in the draft)
29(6) After registering all the papers in the General Receipt Registers of the Sections, the Registration Clerk shall place them before the Manager. The Manager will go through all the papers and note on them such instructions as may be considered necessary. He will mark “File” on papers that should be filed and if any of the papers require indexing in his opinion, he will mark it also with the word “index” if there are……………(as in the draft).
STANDING ORDER NO. 608
No. 7/M.P.M/66, Dated: 20-05-1966
|Ceremonial Parades-Procedure and words of command. |
|Reference: |Chief Office S.O. No. 587, Communicated in |
| |Chief Office No. 2/MPM/1963, dated 11-01-1963. |
***
In Chief Office Standing Order No. 587 a common Drill Manual in two parts viz. Part I and II was issued with instructions to follow the procedure laid down therein in conducting drill and parade.
It has been found that the procedure now adopted in holding the ceremonial parade is not only unsatisfactory but also differs from district to district. While Chapter XXI of the common Drill Manual describes the movements for each words of command, if does not lay down what items should constitute a Police Ceremonial Parade. It has, therefore, become necessary to issue a set of instructions to be followed in every district in holding ceremonial parade.
A set of instructions is accordingly drafted and enclosed to this Standing Order. The procedure now suggested is mostly according to the existing practice involving simple movements, easy to practice and execute efficiently and smartly. All the Superintendents of Police of districts and the Unit Officers will please see that the procedure and words of command for ceremonial parade detailed in the enclosed instructions are studied well and practiced thoroughly by the officers and men of the district/units.
Receipt of this S.O. should be acknowledged by return post.
PROCEDURE AND WORDS OF COMMAND FOR CEREMONIAL PARADES
|1.Strength of the |The strength of the Ceremonial Parade shall normally consist of 6 or | |
|Parade |more Platoons depending on the available strength and the size of the | |
| |parade ground. Every three Platoons shall be under the command of C.R.I,| |
| |and each Platoon under the command of a R.S.I. or an A.R.S.I. The | |
| |Strength of the Platoon shall be 31 all ranks including the Platoon | |
| |Commander. The right guide shall be a smart H.C or a PC and he will be | |
| |covered. | |
|II. Parade Commander |The Parade shall be commanded by a Gazetted Officer of the rank of a | |
| |Superintendent of Police or Asst./Dy. Superintendent of Police. | |
|III. Parade Second In-Command |The Officer immediately junior to the Parade Commander shall officiate | |
| |as Second-in-Command. | |
|Iv. Outline Procedure |The Companies will be inspected by the Company Commanders, Platoons | |
| |sized and Bayonets fixed before the Coys. March into the parade ground. | |
| |The Coys. Shall be marched on the inspection line. The band/bands will | |
| |commence playing on the words of Command:- and stop playing when the | |
| |first Playing when the first Platoon approaches the markers flag. The |QUICK MARCH |
| |Platoons shall halt independently. After all the Platoons come to halt | |
| |the Parade Second-in-Command shall order get the Parade to Order Arms |THE PARADE WILL ADVANCE |
| |and dress them in open order. |PARADE LEFT TURN |
| | | |
| |On arrival of the Parade commander the Second-in-Command shall pay the | |
| |appropriate compliments and handover charge of parade. The Parade | |
| |Commander shall order arms and stand the Parade at EASE. | |
|V. Intervals |The Parade shall be in two halfes, the right half of parade and left | |
| |half of parade. The two halfes shall be separated by an interval of | |
| |20/15 paces (depending upon the size of the Parade ground.) There shall | |
| |be an interval of 7 paces between Coys, and 3 paces between Platoons, | |
|VI. Position of Officers |The Parade Commander shall be 15 paces ahead i-command shall be 5 paces | |
| |behind the parade commander. Company commanders shall be 6 paces in | |
| |front of the middle file of centre platoon. The Platoon Commanders shall| |
| |stand at 3 paces in front of the middle file of the Platoon. | |
|VII. Bands |The band or bands shall be stationed 15 paces behind tear rank of the | |
| |parade covering the interval between the two half of the Parade. The | |
| |drum major/majors shall be 3 paces in front of the Bandmaster/masters | |
| |who will be 4 paces ahead of the middle file of the band. | |
| | | |
| |There shall be no supernumerary in any rank or file. | |
|VIII. Sequence of Parade |The parade will be at SLOPE Arms when the inspecting/reviewing Officer | |
|a) Inspection |arrives. Immediately after the inspecting/ reviewing officer takes his | |
| |position on the saluting Base the Parade Commander shall pay the | |
| |appropriate compliments and the bands simultaneously play the General or| |
| |National Salute depending on the entitlement of the inspecting/ | |
| |reviewing officer. (in) the case of Ministers of the Central Government,| |
| |State Government, the Inspector General of Police and Dy. Inspectors | |
| |General of Police, ‘General Salute’ will be played On occasions like | |
| |Republic Day and Independence day, “NATIONAL SALUTE” shall be played | |
| |immaterial of who the inspecting/reviewing officer is.) | |
|(b) | The Parade will be brought to Slope Arms and then to Order Arms. The|OFFICERS-JR. OFFICERS AND-O |
| |Parade Commander shall report to the inspecting/reviewing officer. |RS. ON PARADE . IS READY FOR|
| | |INSPEETION SIR |
| |The Inspecting/reviewing officer will ask for the Parade to “STAND AT | |
| |EASE” |“No. I PLATOON STAND FAST |
| | |REMAINDER STAND AT EASE” |
| |The Parade Commander will then order:- | |
| | | |
| |The inspecting/Reviewing Officer accompanied by the Parade Commander | |
| |will proceed towards the right of the parade for inspection. The Parade | |
| |Commander shall be to the right of the inspecting officer. As the | |
|(c) |inspecting officer approaches the right guide of No. 1 Platoon the Band | |
| |will commence playing. | |
| | | |
| |Note: The Inspection of the front rank will be from right to left. The | |
| |centre rank from left to right and the rear rank from right to left. | |
|(d) |As the inspecting/Reviewing Officer approaches the first file of the | |
| |rear rank of No. 1 Platoon, No. 2 Platoon Commander shall call his | |
| |Platoon to ATTENTION. As the Inspecting Officer Commences inspection of | |
| |No. 3 Platoon, No. I Platoon Commander shall call his Platoon to STAND | |
| |AT EASE Likewise when the inspection of No. 4 Platoon Commences, No. 2 | |
| |Platoon shall be ordered to STAND AT EASE and so on. The Band will cease| |
| |to play after the rear rank of the last Platoon has been inspected. If | |
| |the inspecting officer moves towards the Band to inspect them the Bands | |
| |shall continue to be at attention and if there is more than one band, | |
| |the band masters shall salute together. The Band Master shall not leave | |
| |his post unless called by the inspecting officer. The Band/Bands shall | |
| |be called to STAND AT EASE after the inspecting Officer passes the front| |
| |rank of the Parade. At all times the senior Band master shall command. | |
| | | |
| |The Parade Commander shall accompany the inspecting/reviewing Officer up| |
| |to the saluting base, unless otherwise ordered by the inspecting officer| |
| |remain there till the inspecting officer takes his position, salute to | |
| |the inspecting officer and return to his post. | |
|IX Orders by the |The Parade Commander after taking position shall give the following |“PARADE ATTENTION CLOSE |
|a)Parade Commander |words of Commanded:- |ORDER MARCH-SLOPE ARMS MOVE |
| | |TO THE RIGHT IN COLUMN OF |
| | |THREES RIGHT TURN |
| | | |
|b) | |(All officers shall turn to |
| |The Band commences playing and marches to the centre of the Parade |the right and remain where |
| |ground after the last platoon has crossed the interval between the two |they are) PARADE BY THE LEFT|
| |half of the parade. The Parade Commander and Second-In command seep out |QUICK MARCH |
| |and take their place left of the front rank of No. I Platoon in line | |
| |with the No. I coy. Commander. The Coy. Commanders shall step out and | |
| |take their positions to the left of the first Platoon Commander of their| |
| |Coy. As the Platoon approaches flag “A” the Parade Commander shall | |
| |order. | |
| | |“CHANGE DIRECTION LEFT-LEFT |
| | |WHEEL” |
|c) | As No. I Platoon approaches the forming up line at Flag ‘A’ the |“AT THE HALT FACING LEFT |
| |Parade Commander sh. |FROM CLOSE COLUMAN OF |
| |all order. |PLATOONS” |
| | | |
| |PLATOONS | |
| | |“HALT PLATOON WILL ADVANCE |
| |As No. I Platoon approaches Flag ‘A’ the Platoon Commander shall order. |LEFT TURN” |
| | | |
| |No. 2, 3 and other Platoon march close to the Last file of No. 1 | |
| |Platoon, wheel to the right and again wheel to the left and halt at 5 | |
| |paces interval between Platoons and 7 paces between Coy’s and turn left | |
| |on Orders of the respective Platoon Commanders. | |
| | | |
| |The Coy, and Platoon Commanders will keep their positions. The Band | |
| |shall cease to play after the last platoon wheels to the left to come to| |
| |a halt. After the last Platoon halts and turns left, the parade | |
| |Commander shall order. | |
| | | |
| |On the word of Command RIGHT DRESS all the Officers shall turn about. | |
| |The drums shall commence rolling. The Platoons dress at arms interval. | |
| |The rolling of the drums gradually subside and at the beat of the drum | |
| |of the Officers will turn about and the men drop their Arms smartly and | |
| |turn their heads to the front all simultaneously. The right guides SHALL| |
| |NOT move out of their positions but align themselves with flag ‘A’. The | |
| |Parade Commander shall then order. | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | |“ORDER ARMS RIGHT DRESS” |
| |No. I Platoon Commander will order. |PARDE SLOPE ARMS PARADE WILL|
| | |MARCH PAST IN COLUMN OF |
| | |PLATOONS AT 20 PACES |
| | |INTERVAL |
| | | |
| | |NO.1 PLATOON LEADING NO.1 |
| | |PLATOON BY THE RIGHT QUICK |
| | |MARCH |
|d) | The parade Commander, Second-in-command and 1st Company Commander | |
| |shall march on the word of Command of No. 1 Platoon Commander. On | |
| |approaching the saluting base (at flag C) the Parade Commander and the | |
| |Second-in-command shall salute simultaneously. No. 1 Coy. Commander will| |
| |salute on the word of command “No. 1 PLATOON EYES RIGHT”. The other | |
| |platoons follow the same procedure but No. 2 and the last but one | |
| |platoon before ordering “EYES RIGHT”. The Platoon Commanders shall order| |
| |“EYES FRONT” Soon as the rear rank of the platoon passes flag “D”Z. | |
|e) |As the first Platoon approaches Flag ‘E’, the parade commander shall |“PLATOONS WILL MOVE TO THE |
| |order: |RIGHT IN COLUMAN OR THRESS |
| | |IN SUCCESSION”. |
| |And the Platoon Commanders as they cross flag ‘F’ shall order: |“MOVE TO THERIGHT IN THREES |
| | |TURN-CHANGE DIRECTION LEFT |
| |and again after passing Flag ‘F’ they will order. |WHEEL”. |
| | Similarly on approaching Flag “G” the Platoons will wheel to the left| |
| |and march up to their Marker Flags, on the inspection line. The Parade |“PARADE THE HALT FACING LEFT|
| |Commander shall order: |FORM LINE IN SUCCESSION”. |
| |The Platoons on reaching their markers Flag shall HALT and turn LEFT on | |
| |the orders of Platoon Commander independently. At Flag ‘G’ as Platoons | |
| |wheel to the left the Coy. Commanders shall mark-time and take their | |
| |positions to the left of the second platoon commander of their | |
| |respective Coys. The band/bands will counter march and come back to | |
| |its/their original position and cease playing just before the platoon | |
| |comes to halt on the inspection line. | |
| | The parade commander shall order: |PRADE-ORDER |
| | |ARMS-OPEN ORDER |
| | |MARCH-CENTRE |
| |On the Word of Command “CENTRE DRESS” the dressing will be done on the |DRESS. |
| |roll and best of the drums. The Parade Commander shall order. | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| |` The Parade advances and comes to halt on the 15th step. The parade | |
| |Commander shall give the appropriate salute. Call the parade to “SLOPE |PARADE SLOPE ARMS-PARADE |
| |AND ORDER ARMS” and report to the inspecting/reviewing officer that the |WILL |
| |parade is over and seek his order to march off the parade. |ADVANCE IN REVIEW |
| | |ORDER-BY THE |
| |The parade Commander after obtaining the orders of the |MARCH. |
| |inspecting/reviewing officer shall order the second-in-command to take | |
| |over and march off the parade. He will then take his position to the | |
| |right of the saluting base. | |
|PARADE MARCHING | The Second-in-command hall order |PARADE WILLUNFIX |
|a) OFF | |BAYONET-UNFIX-BAYONET |
| | The parade left guide shall on the word of Command UNFIX-take 15 | |
| |paces to the front and timing for unfixing bayonets shall be taken from | |
| |his movements. (If the parade consists of too many Platoons, the | |
| |bayonets may be unfixed stationery in which case the words of command | |
| |shall be “PARADE WILL UNFIX BAYONET-UNFIX-BAYONET-ATTENCTION”) | |
| | | |
| |After unfixing the bayonets the parade second-in-command shall order: | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
|b) | |“PARADE CLOSE ORDER |
| | |MARCH-PARADE SLOPE ARMS-MOVE|
| | |TO THE RIGHT IN COLUMN OF |
| | |ROUTE-RIGHT TURN” |
| | On the word of Command “RIGHT TURN” the Coy., and the platoon | |
| |Commanders shall smartly turn to the Right and take their position as | |
| |under: | |
| | |QUICK MARCH |
| | | |
| |Coy. Commanders in front of the first platoon commander of his Coy. and | |
| |the platoon commanders in front of the Centre file of their respective | |
| |platoons. | |
|C) | The Parade Second-in-command shall order. Step out and take his | |
| |place in front of No.1 Platoon. 5 paces ahead of o1 Coy. Commander. | |
| | | |
| |The Platoons shall march beyond Flag “H” wheel to the left, again wheel | |
| |to the left in line with Flag “a” and March past in column of route. | |
| | | |
|d) | | |
|e) |The Parade Second-in-command on approaching the saluting base shall | |
| |salute independently. No.1 Coy. Commander and other Coy. Commanders | |
| |shall synchronies their salute with the word of Command “EYES RIGHT” of | |
| |the Platoon ahead of whom they are positioned. | |
| | | |
| |The Parade Marches off the parade ground. The Band/Bands shall follow | |
| |the last platoon and the Band Masters and the drum majors only shall | |
| |turn their head to the right smartly and salute simultaneously as they | |
| |approach Flag “C”. | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 609
No. 18//M.P.M/1966, Dated: 10-10-1967
|Band Fund Rules-Amendments-furher instructions issued. |
***
Attention s drawn to Standing Order No. 584 with which a copy of the Band Fund Rule approved by the Government in No HD 24 PAA 61, dated 21-08-1962 was forwarded with detailed instructions for the proper implementation of the rules.
2. Attention is also drawn to Chief Office memo No. 331/Law/59 (PMS) dated 24-12-1962 forwarding a copy of G.O. No. HD 19 PAA 1962, dated 19-12-1962m amending rule 14(d) of the Band Fund Rules.
3. With the reconisation of the Bangalore City Police, it became necessary to amend the rules so as incorporate the correct designations of the officers of the Bangalore City Police. The Accountant General too pointed out that while he has no objection to the constitution of a Band Fund, the entire amount of hire charges collected from the parties should be taken as receipts of the Department and all expenditure including the payment of remuneration equal to 50% of the hire charges should be met from the contingent grants of District Police Offices. Consequently draft amendments were sent t the Government for approval. The Government has in Order No. HD 135 PAR 66 dated 26-07-1967m issued necessary amendments to the rules. A copy of the Government Order is annexed hereto.
With the issue of there amendments the following instructions are issued in partial modification of Standing Order No. 584.
i) The entire amount of hire charges collected from the parties should be credited to the head of account “XIX Police-B-Police-Supplied to the Public Departments Private companies and persons”.
ii) An amount equal to 50% of the hire charges collected may be drawn on a D.C. Bill and paid to the personnel of the band in such ratio as the Superintendent of Police or Deputy Commissioner of Police C.A.R., as the case may be decided.
iii) The expenditure on account of repairs and replacements to the Band Instruments shall be met from the contingent grants.
iv) A Band Fund Register shall be maintained in the form prescribed in G.O. No. HD 135 PAR 1966, dated 26-07-1967, in addition to the registers contemplated in rule 24 of the Band Fund Rules and entries should be made regularly in respect of every transaction relating to the Band and Band Fund.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Constitution of Band Fund in the Armed Police Modification of Rules.
Read:- 1. G.O.No. HD 24 PPA 1961 dated 21-08-1962.
2. Letter No. 31/Law/59(PMS) dated 27-10-1966
From the Inspector General of Police, Mysore
State, Bangalore.
3. Letter No. Dep. III (DI) 11-39/112-113, dated
31-05-1967 from the Accountant General B’lore.
Order No. HD 135 PAR 1966, Bangalore dated 26-07-1967.
ORDER
Substitute the following amendment to the Rules for the administration of Band Fund and Band in the District Armed Reserve and the MARP of the Police Department issued in the G.O. dated 21-08-1962 read above:-
1. Amendment to the title of the Rules:- The following title shall be substituted for the existing title:
“Rules for the administration of Band Fund and Bands in the District Armed Reserve and City Armed Reserve of the Police Department”.
2. Amendment of “Superintendent of Police, MARP.” And M.A.R.P.”:- The words “Deputy Commissioner, City Armed Reserve” and City Armed Reserve” shall be substituted for the words “Superintendent of Police, MARP.” And MARP” respectively wherever they occur in the Rules.
3. Amendment to Rule 12:- For the existing Rule 12, the following rule shall be substituted:
i) A fund to be called as “Band Fund” shall be constituted in every district and in the City Armed Reserve, Bangalore, for the purpose of general maintenance and repairs to the band instruments.
ii) The hire charges of the Band collected from the parties shall be initially treated as receipts of the department and credited to the head of account “XIX Police-B-Police-supplied to the Public Departments, Private Companies and persons” and then transferred to the Band Fund head-“T-Deposit and Advance Part II Deposit not bearing interest, C. other deposit accounts other Misc. funds, B. other funds, Band Fund”.
iii) All expenditure, including the payment of 50% of the hire charges as remuneration to the members of the Band staff purchase of instruments in replacement of the existing old and condemned instruments and the maintenance of the repairs to the Band Instruments shall be initially met from the contingent grants of the Police Department and then transferred to the fund head”.
4. Amendment to Rule 13:- For the existing rule 13, the following shall be substituted:
“The management of the Band and the Band Fund shall be entirely in the hands of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve in Bangalore City and the Superintendent of Police in Districts subject to the general control of the Commissioner of Police or the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police, as the case may be. The Band Fund shall be operate personally by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve/Superintendent of Police of the District. The account of the Band Fund shall be maintained by the Cashier of the office concerned.
5. Amendment to Rule 15:- The existing rule shall be numbered as sub-rule(I) and the following shall be inserted as sub-rule(2):-
“(2) In Bangalore City, permission to hire the Band for Public or Private functions shall be granted by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve. When he is absent from Headquarters and when the matter is urgent, permission to hire the band may be granted by the Asst. Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Headquarters.
6. Amendment to Rule-16:- For the existing rule 16, the following shall be substituted:
“The fees for the hiring of the Band shall be fixed by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve/Supdt. Of Police in consultation with the Commissioner of Police Bangalore/Range Deputy Inspector General of Police by taking into consideration the demand for Band, the rates charged by the professional local Bandsmen and the increase in the cost of Band Instruments. Separate rate shall be charged (I) for attendance not exceeding one hour (2) for attendance of one hour and over but not exceeding two hours and (3) for attendance of over two hours but not exceeding three hours. The rates so fixed shall be reviewed once a year with a view to making necessary changes in the rates after taking into consideration the prevailing conditions in consultation with the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore or the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police, as the case may be.
7. Amendment to Rule-22:- For the existing rule 22, the following rule shall be substituted:
“50% of the fees received as hire charges for the Band on each occasion shall be drawn in the manner laid down in rule and paid to the staff of the Band section in such ratio as the Superintendent of Police or the Deputy Commissioner, City Armed Reserve, as the case may be, may decide, as remuneration. The ratio of the remuneration to be paid shall be fixed by the Superintendent of Police/Deputy Commissioner to each member of the Band Section on each occasion.
8. Amendment to Rule-24:- To the existing rule 24, and the following as item No. V.
“ITEM No. V-Band Fund Register. This Register should be maintained in the appended form.
This order issues with the concurrence of Finance Department vide their U.O. No. 3887/WI/67, dated 15-07-1967
By Order and in the name of the Governor of Mysore.
Sd/-
Bhim Rao.
Under Secretary to Government.
Home Department.
BAND FUND REGISTER……………………………….. DISTRICT
|Sl. No. |To whom hired |Rate of hire charges |Duration for which |Hire charges|T.A. to |
| | | |the band is hired |recovered |Band staff|
| | | | | |recovered |
|10 |11 |12 |13 |14 |15 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 610
No. ACT-2/89/68, Dated: 08-04-1968
|Secret Service Expenditure. |
|Reference: |1) Standing Order No. 330, dated 21-02-1958. 2)Standing Order No. 330A, dated |
| |14-06-1958 |
| |3)Chief Office Memo No. 14C. 35/58, dated 25-07-1958 |
***
In instruction No. 2, Contained in Standing Order No. 330, dated 21-02-1958, cited above, a Register was prescribed for noting the expenditure incurred from the S.S. Grants. Even this Register, prescribed in the year 1958, has not been properly maintained by some Officers, as noticed by me during my inspections. This Register down not conform to the provisions contained in Rule 47 of the Manual of Contingent Expenditure (Reprint-1967). This Rule requires not only a Contingent Register but also a Cash Book, to be maintained by each Unit Officer utilizing the S.S. Grants. In order to maintain a proper account of the allotment granted to the Unit Officers, the amounts drawn and utilized by such Officers within their Financial Powers-(delegated in Government Order No. HD 244 PAC 1961, dated 14-08-1961), the Unit Officers should personally maintain the following two Registers, in supersession of the instructions contained in instruction No. 2 in Standing Order No. 330, referred to above, viz.
1. S.S. Contingent Register.
2. Cash Book of S.S. Expenditure.
The following further instructions are issued regarding the maintenance of these two registers.
1. S.S Contingent Register:- The Register will b maintained in the form appended to this Standing Order.
Column 5 of the Register:- Whenever the Unit Officer incurs an expenditure beyond his Financial powers, vide G.O. No. HD 244 PAD 1961, dated 14-08-1961, the No. and Dated the orders of the higher authority obtained for making payments should be noted in this column.
Column No. 6:- The Progressive expenditure incurred during the financial year inclusive of the payment noted in Columns 1 to 4 should be shown this column after recording each payment.
2. Cash Book of S.S. Expenditure:- The Cash Book should be maintained in the form appended to this Standing Order as required in Rule (47) (3) of Manual of Contingent Expenditure. The Cash Book should be closed at the end of each day’s transaction and the balance struck under attestation of the Officer.
APPENDIX TO STANDING ORDER No. 610 dated 08-04-1968
1.FORM OF SECRET SERVICE CONTINGENT REGISTER:
|Sl, |Date of |Nature of |Amount |No. and date of Sanction of |Total expenditure for the yea|
|No. |Payment. |Payment. |Paid |the Competent Authority |inclusive of the present |
| | | | | |payment. |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
2.CASH BOOK OF SECRET SERVICE EXPENDITURE.
|DATE |RECEIPTS |PAYMENT |
|Sl. No. | | |
| |Particulars |Amount |Initials of |Date Vr. |Particulars |Amount |Initials of |
| |(D.C. Bill No. And | |Officer. |No. |Of | |Officer. |
| |Date) | | | |Payment | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 611
No. PDS-2c-97/66, Dated: 11-10-1968
|The Mysore Police Benevolent Fund-Growing of vegetables, fruits etc., in the vacant plots of land in Police|
|Compounds |
***
Encouraged by the success of the cultivation of vacant plots of land in the Police Lines in Dharwar, Raichur and at Audugodi in Bangalore and having regard to the need for our active participation in the ‘Vanamahotasava’ and grow more food schemes which are of National importance, leading to eventual augmentation of income for the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund, a proposal was sent to the Government for sanction to utilize all the available vacant lands in the compound of the Police Lines and other Police buildings for growing food grains, vegetables and fruits, etc., and to credit the proceeds of the produce to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund of the District/Unit Committee concerned. The Government has accorded sanction to our proposals in their Order No. HD 240 PEG 67 dated 31-07-1968 a copy of which is annexed here to.
For the effective and profitable implementation of the scheme, the following instructions are issued.
1) Intensive and extensive efforts should be made to utilize all the vacant space in the compounds of the Police Lines and in the compounds of other Police building for growing food grains, vegetables, fruits etc., instead of allowing them to lie fallow.
2) While small sized fruit trees like fig tree, papaya, pomegranate can be grown anywhere, fruit trees which grow in to big size such as tamarind, mango, sapota, jack fruit etc., should not be planted too close to the walls of the existing buildings as they are likely to damage the foundation of the buildings. Such trees should not be planted in the middle of the vacant plots of land either as they would come in the way of future constructions in the area. As far as possible, such trees should be grown all along the boundary of the compound wall and on both sides of the roads and cross roads in the premises of the Police Lines and the non-residential Police buildings.
3) Whenever fruit trees and other trees such as cocoanut, are grown, care should be taken to place only such trees, which flourish on the soil and the climatic conditions of the area in consultation with the Horticultural Department.
4) A detailed plan should be, worked out in consultation with the Executive Engineer and the officers of the Horticultural Department with a view not only to selecting the species of plant to be grown in the area but also to selecting the places where each species of plants should be planted so that when the plants come of age the entire area becomes a miniature park and presents aesthetic beauty to the area and there would be no necessity for clearance of trees at a later date.
5) Similarly, such trees should be grown all along the perimeter of the parade grounds and the play grounds of the Police Department.
6) Where there are large tracts of land in the possession of the Department which are earmark for purposes like construction of residential quarters and there is likely to be delay in the execution of the project, the land should be brought under cultivation for growing crops suited to the soil and climatic conditions of consulting the Executive Engineer and the officers of the Agricultural Department. If there is adequate supply of water, vegetables and fruits could be grown with advantage. Otherwise, dry crops like Hybride Maize, Ragi, puls and such other crops could be raised.
7) Initial expenditure on seeds, seedings saplings manure etc. may be met from the resources of Benevolent Fund. Utmost economy should be exercised in this behalf. Regular accounts should be maintained as to the number of trees of different species planted food grains and vegetables grown and the expenditure incurred then.
8) Manual labour required for cultivation including the growing and regular maintenance of trees should be provided as far as possible from the police personnel on off-duty who should be allotted a few plants/trees each far regular watering etc.,
9) The produce should, as far as possible, be so as the personnel at concessional rates and the proceeds credited to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund. Where it is not possible to do so, he produce may be leased out to the higher tenderer/bidder and the lease amount credited to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund. The Progress of the scheme should be incorporated in the annual statement of receipts and expenditure under the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund.
10) There is no doubt that if sustained efforts are put into successfully implement this scheme. It will turn out to be a good reservoir of resources to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund
11) These instructions do not apply to the kitchen gardens which every occupant of police quarters should be encouraged to maintain and reap the benefit of produce to himself and the members of his family.
12) The inspecting Officers should. During the course of their inspection tour, study the implementation of the scheme and give suggestions for their improvement.
13) Please acknowledge receipt..
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund Growing of vegetables, fruits, etc., in the vacant plots of land in police colonies and crediting the proceeds to the Benevolent und – sanctions
***
Read:
Letter No. FD 2C 97/66 dated 31-07-1967 from the Inspector General of Police, Mysore State, Bangalore.
Order No. HD 240 PEG 1967, Bangalore, dated 31-07-1968.
ORDER
The Inspector General of Police has sent proposals for sanction of Government to the growing of vegetables fruits etc., in the vacant plots of land in Police Colonies and other Police buildings and to the crediting of the proceeds to the Mysore State Police – Bangalore Fund.
Government have examined these proposals and according sanction in this behalf.
i) To the utilization of the available vacant land in the compounds of the Police Lines and other Police Buildings for growing food grains, vegetables and fruits in consultation with the Officers of the Agriculture and Horticulture Departments;
ii) To incur some expenditure from the Police Benevolent Fund of the District/Unit concerned for purchase of seeds, manure, etc.,
iii) To credit the proceeds of the produce to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund of the District/Unit Committee concerned:
a) These proposals are implemented in consultation with the respective Executive Engineers of the PWD and so long as they do not involve any construction in the open space.
b) The produce is realized with the help of some voluntary labour:
c) The services of the Police Personnel is utilization during their of duty without affecting their official duties.
This order issues with the concurrence of the PWD, Finance Department and General Administration Department vide their U.O. Notes No. (I) PWD 4248 D8-5-68 No. (2) FD 2907/W&SI/68, dated 11-06-1968 and No. (3) GAD 3213 dated 27 respectively.
By Order and in the name of the Governor of Mysore.
Sd/-
G.S TELANG.
Under Secretary to Government.
Home Department.
No. 33/BF/69, Dated: 05-04-1969
MEMO
The Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund Growing of Vegetables fruits, etc., in the vacant plots of land Police compounds.
***
Attention is drawn to SO. No. 611 issued in this office memo No. FDS-2C-97/66, dated 12-09-1968. It was directed inter-alia that the produce should, as far possible. Be sold to the personnel at concessional rates and the proceeds credited to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund and that where it is not possible to do so, the produce should be leased out to the highest tenderer/bidder and the lease amount credited to the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund. It was also directed that the progress of the scheme should be incorporated in the Annual Statement of receipts and expenditure under the Mysore State Police Benevolent Fund.
The Annual statements of Income and expenditure relating to the Benevolent Fund so far received from the Superintendents of Police for the year 1968 do not indicate the number of trees of different kinds planted in the police lines and police compounds the details of food grains and vegetables grown and the income derived from the produce. In short, there is no indication to show whether and to what extent, the scheme has been implemented during the year. These details should be incorporated in the Annual statements for the period from 1968 and onwards. If the statement has already been sent. A brief report on the progress of the scheme should be sent by way of supplement to the statement.
Now that the rainy season is approaching, immediate action should be taken to plan the planting of suitable types of trees during the ensuing VANAMAHOTSAVA, dig up sufficient number of pits and fill them with manure etc. Where it is desired to bring vacant lands under cultivation, necessary steps should be planned from now on.
Details showing the number of trees of different species planted from time to time should be entered in a register kept for the purpose.
The result of action taken should be reported immediately after the Annual VANAMAHOTSAVA is over and incorporate the details not only in the Proceedings book of the District/Unit Committee but also the Annual Statements.
STANDING ORDER NO. 612
No. 21/MPM/68, Dated: 21-05-1969
|Band Fund Rules Amendments further Instructions issued. |
***
Attention is drawn to S.O. No. 584 with which a copy of the Band Fund Rule approved by the Government in No. HD 24 PAA 61, dated 21-08-1962, was forwarded with detailed instructions for the proper implementation of the rules. Attention is also drawn to memo No. 331/Law/59 (PMS) dated 24-12-1962 and S.O. No. 609 forwarding copies of Government Order Nos. HD 19 PAA 62, dated 19-12-162 and HD 135 PAR 66 dated 26-07-1967 amending certain Rules of the Band Fund Rules and issuing further instructions in the matter.
The Government have now in Order No. H.D 24 PAR 68, dated 09/14-05-1969, issued further amendments to Rules 7, 12(ii) and (iii) and 16 of the Band Fund Rules. A copy of the G.O. is annexed hereto.
Rule-7 as amended provides for Refresher Course to Band Masters and Assistant Band Masters in addition to Bandsmen Rule-12(ii) and (iii) as amended. Deals with the operations of Band Fund by exchange accounts in the office of the Accountant General. Mysore, Bangalore Rule 1 provides for fixing of hire charges for the first hour of attendance and for the subsequent hours or part thereof.
The Commissioner of Police and the Superintendents of Police of District will please take further action in this behalf.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Rules for the administration of Band fund and Bands in the DAR and CAR of the Police Department Amendments
***
Order No. HD 24 PAR 1968, Bangalore, dated 09/14-05-1969
With reference to the letter No. D III. A/A7/694, dated nill from the Accountant General, Mysore, Bangalore, and the letter No. 21/MPM/68, dated 26-06-1968 from the Inspector General of Police. Mysore State, Bangalore, on the above subject, the Governor is pleased to make the following amendment to the rules for the administration of Band Fund and Bands in the District Armed Reserve and the M.A.R.P. of the police Department issued in G.O. No. HD 24 PPA 61, dated 21-08-1962 as amended in G.O. No. HD 135 PAR 66, dated 26-07-1967.
1. Amendment to Rule 7:-
Insert the words “Band Masters, Assistant Band Masters and” before the word “Bandsmen” occurring in the first sentence of the Rule and then read the second sentence as a Special Course of the training in Music will be arranged for a period of one month in a year by the Commandant. Palace Guards, Mounted Company, Mysore and the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore, in which the Band Masters Assistant Band Masters and the Bandsmen will be given training to refresh themselves so as to maintain the DAR/CAR Bands in an upto date standard of Music”
2. Amendment to Rule 12(ii)
Add the following words:-
“An equal amount may be transferred to the Band Fund under the deposit head of account “T Deposit and Advance Part II Deposits not bearing Interest-C. Other Deposit Accounts-Other Miscellaneous Funds (B) Other Funds Band Fund” as contribution by Government by contra debit to “23 Police-h-Miscellaneous-Contributions to the Band Fund” by making suitable provision there under each year in the Budget estimates of Police Department.
2. Amendment to Rule 12(iii)
Add the following words:-
“Through a deduct head of account “23 Police-Deduct-Amount recovered from other Government/Department, etc., Amount met from Reserve Fund and Deposit Accounts of Band Fund”.
3. Amendment to Rule 16:
Subsequent the following to the second sentence of the existing Rule:-
“Separate fee for the hire of the Bands shall be fixed for attendance not exceeding one hour and for each subsequent hour or part thereof in excess of one hour.
This order issues with the concurrence of F.D vide their U.O. Note No 177/B dated 18-01-1969.
STANDING ORDER NO. 614
No. STS-II-2/69/1971 Dated: 10-05-1971
|Prevention of braches of Radio Communication security instructions regarding |
***
Radio Communication Security is concerned with the prevention against enemy interception of our Radio Communications for collection of intelligence. Every communications has three users viz., the Sender, Receiver Interceptor. It is the responsibility of both the Sender and Receiver to ensure that the Interceptor gets the least possible Information from the circuit which is detrimental to National Security. Therefore, while originating messages for transmission over the Police Wireless Grids, it is necessary to consider.
a) the necessity for originating carefully worded messages which do not give vital information to the enemy and,
b) the need for strict screening of Radio messages from security point of view.
In view of the great harm that Breach of Radio Security can cause, every User should rate the Security valve of the contents of Radio Messages and award appropriate security classification viz. TOP SECRET, SECRET AND CONFIDENTIAL. Although it is not possible to prepare a comprehensive list of the types of information which cannot be sent enclair by Wireless, the types of information detailed in the Annexure should not be transmitted in plain language over wireless.
The Superintendents of Police, as Screening Officers, should ensure that messages containing any information which would be useful to the subversive elements are rejected.
ANEXURE TO S.O O. 614
SEECRET
TYPE OF IFORMATION WHICH SHOULD NOT BE TRANSMITTED I PLAI LANGUAGE OVER WIRELESS
It is not possible t prepare a comprehensive list of types list of types of information that cannot be set enclair. In view of the great harm tat breach of security can cause, every user. Before originating a message should rate the security value of the contents of the same and award appropriate security classification viz., Top Secret, Secret or Confidential. However, an illustrative list, showing the type of information to be classified with its appropriate security grading, is given below to enable utilization of cryptographic cover or safe channels, as necessary, by the Radio Staff:
|(a) Information connected with the |Security classification normally warranted (where alternative |
| |indicated the text and volume of intelligence covered should decide |
| |the appropriate Classification |
|i) Designations of location strength movements, dispositions, |Secret |
|holdings (i.e., armament and equipment and casualties. | |
|ii) Movements of military special trains ships and aircraft |Secret |
|carrying troops and military stores and equipment. | |
|iii) Army leave policy and morale of troops |Secret |
|iv) Movement of high ranking military officers in or within |Secret |
|border/sensitive areas. | |
|V) Movements of refugees from war affected areas. |Secret |
| |
|(b)Information relating to Armed Police Battalions |
|i)Disclosure of designation and location of armed Police Units|Secret of Confidential |
|Note: Information pertaining to a detachment/party/Platoon to | |
|classified as Confidential). | |
|ii)Information indicating channel of command and affiliation |Secret |
|of Police Units to armed Forces. | |
|iii) Movement of Armed Police Units in border/sensitive areas.|Secret of Confidential |
|(Note: Movement of small detachment/parties/platoons to be | |
|classified as Confidential | |
|iv)Strength of Armed Police Battalions. |Secret |
|v) Operational activities, like patrolling, of Armed Police |Secret of Confidential |
|Battalions and special tasks in border/sensitive areas. | |
|Note:-Routine Operational activities of small detachments | |
|parties/platoons to be classified Confidential). | |
|vi) Tactical exercises/training maneuvers. |Secret |
|c) Information relating to Senior Officers:- |
|i) Names and designation of Officers of and above the rank of |Secret of Confidential |
|Superintendent of Police in border sensitive areas. | |
|(Note:- Normally Confidential. For officer of the rank of DIG | |
|and above and officers on Security/vital assignment to be | |
|classified as Secret) | |
|ii) Names and designation of special Branch Officers. |Secret |
|iii)Names and details of personnel deployed on duties | |
|connected with VIP Security | |
|d) Information regarding communication circuit: |
|i) Details Communication facilities. |Confidential |
|ii)Details of frequencies, call signs code signs, working |Secret |
|schedules, composition of notes and location of radio | |
|stations. | |
|Iii )Matters connected with crypt analysis. |Top Secret/Secret |
|Note:-Normally TOP SECRET except when the reference is made to| |
|own procedures or crypto devices assigned lower | |
|classification) | |
|iv)Information regarding cipher systems and documents |Secret |
|e) Other information regarding border/sensitive areas. |
|i)Grid reference of Police Posts in border/sensitive areas. |Secret Confidential |
|(Note:-Normally Secret except when reference is for small | |
|posts established for short duration or the posts are static | |
|posts it should be assigned security classification | |
|confidential | |
|ii)Situation reports in border/sensitive areas except when it |Secret |
|is of a routine nature e.g. ‘NOTHING TO REPORT’ NO ACTIVITY | |
|NOTED/see’ ETC., | |
|iii) VIP tours in border/sensitive areas and security |Secret |
|arrangements connected therewith. | |
|iv) Police Officer, Conferences in border/sensitive areas. |Secret Confidential |
|Note: Normally Secret, but when matters of routine nature and | |
|of local implications are discussed or depending on | |
|composition of the conference the radiograms to be assigned | |
|security Classification Confidential). | |
|v) Information regarding deserters in border areas. |Confidential |
|vi) General state of morale of civil population in |Confidential |
|border/sensitive areas. | |
|vii)Large-Scale movements of refugees across the border |Confidential |
|specially when it is likely to after operations. | |
|viii) Plans for the construction of new air-strips, helipads, |Secret |
|roads and bridges in border/sensitive areas. | |
|ix) State of road and rail communications airfields and |Confidential |
|helipads in border/sensitive areas. | |
|f) Information of direct intelligence Value:- |
|i) Information of intelligence or counter intelligence value |Secret |
|Intelligence reports regarding political/communal activity |Top Secret/Secret |
|except when it is of a very routine nature and not likely to | |
|be of use to the enemy. | |
|(Note:- Normally SECRET but when they pertain to Foreign | |
|Nationals/Agents the radiograms are to be assigned security | |
|classification TOP SECRET) | |
|g) ) Information concerning vital store:- |
|i)Recovery of large quantity of arms and ammunition from |Confidential |
|insurgents. | |
|ii) Large-Scale movement of arms, ammunition and explosive. |Secret/ Confidential |
|(Note:-Normally SECRET except when the movement is in a | |
|limited and safe zone opposed to border/sensitive areas). | |
|iii) Holdings, condition, demands and movement of vital stores| |
|such as vehicles, radio equipment, arms and ammunition in | |
|Armed Police Battalions. | |
|h)Other miscellaneous information:- |
|i)Details of casualties as a result of enemy action. |Secret |
|ii) Information regarding morale of Police force. |Secret |
|iii)Information regarding suspected Enemy agents and |Top Secret/Secret |
|infiltrators. | |
|(Note:-Normally SECRET except when information pertains to | |
|vital enemy agent/agents the messages are to be assigned | |
|security classification TOP SECRET). | |
|iv) Serious communal disturbances or clashes likely to provoke|Secret/ Confidential |
|further troubles internally or to be exploited by the enemy. | |
|(Note:-Normally confidential except where it relates to major | |
|disturbances leading to grave consequences) | |
|v) Movements of Security prisoners |Secret |
|vi) Authentic reports of sabotage. |Secret |
|vii) Unauthorised movements of foreigners |Secret |
|viii)Any information which may be subject to censorship by the|Confidential |
|Government prior to being released to the press or details | |
|regarding contradictory press reports which are likely to | |
|cause agitation. | |
|I) Information relating to Armed Police Battalions:- |
|i) Disclosure of designation and location of Armed Police | |
|Units. | |
|ii) Movements of Armed Police Units in border/sensitive areas | |
|except small detachments. | |
|iii) Operational activities, like patrolling, of Armed Police | |
|Battalions and Special tasks in Border/sensitive areas. | |
|J) Information relating to Senior Officers:- |
|Names and designations of officers of and above the rank of | |
|Superindent of Police in border/Sensitive areas. | |
|K) Information regarding communication Circuit:- |
|Details of Communication facilities. | |
|L) Other information regarding border/sensitive areas:- |
|Grid reference of Police posts in border/sensitive areas. | |
|Police Officers conferences in border/sensitive areas. | |
|Information regarding deserters in border areas. | |
|General State of morale of civil population in | |
|border/sensitive areas. | |
|Large-scale movements of refugees across the border specially | |
|when it is likely to affect operations. | |
|State of road and rail communications, airfields and helipads | |
|in border/sensitive areas. | |
|M) Information concerning vital stores:- |
|Recovery of large quantity of arms and ammunition from | |
|insurgents. | |
|Large-scale movement of arms, ammunition and explosives. | |
|N) Other miscellaneous information:- |
|Serious communal disturbances or clashes likely to provoke | |
|further troubles internally or to be exploited by the enemy. | |
STANDING ORDER NO. 615
No. CRM/5/Misc/1972, Dated: 22-03-1972
|M.O.B at Police Station, DCRB and State CID levels |
|Reference: |Chapter XXI, XXII, and XLIV, MPM, Vol-II |
***
I. Object:-
I need hardly emphasise that one of the principal functions of the police is the prevention and detection of crime. Prevention must necessarily take precedence over detection. For that purpose upto-date classified record of really active criminals is a condition precedent for successful prevention of crime. The MOB system is recommended as upto-date and readily available reference of who is who of all really active criminal-whether local or non-local and whether convicted, acquitted or suspected-as long as they are considered active by the local police Officers, under the guidance of their Supervisory Officers.
II. Existing method of maintaining record of criminal and exercising vigilance on them.
Order No. 1030, MPM, Vol. II prescribes the following Crime Histories to be maintained at Police Station for continuous history of the criminals and crimes by locality in order to facilitate the study of crimes and to deal with them effectively.
Part-I-VII includes Station, Crime, and History
Part-I-Village statistics
Part-II Village crime Register of cognizable offences.
Part-III-Persons of village concerned in crime whether convicted or suspected.
Part-III(a)-Outside criminals and suspects visiting the village.
Part-IV-Important notes on factions, disputes and communalism.
Part-V-General Conviction Register:
Part-Vi-History Sheets.
Part-VII- Station Crime Chart.
Order No. 1059 defines a rowdy for whom Rowdy Sheets should be opened.
Order Nos. 1062 and 1063 prescribe the classification of criminals according to their modus operandi and the method of maintaining vigilance on them.
III. Check Register of know depredators:
According to Order No. 1078. Check Register of all KDs. Notorious rowdies, habitual offenders and suspects has to be maintained in each Police Station and Out Post.
Iv. Agency for exercising vigilance on the active criminals:
Normally the Beat Police is the agency for exercising constant vigilance on the active criminals, supplemented by the Crime staff of Police Stations in certain urban areas.
V. Inadequacy of existing records of active criminals.
The Police Station records of General Conviction Register, know Criminals Register, Surveillance Register, Absconders Register, History Sheets, SCH Part-III regarding convicted criminals and Check Register of know Depredators and Suspect, normally include convicted criminals. But these records generally suffer from omission of acquitted accused. Suspects, receivers and associates. Further from the voluminous and complex nature of the records, the local Police Officers do not have up-to-date and ready reference to the active criminals of particular M.O. for search and interrogation for the purpose of checking complicity in the reported property crime. The MOB system with Main Index Cards of all the really active criminals maintained in labeled pigeon holes overcomes these handicaps and serves as the modern scientific aid to the detection of property crime.
The KDCR in practice served as a mini MOB. But with the inclusion of inactive criminals and exclusion of active criminals, it does not serve the purpose of being the Muster Roll of active criminals, as originally intended.
The above records should be continued and maintained up to date because they are prescribed as the permanent records.
vi. Continued legacy of MOB.
At present with transfers of local Police officers from time to time, valuable information about the active criminals gained by them is lost to the Police Officers succeeding them simply because it is not classified and maintained in MOB. The now Police officers have to start a fresh to collect the information.
We maintain voluminous and complex records for far too many criminals, most of them being inactive and quite often active ones being omitted. Vigilance on the few active criminals included in the KDCR becomes a futile exercise by the Beat & Crime Police.
VII. M.O.B. Principle:
The Principle of the Mob System is identification of offenders by certain peculiarities observed in commission of property crime such as means of entry into a house, story told and transport used. This principle is based on the established theory that the criminals habituated to such peculiarities persist in committing crimes normally by a particular M.O The MOB system with Main Index Cards of active criminals maintained in pigeon holed cabinet will serve as the up to date and readily available modern scientific aid in the detection of property crime.
Each Police Station and DCRB should maintain MOB with Main Index Cards of really active criminals whether convicted. Acquitted or suspected or whether local or non-local. The Best Police should know and be able to identify the active criminals whether local or non-local.
The basis for including an active criminal in the MOB should be:-
a) Previous convocations.
b) No ostensible or meager means of subsistence.
c) Associates in crime.
d) Vices.
The MOB should be regarded as the who is who of all the really active property criminals.
Absconders, illicit distillers/bootleggers, professional gamblers, rowdies, hoarders and profitears, adulterators of essential commodities, manufacturers and dealers of spurious drugs, adulterators of toddy with chloral hydrate, smugglers of gold and other contraband goods, illicit dealers in arms and explosives should also be included in MOB. The above apparently non-property criminals are included in the MOB because it is possible for them to become property criminals when pressed too hard by the Police in preventing them from committing the non-property crime.
VIII. Categories of active criminals and others in the MOB of Rural Police Stations:
Main Index Cards with photographs will be maintained in the MOB of the Rural Police Stations for the following categories of criminals (individual cards being maintained wherever applicable under each of the minor classifications):
Class-I Murder for gain, Dacoit, Robbery and Professional Poisoning.
(The cards under each one of the classifications will be kept in separate covers or pads, in the same pigeon hole i.e. pigeon hole No. I)
Class II House breaking and Theft
Class III House theft.
Class IV Ordinary theft
Class V Cattle Theft
Class VI Receiving stolen property
Class VII Cheating
Criminal Brach of Trust
Class VIII Counterfeiting coins and currency notes
Class IX Absconders
Class X licit Distillers/Bootleggers
Class XI Professional Gamblers
Class XII Rowdies
Class XIII Hoarders, Profiteers and Adulterators of essential commodities.
IX. Categories of active criminals I others in the MOB of Urban P. Stns.
In the City/Town Stations, Main Index Cards will be maintained for criminals failing under the following categories.
Class-I Murder for gain,
Dcoity,
Robbery and Professional Poisoning.
Class-II House breaking & Theft
Lock breaking including using false key.
Window bar wrenching.
Inserting hand or stick
Through the window to remove articles,
Boring hole near the bolt,
Making auger hole near the key hole,
Lifting shutter of shop to permit young person to
Squeeze in and removing tiles.
Class-III House Theft-Theft in house shop, boat or bank
Class-IV Ordinary Theft-
Pocket picking, enticing children for purpose of removing their
Ornaments u/s 369-379 IPC, Cycle theft, copperwire theft
(Telephone, telegraph, electric wire), car theft, scooter theft
Batteries etc from parked cars.
Class-V Cattle theft
Class-VI Receiving stolen property
Receivers of Cycles
Copper wire
Cars,
Scooters,
Idols and antiques,
Radios and transistors.
Class-VII Cheating-
Duplicate currency trick passing of base metal as gold Bank
Fraud Campering with cheques and drafts by erasing entries by chemical process and superscribing or altering the amount.
Class-VIII Counterfeiting India coins and currency and counterfeiting foreign currency and Travelers Cheques.
Class-IX Absconders.
Class-X lllicit Distillers/Bootleggers
Class-XI Hoarders. Profiteers and adulterators of essential commodities.
Class-XII Manufactures of spurious drugs and dealers in spurious, time-barred and sub-standard drugs.
Class-XIII Adulteration of Toddy with Chloral Hydrate.
Class-XIV Smugglers of gold and other contra band goods.
Class-XV lllicit dealers in Arms and Explosives.
Class-XVI Rowdies.
X. K D C R Muster Roll of active criminals and others.
The corresponding Register of KDs and Suspects should be regarded as the muster roll of the active criminals and other included in the MOB and therefore should tally with the MOB.
For the purpose of enabling the local police officers to check the frequency of vigilance exercised on the active criminals by the Beat and Crime staff, the KDCR should be maintained and it should tally with the MOB. The names of active criminals who are non-local and absconders should be included in red ink for enabling the Local Police Officers to issue “A” Rolls to other Police Stations in the case of the former and to take legal Gazette notification and pursuit actions in the case of the latter.
XI. Later sub-Classifications:-
In the first stage, the Police Stations should have the MOB with Main Index Cards of the active criminals and others. Once this stage has developed satisfactory sub-classification of the active criminals should be done in future.
XII. Success of MOB:
Success of the MOB as the modern scientific aid to detection of property crime depends on the inclusion of really active criminals and others by the local Police Officers, under guidance of their supervisory officers. The latter should ensure that correct entries are made in the Main Index Cards and they are brought uptodate from time to time. The local Police Officer should append his dated signature after completing each Main Index Card. The Supervisory Officer should scrutinise the Main Index Card and append his date signature to his remarks.
With development of the MOB in Bangalore City and Districts it is expected that in the not-too distant future the MOB which is who’s who of the active criminals, will have developed to such an extent that detection of property crime is assured.
By development of MOB the local Police will be able to exercise more effective vigilance on the really active criminals thus ensuring prevention of property crime and if such crime is committed, detection will not be difficult.
The Superintendents of Police, Sub-Divisional Police Officers and Circle Police inspectors should constantly check the Main Index Cards and take their remarks with dated signatures to ensure that really active Criminals are included, that all entries in them are correct and upto date and that photographs are affixed.
Main Index Cards (specimen enclosed) will also be supplied shortly.
CRIME RECORD
MAIN INDEX CARD OF ACTIVE CRIMINALS AND OTHERS.
1. Name
2. Alias(es)
2(a) Age /19
3. FPB Sl. No. Classification.
4. Born at
5. Height
6. Complexion
7. Buird
8. Eyes
9. Hair
10. Occupation
11. Marks and peculiarities
12. Race & Caste
13. Education & accomplishment
14. P. Stn MOB No.
15. District MOB No.
16. CID No
17. Address
1.
2.
18. Photograph
19. Frequents or stays at
20. Movements and other information
21. Police Officers who can identity
22. Summary of convictions
Sl. No. Police Station Crime No. Section Sentence
Date
23. Relatives & friends
24. Father
25. Wife
26. Associates in crime with their MOB Nos.
27. Receivers with their MOB Nos.
28. MO Classification
29. General Particulars including remarks regarding circumstances of the above criminal taking to crime, no ostensible or meager means of subsistence, lawful occupation and income if any, land/house owned if any, earning, family members augmenting income, whether active for continuing watch.
30. Dress
31. Habits & vices
32. Sphere of activity
33. Antecedents.
NOTE:- Remarks by Police Officers from PSI & above in chronological order their dated signature and rank
STANDING ORDER NO. 616
No. SMS/1/15/1972, Dated: 25-07-1972
|Large scale thefts and pilferages of Railway Property Prevention of Instructions issued |
|Reference: |Law Section Circulars Nos. 1773, 1812, 1816, 1869, 1887 and 2292 |
***
In the aforementioned Circulars instructions have been issued on.
1. The enforcement of the Railway property (unlawful possession) Act, 1966.
2. The action to be taken to protect Railway property, life and property of the passengers on the railways and in railway premises.
3. That Superindent of Police, Railways should create a Special Intelligence Cell for the collection of advance intelligence about the activities of unsocial elements including wanton mischief on Railway and ensure collection of advance intelligence about likelihood of tampering with railway tracks in trouble some areas and appropriate preventive measures are taken.
4. Maintenance of proper liaison with Railway protection Force and Railway Administration.
5. That Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence & Railways, the Superintendents of Police of the Districts and Superintendents of Police, Government Railway should arrange periodical meetings with the officers of Railway Protection Force and Railway permanent way staff and exchange Intelligence and.
6. The District Police should promptly render all necessary assistance to Railway Police, when such assistance is sought for by the latter for maintenance of Law and order in Railway police jurisdiction. Further instructions were also issued that the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID and the Superintendent of Police Railways should immediately.
i) Take steps for proper collection of information leading to detection of thefts of Railway property and set up in that behalf reliable sources of information.
ii) Ensure intensive supervision over the investigation of thefts of Railway property.
iii) At State level Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID should constitute Special Section for making continuous study of accidents of a serious nature on Railways and liaise on the subject with Railway authorities.
iv) Arrange for a close vigil in running trains and bring down incidence of crimes and
v) Intensify patrols around the transshipment yards and prevent thefts of Railways property deposited in those yards.
Those instructions should be strictly adhered to. In connection with the protection of Railway property and putting down of large scale thefts and pilferages of Railway property and the following further instructions are issued.
With the co-operation of the R.P.F. lists of criminals operating in Railway limits and habitual receivers involved in thefts and pilferages of Railway property both in Railway Police cases and Railway protection force cases should be compiled District wise by the Railway Police and sent to the concerned Superintendents of Police to maintain proper vigilance over these criminals.
To have greater surveillance over offenders booked under the Railway property (unlawful possession) Act 1966, History sheets should automatically opened for persons convicted thrice u/s 3 of the RP (UP) Act 1966 in accordance with order No. 10545 of the Mysore Police Manual Volume II. Action should be taken to maintain the history sheets in respect of these criminals as per instructions contained in orders 1052, 1055, 1057, 1060 to 1063 of the Police Manual Vol. II.
Action is being taken separately to amend order 1054 of the Police Manual Vol. II to Provide for automatic opening of History sheets of the persons convicted thrice u/s 3 of R.P (UP) Act.
Under Order 1976 of the Mysore Police Manual Volume II the category of persons whose finger prints should ordinarily be taken for permanent record is listed out. In this list at present in item No. (ix) all persons convicted u/s 3 of the Railway Stores unlawful possession Act 1955 for unlawful possession of Railway Stores have been included. As the Railway Property (unlawful possession) Act 1966 has replaced the said Act, the item is now being amended to include the persons convicted under s3 of the RP (UI) Act 1966. These instructions should be strictly adhered to.
STANDING ORDER NO. 616
No. C.R.M.332/GB/1972, Dated: 20-11-1972
|Duties and functions of C.B-II (Food Cell) C.I.D. closest liaison between the local Police and the Food |
|Cell, CID Instructions Issued |
***
It has come to my notice during the inspections of the Districts that there is no proper Co-operation and Co-ordination between the Local Police & the Staff of C.B.-II (Food Cell), C.I.D, at the lower levels and some of the Officers are not aware of the duties and functions of the Food Cell. C.I.D and their units. In this connection the following instructions are issued for guidance.
1) In GO Nos. HD 167 SST 1964 dated 23-10-1964, HD 409 SST 1969 dated 10-12-1969 and HD 282 SST 1970 dated 27-12-1970. Sanctions were accorded for the creation of the Crime Branch-II (Food Cell) C.I.C. Units in the Regions and the Mobile Squads respectively and they have already started functioning in the State.
2) The C.B-II (Food Cell) C.I.D Units in the Regions and the Mobile Squads are entrusted with the responsibility of collecting intelligence regarding crimes relating to food and other Essential Articles and also for tacking of hoarding and profiteering on food grains.
3) The instructions issued in S.O. 472 and Law Section Circular 1753 regarding the respective functions of the C.I.D and the District Police when investigation of cases of the District are taken up by the C.I.D and when the C.I.D assists the District Police in the investigation of the cases of the District should be borne in mind it should be noted that full co-operation and liaison between the two agencies is absolutely necessary for the collection of intelligence regarding crimes relating to essential commodities and for tacking crimes of hoarding and profiteering of foodgrains.
4) When the staff of Crime Branch-II (Food-Cell) C.I.D the staff of the Units in the regions (Bangalore, Mangalore, Gulbarga and Belgaum) and members of the Mobile Squads appear at a Police Station on duty the Officer-in-charge of the police Station should ensure that they are treated with proper consideration and provide necessary assistance in the discharge of their duties.
5) There should be closest liaison between the local Police and the staff of the C.B.-II (Food Cell) C.I.D whenever they have to act together in the discharge of public duties.
6) In view of the urgency arising out of the food situation and the need to deal with it in an effective manner, there should always be the closest liaison between the local Police and the staff of C.B-Ii (Food Cell) C.I.D., appointed for the purpose.
` These instructions should strictly be adhered to and the Superintendents of Police of the Districts should ensure that there are no complaints in this behalf.
STANDING ORDER NO. 619
No. CB-1/259/1972, Dated: 08-01-1973
|Large scale thefts and pilferages of Railway Property Prevention of Instructions issued |
|Reference: |Law Section Circulars Nos. 1773, 1812, 1816, 1869, 1887 and 2292 |
***
In Government Order No. HD 1989 PEG 1963, dated 05-06-1963, the Forensic Science Laboratory was placed under the control of the Special Officer, CID now designated as Deputy Inspector General of Police C.I.D. the aforementioned
2. After a review of the working of the Forensic Science Laboratory, Government have in order No. HD 144 PEG 1972 dated 21-12-1972, accorded sanction to place the Forensic Science Laboratory under the direct control of the Inspector General of Police Copy of Government Order is enclosed.
3. With immediate effect, the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID will cease to be a controlling Officer in respect of the Forensic Science Laboratory. All the pending files relating to the FSL. Which are in his office should be transferred to the Chief Office fort with.
4. Director FSL., should send proposal and refer all matters which require orders of the Inspector General of Police or the Government to the Chief office.
5. Deputy Inspector General of Police Hqrs. Will deal with all matters relating to FSL in the Chief Office and help me in exercising effective and personal control over the Institution and raising it the desired standard.
6. All papers relating to the FSL received in the Sections of the Chief Office should be promptly processed and put up to the Deputy Inspector General of Police Hqrs. Through the Assistant Inspector General of Police, Financial Assistant or the Section direct as the case may be. Who will pass orders or put up the same for may orders wherever required.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF MYSORE
Placing the Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore under direct the administrative control of the Inspector General of Police Sanction of
|Reference: |G.O. No. HD 69 PEG 1963, dated 05-06-1963 |
| |G.O. No. HD 197 PEG 1966, dated 20-04-1967 |
| |G.O. No. HD 339 PEG 1970, dated 15-12-1970 |
| |Letter No. CB. 259 1972, dated 12-10-1972 from the Inspector General of Police B’lore. |
***
PREAMBLE:
In the Government Order dated 05-06-1963 cited at (I) above sanction was accorded to the establishment of a Forensic Science Laboratory, in the State to function under the direct administrative Control of the Government in the Home Department and also to merge in it then existing Scientific Laboratory of the Police Department. In the interest of the growth and development of Forensic Science in the state. Sanction was accorded in the Government Order dated 20-04-1967 cited at (2) above to place the Forensic Science Laboratory, Mysore State, Bangalore under the administrative Control of the Inspector General of Police. As the newly established Forensic Science Laboratory required closer supervision and control to ensure its proper functioning. Directions were issued in G.O. dated 15-12-1970 cited at (3) above to place the Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore under the administrative Control of the Special Officer CID Bangalore in addition of the units of C.I.
Government have now decided that the Forensic Science Laboratory should be placed under the direct administrative control of the Inspector General of Police so that, as part of the scheme of modernization of Police force, he would be able to exercise personal control over the institution and brought it to the desired standards.
Order No. HD 144 PEG 1972, Bangalore dated 21-12-1972, the Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore under the direct administration control of the Inspector General of Police Mysore State, Bangalore.
By Order and in the name of the Governor of Mysore.
Sd/-
(K.S Rajagopal).
Under Secretary to Government.
Home Department.
STANDING ORDER NO. 620
No. CB-1/259/1972, Dated: 08-03-1973
|Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore Details of work undertaken – Instructions issued for the guidance of|
|all Investigating Officers and Superior – Officer. |
***
Interdiction:-
Forensic Science is playing a dominant role in crime detection by Scientific methods. It makes Crime detections easier, quicker and accurate. It provides scientific evidence to solve judicial problems and supplies some important links in the chain of evidence which are vital to the successful prosecution of cases. It is, therefore, essential for all the investigation Officers to have a clear idea of the various items of work undertaken in the Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore and to make th best use of the facilities available.
Forensic Science Laboratory:-
The Forensic Science Laboratory Which was established at Bangalore in August 1967 is functioning under the charge of a Director who, in turn. Functions under the direct control of the Inspector General of Police. It is located in ‘OM MAHAL BUILDING’ on Miller Road, Bangalore, where the offices of the Superintendent of Police Bangalore District and the Deputy Inspector General of Police Central Range, are also located.
Sections:-
The Forensic Science Laboratory is divided into the Following eight Sections:-
1) Chemical Section
2) Toxicology Section
3) Biological Section
4) Physical Section
5) Ballistics Section
6) Questioned Documents Section
7) Serology Section and
8) Photography Section
Chemical Section:-
The Chemical Section, Forensic Science Laboratory undertakes:-
i) Determination of alcohol in liquors and illicit liquors:
ii) Deciphering of erased and filed of numbers on stolen articles like cycles, cars and other automobiles.
iii) Determination of the origin of fire in cases of arson and incendiaries;
iv) Examination of narcotic drugs and
v) General chemicolegal examinations of articles seized in criminal cases
Toxicology Section:-
Toxicology section deals with examination of Viscera for detection of poison different kinds.
Biological Section:-
Biological section Forensic Science Laboratory undertakes.
i) Determination of the presence of blood stains in cases of murder.
ii) Detection of seminal stains of objects in cases of sexual assault:
iii) Examination of biological stains involved in criminal cases:
iv) Examination of hairs, fibers and other vegetable matter which lead to the clue for identification of the accused.
v) Identification of a dead person with that of the photograph of the missing person by means of superimposition of the skull by photographic technique.
Physical Section:
Physical Section undertakes all types of examination.
i) Leading to physical clues such as coils, dust, paints, glass pieces in hit – and run accidents.
ii) Matching of weapons
iii) Matching of textiles
iv) Matching of cut ends of copper wires
v) Matching of any physical object found at the scene of crime.
Ballistics Section.
Ballistics section determines:
i) Type of ammunition used
ii) Type of fire used
iii) Distance of firing
iv) Angle of firing
v) Fixing of fire arm used in the Commission of crime
Questioned Documents Section:
Questioned Documents Section deals with
i) Comparison of …………an various documents
ii) Deciphering of erased matter of document
iii) Detection of additions, alterations and other main-pulsations in a questioned document
iv) Determination of the age of ink and the type of ink used.
v) Examination of paper used in a document
vi) Detection of forgery and the hand-writing.
Serology Section:-
One post of Serologist has been sanctioned. When the post is filled up, the Serological examination of all stairs will be done in the Forensic Science Laboratory of the State.
Photography Section:-
Photography Section is an auxiliary unit intended to cater to the needs of all the other Sections in presenting the results with precision and accuracy by means of photographic techniques,
Staff:-
The Forensic Science Laboratory is under the Director assisted by two Assistant Director, Qualified Scientists and Scientific Assistants.
Equipment:-
The Laboratory has incurred considerable expenditure, in acquiring highly sophisticated and latest equipments such as spectrograph, spectrophotometer, Comparison Microscope Cameras and several types of microscopes.
Mobile Forensic Science Laboratory:-
There is a Mobile Forensic Science Laboratory also which is meant for assisting the investigation Officer in examining the scenes of Crimes for any Finger Prints, Foot Prints, material objects and other physical clues found at the scene which will provide the needed guidance to the investigation Officer. It is equipped with a Photographic room, Laboratory tables, gas and other equipments for examining physical clues on the spot.
Utilisation of the Facilities available in the Forensic Science Laboratory:-
With the many facilities available in the Forensic Science Laboratory as stated above it should be the concern of every Superintendent of Police and every Investigation Officer to make the best use of the FSL for the successful detection and prosecution of cases.
The Superintendents of Police of Districts will, when they next visit Bangalore, pay a Visit the F.S.L to gain an insight into the several types of scientific work undertaken in the Laboratory in relation to the investigation of Criminal cases. They should consult the Director, F.S.L in all cases requiring scientific aids to investigation and encourage and direct the Investigating Officers to avail themselves of the scientific aids to investigation available in the FSL.
It may be noted that the Director Forensic Science Laboratory has also been appointed as Chemical Examiner and the Assistant Director, Forensic Science Laboratory as Assistant Chemical Examiner, Detailed instructions for packing and transmission of the material objects to the expert are contained in Chapter XXXVII, Mysore Police Manual (Volume II).
STANDING ORDER NO. 622
No. CB-5/86/1973, Dated: 01-05-1973
|Mysore Civil Service (conduct) Rules 1966 Acquisition, Disposal of Immovable and Movable Property |
|Instructions Issued |
***
Rule 23 (2) Mysore Civil Services (Conduct) Rules 1966 lays down that:
“No. Government servant shall, except with the previous knowledge of the prescribed authority, acquire or dispose of any immovable property by lease, mortgage, purchase sale gift or otherwise either in his own name or in the name of any member of his family.
Provided that the previous sanction of the prescribed authority shall be obtained by the Government servant if any such transactions is (i) with a person having official dealings with the Government servant or (ii) otherwise than through a regular or reputed dealer”.
2. Consequently, the Government servant is bound to obtain prior sanction of the prescribed authority, if any transaction relating to immovable property including construction of a House is entered into with a person with whom he has official dealings or if such transaction is carried on other than through a regular or reputed dealer. In other cases, he is bound to keep the prescribed authority informed of the transaction before it is entered into.
3. Instances have come to notice where the Government servants apply for House Building Advance or House Purchase Advance and construct or purchase houses from out of the advance without either obtaining prior sanction or without giving prior intimation as required by rules. They are probably under the wrong notion that if they apply for an advance for construction or purchase of a house, it amounts to giving prior intimation or applying for prior sanction, as the case may be.
4. Obtaining sanction of the competent authority for construction or purchase of a house is one aspect of the matter which is governed by the provisions of the Mysore Financial Code. This does not dispense with the requirement of Rule 23(2) Mysore Civil services (Conduct) Rule. 1966 which is different matter and has to be fulfilled. If a house is proposed to be built through a regular contractor with whom the Government servant has no official dealings, he should give prior intimation and in other cases, he should obtain the prior sanction of the prescribed authority. Failure to do so amounts to breach of conduct Rule.
1. Rule 23 (3) Mysore Civil Service (Conduct) Rules Requires that every Government servant shall report to the prescribed authority every transaction concerning movable property acquired or held by him in his own name or in the name of any member of his family if the value of the property exceeds Rs. 1,000/-in the case of a Government Servant holding Class-I or Class-Ii post of RS. 500/- in the case of a Government servant holding Class-III or IV post and that prior sanction will have to be obtained if the transaction is with a person with whom he has official dealings or otherwise than through a regular dealer.
2. Instances have also come to notice where Government. Servants applying for advance for the purchase of Motor Car/Motor Cycle have failed to apply for prior sanction or report the purchase of the Motor Car/Motor Cycle as required by rules. As in the case of acquisition of immovable property, it is the duty of every Government servant to apply for prior sanction whenever he intends buying a motor car/motor cycle otherwise than through a regular or reputed dealer or from a person with whom he has official dealings. If the purchase or sale is affected through a regular or reputed dealer or a person with whom he has no official dealings, it will be sufficient if he sends a report of the transaction. Failure to comply with this requirement Constitutes an infringement of the conduct Rules warranting disciplinary action.
3. The attention of all the Officers in State Police and other Government servants of the Department may be drawn to the above provisions and they may be warned that failure top comply with the provision of Rule 23 Mysore Civil Service Rule (Conduct) Rules. 1966 entails disciplinary action.
STANDING ORDER NO. 624
No. TRG 15/1973, Dated: 15-06-1973
|Practical Training of Civil P.Cs after instituting training at M.S.P.T.S Channapatna |
***
In Pursuance of the provisions in Government Notification No. HD GSR 161/71, dated 12-05-1971, the following detailed programme of Practical Training of Civil Police Constables are laid down.
1. After the institution training in the M.S.P.T.S., Channapatna, the P.Cs. on probation shall be pass-ported to their respective District Headquarters, for practical training for a period of 6 months.
The Practical Training shall consist of the following programme.
1. MONTH:-
Training in the D.A.R regarding performance of Guard Escort, Picket duties etc. In the first month of the practical training, the Recruit P.Cs shall be attached to the DAR, Headquarters, and their training shall be supervised by the R.P.I, R.S.I, under the guidance of the Superintendent of Police of the District. The details of the practical training during the first month are as follows.
a) FIRST WEEK: The trainees shall be attached to the guards situated at the District Headquarters, under an experienced and Intelligent HD. Of the DAR. At the scale of not less than I. HD for every 8 recruit PCs. The Recruit PCs. Shall be instructed about the rules, standing Orders, and Circulars governing the performance of guard duty and also the maintenance of the records concerning the performance of guard duty including the entries in the Duty Roster, Passport, Arms and Ammunition Register, Sentry Relief Book and Writing of Daily Morning Report etc.
b) During this period the recruits under the Armed HD. Shall be posted on guard duty in addition to the regular guard on duty at the places covered by the guard.
SECOND WEEK:- Escorts:- The Recruits shall be instructed on the provisions of the Police Manual, the Standing Order and Circulars relating to Escort duties. They shall be attached to the regular Escort Parties under the Officer in-charge of the Escort Party. While detailing Escort Parties, the scale of the staff posted should be without taking into consideration the Recruit Constables and no direct personal responsibilities should be entrusted to the recruits at this stage. At the end of the 2nd Week’s training in Escort and Guard duties, the Superintendent of Police or the Deputy Superintendent of Police of the Headquarters, shall make an assessment of training undergone and brief the trainees regarding the Guard and Escort duties to facilitate their posting to independent duties.
THIRD WEEK: The Recruits shall be posted on regular guard duties under the experienced Reserve H.C. by relieving the regular guard.
FORTH WEEK:- The Recruits shall be posted for independent Escort duty under the experienced reserve H.C
If the opportunities of posting pickets arise, the recruits shall be posted to pickets under the charge of an experienced H.C.
During the entire period of training in the First Month the recruits shall be trained in the various aspects of drill on the weekly parade Days including maintenance of arms kit Inspection and maintenance of kit list and order governing the uniform etc. During this period the recruits should also be given an opportunity to observe the orderly room proceedings of the Superintendent of Police of the District and the disposal of public grievances by the Superintendent of Police. The idea is to mould the character of the trainee and build up correct attitude towards the public by making him know directly the manners in which the Superior officer care for the public.
The RPI/RSI incharge of the Practical Training of the Recruit PCs. Should send a Fort-nightly report to the Superintendent of Police in the form prescribed in Appendix “A”
II. MONTH
In the 2nd month of their Practical Training the recruits shall be posted for training in the Headquarters, Town Police station for the first-night and in the Rural Police Station for the 2nd Fort-night. If the number of recruits is large, they may be formed into two batches and posted to the Town and Rural Police Stations simultaneously during the 1st and II Fort-nights.
During the period of their training at the Headquarters. Police Stations, as stated above the Sub-Inspector of the Police Stations should ensure that the recruits are not taken as substitutes for the regular personnel of the Police Station. The Sub-Inspector and the Supervisory Officers should take personal interest in imparting training in the following aspects:
a) The function of the Police Station and the duties of various ranks of Officers working in the Police Station.
b) Receiving of visitors, Telephone Messages etc., at the police station.
c) The maintenance of fundamental records in the Police Station.
d) Service of summons and Warrants, etc, first they should be attached to experienced H.Cs and PCs then independently
e) Performance of Beat patrolling and Traffic duties.
At the end of each Fort-night, the C. I of the jurisdiction shall send an assessment report in the form prescribed in Appendix ’A’
THIRD MONTH
After the training in the Rural and Town Police Stations, the Recruit Police Constables shall be sent to the Police Stations on the strength of which they are borne. On reporting at the concerned Police Stations, the training will be important on the following aspects:-
1st Fort-night
The Recruit PCs will be attached to the experienced HCs. And PCs, posted on the following duties:-
a) Surveillance and verification of Bad Characters and their activities.
b) Night and Day Beat duties reporting of matters of Police interest.
c) Securing of witnesses for assisting the S.H.Os in enquiries etc.
d) VIP Security Duty.
e) They should also be taught the manner of collecting intelligence regarding political, communal and labour activities. Preferably they should be attached the Police station, S.B Personnel.
II Fort-Night:-
During the 2nd Fort-night the Recruit Police Constables shall be put in independent charge of the specific duties in which they are trained during the 1st Fortnight by duly taking into account the instructions and observations of the Supervisory Officers made during the 1st Fort-Night.
FOURTH MONTH:
During the 1st Fort-night the Recruit Police Constables shall be attached to Sub-Inspector, Head Constable or the experienced Police Constable of the Police Station for the performance of the following duties.
a) Court work including securing and briefing of witnesses, observation of Court Proceedings and duties of Court police Constables etc.
b) Escort of Prisoners:-
Special emphasies being placed on explaining the practical risks to the Security of the prisoner, the method of Security them, controlling the prisoner and his behavior in the Court. Rules regarding escort and responsibility of the escort Police Constable and the consequence of lapses such as allowing the prisoner to escape etc.
c) Performance of duties at places of peaceful public assemblies.
In the 2nd Fort-night, the Recruit P.Cs shall be put in Independent charge of the specific duties in which they were trained during the 1st fort-night by duty taking into account the instructions and observations of the Supervisor Officers made during the First-night.
FIFTH MONTH:
In the 1st Fort-night of the 5th month, the Recruit Police Constables should be attached to the S.I and to the regular Station Writer for the performance of Station Writers duties. The Recruit PCs should be specially told about the maintenance of the Crime records and writing and dispatching of various types of reports and statements.
In the II, Fort-night, the Recruit police Constables shall be put in independent charge of the specific duties in which they were trained during the 1st Fort-night by duly taking into account the instructions and observations of the Supervisory Officers made during the 1st Fort-night.
SIXTH MONTH
During this last phase of training the Recruit P.Cs should as much as possible be attached to the PSI in regard to the performance of the following aspect of duties:-
a) Visit to the Scene of Crime preservation of scene of crime and assisting the Investigating Officer.
b) Conducting of Search, seizure, Arrests and Raids.
c) Handling of Mobs and Unlawful assemblies etc.
d) Exercise of specific powers of a constable concerning the enforcement of the local and special laws with special reference to the Police Act and M.V. Act
e) Attention to Public grievances including obtaining of reports wherever necessary and special consideration to the weaker section of the community.
The Recruit Police Constables should be acquainted with the Rewards and Punishments prevailing in the Department with Special reference to those applicable to them with reference to Police Manual.
At the end of the 6 months of practical training, the Superintendent of Police should review the Performance Reports sent by the concerned officers and take action as is necessary.
1. General Instructions:- At the completion of training each month the Superintendent of Police will review and issue his instructional remarks. As the object of issuing such remarks is to give timely correction and guidance, such remarks should be sent promptly at the end of training every month. The review should/made in proforms-A appended to these instructions.
2. At the end of six month practical training a consolidate report in form B. should be prepared and sent to the Deputy Inspector General of Police of the Range and copy to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Training.
3. The P.C. under practical training should not be granted leave of any kind unless it is on very compassionate grounds in which case the probationary period shall be extended to that extent.
4. The sequence of performance of duty in each month should be guided by the opportunities that arise to impart a particular aspect of training rather than by the serial number,. But it should be ensured that the subjects laid down for a month are not changed and no aspect prescribed for each month is omitted.
5. The forms prescribed, for the time being, be got cyclostyled in adequate number in the District Police Officer and sent to the concerned subordinate officers.
6. The trainees will be on probation for 24 years as per Home Secretariat Notification GSR 16/71, dated 12-05-1971.
7. The work of the trainee during the post practical training period should be watched closely by the immediate and superior officers. At the time of confirmation of the individuals, the assessment reports shall be taken into consideration.
8. There instructions will come into effect immediately starting their P.C Recruits who underwent training in the 41st batch at M.S.P.T.S
APPENDIX – ‘A’
|Sl. No. |Name of the |Nature of |Period of |To whom the |assessment as to the |remarks of the |
| |Trainee |Training imparted|Training |trainee was |training undergone |superior officer|
| | | | |attached | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
APPENDIX – ‘B’
REPORT OF PRACTICAL TRAINING OF POLICE CONSTABLES
|Sl. No. |Name |Buckle No. |Batch in which |Period of practical training |Brief remarks and |
| | | |trained | |duration of training |
| | | | | |received |
| | | | |From |TO | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 625
No. SMS (5)-72/1973, Dated: 28-07-1973
|Sanction of cash awards in cases of seizure of food grains under the Essential Commodities Act. |
|Reference: |G.O. No. FCL 2 EBT 1973, dated 06-03-1973 |
***
1. Under the Government Order mentioned above, Sanction is accorded to the payment of cash awards not exceeding 2% of the value of the food grains seized in each case (subject to the condition that reward is only paid after the Police Department associated with the enforcement of various Food Control Orders during the crop year 1972-73. Government have also authorized the Inspector General of Police to regulate the payment of rewards. Accordingly following instructions are issued:
2. Cash awards should only be paid after a case ends in conviction.
[[[
3. The amount of reward payable shall not exceed 2% of the value of food grains seized.
4. In computing the value of food grains seized, the prevailing Government rate as ascertained from the Deputy Commissioner of the District should be adopted.
5. The cash award order should contain a certificate by the Superintendent of Police as to the correctness of the quantity/weight.
6. The cash awards should only be given in cases where the value of the seized food grains is more the Rs. 500/- and payment to each individual member of the Police Force is not less than RS. 1/-
7. Where a cash reward does not become due on account of the small value of the food grains seized or where the Superintendent of Police considers that a cash reward need not be given he may recognize the good work done by issue of suitable Commendation Certificates.
8. It should be ensured that in no case more than one ward or cash reward is given to any member of the Service in a case, for the same good work.
9. Superintendents of Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police may sanction rewards up to the limits prescribed in the Manual of Financial Powers Part III 3(b) regarding sanction of Rewards (pages 402-403). When the amount of award exceeds the powers of sanction by a Deputy Inspector General of Police, such cases should be referred to me for sanction. The expenditure should be initially met out of the Budget Provision under ’23 Police eg. CID (5) Rewards” subject to recoupment from the grants of the Food and Civil Supplies Department at the end of the financial year.
10. The instructions contained in this Standing Order are applicable, for the time being, for the crop year 1972-73,. Action is being taken to move the Government to extend similar sanction for the crop year 19783-74.
STANDING ORDER NO. 626
No. TRG-1/67/1973, Dated: 18-09-1973
|Practical Training of Sub-Inspectors (civil) Extension of the period from 6 months to 12 months revised |
|programme of work-issue of |
***
The subject of practical training of directly recruited Probationary Sub-Inspectors of Police has been examined in the light of the recommendations of the Committee on Police training set up by Government of India. It has now been decided to revise the existing programme and increase the period of Practical training from six month to one year a copy of the revised programme of work is enclosed.
Consequent on the enhancement of the period of practical training, the period of holding independent charge of Police Station is reduced to six months.
The revised programme should be followed with immediate effect and Probationary PSIs. Of XIV Batch now under practical training should be given training as per the revised programme of work making such adjustment as necessary.
Please acknowledge the receipt of the Standing Order.
PROGRAMME OF WORK FOR THE SUB-INSPECTOR CADERS DURING THE PRACTICAL TRAINING.
FIRST MONTH
Attachment to a Rural Police Station.
Police Constable:- To be employed on all kind of beat, K.D. Checking, B.C. Roll enquiry, process service Traffic Duties etc.
As Head Constable Writer Special attention to be given to maintenance of the Duty roster, General diary and the other Police Station records and returns, the use of the Police and Criminal Intelligence Gazettes, receipt of disposal of complaint. The inspections and question the subordinate to check their knowledge.
SECOND MONTH
Attachment to a senior Sub-Inspector in a rural Police Station to learn duties relating to the prevention of Crime Surveillance, checking of hotels, dharmashala and other public places or huts likely to be visited by bad characters, including bazaars in the interior and collection of intelligence about crime and criminals generally. The probationers should be taken out on our extensively.
THIR AND FOURTH MONTHS
Attachment to the Officer incharge of a rural Police Station to attend inquests and at least six investigations. The probationers should be taught how to collect clues for scientific examination and write case diaries indecently. They should accompany the Circle Inspector for enquires and investigations in at least two cases, attend one of his inspections and see the Police arrangements on accasions for crowd control and mob dispersal. They should be initiated into police relations work by introduction to politicians. Pressmen Panchayat members & the local public & social workers & taught how to develop understanding & tact. Special attention should be given to the development of the correct attitudes, matters relating to man-management, the role of the Police with regard to Social legislation and the art of report writing.
The probationers should be taken for interviewing unidentified prisoners in jail and explained how previous convictions are traced.
Note:- As far as possible Training in the first four months should be at the
same Police Station.
FIFTH MONTH
Attachment to the prosecution branch under the direct supervision of the Police Prosecutor/public Prosecutor. The Probationers should learn office work, how to scrutinise challans and prepare briefs and accompany the prosecutor to courts to watch the conduct of one sessions case from the beginning to the end, including cross examination of witnesses and arguments by lawyers for the prosecution and the defense.
SIXTH MONTH
Attachments with the District Special Branch. The crime Branch and the (MOB) DCRB some cases of inter – district and inter State Crime would be explained, besides, teaching F.P. work.
SEVENTH AND EIOGHT MONTH
Posting as a junior S.I. and extra investigating officer to a medium sized Police Station where he would have an opportunity to investigate a variety of offences and participate in different types of Police Station work.
NINTH AND TENTH MONTHS.
Posting as extra investigating officer to a City/Town police station. Where the crime work is heavy. He would be required to go on night rounds, Supervise beat work and be associated with the work relating to traffic and Sarafa (Jewellery market) checking, handling law and order situations and industrial problems and dealing with while collar crime, smuggling, vice etc., the probationers should visit correctional instructions where-ever they exist.
STANDING ORDER NO. 626
No. 125/RLN/2/1973, Dated: 24-12-1973
|Computerisation of Crime Records Instructions regarding |
***
It has become necessary to adopt automation facilities in the maintenance of crime and criminal records in view of the increased volume of work. Computerisation of crime records is an important aspect of modernization of Police Force.
Following are the two important objective of the computerisation of crime records.
1. For the purpose of statistics, which in turn helps in generating administrative reports at various Levels. It will also be helpful in research and in making administrative decisions.
2. For the purpose of helping the Investigating Officers in the investigation and detection of cases, especially cases coming under Class I to IX i.e properly crimes.
Besides these two important objectives, the computerisation will in due course considerably reduce the scriptory work at various levels. Above all, the incredible speed with which the date is retrieved in any required from will contribute to the efficiency in the police performance.
At the outset, it has been decided to codify information in respect of property offences only coming under Class I to IX as per Order No. 1698 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II and the offenders involved in those cases. In Karnataka State, about 1500 cases under Class I to IX are being reported every month. Out of these cases, about 400 to 500 cases are being detected. At present, the forms viz., ‘A’”B’C” for crimes and three forms viz., ‘D’ ‘E’ ‘F’ for criminals. In these forms, provision has been made to enter information in a narrative form. The codification of this information will be done at the State C.I.D. only. These forms Will be supplied to all Police Stations in the State by the concerned Superintendents of Police till such time printed forms are made available.
The Station staff is required to fill up these forms in a narrative form in the space provided for that purpose at the various stages of investigation prosecution and disposals in the court as per the following of the instructions.
Computer form ‘A’ contents of Cols. 1 to 23.
As soon as a present crime is registered in the Police stations, the Station House Officer should fill up this form as per the particulars available form the First Information Report. The instructions for filling up these colums are given in detail in the Annexure to this Standing Order.
In cases of automobile thefts and registration of cases pertaining to counterfeit currency or coins, the Station House Officer should fill up computer form “B” and this form should be enclosed to form No. ‘A’ Detained instructions for filling up the Colums 1 to 18 Computer form ‘B’ are given in the Annexure.
Computer form ‘C’ consisting to Columns 1 to 21 should be filled up and sent in 3 stages. The first stage is when the Investigation is finalised and the Station House Officer or the Investigating agency sends a final report to the Court. The second stage is when the case is disposed of in the Magistrate’s Court. The third stage is when the case is committed to the Sessions Court and the case is disposed off in the Appllete Court, High Court or Supreme Court. The detailed instructions for filling up the various columns are given in the annexure.
Computer Form ‘D’ pertains to criminals and it consists of columns of columns 1 to 38. The Station House Officer should fill up these colums as soon as the criminal suspected or accused arrested in crime. The detailed instructions to fill up computer Form ‘D’ are given in the annexure.
Computer From ‘E’ consisting of columns 1 to 17 should be filed up by the Station House Officer after the receipt of the finger print classification number etc. from the Director of Finger Print Bureau. The detailed instructions for filling up this form are given in the annexure.
Computer Form ‘F’ consisting of columns 1 to 15 should be filled up by the Station House Officer after the criminal is convicted in a Court of law. Detailed instructions for filling up this form are given in the annexure.
As instructed above, the Station House Officer should send these computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ promptly as and when each form becomes due, to the Deputy Superintendents of Police Computer Wing c/o DIG. CID. Bangalore though their respective DCRB.
On receipt of these forms the S.I. in charge of DCRB. Should post the registers of DCRB. With the information contained in these forms. For example, on the receipt of computer form ‘A’ he should post the register in the DCRB. In form No. 189 as per order 1694 of the Police manual Vol II. Likewise, on receipt of Computer Form ‘C’ if a case is reported as undetected, register in Form No. 190 should be posted as per order No. 1695 of the Mysore police Manual vol. II.
After posting the DCRB, registers with the information contained in computer forms ’A’ to ‘F’ these computer forms should be transmitted to the Deputy Superintendent of Police, Police Computer Wing. c/o the DiG. DIC, Bangalore, forthwith as and when they are received from the Police stations,
The Sub-Inspector in charge of the DCRB, should keep a new register in the prescribed proforma annexed hereto and enter receipt and dispatch of computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ as and when they are received from the Police Stations.
With the introduction of the above mentioned computer forms ‘A to “F” the Stations House Officer may discontinue the preparation of forms 173 to 177 prescribed in order Nos. 1669 to 1675 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II. However the various records maintained in the DCRB, should in future, be completed with the help of computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ which have now replaced forms 173 to 177.
These order will come into effect in respect of crimes reported from 01-01-1974.
KARNATKA STATE POLICE COMPUTER FORM ‘A’
FIRST INFORMATION REPORT (FOR CRIMES)
|District &|Crime Number|Year |Section of |Name of |Place of |occurrence |date of FIR |
|police | | |law |the |occurrence with | | |
|station | | | |complain|address | | |
| | | | |ant | | | |
| | | | | | |Uttered | |
|11 |12 |13 |14 |15 |16 |17 |18 |
KARNATKA STATE POLICE COMPUTER FORM ‘c’
(For Crimes) Police disposal Court disposal)
|District & police|Crime Number |Year |Value of |No. of accused|No. of accused |
|station | | |property |arrested |absconding |
| | | |recovered | | |
|12 |13 |14 |15 |16 |17 |
KARNATKA STATE POLICE COMPUTER FORM ‘E’
(For Criminals)
|District & police|Year |FPB Serial |HS or |DC |PC |CID |
|station | |number |CCR |number |number |number |
| | | |number | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
|Fpb |Date of offence|time of offence|week day |period of |Jail | | |
|Classification | | | |conviction |Number |Location of Jail |Date of release |
| | | | | |& year | | |
|8 |9 |10 |11 |12 |13 |14 |15 |
annexure
(detailed instructions for filling up computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ as per Standing Order 627)
COMPUER FORM ‘A’
In From ‘A’ columns I to 10 and 23 are explanatory.
Column 11. ‘MO Motive’ means Motive behind the commission of offence under Class I to IX
Example: In a case of Murder for gain the Motive is gain. ‘Gain’ is the motive in professional dacoity, robbery and HB & Thefts etc.,
Column 12. MO Major’ means Class I to IX
(Pertaining to property offences) the main offence will
be one of the following)
‘MO Major’ : Class I 1. Murder
2. Dacoity
3. Robbery
Class II 1. House Breaking and Theft
Class III 1. House Thefts
Class IV 1. Ordinary Thefts
Class V 1. Cattle Thefts
Class VI 1. Receiving or Possession of
Stolen Property
Class VII 1. Cheating
Class VIII 1. Counterfeiting
Class IX 1. Criminal breach of Trust or
Misappropriation.
Column 13. ‘MO Minor’ This classification has been done at the all India
level, which should b e carefully studied for guidance.
Example:
1. Murder for Gain MO Minor is (1) Culpable Homicide not
amounting to Murder
(2) Murder
II. Dacoity MO Minor is (1) Political
(2) Professional
(3) Unclassified
-- do –
III. Robbery MO Minor is
IV HB & Theft MO Minor is (1) By day
(2) By night
V. Thefts MO Minor is (1) Arms & Ammunition
(2) Cattle
(3) Cultural Property
(4) Cycle
(5) Motor vehicles
(6) Pocket picking
(7) Railway Property
(8) Servants employed by
(9) Wire
(10) Unclassified
VI. Counterfeit Coins and
Currency MO Minor is (1) Coins
(2) Currency (foreign)
(3) Currency (Indian)
(4) Security other than coins and
Currency
(5) Un-Classified
Class I “MO Method’. This is the minor classification as per Order
1698 of Mysore Police Manual Vol, II,
Examples :
1) In Class II Offences ‘L’ which was minor classification is taken as method,
i.e. ‘L’ ‘H’ ‘R’ ‘W’ ‘A’ of the Mysore Police Manual.
i) Lock Breaking, (ii) Manhole, (iii) Removing tiles, (iv) Removing
Widow bars etc.
Column 15. ‘MO Place’ means the Place where offence has taken place.
Examples:
i) House, (ii) Temple, In Class, (iii) Office, (iv) Hotel (v) Airport, (vi) Road or Street, (vii) Open field (viii) Theatre. (ix) Railway Goods yard, (x) Jatra, etc.
Column 16. ‘Transport used the use of any transport for the purpose of commission of the offences; for reaching or leaving the scene of offence or transport used for taking the booty.
Examples:
i) Car, (ii) Lorry, (iii)Cycle, (iv) Cart etc. (See order No. 1702 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)
Column 17. ‘Style assumed’ or Occupation assumed’. This is the style adopted by the criminal for the commission of the offence. In other work, posing as somebody when actually he is not for the purpose of committing offence.
Examples:
i) Mechanic ii) Mater Reader iii) Police Officer iv) Vendor, (See Order No. 1700 of Mysore Police Manual vol. II)
Column 18. (‘Trade Mark’ or MO Special features’) This is the trade mark
left behind by the culprit at the scene of offence.
Examples:
i) Eating at the Scene of crime
ii) Easing at the scene of crime
iii) Disconnecting electric supply
iv) Drugging watch dogs
v) Display of weapons etc.
(See order No. 1701 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)
Column 19: ‘Physical features’ Any marked or pronounced physical peculiarity such as limping, squint eye, should be mentioned
(See Order No. 1699 of Mysore Manual Vol. II)
Column 20: ‘Nature of property lost’ Mention whether the property stolen Physical stolen is gold/silver ornaments. Clothes cash, radio, copper and brass utensils etc. (See Order No. 1704 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)
Column 21: ‘Materials of which made’ this refers only to cultural property like antiques, idols and statues. The material like brass, bronze copper, panchaloha, Asthadhatu, gold, silver etc, out of which such objects are made of.
Column 22: ‘The description of cultural property’ such as Vishnu idol or Height and weight of the object or nay inscription or such other marks should be mentioned,. Cultural property means idols statues and antiques etc.
COMPUTER FORM ‘B’
Column 1 to 3: ‘They are self explanatory, including column 6, 9 and 10.
Column 4: ‘Type of automobile’ means whether the stolen vehicle is a lorry, bus, van, car, autorickshaw, motor cycle, scooter, tempo, tractor etc.
Column 5: ‘Make’ means whether the vehicle is Fiat, Ambassador, Standard etc., among cars, Merceds Benz, Fargo etc, among lorries, Vespa Lambretta etc., among Scooters.
Column 7: ‘Model’ means the year of manufacture of the vehicle.
Column 8: ‘R.C. Numbers’ means registration certificate number of the vehicle like such as MYB 546 etc.
Column 11: ‘Currency involved’. This means the total number of notes found at the time of detection or at the time of registration of the case.
Examples: 100 rupees in Rs. 10 denominations ie. Numbering 10 (Rs. 10X10=Rs.100/-)
Column 12: ‘Series of Currency’ means the series mentioned in the notes.
Examples: i) A9 (Series)
ii) AW/T (Series)
iii) S/E (Series) etc.
Column 13: ‘Serial number of currency’ is serial number on the note.
Column 14: ‘Classification Number’ is the number given to a particular forged note in the certificate issued by the Currency Expert at Government Security Press Nasik after due examination.
Column 15: ‘Denomination’ means whether the currency is of 5 rupee, 10 rupee or 100 rupee note.
Column 16: ‘Type of currency’. Type of currency includes regular currency note. National Savings Certificate, Debenture Bonds, Travellers Cheques Bank Drafts, Postal Orders etc.
Column 17: ‘Uttered’ means if the forged currency note or counterfeit coin is passed for circulation.
Column 18: ‘Place of appearance’ means the actual place or address where the currency was seized or found.
COMPUTER FORM ‘C’
Column 1 to 6, 8, 16, and 18 are self explanatory.
Column 7: ‘Disposal by Police, means any one of the following.
i) Action dropped,
ii) Charge sheeted,
iii) False
iv) Mistake of fact,
v) Mistake of law,
vi) Non-cognizable,
vii) Not investigated u/s 157 (I) (b) Cr. P.C
viii) Transferred
ix) Undetected,
x) Withdrawn.
Column 9: ‘Act under which charged, means under IPC or under other Acts, such as Forest Act Railway Stores (Unlawful possession) Act, Essential Commodities Act etc.
Column 10: ‘Section of charge sheet, means section of law noted in the 11, 12 & 13 charge sheet.
‘No. of accused in the charge sheet’ means total number of
accused persons.
Name of Court’ is the actual name of the Court; Court CC
No. is self explanatory.
Column 14: ‘Court case type numbers’ means whether the case is
i) Calendar case,
ii) Miscellaneous case,
iii) Summary trial case
iv) Sessions case,
v) Criminal appeal (all types)
vi) Juvenile case.
Column 15: ‘Disposal by Court’ means whether the case is
i) Acquitted,
ii) Compounded,
iii) Convicted,
iv) Discharged,
v) Proceeding stayed/dropped,
Transferred to to long pending case file (IPC)
Column 17: ‘Type of sentence’ means the nature of sentence viz
i) Rigorous imprisonment,
ii) Simple imprisonment,
iii) Till rising of Court,
iv) Committed to Borstal School,
v) Committed to junior approved School,
vi) Committed to information School,
vii) Admonished,
viii) Fined,
ix) Notify resident after release
x) Probation of good conduct,
xi) Bound over for good behavior,
xii) RI and fine
xiii) Sl and fine.
Column 19: ‘Name of the institution for supervision means whether the
accused is’ committed to the care of
i) Borstal School,
ii) Junior Approved School.
iii) Reception Home for Boys & Girls,
iv) Senior Approved School,
v) Vigilance Home or State Home,
Column 20: ‘Name of Authority for supervision’ means whether it is
i) Additional District Probation Officer,
ii) District Probation Officer,
iii) Guardian,
iv) Parents,
v) Police
Column 21: ‘Result of Appeal’ means whether
i) Acquitted on appeal,
ii) Confirmed on appeal,
iii) Sentence reduced on appeal,
iv) Acquitted on revision,
v) Convicted on appeal against acquittal
vi) Sentence enhanced on revision.
COMPUTER FORM ‘D’
Column , 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 13 and 14 are self explanatory.
Column 3: ‘FPB Serial Number’. After receipt of search slip from the Finger Print Bureau, the serial number of the criminal is available if he is a previous convict. That number should be entered here.
Column 5: ‘Sex’ means whether Male or Female to be mentioned.
Column 7: ‘F/H’ means whether the person mentioned in Col. 8 is the father or husband of the criminal. Write accordingly in the column.
Column 9: ‘Religion’ means whether the accused is
i) Hindu
ii) Muslim
iii) Christian
iv) Sikhs etc.
Column 10: ‘Caste’ means
i) Non-schedule caste;
ii) Scheduled Caste;
iii) Scheduled tribe.
iv)
Column 11: ‘Tribe means
i) Waddars;
ii) Korvers;
iii) Banjars;
iv) Lammanies;
v) Kemparies etc.
Column 12: ‘Education level’ means whether the accused is
i) Illiterate;
ii) Literate;
iii) Primary School;
iv) Secondary School etc.
Actual education qualification should be written.
Column ‘Habit’ means whether he is used to smoking, drinking visiting
37 & 38 : prostitutes, gambling etc.
Column are self explanatory (See Order No. 1699 of Mysore Police
15 to 36: Manual Vol. II)
COMPUTER FORM ‘E’
Column 1: 2 AND 17 ARE SELF EXPLANATORY.
Column 3: ‘FP SERIAL NUMBER Print Bureau, the serial number of the criminal is available if he is a previous convict. That number should be entered here.
Column 4: ‘MO Motive means Motive behind the commission of offence under Class I to IX
Example: Murder for gain in property offence. ‘Gain’ is the motive in professional dacoity, robbery and HB & Theft etc.
Column 5: ‘MO Major means Class I to IX (pertaining to property offences). The main offence will be one of the following;
Class I i) Murder
ii) Dacoity
iii) Robbery
Class II i) House Breaking and Theft
Class VIII i) Counterfeiting
Class ix i) Criminal breach of Trust or misappropriation.
Column 6: ‘MO Minor’. ‘This classification has been done at the all India level. It should be carefully studied for guidance.
Examples:
i) Murder for gain MO 1. Culpable Homicide not amounting
to murder
2. Murder
ii) Dacoity MO Minor is 1. Political
2. Professional
3. Unclassified
iii) Robbery: MO Minor is -- do --
iv) HB & Theft: MO 1. By day
Minor is 2. By night
v) Thefts: MO Minor is 1. Arms Ammunitions
2. Cattle
3. Cultural Property
4. Cycle
5. Motor Vehicles
6. Pocket picking
7. Railway Property
8. Servants
9. Wire
10.unclassified
vi) Counterfeit Coins 1. Coins
MO Minor is and 2. Currency (Foreign)
Currency 3. Currency (Indian)
4. Security other than and Currency
Column 7: ‘MO Method’ this is the minor classification as per Order 1698
of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II.
Examples:
i) In Class II offences ‘L’ which was minor classification is taken as method, i.e ‘L’ ‘H’ ‘R’ ‘W’, ‘A’ of the Mysore Police Manual
i) Lock Breaking; (ii) Manhole, (iii) Removing lies; (iv) Removing window bars etc.
Column 8: ‘MO Place’ means the place where offence has taken place.
Examples:
i) House, (ii) Temple, (iii) Office, (iv) Hotel (v) Airport, (vi) Road or Street, (vii) Open Field, (viii) Theatre, (ix) Railway Goods Yard, (x) Jatra, etc.
Column 9: ‘Sphere of Operation’ means the station limits where the criminal as operated. Here the actual name of the Police Station should be mentioned.
Column 10: ‘Village where offence occurred’ means the name of the village where the actual offence has taken place.
Column 11: ‘Nature of property lost’ Mention whether the property stolen is gold/silver ornaments, clothes, cash, radio, copper and brass utensils etc.
Column 12: ‘Materials out of which made’ This refers only to cultural property like antiques, idols and statues. The material like brass, bronze, copper, panchaloha, asthadhatu, gold, silver etc. out of which such objects are made of.
Column 13: ‘Transport used’ is the use of any transport for the purpose of commission of the offence; for reaching or leaving the scene of offence or transport used for taking the booty.
Examples:
i) Car (ii) Lorry (iii) Cycle (iv) Cart etc.
(See Order No. 1702 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)
Column 14: ‘Style assumed’ or Occupation assumed. This is the style adopted by the criminal for the commission of the offence. In other words, posing as somebody when actually he is not, for the purpose of committing offence.
Examples:
i) Mechanic (ii) Meter reader, (iii) Police Officer (iv) Vendor.
(See Order No. 1702 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)
Column 15: ‘Trade Mark’ or MO Special features’ This is the trade mark left behind by the culprit at the scene of offence.
Examples:
i) Eating at the scene of crime.
ii) Easing at the scene of crime.
iii) Disconnecting electric supply.
iv) Display of weapons, etc.
(See Order No. 1702 of Mysore Police Manual Vol. II)
Column 16: ‘Name of the associates if any’ This is self explanatory.
COMPUTER FORM ‘F’
In this form all the columns except Col. II are self explanatory.
Column II: ‘Week Day’ Name of the week day on which the Offence was committed.
Example:
‘Monday’
Karnataka State Police Receipt and Dispatch Register of Computer Forms Maintained Police Station wise by the D C R B
|Police Station |Crime Number | | |
| | |Date of receipt of Computer Forms |Initials of S.L. DCRB |
| | |A |B |
| |Initials of S.l. DCRB | |
|Date of dispatch of Computer Forms | |Remarks |
|A |B |C |D |E |F | | |
|5 |6 |7 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 628
No. 15/MPM/1973, Dated: 29-12-1973
|Publication of Departmental matter in the Weekly Crime & Occurrence Sheet under Part VI Instructions regarding |
|Reference: |Order No. 1715 of Karnataka Police Manual Vol. II and Appendix XXIX |
***
The subject relating to the publication of departmental matters such as appointments, transfers, punishments, rewards etc., in the Weekly Crime & Occurrence Sheet’ Under Class V General” was discussed in the Police Officers conference held in December, 1972. It was agreed to publish these matters in Crime & Occurrence Sheets for the information of the members of the Police Force particularly the members of the District Police concerned. It is felt that the publication of matters such as appointments, rewards, punishments and transfers would act as an incentive to the members of the lower ranks in the force, to exert more and turnout better work. It also serves as a deterrent factor against misbehavior on the part of the member of the Force.
Superintendents of Police incharge of the Districts as, here by instructed to publish matters such as appointments transfers, leave, rewards and punishments in the Weekly Crime & Occurrence Sheets in Kannada under a new Part viz Part VI General Establishment matters.
The receipt of the Standing Order may please be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO. 629
No. Law-1/27/1974, Dated: 23-08-1974
|Acquittals in criminals cases Appeal against judicial structures on investigations avoidance of instruction |
|issued. |
|Reference: |Law Section Circular No. 3222 |
***
In S.O. 361 dated, 10-05-1958 of Order 1563 of Karnataka Police Manual Vol. II, Issued on the basis of Government Circular No. Law-91 (CRL-57) dated 01-05-1958 instructions were laid down regarding the action to be taken in the case of acquittals and discharges in the courts of Magistrates/Court of Session.
In their Order No. Law-114-Lag-1972, dated 30-12-1972 Government have established the Directorate of Prosecutions Two Directors of Prosecution have been appointed with head quarters at Bangalore and Dharwar for the Revenue Divisions of Bangalore and Mysore, Belgaum and Gulbarga respectively. Further in G.O. No. Law. 15PPE. 1973, dated 26-03-1973 Government have issued instructions regarding the functions of the Directors Prosecutors. According to Para-II of G.O. dated 26-03-1973 the provision made in the said G.O. shall prevail over all other provision made in any other previous Government Circular in respect of matters connected therein. Therefore S.O. 361 and Order 1563 of KPIM. Vol-II stand cancelled and amendment to K.P.M. Vol-II will be issued separately.
2. After the establishment of Directorate of Prosecution and issue of Government Order No. Law 15 PPE 1973 dated 26-03-1973 (sent with LSC 3222) the Directorate of Prosecution is the agency to prefer appeals and revisions in respect of cases ending in acquittal/discharge or where there is a conviction only a minor offence the accused having been acquitted for more serious offence in the court of any Magistrate or in a Session Court. The Additional District Magistrate and Superintendent of Police are no longer in the picture. But the responsibility of reviewing judicial structures and commendations and lapses pointed out in Judgments still rests on the Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspectors General of Police and Superintendents of Police. For this purpose following instructions are issued.
3. The Directorate of Prosecution have been addressed to instruct the PP/APPs in their jurisdiction to furnish with their remarks copies of judgments in cases where the courts have passed strictures or commendations on the investigation to the concerned Superintendents of Police or the Commissioner of Police within a week of the pronouncement of the judgment.
4. The Superintendent of Police should examine the judgment and forward it within a week of its receipt, to the concerned Deputy Inspector General of Police with his remarks mentioning the instructions issued for the avoidance of such lapses in the subsequent cases and the action taken against the defaulting police officer in the cases where strictures are passed and suitable recognizing the services of the Investigating Officers whose work has been commended.
5. The concerned Deputy Inspector General of Police should review the judgment visa-vis the Superintendents, remarks and transmit the records to the Chief Office with his remarks.
6. In the case of judgment pronounced by the High Court containing structures the concerned Superintendent of Police or the Commissioner of Police, should obtain a copy of the judgment and take action as indicated in para 4 above.
7. The Superintendent of Police, while furnishing his remarks required under paragraph-4 should specifically mention whether or not the structures or remarks are justified and if unjustified what action has been taken for their expunction. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, should also furnish his specific opinion on this point.
8. Whenever the Superintendent of Police, finds that any structures or other animadversions either against a Police Officer or generally on the investigation of the case are wholly unjustified or excessive and deserve expunction, he should take prompt action to move the Director of Prosecution for addressing the Government for sanction for addressing the Government for sanction to move the High Court, for expunction.
9. Whenever a revision is filed in the High Court/Court of Session for the expunction of the structures or other adverse remarks, the Superintendent of Police should obtain from the Director of Prosecution a copy of the judgment and send it to this Office.
10. If the High Court/Court of Session decline to expunge the strictures or other remarks, and maintain that they are justified, the Superintendent of Police, should take appropriate action institute departmental proceedings against the defaulting Police Officers, He should send a report of action to this officer.
11. The Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspectors General of Police and Superintendent of Police should maintain a Register of judicial Strictures in which they should note:-
a) Station Crime Number
b) Court Case Number
c) Date of Judgment
d) A brief description of the judicial strictures
e) Action taken on the strictures
f) Instructions issued for rectification or avoidance.
The Register is useful for the officers to have an overall impression of the judicial appreciation of the standards of investigation and prosecution in a District.
12. Every judgment sent under this Standing Order should reach the Chief Office within one month from the date of its pronouncement.
13. A quarterly statement of judicial strictures and commendations in Form No. 161 for quarter ending with 31st March, 30the June, 30th Sept. and 31st December should be sent to chef office on or before 10th of the succeeding month of the quarter.
14. The law Section in Chief office will compile and review the strictures. The review will be sent to the Commissioner, Deputy Inspector General of Police and Superintendent of Police
15. These instructions shall supersede the instruction contained in Standing Order Nos. 361 and 583. Suitable amendments to orders 1563 & 1565 will be issued separately.
16. As soon as a copy of the judgment with the remarks of the officers as indicated in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 is received in the Chief office, the Crime Branch should at once examine it (with reference to the relevant grave crime file, if it is a judgment in a grave crime) pass on the file to the Law section obtaining the orders of thee Asst. Inspector General of Police.
17. The Law Section should examine the judgment and the remarks furnished by the various officers and take action for the issue of appropriate instructions for the rectification of the defects and lapses pointed out in the judgment.
18. Whenever a copy of the judgment is received in the other sections of the Chief Office and it contains strictures or remarks against any Police officer or on the investigation or prosecution of a case, the concerned section Superintendent should obtain in the orders of the AIGP. And send the judgment to the Law section. The Law Section should take action as indicated in paragraph 16.
19. Whenever a copy of the judgment referred to in paragraph-9 is received in the Chief Office, the crime section should endorse it to the Law Section and the Law Section should examine the judgment and take appropriate action.
20. Whenever any subject or other important matter is required to be examined in the Law Section the Section Superintendents of the other Sections, should, whenever required by the Deputy Superintendent of Police, Law Section supply him with all the information and the relevant files he may need in that behalf.
21. Whenever the Inspection Notes of a DPO. Is received in the Chief office the Crime Section, should examine it and see whether the instructions conveyed in paragraphs 4 & 5 have been copied with and refer any points of interest to the law Section for further action.
22. All departmental action arising out of judicial strictures in the judgments of courts should be pursued by the crime section of the Chief office till final disposal.
23. The Law Section in the Chief office should maintain a Register of judicial Strictures as indicated in Instruction No. II.
STANDING ORDER NO. 630
No. 79/RLN-2/1972 Dated: 27-04-1974
|Establishment of Corps of Detectives in the Criminal Investigation Department instruction regarding |
***
PREAMBLE:
The Government have had, under consideration, for sometime past, the question of establishing a Corps of Detectives in the Criminal Investigation Department for investigating cases involving economic and financial offences and major crimes which would require special knowledge of both law and investigation. In order to achieve maximum results in the detection of crimes and with a view also to inspiring public confidence in the Police administration, it has been decided to build up a Corps of detectives in the State CID.
2. The following eight Squads with the Executive Police Staff noted against each will be known as the ‘Corps of Detectives’ working under the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, Bangalore.
| |SP. |DSPs |PIs |SIs |HCs |PCs |
|Homicide Squad … |1 |2 |12 |- |- |- |
|Burglary Squad … |- |1 |6 |4 |- |- |
|Fraud Squad … |1 |3 |20 |6 |- |- |
|Counterfeit Squad … |- |- |10 |2 |- |- |
|Arms & Explosives Squad … |1 |1 |6 |4 |- |- |
|Vice Squad … |- |1 |6 |4 |- |- |
|Anti-smuggling Squad … |1 |1 |8 |2 |- |- |
|Special Enquiry Squad ... |- |1 |7 |3 |- |- |
|Staff attached to the DIG, CID … |- |- |- |- |50 |25 |
| Total |4 |10 |75 |25 |50 |25 |
3. Subject to the general control of the Inspector General the control of the personnel and their work rests with the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID. Except on ceremonial occasions, the Officers and men of the CID, should not wear uniform and should not use Police Salute in greeting superiors and others.
4. The existing executive strength of the CID is as under
| |DIG |SP. |DSP |PIs |SIs |HCs |PCs |
|1. Office of the DIG, CID, |1 |5 |10 |1 |2 |- |7 |
|2. F.P.B. | - |1 |- |- |1 |1 |3 |
|3. Prohibition Int. (Temporary) | - |- |- |- |- |- |1 |
|4. Shimoga R.T.O. Cases | - |- |1 |- |1 |- |- |
|5. Bangalore R.T.O. Cases | - |- |- |- |1 |- |- |
|6. Food Cell (CB-II) CID | - |2 |1 |1 |1 |- |- |
With the implementation of the Government Order sanctioning the Crops of Detectives, the ministerial staff and I Attender and 3 Dalayats attached to the F.P.B (Sl. No. 2), I Dalayat attached to Prohibition Intelligence (Sl. No. 3) CID (Sl. No. 6) will continue as noted above. The ministerial staff comprising of 5 1 Division Clerks, 10, 2nd Division clerks 1 Steno and 2 Typists of the Office of the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID (Sl No. 1) and the ministerial staff sanctioned for Shimoga and Bangalore RTO cases (Sl. Nos. 4 and 5) is abolished. In their place, the Crops of Detectives will have a ministerial staff of 4 Section Supdts, 10 Fist Divisions Clerks, 16 Second Division Clerks, 12 Stenographers and 10 Typists as sanctioned by Government in addition to I Headquarters Assistant (Gazetted) and 7 Dalayats.
5. In accordance with the Scheme drawn up by the Committee and the provisions of the Police Manual, the executive staff, who do not form part of the Crops of Detectives, will be as under.
i) Finger Print Bureau consisting of I DSP, * PIs, 23 Sis 4 HCs and 14 PCs
ii) Prohibition Intelligence: (Permanent and Temporary) consisting of 2 PIs, 6 SIs and 7 PCs.
iii) Criminal Intelligence Bureau consisting of 2 PIs, 7 Sis, 3 HCs, 2 PCs and 2 Photographers.
iv) Food Cell (CB-II) CID consisting of I SP, 6DSPs, 1PI, 15 Sis, 23 HCs and 39 PCs.
v) HD Orderly (Armed)
vi) PC. Orderlies (Armed) 122
Sl Nos. V and VI will be borne on the strength of the City Armed Reserve and formal orders may be awaited.
6. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID. Will now have under him the following branches with the staff as noted below.
| |
Order No. HD 229 PEG 1972, Bangalore dated 15-04-1974
***
The Government have had under consideration for sometime past the question of establishing a Corps of Detectives in the Criminal Investigation Department for investigating cases involving economic and financial offences and major crimes which would require special knowledge of both law and investigation. In order to achieve maximum results in the detection of crimes and with a view also to inspiring public confidence in the Police administration, it has been decided to build up a Corps of Detectives in the State CID.
2. A committee of senior Police Officers was appointed to examine this matter in all its details. The Committee has observed that an expansion of the Criminal Investigation Department along the existing lines will not meet the needs of the situation. With the opening up of the interior and improved communication facilities and with the development of Science and technology, criminals have acquired new and methods were unknown to the criminals of an earlier era. Further, white collar crimes are being committed more and more by intelligent cheats who adopt novel and scientific methods to defy detection. Again, counterfeit currency cases and cases relating to thefts of idols and antiques have also come to notice. Offences relating to persons such as for begging are being committed. With the increase in international tourist’s traffic, various other types of crimes are also likely to be imported into India. In this race, the criminals should not be allowed to get better of the police; the latter must keep themselves adequately equipped and trained to meet the challenge.
3. The study of the crime statistics by the Committee has disclosed the necessity for taking immediate steps to ensure that no important case goes undetected for want of sustained investigation. For this purpose, the C.I.D. would have to be manned by specially chosen officers of outstanding detective abilities.
4. The Corps of Detectives will be divided into the following Squads, each to deal with cases coming under a specific item of specialised crime and manned by the staff noted against each:
| |S.P |Dy. |DETECTIVES |
| | |S.P | |
| | | |PIs |SIs |HCs |PCs |
|I. | (1) Homicide Squad to investigate |1 |2 |12 |- |- |- |
| |important & complicated cases of | | | | | | |
| |murder | | | | | | |
| |(2)Burglary Squad to investigate property offences committed |- |1 |6 |4 |- |- |
| |by Interstate Criminals. | | | | | | |
|II. |(3) Fraud Squad to investigate cases relating to |1 |3 |20 |6 |- |- |
| |misappropriation of funds belonging to Govt. & other | | | | | | |
| |institutions, cases of cheating & forgery etc. | | | | | | |
|III |(4) Counterfeit currency Squad to investigate cases of |- |- |10 |2 |- |- |
| |counterfeiting of Indian and Foreign Currency. | | | | | | |
| |(5) Arms & Explosives Squad to investigate cases of illicit |1 |1 |6 |4 |- |- |
| |manufacture & smuggling of arms, ammunition and explosives | | | | | | |
|IV |(6)Vice Squad to Investigate Cases of abduction of women, |- |1 |6 |4 |- |- |
| |kidnapping of Children & also offences under the Excise Act, | | | | | | |
| |Motor Vehicles Act, Untouchability (Offences) Act, Habitual | | | | | | |
| |Offenders Act, S.I.T. Act & Essential Commodities Act etc. | | | | | | |
| |(7) Anti-smuggling squad to investigate cases of smuggling of |1 |1 |8 |2 |- |- |
| |narcotics, foreign goods. | | | | | | |
| |(8) Special enquiries squad to enquire into complaints & |- |1 |7 |3 |- |- |
| |allegations made against persons and institutions etc. | | | | | | |
|V |Staff attached to the DIG, CID |- |- |- |- |50 |25 |
| Total |4 |10 |75 |25 |50 |25 |
LEGAL AND EXPERT SERVICES.
5. In view of the complicated nature of the cases to be handled, it is considered necessary to provide the Corps of Detectives with the assistance of one Legal Adviser on a salary of Rs. 1,500/-PM and one Assistant Legal Adviser a salary of Rs. 600/-PM., both of them being appointed on contract basis for a period of 3 years in the first instance.
6. The Committee has also recommended that one Senior Auditor and one Junior Auditor may be provided for assisting the Crops of Detectives in handling cases of misappropriation and fraud. The Senior Auditor and the Junior Auditor will be drawn from the State Accounts Department on deputation basis.
MINISTERIAL STAFF.
7. For running this organisation, provision of sufficient ministerial staff is indispensable. Taking into account the existing staff available in the State CID, the Committee has recommended the sanction of additional posts of 4 Section Superintendents, 10 First Division Clerks, 16 Second Division Clerks, 12 Stenographers and 10 Typists.
TRANSPORT.
8. For the success of the Scheme, facilities for fast movement to all corners of the State are absolutely necessary. Taking into account the vehicles now available in the State CID, the Committee has recommended the provision of 6 Ambassador Cars 12 Jeeps and two one ton vans.
INCENTIVES.
9. In order to attract the best talent available, the Committee has considered various methods of providing incentives and has come to the conclusion that one of the ways to get the right type of officers is to sanction attractive special pays. Considering the special features of the work such as anonymity, isolation, long hours of work heavy touring and also having regard to the need for economy alround, the Committee has recommended the following scales of Special pay to be attached to the posts.
1. Superintendents of Police Rs. 200/- p.m. each
2. Deputy Superintendents of Police Rs. 175/- p.m. each
3. Circle Inspectors & Auditors Rs. 150/- p.m. each
4. Sub-Inspectors Rs. 150/- p.m. each
5. Head Constables Rs. 75/- p.m. each
6. Police Constables Rs. 50/- p.m. each
HEAD QUARTER
10. The Committee has suggested Bangalore City to be the Head Quarters of the entire staff attached to the Crops of Detectives.
RESIDENTIAL QUARTERS
11. At present, residential quarters cannot be made available to the staff in Bangalore City. The Committee has examined this problem and suggested the outright purchase from the Housing Board of 75 Middle Income Group Houses and 75 Loa Income Group Houses to accommodate 75 detective Circle Inspectors and 75 other detective executive staff or requisitioning of houses through the house Rent Controller for being allotted to the staff the rent being born by the Government. As this would take time, the Committee has recommended the sanction of Special House Rent allowance of Rs. 250/- P.M. to each of those to whom house cannot be provided free of rent.
12. After careful examination, the Government are pleased to accord sanction to the above proposals made by the Committee for the establishment of a Crops of Detectives in the State CID, Bangalore, subject to the following modifications.
a) Special Pay The rates of Special pay sanctioned to the staff are as follows;
Post Rate of Spl;. Pay
1. Superintendents of Police Rs. 200/- p.m.
2. Deputy Superintendents of Police Rs. 175/- p.m.
3. Circle Inspectors & Auditors Rs. 150/- p.m.
4. Sub-Inspectors Rs. 120/- p.m.
5, Head Constables Rs. 75/- p.m.
6. Police Constables Rs. 50/- p.m.
b) Residential Accommodation.
The Inspector General of Police will take action to provide rent-free residential accommodation to all the personnel of the Crops of Detectives according to their entitlements. He will allot, to the extent available, house constructed for police personnel to the staff of the Crops of Detectives. If this accommodation is not adequate, he may send proposals to Government for the sanction of House Rent Allowance to the remaining staff.
13. Action should be taken to complete the preliminaries of interview and selection of personnel so as to ensure that the best investigating talent finds its way be made by the Inspector General of Police by deputation of existing staff in the Police Department. The Inspector General of Police will lay down suitable principles and procedure for their selections. Qualified persons including retired Government Servants may also be appointed on contract basis in accordance with the procedure laid down by Government for such appointments.
14. The period of sanction for the Corps of Detectives with its staff will be three years in the first instance.
15. This Order issue with the concurrence of the Finance Department, vide their U.C No. FDC. 566/SI/74, dated 05-04-1974.
By Order and in the name of the
Governor of Karnataka
Sd/-
(K.S Rajagopal).
Under Secretary to Government.
Home Department.
STANDING ORDER NO. 631
No. Law-1-17/1973 Dated: 07-07-1974
|Reporting of Court Progress and the disposal of cases in courts by the I.Os, and PPs/APPs. |
***
1. In a recent meeting held with the Director of Prosecution, Bangalore, the instructions contained in S.O. 429 dated 18-11-1958, were reviewed in the light of the provisions of the New Cr. P.C and also in view of the establishment of the Directorate of Prosecution. In this connection the following instructions are issued for the guidance of I.Os. PPs, and APPs. In supersession of instruction contained in S.O. 429, dated 18-11-1958.
2. On every date of hearing, the I.O. should attend the court with the cases diary files and assist the Police Prosecutor in the conduct of the cases by giving him necessary instructions.
3. If the I.O. is not able to attend the court in his cases on any date of hearing, he should instruct his assistant (PSI. Jamadar or HC as the case may be) to attend the court with the case diary files, contact the Prosecutor and give necessary instructions.
4. The I.O. should as heretofore write court case diaries in the Proforma-A or B annexed hereto as the case may be and send copies to all concerned as heretofore.
5. The Form-A should be filled up on everyday of court hearing and the special instruction given therein should be carefully noted. This court case Diary is intended to assist the I.O. and other superior officers in the Police Department to watch the progress and assist the prosecution agency and court speedy trial of the cases.
6. Where a case is adjourned for more than six-hearings, an extra copy of the court Case Diary in Form-A should be made for 7th and subsequent adjournments and sent to SP/DCP concerned. It shall be the responsibility of the SP/DCP concerned to examine such cases and take all necessary action for speedy disposal of the cases.
7. On pronouncement of the Judgment, a court Case Diary in Form-B should be prepared. In addition to copies being sent to Police Officer concerned, a copy should be sent to APP/PP concerned. Under the new procedure, further action for preferring an Appeal/Revision in case of Acquittal/ Discharge or inadequate sentence rests with the Directorate of Prosecutions. If the I.O or any of the superior Police Officers desire to make any suggestion in such cases, they may do so to the Director of Prosecution through the Superindent of Police /DCP. The suggestion, if any, made in Col. No. 13 of Form-B1 will also be taken due note of by PP/APP.
8. In the cases in which there are Commendations/anim-adversions on the investigation, it shall be the responsibility of the SP/DCP to expeditiously obtain relevant judgment and take action as prescribed in S.O. 629, dated 23-04-1974
9. In consolation with Director of Prosecution, Bangalore a form for reporting of progress of trial is introduced and it will be in Form-C attached to this Circular. This will be prepared in duplicate, one copy being retained in Prosecutor’s case file and the duplicate sent to S D P O. Concerned. On receipt of the copy in SDPO, officer, he should compare it with the copy of Court Case Diary in Form-A received from the I.O. and issue appropriate instructions to the I.O. Station House Officer concerned.
10. Similarly on disposal of a case in the Court, the PP/APP will prepare a Diary in Form-D in triplicate. He will retain the first copy, forward the 2nd copy to Director of Prosecutions and the 3rd to SDPO, concerned for his information.
FORM ‘A’
CASE DIARY FOR REPORTING PROGRESS OF CASE IN THE COURT.
(S. O. No. ……………….(Date of Court Case Diary……………………..)
1. Station and Crime No.
2. Section of Law
3. C.C. Number.
4. Property lost and recovered.
5. Date of filling the charge-sheet
6. No. of accused against whom charge-sheet laid.
7. No. of accused in:
i) Judicial custody
ii) arrested but on bill
iii) others.
8. No. of P.Ws. cited in the charge-sheet.
9. No. and date of last adjournment.
10. No. of accused with names, who attended the court on the date of
hearing.
11. No. of accused with names who did not attend the court with reasons
therefore.
12. Action taken or proposed to be taken to ensure their attendance at the
next hearing.
13. No. of P.Ws. with names who attended the court on the date of hearing.
14. No. of witnesses examined and their names, showing against each as to
how they fared.
15. No. with names of witnesses present but not examined with reasons
therefore.
16. No. with names of witnesses who were not present in the court with
reasons therefore.
17. Date to which the case has been adjourned together with Sl. No. of
adjournment.
18. Reasons for adjournment.
19. Remarks.
Signature or name of the 10 or Sl. Incharge of the
Officer attending the court. Police Station.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR WRITING THE COURT CASE DIARY
Col. No. 11- Herein show the names, way they could not attend.
Col. No. 15- Herein show the name of the witnesses who were present but could not be examined. It shall also be shown way they were not examined, whether they were bound over to appear at the next hearing.
Col. No. 16-Herein show the names of the witnesses who did not attend and why-indicate whether been bound over by court for appearance at the last hearing. Also indicate what action is being taken for their appearance at the next date of hearing.
Col. Nos.9
And 17 - Indicate clearly the No. of adjournments when the case stands adjourned for more than six times, an extra copy of the Diary should be prepared and sent to SP/DCP concerned.
Col. No. 18-This has to be carefully filled showing exact reasons, like want of presence of accused or witnesses, absence of Prosecutors or Defense Lawyers, want of time, etc.,
FORM ‘B’
CASE DIARY FOR REPORTING THE DISPOSAL OF CASE IN THE COURT.
(S. O. No. ……………….(Date of Court Case Diary……………………..)
1. Station and Crime No.
2. Section of Law
3. Property lost and recovered.
4. No. of accused involved
5. No. of accused against whom charge-sheet filed with names (where there
are only few).
6. Date of filling charge-sheet
7. C.C. No. of the case.
8. Date on which judgment is pronounced
9. When convicted (give a list of accused convicted showing against each the section under which convicted and the sentence passed).
|(a) |(b) |(c) |(d) |
|Sl. |Name of accused Convicted |Section of Law |Sentence passed |
|No. | | | |
10. Whether in the opinion of the IO/SHO the sentence passed is adequate or not with reasons.
11. When acquitted or discharged (give a list of accused acquitted or discharged with reasons therefore).
|(a) |(b) |(c) |
|Sl. |Name of accused discharged or acquitted |Reasons in brief for discharge or acquittal |
|No. | | |
12. Whether there has any commendation or adverse remarks on investigation. If so the nature of such remarks.
13. Remarks if any on action to be taken on discharge acquittal/ inadequate sentence.
Col. No. 5-Where there are few write them in the form, if not attach a statement showing the name of all accused in the charge sheet.
I O or Officer attending the Court PSI. incharge of the Police station.
FORM ‘C’
PROSECUTOR’S DIARY FOR REPORTING PROGRESS OF CASE IN THE COURT.
(S. O. No. ……….(Date of Court Case Diary……………C.C. NO………...)
1. Station and Crime No.
2. Section of Law
3. Date of filling charge-sheet
4..No. of accused against whom charge-sheet LAID
5. No. of accused in:
. i) Judicial custody
ii) arrested but on bill
iii) others.
6. No. of witnesses cited in the charge – sheet.
7. No. and date of last adjournment.
8. No. of accused who attended the court on the date of hearing.
9. No. of accused with names who did not attend the court with reasons
therefore.
10. Action taken or proposed to taken to ensure their attendance at the next
hearing.
11. No. of witnesses with names, who attended the court with date of
hearing.
12. No. of witnesses examined and their names showing against each as to
how they fated.
13. No. with names of witnesses present but not examined with reasons
therefore.
14. No. of witnesses who were not present in the court with reasons
therefore.
15. Date to which the case has been adjourned together with Sl. No. of
adjournment.
16. Reasons for adjournment.
17. Remarks/
FORM ‘D’
PROSECUTOR’S DIARY FOR REPORTING THE DISPOSAL OF THE CASE IN THE COURT.
Name of the Court…………………….…….……………………..)
1. Station and Crime No.
2. Section of Law
3. C.C. Number.
4. No. of accused against whom charge-sheet filed with names. (where there
are only few).
Note:- If there many accused a list of their names should be enclosed.
5. Date of filling the charge-sheet
6. Date on which the judgment is pronounced.
7. When convicted (give a list of accused convicted showing against each
the section under which convicted and the sentence passed.)
|(a) |(b) |(c) |(d) |
|Sl. |Name of accused Convicted |Section of Law |Sentence passed |
|No. | | | |
Note: if there are many accused, a separate list should be enclosed.
8. Whether in the opinion of the PP/APP the sentence passed is adequate or
not, with reasons.
9. When acquitted or discharged. (Give a list of accused acquitted / discharged showing against each the reasons for discharge or acquittal)
|(a) |(b) |(c) |
|Sl. |Name of accused discharged or acquitted |Reasons in brief for discharge or acquittal |
|No. | | |
Note: If there many accused, a separate list should be enclosed.
10. Action proposed to be taken on discharge or acquittal together with a note as to whether it is a fit case for revision or appeal.
11. General remarks if any, (including adverse remarks commendation if any
made by the court on investigation.
Public Prosecutor/Asst. Public Prosecutor
STANDING ORDER NO. 632
No. 75/RLN-2/1974 Dated: 25-07-1974
|Police research Centre |
***
In the year 1964 a Police Research Centre with a staff of 1 Dy. S.P., 1 P.I., I Ii Grade Typist and 3 Police Constable, was sanctioned by the Government. The Research Centre was established, on the lines suggested by the Central Bureau of Investigation. The function of this centre was to cover among other items, the following:-
i. Trends and causes of serious crimes in different areas.
ii. Preventive measures their effectiveness and relationship with crime.
iii. Improvement in methods of investigation, utility and results of
introducing scientific aids and equipment.
iv. Inadequacy of Laws, Co-ordination of laws relating to crime in
various States.
v. Criminal gangs operating in more than one state.
vi. Crime amongst the treble people.
vii. Inter State note forgery and counterfeiting.
viii. Social factors I crime.
ix. Industrialisation and crime.
x. Juvenile delinquency.
xi. Kidnapping of women and children.
2. This Centre stated functioning from 07-12-1964 when a D.S.P. was posted. In brief, the Centre could termed as a State Level Institution to study and conduct Research on the various and varied types of problems confronting the Police in the State and to suggest the possible solutions.
3. The following subject were studied in the Bureau and the results were published in the form of Bulletins.
1. Kidnapping and maiming of children for purpose of begging.
2. Juvenile delinquency, its causes and measures for combating it.
3. Road Traffic accidents on Bangalore Bombay National Highway.
4. Statistics of Road Traffic accidents in Mysore State for the year 1958,
1959, 1960, 1961, 1962, 1963, 1964, 1965, 1966, 1967, 1968, 1969.
5. Statistics of cheating by bogus firms in India for the years 1960 to 1964.
6. Working of the automation of Crime Records.
7. Police Morale and Public relationship complaint against Police Officers, in Mysore State fop the year 1962 to 1967.
In all II Bulletins were issued which were printed in the Cr. I.G.
5. The All India Public Research Advisory Council recommended the drawing up a modal Research Unit in 1971. A Bureau of Police Research and Development was established by the Govt. of India with a view to promoting a co-ordinate study of Police problems at the National level and bringing about rapid application of Science and Technology to the methods and techniques of the Police in the Country.
7. It was recommended that the Police Research Unit in every State should be headed by a Superintendent of Police having considerable experience, with one or more field units working under him. It was also recommended that the Police Research Unit should be equipped with a Statistical Branch and a good Library under a qualified Librarian.
7. On these lines the Inspector General of Police, Karnataka State recommend to the Government, the strengthening of the existing Police Research Centre and the proposals of the Inspector General of Police were sanctioned in to by Government Order No. HD 140 PEG 72 Bangalore, dated 27-02-1974.
8. The following is the sanctioned strength of the Police Research centre now.
1. Superintendent of Police ----- 1
2. Dy. Superintendent of Police ----- 2
3. Police Inspectors. ----- 2
4. Sub-Inspectors ---- 2
5. Police Constables. ---- 12
6. Stenographer ---- 1
7. Typists. --- 2\
8. Ist Division Clerk. ---- 1
9. 2nd Division Clerk. ---- 1
10. Senior Statistical Assistant ---- 1
11. Librarian ---- 1
12. Dalayat ---- 1
Total 27
The cost of the staff is met out of the grants sanctioned for the State C.I.D, For administrative functions it is placed under the guidance, control and supervision of the Deputy Inspector General of Police (Training). The following shall be the allocation of duties.
9. Superintendent of Police, He shall by in overall charge of the Police Research Centre and guide and control all its activities including the Statistical Branch and the Library He shall take up such Research work as may be allotted from time to time by the Inspector General of Police. The Superintendent of Police shall seek guidance from the Deputy Inspector General of Police (Training, in all matters pertaining to his official work. He shall apportion work to the two field units, each of which will comprise of the Deputy Superintendent of Police, one Police Inspector, one Sub-Inspector and one Typist.
The Superintendent of Police shall also organise and control the work of his ministerial staff. He shall keep the Deputy Inspector General of Police (Training), and through him the inspector General of Police informed of the progress of the work assigned to the Police Research Centre. He shall review the work of the research Centre once a month and put up a review to the Deputy Inspector General of Police (Training). He should submit his Monthly Diary to the inspector General of Police through the Deputy Inspector General of Police (Training).
10. FILED UNITS: Each field unit will be under the charge of one Deputy Superintendent of Police who will control and guide the work of the Police Inspector and Sub-Inspector under him. He shall keep the Superintendent of Police informed of the progress of the work assigned to the field unit.
the Superintendent of Police may, with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Training, depute any field unit or part of it to any place in the State for collection of required data particulars and such other informations as he may consider necessary from time to time. The Deputy Superintendent of Police will submit their weekly diaries in duplicate and the Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors shall submit the daily diaries to the Superintendent of Police through proper channel.
With regard to the routine work in the field units and the ministerial staff the Superintendent of Police shall issue necessary instructions from time to time.
11. The Commissioner of Police, Range Deputy Inspector General of Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and the Superintendent of Police incharge of the District and all other Units Officers are directed to give all assistance to the Superintendent of Police, Research Centre as well as member of the field units in the collection of data, statistics details of cases etc. The Superintendent of Police, Police Research Centre will normally write to the concerned officers in advance. It shall also be the duty of all Unit Officers to furnish the required time to the Police Research Centre. It may please be noted that the function of the Police research Centre is research and study of various problems assigned to it from time to time by Inspector General of Police and not mere collection and dissemination of statistics.
12. All correspondence with the Police Research Centre should be down on the following address:-
Superintendent of Police,
Police Research Centre,
Office of the Inspector General of Police,
Nrupathunga Road, Bangalore-560 002.
STANDING ORDER NO. 634
No. 75/GLN-1/1974 Dated: 22-08-1974
|Cells for assistance to the Public-arrangements for interviewing visitors to Public offices, |
***
Attention is drawn to Chief office circular No. CRM.65/Misc/65, dated 20-10-1965 regarding the establishment of ‘Cell for the assistance of the Public’ in all the offices. Copy of the circular is enclosed.
Government have now directed that the officers at the District, subdivision and the Taluk level should be available at their respective Headquarters on Shandy days and in case they are busy otherwise, they should make alternate arrangements to hear the grievance of the public and attend to them promptly copy of Government circular No. GAD-25 MAR: 1974, dated 16-07-1974 is enclosed.
All the unit officers will please note these instructions for strict compliance.
GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA
No. GAD 25 MAR/1974 Dated: 16-07-1974
CIRCULAR
|Arrangements for interviewing visitors Public Offices Instructions regarding. |
***
In Circular No. GAD. 1991 CAC 1965, dated 8th September, 1965, instructions were issued to the effect that the Heads of Departments, should arrange to set up a ‘Cell for assistance to Public’ in their offices and also in the offices under their control. These Cells are expected to receive petitions and representations, to arrange to hear the petitioners and to see that suitable and prompt replies are given. The Heads of Departments are again requested to ensure that the Cell are set up and that these Cells functions as per the instructions.
2. It would also be advisable for the officers of the district/sub-Division and Taluk level to be available at their respective head quarters on ‘shandy’ day to enable the public to meet them and represent their grievances. The Head of Departments are, therefore, requested to ensure that the officers are available to the public on these days and that they make suitable alternative arrangements in case they are busy otherwise.
Sd/-
V.A. Gumaste,
Deputy Secretary to Government I/C
General Administration Department,
(Efficiency Research Bureau)
No. CRM. 65/MISC/1965, Dated: 20-10-1965
CIRCULAR
|Cells for the assistance to Public |
|Reference: |Government Circular No. GAD 91 OAC 1965, dated: 08-09-1965. |
***
The Government have directed that in all Officers a ‘cell for assistance to the public’ should be set up. A copy of the Government Circular dated 08-09-1965 is enclosed.
Immediate action should be taken to set up Calls for the assistance of Public in all Unit offices of the Police Department. The Cell should be attached to the Gazetted Assistant to the Head of the Office. Where there are no Gazetted Assistants, the Manager of the Office should be in charge of the Cell.
Whenever any member of the Public appears with a representation, he should be heard in person by the Officer in charge of the cell and connected files, if looked into and a suitable endorsement given to the party indicating the stage at which the matter stands or the result of the action taken. No information, however, should be furnished on any classified matter,
If the petition is being forwarded to any subordinate office, or is being examined, the petitioner should be so informed. Where the petition requires immediate examination by higher authorities, it should be put up to the higher authorities and endorsement given to the party as per directions. Wherever the Head of office directs the Cell to watch the progress or disposal of the petition, the Cell should pursue the matter and report the result to the Superior. All heads of offices should inspect the Cell once in a month.
A board bearing inscription, both in English and Kannada ‘Cell for the assistance of the Public’, should be put up at each Cell.
In Chief Office, the assistant Inspector General will receive all visitors and receive their complaints. If any matter requires orders of the Inspector General of Police and all material relating thereto are readily available to enable the Inspector General of Police to taka a decision, the file should be put up to the Inspector General of Police and his orders obtained thereon.
Every efforts should be made to hear grievances of the members of public and attend to them promptly to make the Administration more effective, realistic and prompt.
Copy of General Administration Department’s (Bangalore) Circular No. GAD. 91. OAC. 65, dated 08-09-1965, addressed to all Heads of Departments and others.
The Government of India in the Ministry of Home Affairs have issued instructions to all the Ministries of the Government of India regarding setting up of ‘Complaint Cells’ in the Departments of the Central Governments as there has been a growing demand in parliament and out side for suitable machinery for looking into public grievances and to make the administration more effective, realistic and prompt.
The fact that there has been a growing demand for a special machinery to look into public grievances indicated that the present arrangements are not quite adequate. Hence it is considered necessary to devise measures that will give substantial satisfaction to the public in the matter of grievances against the administration and formalize some definite procedure which could be adopted uniformally throughout the State.
The subject was discussed at the meeting of the Divisional Commissioner held on 29-06-1965. A decision has been taken that at the Divisional Commissioner’s Office a Cell for assistance to the Public’ should be created to be placed in charge of one of the existing Gazetted Assistants. Similarly in the Officers of the Deputy Commissioners also, a suitable cell will be created and will be placed in charge of an officer of the status of a Thasildar working as General Assistant or Revenue Assistant to the Deputy Commissioner. Even the Officers of the Thasildars working as General Assistant or Revenue Assistant to the Deputy Commissioner. Even in the Offices of the Thasildars suitable machinery will be devised similar action will be taken in all the Unit offices both at the District level and at the Divisional level. The duties and functions of the ‘Cell for Assistance to Public’ will be to receive petitions and representations, to arrange to hear the petitioners and to see that suitable and prompt replies are given to the petitioners, where any particular problem is not likely to be of easy solution, the matter will be referred to superior officers. It should also be laid down that the Deputy Commissioners and the Assistant Commissioners will inspect periodically these cells and review the work done by them. It was agreed that there was no need for the creation of additional staff for these Cells and that Unit Offices themselves will reallocate the work amongst the staff in such a way that the incumbents at clerical levels are relieved of other duties to attend to this work. Officers to be placed incharge of these Cell, however, need not be divested of their normal work.
The Head of Departments are requested to take action on the lines indicated above to create ‘Cell for the Assistance to public’ in the Departments under their control.
STANDING ORDER NO. 636
No. KPM-14/1974 Dated: 21-10-1974
|Office Order Book - proper maintenance of |
***
During my inspections of the District Police Offices I noticed that in some District Police Offices the Office Order Book is maintained in bound book from, where the gists of the order passed and entered therein and than entries made in the Service Registers and Long Rolls wherever necessary. In some other District Police Offices, however, the Office Order Book is maintained in chicket book where copies of the orders have been pasted.
2. It is necessary to adopt a uniform procedure in the maintenance of Office Order Book in the District Police Offices and other Unit Offices. In this connection, the attention of the Superintendents of Police and other Unit Officers is drawn to the Note to sub-rule (K) of Rule 24 in Chapter-II of the Office Procedure for the District Police Offices under the heading ‘Matters relating to the Establishment Section’. These instructions should be followed strictly. It is stated in the Note as follows:
“Separate District Office Order Book should be maintained for the Ministerial and Executive staff. In this book all departmental orders issued in regard to appointments, promotions, leave (Other than casual leave) punishment etc., of any member of the staff ministerial or executive, should be recorded. The number in the order book will run serially from the commencement of the financial year and fresh book will be opened each year. The Order Book and copies or orders will be submitted to the Superintendent of Police or in his absence to the P.A. for check and signature together with the concerned files.
3. From this it is clear that all departmental orders relating to appointments, promotions, reductions, grant of increments, grant of leave other than casual leave, suspension, punishment etc., should be recorded in the Office Order Book than and there and each entry got attested by the Superintendent of Police/Unit Officer or his P.A The pasting of the copies of the orders, in the book, instead of recording the orders, is therefore, incorrect.
4. The Office Order Book should contain the following headings:
i) Serial number:
ii) Number and date of the order and designation of the authority
passing the order;
iii) Nature of the order in brief; and
iv) Attestation
5. As already stated in the Office Procedure, the number in the Office order Book will run serially from the Commencement of the financial year, Fresh numbers will be given every financial year. The Office Order Book serial number should be noted in the concerned file as a cross reference.
6. As for as possible, the entire order in verbatim should be recorded in the Office Order Book if the contents of the order are short. If the contents of the order are lengthy in nature only the gist of the order need be recorded. While recording the nature of the order in brief in the Office Order Book care should be taken not to omit the salient points of the order.
7. The Office Order Book should be maintained as a permanent Record.
The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO. 637
No. CRM-14/SIA/Misc/1974 Dated: 30-10-1974
|Special Investigation Agency-Charter of Duties |
***
In S.O. No. 618 (No. 76/RLN-4/74, dated 27-12-1972) detail instructions were issued specifying the charter of duties of the Special Investigating Agency in the North Eastern Range Gulbarga, to control offences of dacoity in the two District of Gulbarga and Bidar consequent to Government Order No. HD 312/PEG. 72, dated 29-11-1972 sanctioning the creation of the Special Investigating Agency.
After a review of the working of the Special Investigating Agency and discussion held with the Deputy Inspector General of Police, North Eastern Range, Gulbarga and Superintendent of Police, Special Investigating Agency, it is felt that some of the cases of dacoity and robbery at present investigated by the Special Investigating Agency are either of the technical or trivial nature involving looting of crops, sheeps or cattle and committed by local bad characters and which could be investigated by the Local Police. Hence, to enable the Special Investigating Agency to devote their full time to the investigation of important and grave cases of dacoities and robberies committed by gangs the investigation of the technical and trivial cases of field dacoities and robberies are entrusted to the Local Police. Accordingly Para-6 of the Standing Order 618 is amended as follows:-
For Para-6(a) of the Standing Order No. 618 the following para may be substituted:-
6(a) All cases of robberies and dacoities reported in the Districts of Gulbarga and Bidar except technical cases and field, crop, cattle and sheep dacoities.
Note: (1) Investigation of cases of field, crop, cattle and sheep dacoities and robberies will hereafter be investigated by the District Police.
(2) Where the value of property lost in a field, crops, cattle and sheep dacoities and robberies is more than Rs. 1,000/- the Deputy Inspector General of Police, NER Gulbarga may be a Special Order entrust the investigation to S.I.A.
This amendment will come into force from 01-11-1974.
STANDING ORDER NO. 638
No. STF-1/112/1974 Dated: 02-11-1974
|Computerisation of pay Bills in the Police Department instructions regarding. |
***
1. At present the monthly pay bills of Police personnel (both executive and ministerial) are prepared by copying out all the names and other particulars from the previous month’s pay bill incorporating changes that have occurred in the emoluments and deductions during the month. This process involves lot of copying work consuming much time and energy sometimes resulting in delay in receipt of salary up to 4th or 5th of subsequent month. The possibility of human errors like omissions, quoting wrong numbers of insurance policies, provident fund account etc., cannot be ruled out.
2. In order to obviate the aforementioned difficulties and to save time and labour of the employees engaged in the job so that they can be more usefully employed on the jobs, it has been decided to computerize the pay bills in the Police Department under the “Employee Pay Roll System.” The Scheme has already been introduced in the Chief Office and partly in the Offices of the Deputy Inspectors General of Police, Intelligence, C.I.D. and Commandant, Ist Battalion, KSRP and it is proposed to extend the same to other Police Offices in Bangalore City and to the District Offices in due course.
3. The pay bill computerisation scheme covers the preparation of :
i) Monthly Pay Bills
ii) All deduction statements to be enclosed to the pay bills.
iii) Statement showing the names of employees to whom increments are due in a particular month
iv) Statement showing the names of employees who are due to retire from service in a particular year on attaining the age of superannuation.
4. The system has the following advantages:
i) Every employee will get a neatly printed pay slips every month which he can keep as a permanent record.
ii) The pay slip will enable the employee to have full particulars of his pay and allowances and if anything is short-paid he can putforth his claim without any delay.
iii) By reporting the increments due atleast 2 months ahead, action can be taken to draw the same in time.
iv) Tedious calculations of average pay are saved any delay in payment of leave salary avoided.
v) The attendance statement furnished to the computer Centre every month forms the basis for building leave account & personal file of each employee. This enables quicker settlement of pension cases, collection of information about each employee etc.
vi) Tedious calculation of interest on House Building/Motor Car/Cycle etc. advance is saved.
vii) Recoveries from employees will be watched automatically once the particulars are furnished.
viii) Deduction statements will be prepared accurately, which correct numbers of provident fund account, insurance policies etc.
5. Detailed instructions regarding the pay bill computerisation scheme are contained in the book-let “Employee Pay Roll System” issued by the Karnataka Govt. Computer Centre, Vidhana Veedhi, Bangalore. Following instructions are issued for the guidance of all the Unit Offices in this behalf.
1) It is of utmost importance that the particulars in the Multiple Master Card Layout format in the proforma prescribed in Annexure-3 are furnished very accurately as any error in the format may result in recording of wrong information on the tape and wrong calculation of pay allowances month after month.
2) The Check List should be scrutinised carefully and any error rectified before the final pay bill is printed.
3) The variable information should be furnished to the Computer Centre on or before the 15th of the month in the monthly changes Multiple Card format (Annexure-4) so that there may be sufficient time for the programmers to bring the Master Pay Tape up-to-date and give the check list well in time for verification and correction, if any.
4) The Pay bill are printed in triplicate. The original along with deduction statement should be sent to the Treasury. The second copy along with the schedules should be got stitched securely with a wrapper and the third copy handed over to the individuals as the Pay Slip along with salary at the time of disbursement. The deduction statement of the third copy may be neatly stitched and maintained separately for future reference.
5) Once in a year the paid acquittance rolls in which stamped acknowledgements of individuals have been obtained should be got bound and maintained as a permanent record in the Office.
6) The above instructions should be followed meticulously by all the concerned Unit Officers whose Unit Pay Bills have already been computerized.
7) The dates from which computerisation will be extended to other Districts/Units will be intimated in due course. It is proposed to gradually extend the system taking into account the capacity of the Computer Centre.
STANDING ORDER NO. 639
No. 16/KPM/1974 Dated: 06-11-1974
|Certificate of appointment to Officers of and below the rank of Police Inspectors instructions issued. |
***
Sub-Section (1) of Section 13 of the Karnataka Police Act 1963 lays down that “Every Police Officer of and below the grade of Inspector shall, on appointment, receive a certificate in the form provided in Schedule I. The Certificate shall be issued under the seal of such Officer as the Government may by general or special order direct’. Detailed instructions have been issued in this behalf in Chief Office Memo No. 31/MPM/67, dated 07-02-1968 (copy enclosed for ready reference).
2. Attention is also invited to Chief Office Law Circular No. 618, dated 26-06-1965 forwarding a copy of Government Order No. HD 136 PEG 65 dated 08-06-1965 which specifies the Officer competent to issue the Certificates appointment to Police Officers of and below the rank of Inspector.
3. According to Section 13 (1) of the Karnataka Police Act 1963, it is mandatory that Certificates of appointment be issued to Police Officers of and below the rank of Inspector not only on first appointment but also whenever there is charge of rank consequent on promotion, reversion etc. after withdrawing the old one which should be cancelled and destroyed after making necessary entry in the issue register.
4. Necessary number of certificates were got printed from the Government Press for this purpose and distributed to all the District and Unit Officers with this office Memo No. 31 MPM/67, dated 07-02-1968 for issue to the Officers of and below the rank of Inspectors working under them. Still it is found that in some of the Districts/Units some of the Officers have not bee issued with certificate of appointment.
5. All the District/Unit Officers will immediately arrange a through check up whether all the Police Officers of and below the rank of Inspectors in their District/Unit have been issued with certificate of appointment. If any of them has not been issued, he should be issued with the same immediately from out of the stock of certificates supplied to their Unit. If there is no stock, indent may be placed with this office after making sure that all the certificates issued previously have been taken to stock and accounted for properly. All Indents for further supply of certificates of appointment should invariably be accompanied by a certificate issued by the concerned District/Unit Officer that “…………… (here indicate the number) Certificates of appointment supplied vide Chief Office Memo No. 31/MPM/67, dated 07-02-1968 have been taken to stock and accounted for properly”
6. Every care should be taken by all the Officers to whom the certificates are issued to see that they are not misplaced or lost and do not fall into wrong hands. In case of loss it must be reported immediately to the Unit Officer concerned detailing the circumstances leading to such loss. An enquiry should be held by a Superior Officer to ascertain the genuiness of the loss and an order passed to issue a duplicate on remittance penalty of Rs. 1/- Rupee one) only through a Challan under the head 0055 Police, Miscellaneous receipts’ and necessary entries made in the concerned register.
7. In this connection, attention is also invited to provision of Sub-section (2) of Section 13 of the Karnataka Police Act 1963, which states that “A Certificate of appointment shall become null and void whenever the person named their in ceases to belong to the Police Force or shall remain inoperative during the period in which such person is suspended from such force”. In cases of deputation of Police Officers to other departments when they cease to exercise the powers, functions and privileges of a Police Officer under the Karnataka Police Act. 1963 and in cases of suspension, the certificate of appointment should be withdrawn and kept in safe custody. In cases of retirement, removal or dismissal, the certificate withdrawn should be cancelled and destroyed after making necessary entry in the register.
Copy of Memo No. 31/MPM/67, dated 07-02-1968 from the Inspector General of Police to all Deputy Inspector General of Police and all the Superintendents of Police.
Section 13 of the Mysore Police Act. 1963 – Certificates of appointment printing and supply of .
1. Attention is drawn to sub-section (1) of Section 13 of the Mysore Police Act. 1963 which reads as under:
“Every Police Officer of and below the grade of Inspector shall, on appointment receive a certificate in the form provided in Schedule I. The Certificate shall be issued under the seal of such officer as the Government may be general or special order direct”.
2. Attention is also drawn to G.O. No. HD 136 PEG 65 dated 08-06-1965, a copy of which was forwarded with Chief Office Law Circular No. 618 dated 26-06-1965 in which the Government have specified the officer who are competent to issue the certificates on appointment for police officers of and below the grade of Inspectors.
3. In view of the wordings of section 13 (I) of the Mysore Police Act, 1963 and the wordings of Schedule I, it is imperative to issue certificates of appointment to Oikuce officers of and below the grade of Inspectors not only initially on first appointment but also when he is appointed to officiate in a higher post or whenever a change of appointment from one cadre to another takes place.
4. Sanction of the Government in Order No. HD 192 PAC 67, dated 16-01-1968, has obtained for the printing and supply of 42,000 certificates appointment. The director of Printing, Stationery and Publications has been requested to print and supply the certificates of appointment as noted in the annexure.
5. On receipt of the certificates, the Commissioner of Police, D.Is G., Ss, P. and other Unit Officers excluding Commandant, MSRP, Banglore will take the following action:
1) The certificates of appointment should be taken to stock in the register of forms, registers and stationery.
2) Fresh certificates should be issued to all the members of the subordinate police unless it is considered that the certificates of appointment already issued under the repealed enactments which continue to be valid by virtue of section 178 of the Mysore Police Act, 1963 should continue till the appointment of the holder of the old certificate is changed.
3) The issue of certificates should be entered serially in a register to be opened for the purpose, the Sl. No. of the issue register being entered as the No. in the certificate of appointment.
4) Whenever there is change of appointment consequent on promotion, reversion etc., the old certificates should be withdrawn and kept in safe custody.
5) The old certificates of the persons should be destroyed when they are confirmed in a higher post and the fact entered in the Issue Register.
6) The certificates of appointment surrendered by the members of force at the time of quitting the force should similarly be destroyed making necessary entries in the Issue Register.
STANDING ORDER NO. 640
No. CRM/198/UT/Misc/1974 Dated: 06-11-1974
|Creation of a Cell in the State CID, to deal with cases of atrocities committed on Schedule Caste People under |
|the Untouchability (Offences) Act, 1955 Charter of duties. |
***
1. On the suggestion of the Government of India that there should be a Special Cell in the Office the Inspector General of Police to deal with cases of Untouchability harassment/atrocities against Harijans the State Government in their Order No. SWD 135 SSC 1974, dated 7th August 1974, have sanctioned the creation of a Special Cell in the State, CID, Bangalore consisting of the following staff:-
A Executive Staff
Superintendent of Police ---- 1
Deputy Superintendent of Police --- 1
Inspectors --- 2
Sub-Inspectors --- 4
Head Constables --- 4
Police Constables --- 8
Armed Police Constables (Drivers) --- 2
B. Ministerial Staff:
Section Superintendent -- 1
Fist Division Clerks -- 2
Second Division Clerks -- 2
Stenographer -- 1
Typist -- 1
2. The Cell will be located at Bangalore and subject to the general control of the Inspector General of Police, the control of the activities and personnel of the Cell rests with the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID.
3. The Cell will be named as “Civil Rights Enforcement Cell”.
4. All correspondence intended for the Cell should be addressed as follows:-
Superintendent of Police, Civil Rights Enforcement Cell.
Functions of the Cell:
5. The Cell will supervise and coordinate the work of all agencies entrusted with the task of taking action on complaints of harassment, ill treatment, social boycott and atrocities on the members of the Scheduled Caste and the enforcement of the Untouchbility Offience Act.
6. The jurisdiction of the Cell will not be confined only to complaints and cases coming within the purview of the U.T. Act but will include such other complaints which may fall under one or more of the Acts or laws including the I.P.C. in addition to the U.T. Act, where in an element of harassment or atrocity on the members of the Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribes is involved.
7. The Cell will take up for enquiry such complaints of harassment or atrocity against the Scheduled Caste or such complaints of this type wherein inaction by the local Police is alleged as are referred to it by the Government/Inspector General of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID.
8. The Cell will call for reports of enquiry into complaints harassment or atrocity against the Scheduled Castes received by the Cell.
9. The Cell will take up investigation of such of the cases of harassment or atrocities gains Harijans as are referred to it by the Government Inspector General of Police/ Deputy Inspector General of Police.
10. The Cell will keep as watch over the cases under U.T Act and concerning atrocities, or harassment on Scheduled Castes registered and investigated in the district, and give necessary instructions in this connection. Further, the reports/Radio Messages/Grave Crime Reports and progress reports presently being sent to the Chief Office will be sent by the Unit Officers to the Cell. However, a copy of the report/Radio Message should be sent to the Chief Office also.
11. The Cell will review the judgments in the cases referred to above and take further action as contemplated in Standing Order No. 629.
12. The Cell will compile statistics relating to the enforcement of the U.T. Act and complaints of harassment or atrocities against the Scheduled Castes. Further, the Unit Officers will hereafter send the monthly Statements to the Cell instead of Chief Office and will send such other particulars or reports as may be called for by the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID.
13. The Cell will compile monthly reviews relating to the enforcement of U.T Act and put up the same for information to the Inspector General of Police and the Government through the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and communicate such remarks or instructions by the Deputy Inspector General of Police/Government to the Unit Officers.
14. The Cell will keep a watch on Officers and others who do not respect and execute the laws and rules and who abet the offenders against the Scheduled Castes.
15. The Superintendents of Police of the Districts and the Officers of the Cell will coordinate their efforts in such a manner as to avoid any friction or difficulty in their smooth functioning.
16. For the purpose of investigation, enquiry or enforcement of the U.T Act, all the Superintendents will give full co-operations and provide all facilities to the Officers of the Cell.
17. The creation of the Cell in no way absolves the local Police of their responsibility regarding the enforcement of the U.T Act or taking action on complaints of harassment or atrocities against the Scheduled castes and the local Police will continue to attend to this work with all alertness and expeditiousness.
18. In all cases where Officers of the Cell take up investigation of cases from the local Police, they will conduct investigation in toto, write case diaries and send it to the Superintendent of Police Civil Right enforcement Cell who will in turn transmit it to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID. With his remarks. Copies of the case diaries will also be sent to the jurisdictional police and others as is done by the CID Officers.
DUTIES OF OFFICERS
19. Superintendent of Police:
The Superintendent of Police incharge of the Special Cell will be fully responsible for the proper and effective working of the Cell. He will see that the records and documents are maintained and kept upto-date. He will ensure proper investigation of the case under the Act registred and Investigated by the District Police and put up periodical review. He will go through the quarterly statements submitted by the Districts, review the progress made and submit them to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and the Inspector General of Police. In more important cases, he will visit the scene of occurrence and liaise with the Superintendent of Police of the District for prompt investigation. He will himself take up personal investigation/enquiry in more important petitions of harassment/atrocities against Harijans.
20. Deputy Superintendent of Police:
He will assist the Superintendent of Police in the functioning of the Cell both in the Office and in the field. We will be responsible to the Superintendent of Police for the efficient working of the subordinate staff. He will personally visit the scene of occurrence in more important cases and assist the District Police. He will also take up cases for personal investigation enquiry whenever directed to do so.
21. Police Inspector.
They will take up for personal investigation, cases entrusted to them. They will conduct enquiries into the petitions referred to them. They will conduct enquiries into the petitions referred to them. They will submit case diaries promptly in cases entrusted to them for investigation and such other returns as are prescribed from time to time by Deputy Superintendent of Police/ Superintendent of Police. They will carry out all other work entrusted to them for the effective enforcement of the Act.
22. Sub-Inspector:
The Sub-Inspectors will assist the Police Inspectors in investigation/enquiry conducted by them. They will also be given cases for personal investigation by them. They will be deputed for conducting enquiries into petitions and also for making confidential enquiries. They will submit their case diaries in cases personally investigated by them promptly to the Deputy Superintendent of Police/ Superintendent of Police. They will submit their reports of enquiry into petitions to the Superintendent of Police through the Deputy Superintendent of Police.
23. Head Constables/Police Constables:
Head Constables and Police Constables of the Cell will be utilised by the officers of the Cell for normal field work like locating witnesses, intelligence duties, execution of processes and such other duties. They are part of the Cell and should not be utilised as personal orderlies.
24. Vehicles:
2 jeeps with 2 drivers are likely to be provided for the use of the Cell. The Superintendent of Police will be responsible for the proper use of the vehicles, when provided, their maintenance and up keep. Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, will meet the expenditure on POL. The Superintendent of Police will ensure that the log books are correctly written by the officers using the vehicles.
25 Diaries
i) The Superintendent of Police will submit monthly diary through the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID to the Inspector General of Police.
ii) The Deputy Superintendent of Police/Assistant Superintendent of Police will submit their weekly diaries to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID through the Superintendent of Police,
iii) Police Inspectors/Sub-Inspectors will write a daily diary and submit a copy to the Superintendent of Police through the Deputy Superintendent of Police whether in headquarters or out in the field for investigation. The remarks of the Superintendent of Police on the daily diary will be communicated to the concerned Police Inspector/Sub-Inspector through the memo form and compliance report obtained.
26. Head Constables/Police Constables Note Book:
Head Constables and Police Constables will maintain Note Books to indicate the duties performed by them each day and produce them for check by the Supervisory Officers.
27. Ministerial staff:
The Ministerial Staff will be under the overall control of the Superintendent of Police and its work will be supervised by the Deputy Superintendent of Police.
28. Posting of Officers to the Cell:
Posting of Sub-Inspectors. Head Constables and Constables to the Cell will be made by the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID.
It is hoped that this scheme of setting up of a Special Cell will result in the better enforcement of the Untouchability (Offences) Act. 1955, and in taking effective action in cases of harassment of Harijans and the practice of Untouchability’ harassment, ill-treatment, social boycott and atrocities on Scheduled Castes people by others, will be put to an end to.
STANDING ORDER NO. 641
No. 143/RLN-2/1970 Dated: 18-11-1974
|Formation of Police Computer Wing at the State CID Headquarters and its functions. |
| |
|Reference: |Government Order No. HD 265 PEC 73, dated 17-09-1974 |
***
1. One of the important steps in the modernisation of Police Force, is the computerisation of crime and criminal records. The criminals are moving fast due to availability of fast transport and communication facilities. Besides, the latest scientific gadgets and the modern innovations and methods have been made use of in the criminal activities. There seems to be a steady increase in the incidence of conventional as well as other types of crimes throughout the country during the recent years. Consequently the work load of the Police has increased to a great extent, so also the volumes of records pertaining to crimes and criminals.
2. Apart from the latest scientific aids and better means of transport made available to the Police force in tacking crimes and tacking down the culprits it is very essential that upto date information regarding the huge number of professional criminals and crimes in particular and other types of offences in general, should be available as fast as possible.
3. Application of modern computer technology in maintaining the voluminous crime and criminal records can solve this problem effectively and contribute to the efficiency of the Police performance.
4. The Computer could be pressed into service in several fields of Police work and it is proposed to make use of the computer for the collection, collation and dissemination of information relating to crimes and criminals of the entire State to the investigating Officers to facilitate prevention and detection of crime.
5. A beginning in the Karnataka State was made in Police Data processing in the CID Bangalore. Consequent on the receipt of the uniform computer code devised by a committee under the auspices of CBI, New Delhi, the Karnataka State CID, have adopted these new codes.
6. Standing Order No. 627, dated 24-12-1973 was issued with the object of coputerising the data pertaining to property offences coming under Class, I to IX and the offenders involved therein from 01-01-1974. For this purpose, the State CID has devised six main computer input forms viz. A, B, C, D, E and F. The first there forms pertain to crimes and the next three forms pertain to criminals. The Station staff is required fill up these computer forms in a narrative form and send them to the Police Computer Wing through their respective DCRB. The detailed instructions regarding filling up these form and the various stages at which these forms have to be sent are given in the various annexure to the Standing Order No. 627.
7. The codification of the information on these computer forms in being done centrally by the Police Computer Wing, CID, Bangalore. After codification, the forms will be sent to the Government Computer Centre, Multistoried Building, Vidhana Veedhi, Bangalore for punching and verification operations. The data then will be fed into computer and stored suitable for use.
8. It is also proposed that in course of time, the Station staff will be trained in the codification work and thereafter the Station staff will send the input formats in both narrative and coded form to the Police Computer Wing through their DCRB of the Districts.
9. The computerization in course of time is sure to reduce the scriptory work to a considerable extent at the Police Station and other levels. The incredible speed with which the informations is retrieved in any required form by the computer will definitely contribute to the efficiency of the Police administration.
10. The following Staff for the Police Computer Wing has been sanctioned by the Government.
D.S.P - 1
P.Is. - 3
S.Is - 3
H.Cs - 4
PCs. - 10
TYPISTS - 2
11. The duties and functions of the staff will be as follows:
The Police Computer Wing is attached to his State CID and will work under the overall supervision of the DIG. CID
12. DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENT OF POLICE
The Deputy Superintendent of Police of the Police Computer Wing will be responsible for the control and supervision over his staff. He should make random checks daily as regards the work of coding done by the staff in order to see that the coding work is done correctly. He should devise registers which would show the receipt of input formats and the number of formats which are coded by the staff daily. The D.S.P should also check up the receipt of the input formats ‘A’ to ‘F’ from the different Police Station and ensure that all information required in the formats are duly filled in by the Station House Officers.
In case of receipt of incomplete formats, the Deputy Superintendent of Police should send reminders to the concerned Police Stations to send the complete information.
13. HAND BOOK
The Deputy Superintendent of Police should compile a hand Book containing instructions for computerization work both in English and Kannada for being distributed to all the Police Stations and other Units in the State.
14. TRAINING
The Deputy Superintendent of Police will arrange for the training of the staff of all the Police stations in the State in computerization work.
15. DUTIES OF INSPECTORS.
The Inspectors will discharge their duties in the Police Computer Wing in accordance with the instructions given by the Deputy Superintendent of Police. The Inspectors should assist the Deputy Superintendent of Police In the computerization work. One P.I. and one S.I, will be earmarked for programming in the computer Centre.
16. SUB-INSPECTORS HCs/PCs
The Sub-Inspector, Head Constables and Constables will be deployed for coding in put formats received from the Police Station.
17. REGISTERS AND RECORDS
The Sub-Inspectors will be responsible for the proper maintenance of registers and records.
18. MINISTERIAL
The two Typists sanctioned for the Police Computer Wing will attend to the correspondence and other items of work under the supervision of the DSP.
19. The DSP, PSI and the Sis working in the Police Computer Wing turned out by them and submit the same to the S.P (C.A) COD., Bangalore.
20. The Police Computer Wing will be under the direct supervision of the S.P. (C.A) COD, Bangalore.
21. The Deputy Superintendent of Police, Police Computer Wing, will put up a monthly review of the work done by the Police Computer Wing and submit the same to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, through Superintendent of Police (C.A) COD, Bangalore.
STANDING ORDER NO. 642
No. CB-3-28/1974 Dated: 16-11-1974
|I.P.S Uniform |
***
In the Conference of the Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspector General of Police and Superintendents of Police held on 1972 it was decided that the type of Uniform that should be worn by the IPS Officers on different occasions should be examined and appropriate instructions issued. Accordingly the suggestions of the Unit Officers were obtained and the matter examined by a Committee of Police Officers. Taking into account the recommendations of the Committee, the following instructions are issued.
2. Ceremonial Review Order.
It will comprise of.
Peak cap, Jacket (gabardine or drill) slacks of the same material as the jacket, khaki shirt blue tie, brown ankle boot/shoes, khaki socks, Sam brown belt badge of appropriate rank, whistle, blue lanyard, swagger stick, Medals and decorations. Swords will be worn when specially ordered. Similarly cloth belt instead of Sam brown belt will be worn when specially ordered.
3. Working Dress.
Working Dress will be of the categories namely types (2) (3) and (4).
Working Dress type (2) will comprise of
Peak-cap, Khaki Bush shirts with cloth belt, khaki slacks, khaki socks, brown shoes/ankle boots, whistle blue lanyard swagger stick and medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.
4. Working Dress Type (3) will comprise of Peak-cap, khaki shirt, web-belt with white Metal fittings, khaki slacks khaki socks, brown shoes/ankle boots, whistle, blue lanyard, swagger stick and medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.
5. Working Dress type (4) will comprise of Peck-cap shirts (Angola or Culluar) web belt with white Metal fittings with or without khaki jersey khaki gabardine slack khaki socks, brawn shoes ankle boots or jungle boots whistle, blue lanyard swagger stick and medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.
6. The specifications of various items of uniform article will be as laid down in IPS Uniform Rules as amended from time to time.
Note:- The swagger stick will be a cylindrical stick of wood or leather covered wood of 22” in length approximately of 4/5” diameter.
7. Ceremonial Review Order will be worn on following occasions.
i) Public Arrival and departure of the President of India.
ii) Arrival and departure of Heads of State of other countries,
iii) Republic Day Parade,
iv) Independence Day Parade,
v) Police Commemoration Day Parade.
vi) Police Passing out Parades,
vii) Presentation of Guard of Honour by Police to dignitaries,
viii) When invited for Tea or At Home by the Governor/Chief Minister on Republic and Independence Day, Officers will wearcloth belt instead of sam brown belt.
ix) While assuming a new Office.
x) When calling for 1st time on Governor, Chief Minister Home Minister or a Superior Officer.
xi) When calling on a Superior Officer on promotion or assumption of new Office.
xii) On arrival of Superior Officers for annual inspections.
xiii) Ceremonial Parade during annual Inspections by Superior Officers.
xiv) During annual Inspections of Superior Officer unless permitted to be in working dress.
xv) Any other occasions specified by the Inspector General of Police.
8. Sword will be worn with ceremonial uniform while commanding parade.
9. Officers are permitted to wear either of the working Dress type (2) and type (3) on normal duties. The Senior most Officer may direct the wearing of any one type of working dress for any particular occasion.
10. Working Dress type (4) may be worn during cold weather and monsoons. It may also be worn while on night round conducting raids, marches and such other operation.
11. These instruction will come into effect from 01-12-1974
STANDING ORDER NO. 643
No. Law-1-159/1974 Dated: 06-11-1974
|Investigation of mis-appropriation and criminal breach of trust cases pertaining to co-operative |
|societies-quarterly review of such cases-responsibility of the Corps of Detectives. |
|Reference: |Standing Order No. 630. |
***
1. According to Para 14 III of the S.O. 630 it is one of the duties of the Fraud Squad of the Corps of Detectives, to investigate cases of fraud, cheating, mis-appropriation and criminal breach of trust falling under clause (g) of Order 1729 Karnataka Vol II. In this connection the following further instructions are issued.
2. Hitherto, the review of quarterly statements relating to cases of mis-appropriation of co-operative Societies used to be put up to the Inspector General of Police by the Law Section of the Chief Office. Hereafter the quarterly statement of mis-appropriation cases in Co-operative Societies should be sent by the Unit Officers to the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID.
3. The Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad, C.O.D, should compile the statement, review the cases and put up the same to the Inspector General of Police through Deputy Inspector General of Police, C.I.D, regularly for being submitted to the Government.
4. Unit Officers should send the quarterly statements to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, C.I.D, Bangalore, by the 10th of the succeeding month and the Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad should put up the review of cases by the 20th of the month to the Inspector General of Police, through the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID. The quarterly statement for the quarter ending 31-12-1974 should be put up the IGP by 20-01-1975.
5. The Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad, should ensure proper investigation of the cases of mis-appropriation in co-operative societies registered and investigated by the District Police.
6. In more important cases he should visit the District and liaise with the Superintendent of Police of the District for prompt investigations.
7. The Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad should assist the District Police in the investigation of the mis-appropriation cases in co-operative societies by either,
a) taking up the entire investigation of the case.
OR
b) Placing an Officer at the disposal of the Superintendent of Police of the District.
8. Application for taking over the investigation by the C.I.D or for rendering assistance should be made to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, C.I.D Without his or the orders of the Inspector General of Police no investigation should be taken up by the Fraud Squad. In all cases in which a request by the Superintendent of Police is refused the Deputy Inspector General of Police, C.I.D, should inform the Inspector General of Police.
9. The Superintendent of Police, Fraud Squad should avil the services of the Special Auditor and his assistant attached to the C.I.D from the Co-operative Department in the investigation of the cases.
10. Regarding the duties of the other Officers attached to the Fraud Squad the instructions issued in Para 20 of S.O. 630 should be adhered to.
STANDING ORDER NO. 644
No. STS-II-2/174/1974, Dated: 17-12-1974
|Maintenance of Police Motor Vehicles |
***
During my inspections I observed that maintenance of Departmental vehicles is neglected by the M.T. Section of the concerned Units. Several damages both minor and major caused to the vehicles during their run on duty are not set right immediately on their return, with the result the conditions of the vehicles deteriorates further.
2. Instructions regarding maintenance of vehicles are given in Rule 14 of the Rules for the purchase, maintenance and up keep etc., of Motor Vehicles in the Police Department issued under G.O. No. HD 10 PMV. 61, dated 05-03-1964 (communicated with Standing Order No. 596) and also under order No. 2012 of the KPM
These instructions should strictly be followed by all officers concerned.
While the Superintendent of Police and other Unit Officers should ensure that the above instructions regarding maintenance of vehicles are meticulously followed, they should also introduce with immediate effect, a system of inspection of each vehicle on its return from duty so that defects, breakages and damages etc. noticed are set right then and there and the loss if any, caused due to negligence of any Officer is also made good, without unnecessary loss of time. For this purpose the Unit Officer and in the case of vehicle under C.A.R, the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, may authorize an Officer of the rank of ARSI or above as considered necessary. Such a system of inspection in addition to periodical inspections will go along way in ensuring proper and efficient maintenance of Departmental Vehicles thereby achieving long serviceability and maximum utility.
As regards vehicles kept at the disposal of SDPOs and C.Is in places other than District Headquarters the Officer-in-charge of the vehicle should check-up the vehicle daily on its return from duty and record in a register to be maintained for the purpose, the defects, breakages etc., noticed and the action taken to set them right and for recovery of loss caused etc., including the reports sent to the Superintendents of Police concerned.
The Superintendents of Police on receipt such report should examine the matter personally and take appropriate steps. Whenever the vehicles kept in mofussil places are brought to District Headquarters on duty, they should be got checked up in the District M.T Section and repairs got effected under orders of the competent authority.
The Range, Deputy Inspector General of Police, during their inspection of the Districts, S.D.P.Os and Circles, should make it a point to see that the maintenance of the vehicles at District Headquarters and at other places is done properly and the system of inspection contemplated under this Standing Order is also adhered to. In respect of vehicles maintained in CAR, the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR and the Commissioner of Police, will take similar action.
The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO. 645
No. CB-179/1974, Dated: 16-12-1974
|Annual Confidential Reports of Subordinates Police Officers – Police Inspectors and |
|Sub-Inspectors-Mode of writing |
***
It is observed that in several cases the Officer reviewing the remarks made in the Annual Confidential Reports by the Reporting Officer has differed with the remarks recorded without assigning any reasons for the same. Whenever an Officer adversely reported makes a representation for expunging the adverse remarks, it has been found difficult to meet the several points raised by him as the remarks made are not based on any facts and figures. The Annual Confidential Report folder of an Officer is an important record which should give a clear picture his work and conduct and plays an important role while making promotions. As such, it is imperative that the Officers writing and reviewing the ACRs, should exercise utmost care and caution while writing and reviewing their reports. It has also been observed that adverse remarks are not promptly communicated to an Officer with the result that while making promotions, the claims of an Officer due for promotion has been overlook on the basis of adverse remarks even though the adverse remarks have not been communicated to him. The Government in their Official Memorandum No. GAD 33 SSR 1974 dated 02-12-1974 (copy enclosed) have also made comments in this regard.
During the Annual Conference of Police Officers held at Bangalore on 08-01-1974, the subject came up for discussion. In pursuance of the discussions held, instructions were issued to all the Superintendents of Police and Deputy Inspectors General of Police in this Office memo no. CB-3/113/1974, dated 12th Aught 1974 regarding the writing of the Annual Confidential reports, maintenance of Confidential personal files, communication of Adverse remarks to the Officers etc. This subject again came up for discussion in the recent Conference held from 3rd to 8th December 1974. All the Deputy Inspector General of Police and the Superintendent of Police fully participated, in the discussions and in pursuance of the same, certain decision has been arrived at. For the guidance of the Officers initiating the reports and for the guidance of those to whom the Annual Confidential Reports are subsequently forwarded, the following Instructions are issued:-
3. In Order to assist and help the Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioners of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police in making a correct assessment of the work of each Sub-Inspector and Inspector, the Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioners of Police should obtain from each Sub-Inspector and Inspector a report showing the work turned out by the Sub-Inspector/Inspector during the calendar year. The report should be obtained through proper channels and those of the Sub-Inspectors kept with the Superintendent of Police/Deputy Commissioner of Police and those of the Inspectors of Police forwarded to the concerned Deputy Inspectors General of Police/Commissioner of Police.
These reports will enable the Superintendent of Police/Deputy Commissioners of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police to come to know of any good work by an Officer which, might have escaped their attention during the year.
4. As soon as the Annual Confidential Reports of the Sub-Inspectors are received by the Superintendents of Police Deputy Commissioners of Police they should record their remarks. If there are any adverse remarks in the Annual Confidential Reports the same should be immediately communicated to the officers concerned and copies of the memos conveying such remarks should be attached to the Annual Confidential/Reports and forwarded to the Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police concerned for their perusal and return.
5. In the case of Inspectors of Police, the Deputy Inspectors General of Police/Commissioner of Police should promptly communicate the adverse remarks and forward to the Inspector General of Police the Annual Confidential Reports together with a copy of the memo issued by the Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police.
6. The good work done should also be communicated along with the adverse remarks as required under the orders issued by the Government.
7. The procedure now laid down not only enables the Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioners of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police to make a proper assessment of the work of each Sub-Inspector/Police Inspector but also help them in promptly communicating the adverse remarks if any.
8. The reports by the Sub-Inspectors/Police Inspectors referred to in para 3 should not repeat not be filed in the personal files (Annual Confidential Report Folders) but should be kept in separate volumes for any future reference by the Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioners of Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police.
9. The above instruction will come into effect immediately and the procedure should be followed in respect of Annual Confidential Reports to be written up for the year 1974.
10. The receipt of the Standing Order should be acknowledged.
GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA
No. GAD 33 SSR/1974 Dated: 02-12-1974
|Confidential Report Communication of adverse remarks. |
|Reference: |O.M. No. GAD 10 SSR 1972, dated: 10-03-1972 |
***
It has been brought to the notice of Government that in certain cases, while making promotions, the claims of Officers due for promotion have been overlooked on the basis of adverse remarks in their Confidential Reports even though these adverse remarks were not communicated to the officers concerned, inspite of the instructions issued in the O.M. dated: 10-03-1972.
2. The Karnataka Civil Services (Confidential Reports) Rules, 1965 being statutory rules made by the Governor under article 309 of the Constitutions, are mandatory in their operation. Rule I of these rules requires that all adverse remarks shall be communicated immediately in writing to the officer concerned. According to rule 9 of these rules as substituted by Notification No. GAD 35 SSR 1969 dated 06-02-1970 which come into effect on 05-03-1970, every officer to whom adverse remarks are communicated can make a representation against these remarks. It is therefore, necessary that in every case the adverse remarks must be communicated and if this is not done, the action taken (or proposed to be taken to the prejudice of an Officer) on the basis of these adverse remarks would be against the principles of natural justice. Communication of adverse remarks will have to be prior to taking any action thereon Promotional claims of officers should not therefore, be overlooked solely on the basis of uncommunicated adverse remarks.
Sad/-
(N.P. Joshi)
Deputy Secretary to Government.
General Administration Department (Service Rules)
STANDING ORDER NO. 646
No. 20/KPM/1974, Dated: 21-12-1974
|Maintenance of Crime Register Karnataka Police Manual Form No. 20 Instructions Issued |
***
During the Annual Conference of Superintendents of Police and Deputy Inspectors General of Police held in December 1970 and 1972, one of the subjects discussed was the desirability of re-introduction of the Old Crime History Part I prescribed in the erstwhile State of Mysore. The matter was referred in the 1972 Conference to a Sub-Committee consisting of the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, Deputy Inspector General of Police, Headquarters and the Superintendent of Police, Crime Branch I, CID. Accordingly, the Sub-committee submitted its report on 03-01-1974It is
2. I discussed the report of the Sub-Committee with the proposed of the subject (Item No. 4 of the Conference of 1972), two members of the Sub-Committee and other Senior Officers. The discussions led to the conclusion that there is no need to reintroduce Crime History Part I (Form No. 78-i) of the Old Mysore Police Manual and increase the scriptory work of the Station House Officer in view of the existence of Crime Register in form 20 of the K.P.M. (copy enclosed) which is a permanent record prescribed under Order No. 1224 of the K.P.M. and which has to be and is being maintained in all Police Stations.
3. The salient points of the discussions and decisions are given below:-
4. Order No. 1030 of the Karnataka Police Manual prescribes Crime History Part I to VII as below.
Crime History (Part I) - Villages Statistics
Crime History (Part II) - Village Crime Register
Crime History (Part III) - Crime Register
Crime History (Part III-A) - Crime Register
Crime History (Part IV) - Important notes on the Village
Crime History (Part V) - General Conviction Register
Crime History (Part VI) - History Sheets
Crime History (Part VII) - Station Crime Chart.
5. Crime History Parts I to IV
Crime History (Part I) dealing with village Statistics is required to be maintained in Form No. 90 and instructions in this regard are contained in order No. 1032 of the Karnataka Police Manual. Crime History (Part II) in Form No. 91 is to contain all true cases pertaining to the village coming under Class I to IX, enumerated in Order No. 1698 of the Karnataka Police Manual. Instructions in this regard are given in orders 1033 and 1034 of the Karnataka Police Manual. Crime History (Part III) to be maintained in Form No. 92 is a record of all criminals or suspects residing in the Village. Instructions for maintaining in this record are found in Order No. 1036 of the Karnataka Police Manual. Crime History (Part III-A) in form No. 93 is to contain the names of KDs. Ex. Convicts and suspects visiting the village. Crime History (Part-IV) in form No. 94 is to contain confidential and important notes on factions, disputes, festivals etc., of the village. Instructions for the maintenance of this Part are contained in Orders 1038 to 1042 of the Karnataka Police Manual.
6. Crime History (Part I to IV) of the Karnataka Police Manual, which is a record for each village, corresponds to Station Crime History Part IV maintained in Form No. 78-IV as per instructions contained in Order No. 373 of the Old Mysore Police Manual. It also corresponds to Form No. 123 of the Madras Police Standing Orders and relevant provisions in Old Hyderabad State. It also corresponds to village Crime Note Book Part I to IV prescribed in Order No. 52 of the Bombay Police Manual 1950 (Volume III). In fact, the Crime History Part I to IV now prescribed in the Karnataka Police Manual is on the lines prescribed in Old Bombay Karnataka area and is more comprehensive in format than the forms in the other Police Manuals. Instructions regarding the maintenance of these forms in Crime History Part I to IV have been given in Orders No. 1032 to 1042 the Karnataka Police Manual.
7. Parts I, II, III, III-A and IV of Crime History which contain information of villages should be bound together in loose leaf binders of the standard pattern and of durable quality for each village so that fresh sheets may be added, if necessary vide Order No. 1039 of the Karnataka Police Manual.
8. Officers are therefore directed to ensure that Parts I, II, III, III-A and IV of the Crime History are maintained in loose leaf binders, one binder, being allotted to each village. Where this record has not been opened for any village, it should be opened immediately and maintained in the new forms; where these records have been maintained in the old forms, information therein should be transcribed in the new forms and continued to be maintained in the new forms without destroying the old record which should however, be stitched or kept along with the new binder.
9. Crime History Part V.
Crime History Part V prescribed in form No. 248 of Karnataka Police Manual is the General Conviction Register for the entire Police Station, containing the names of persons convicted for Offences under Chapter XI, XII, XVI, XVII and XVIII of the I.P.C and persons bound over Under Sections 108, 109 or 110 Cr.P.C and others convicted under Telegraph Wires (Unlawful Possession) Act 1955, Railway Stores (Unlawful Possession) Act 1950, Indian Railways Act 1890, Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act 1961 Karnataka Police Act 1963 and for other persons whose names are to be brought on the register as per Orders No. 1044, 1045 and 1046 of the Karnataka Police Manual.
10. The corresponding Register in the Old Mysore State was form No. 80 of Old Mysore Police Manual Though this was prescribed as a permanent record, it did not form part of Crime History of the Police Station. The Crime History Part of III in old Mysore was in (form No. 78-III of old Mysore Police Manual and consisted of cards. The corresponding record to Crime History Part III (Form No. 78-III of Old Mysore) is MOB Cards now prescribed in Standing Order No. 615 dated 22-03-1972. The form which is now prescribed in S.O. No. 615 is more comprehensive and, as separately directed. Should be maintained. It is a very useful record in the present context and its correct and complete maintenance in the MOB Cabinet should be ensured. In addition to this, the SHO has a loose-leaf index offence wise written up in form No. 95 prescribed under Order No. 1050 of KPM which is a very useful record for the investigating Officer.
11. There was an analogous register prescribed in order No. 59 of the Old Bombay Police Manual 1950 (Volume III) in erst-while Bombay Karnataka area to Crime History Part V containing all convictions of persons in Cognizable cases. In Madras it was known as “Part III and General Convictions Register” in form No. 126, A Similar record also existed in old Hyderabad State.
12. The format now prescribed for the General Conviction Register Part V of the Crime History of Karnataka Police Manual in form No. 248 is more comprehensive and should be opened where they have not yet been opened. The Old Volume of GCR in Police Station whatever name they went by should not be destroyed, but they should be preserved, but they should be preserved and the new Register in form No. 248 of Karnataka Police Manual considered as a continuous record, the fresh entries being made in the new form.
13. Crime History Part VI.
Crime History Part VI Prescribed in form No. 97 of Karnataka Police Manual contains History Sheets of persons residing permanently or temporarily in the Station limits who are know or belived to be addicted to or to aid and abet the commission of Crime, whether convicted or not, or who are belived to be habitual receivers. Instructions for the opening, maintenance, closure and transfer of History Sheets are given in Order No. 1052 to 1058, 1060 and 1061. These forms correspond to the History Sheets maintained in Crime History Part V of the Old Mysore Police Manual, and analogous provisions in the Bombay Police Manual, Madras Police Standing Orders and in Hyderabad Karnataka area. History Sheets, in future, shall be maintained in form No. 97 of the Karnataka Police Manual. History Sheets already opened in whatever form shall be transcribed in the new form. The old History Sheets shall not be destroyed but on the other hand got stitched to the new History Sheets of the respective Criminals.
14. Crime History Part. VII.
Crime History Part VII being the Station Crime Chart shall be maintained as per instructions contained in Order No. 1064 of the Karnataka Police Manual. This is nothing but a crime map and was being maintained in all the regions now comprised in the Karnataka State even prior to the re-organisation of the States. It is to be prepared one or more for each year as required and Old Crime Maps preserved for any future reference.
15. Crime Register (Form No. 20 of K.P.M)
As stated in Paragraph 2 above, the Old Station Crime History Part I (form No. 78-I) of the Old Mysore Police Manual has a parallel in form No. 20 of the Karnataka Police Manual which, however is more comprehensive in the information it furnishes than form No. 78-1 of the Old Mysore Police Manual.
16. According to Standing Order 540 issued by the then inspector General of Police on 22-02-1961, all the Police Stations were required to maintain the Cognisable Crime Register for the time being only in respect of IPC cases at the Police Station level only. The question of introducing the Register gradually for recording the cases under the Prohibition and other Special and Local Laws and also un-natural deaths as the introduction of such a Register at the Circle Police Office and SDPO level was left then, for decision at a future date. On the introduction of the Police Manual in 1965. Form No. 20 which is an improved version of the Cognisable Crime Register came into being. The Karnataka Police Manual prescribes that Crime Register in form No. 20 shall be maintained at different levels namely Police Station, Circle Office, SDPO and DPO Instructions in this regard are contained in Order 190 in respect of the SDPO and S.P., Order No. 217 in respect of the Police Inspectors, Order No. 1224 in respect of Police Station and Order No. 1890 in respect of Railway Police.
17. By a directive of Shri P.J. Lewis the then Deputy Inspector General of Police, Northern Range, and later as Deputy Inspector General of Police, Central Range, some time back and also by an oral directive of his, in respect of Bangalore City, Crime Register For No. 20 is reported to be divided and maintained in 7 parts as follows.
Part I - 5 Years Crime statistics
Part I I - Pending cases i.e. pending trail and pending
investigation entered in red ink
Part III - Retaken cases i.e. undetected cases subsequently
detected.
Part IV - Cognisable IPC & Non IPC cases.
Part V - Accidental Deaths
Part VI - Cases under Security Sections and preventive measures U/S 54, 55, 107, 109, 110 and 151 Cr. PC and 55, 56, 96 and 98 Mysore Police Act and cases under P.D Act.
Part VII - Referred cases U/S 202 Cr. PC.
18. The advantages of making entries in regard to true professional property of fences in one single record as obtaining in Form No. 78-1 of the Old Mysore Manual to facilitate review have also been Mooted by some Officers and considered.
19. Taking into account all aspects, the following instructions are issued.
20. As a comprehensive format in Form No. 20 has now been prescribed in Karnataka Police Manual the instructions contained in Standing Order 540 dated 22-02-1961 should be considered as re-dundant.
21. The instruction issued by the then Deputy Inspector General of Police, Northern Range, etc, and referred to in para 17 are hereby cancelled.
22. Crime Register Form 20 Part-A.
Crime Register in Form No. 20 prescribed in Karnataka Police Manual shall be maintained in 2 parts in every Police Station including Railways Police Stations.
23. In Part-A of the Crime Register (From No. 20) shall be entered, in the order of their registration all cases of Crime coming under the following Classes as well as attempts to commit those offences which are know or believed to be the work of Habitual Professional Criminals.
Major Classifications:
Class –I - Offe3nces attended with violence.
Class –II - House Breaking and theft
Class –III - House Thefts,
Class –IV - Ordinary thefts
Class –V - Cattle thefts.
Class –VI - Receiving or possession of stolen property
Class –VII - Cheating
Class –VIII - Counterfeiting.
Class –IX - Criminal Breach of Trust or misappropriation
Minor Classification.
For the sake of brevity, the following minor classification by ‘Modus Operandi’ shall be adopted and entered in Col. No. 2 in Crime Register (Form 20) under the caption “M.O. Classifications”.
Class –I
D - Dacoity
M - Murder for gain
P - Poisoning or drugging
R - Robbery
Class –II House Breaking and Thefts:
A - Auger
B - Bolt hole
C - Door lifted off hinges
D2 - Lifting latch by inserting hand or implement
D3 - Opening door not locked.
E - Eaves
H - Holes on the wall or manhole
K - Key (false) used to open lock or picking)
L - Breaking lock or fastening
R - Roof-hole
S - Scaling (Wall or roof)
T - Threshold hole
U - Unclassified
W1- Window bars removed
W2 - Window frame removed
W3 - Inserting hand or stick through window
Class-III - House Thefts:
B1 - Bogus Visitor
B2 - Bunk
B3 - Bungalow
C1 - Counter (Bank of Post Office)
C2 - Clothes
C3 - Clock
G - Grains
L - Lanterns
S1 - Schools
S2 - Shops
S3 - Servants
S4 - Sleeping Persons (From)
T - Temple
U - Unclassified
V - Vessels.
Class-IV - Ordinary Theft::
A - Agricultural Implements (thefts of )
B - Bandies of or from
C1 - Cycle thefts
C2 - Clothes
D - Children from
E - Electrical goods
F - Fairs and festivals
G1 - Grains
G2 - Garden produce
H - Thefts from Bathing Gnats
J - Jewels
L - Lanterns
M - Motor Cars-from
P - Pocket picking
S1 - Snatching
S2 - Sleeping persons-from
T - Time-Pieces of watches or clocks
U - Unclassified
V - Vessels
W - Wire
Class-V - Cattle Thefts:
B - Buffaloes
D - Donkeys
G - Goats or Sheep
H - Horses
OS - Oxen for sale or ransom
OK - Oxen for skin or meat
P - Pigs
Class-VI - Receiving or possession of Stolen Properly:
Class VIII Cheating:
B - Bogus agent
C - Guilt jewels
P - Personation
U - Unclassified
Class-VIII - Counter feiting:
C - Making or passing counterfeit
N - Making or passing counterfeit notes.
Class-IX -Criminal Breach of Trust or misappropriation:
C - Cycles
D - Dhobi
J - Jewels
S - Servant or Clerk
U - Unclassified.
Note: The Major and Minor Classifications listed above are those contained
in Rule No. 1698 of the Karnataka Police Manual.
24. The nature of the property stolen shall be detailed in Column No. 6 of Crime Register (Form 20). In column No. 12 any useful information shall be noted respecting the Offence or any discovery made during the investigation, any peculiarity in the offence, such as the use of fire arms or poisons, offences in temples etc. If there are suspects the grounds for suspicion may be mentioned briefly. In Col No. 14 shall be written cross reference to GCR Volume and Sl. No. in respect of convictions for offences covered by Order 1043.
25. A red line shall divide the entries relating to each lunar month taken from the fullmoon day.
26. It will be seen that when Crime Register Part-A in from No. 20 is written up in the manner now prescribed in paragraphs 22 to 25 of this Standing Order it will be a replica of Crime History Part I (Form No, 78-i) of old Mysore Police Manual. In fact it will provide more and up-to-date information than form 78-1 of Old Mysore Police Manual.
27. Crime Register in Form-20 Part-B
In Par-B of the Crime Register (Form-20) all other cognizable IPC cases and cases of any other enactment where FIR in form No. 126 of KPM is registered in accordance with Order No. 1194 of the KPM, shall be entered in the Order of their registration.
28. General Instruction:
Continuous Crime Nos. are given in the order of their registration in the Police Station. No. separate Crime Nos. need be given for the cases entered in Parts A & B of the Crime Register (Form No. 20).
29. The Crime Register (From No. 20) in Parts A and B shall be maintained for each calendar year commencing from 1St January to 31 December.
30. Each year cases pending investigation and trial of the previous years should be brought forward in the new Crime Register to be opened for the following year in the beginning of the Register in red ink in the respective volume.
31. Old Crime Registers maintained in the Police Stations shall not be destroyed, but maintained as permanent Station record.
32. Review by Circle Inspector of Part A of Crime Register:
A page or more shall be reserved at the end of entries for each calendar year in Part-A of the Crime Register (In form 20s of the year for a Review to be drawn by the Circle Inspector of Police.
33. Review by C.I. Of Part B of Crime Register:
A similar review should be prepared in respect of crimes not included in Part-A as shown below:
a) Non-Professional property Crime- The Review should not increase or decrease under this head and the reasons for the same as well as possibilities of these offences increasing or decreasing in the near future as also suggest a course of action to prevent such offences in future.
b) Cases of rioting and hurt giving broadly the reasons for their occurrence examining whether adequate preventive action has been taken by the local Police and suggesting future action for preventing such offences,
c) Cases of Motor Vehicle accident, fatal or otherwise, studying these cases with reference to place of occurrence, type of vehicle involved and specific causes apart from the rashness or negligence on the part of the accused so as to suggest remedial action by way of Traffic Engineering of better enforcement or education of the public and drivers.
d) Cases under the Security Sections of Cr. P.C and Karnataka Police Act may be reviewed with a view to finding out whether effective and adequate action has been taken against the right type persons.
e) Referred cases shall be reviewed to assess if there is a tendency in the public to have recourse to the Courts rather than the Police, in order to devise ways and means restoring public confidence in Police.
f) Special & Local Laws-a brief review of cases under all important special and local laws such as Essential Commodities Act, S.I.T Act, Untouchability (Offence) Act etc. shall be made. The Reviewing Officer should find out whether action has been taken against the Habitual Offenders Under Section 110 of the newly amended Cr. P.C. If action is not taken by the Station House Officer, proper instructions should be given in this regard.
34. Unnatural Deaths:
In cases of Unnatural and sudden deaths, there is no need to enter them in Crime Register (Form No, 20) Unless a cognizable offence is disclosed. In this connection, instructions contained in Chapter XXXV of the Karnataka Police Manual shall be followed.
35. As prescribed in Order No. 1375(2) a resister in Form 143 shall be maintained in each Police Station for recording the information sent to the Magistrate about sudden or unnatural deaths. All cases of sudden or unnatural deaths should be reported to the nearest Magistrate authorized to hold the inquest in Form 142 of the K.P.M. in accordance with instructions contained in Order 1375(I)
36. Review by Circle Inspector of Police of Unnatural and sudden deaths.
At the end of the calendar year one or two pages should be left in Register in Form 143 in which the Circle Inspector should study the cases of such unnatural death cause wise and death wise and leave useful instructions for a proper study of such cases.
37. Maintenance of Crime Register (Form No. 20) of Circle Sub-Division and District Level.
Maintenance of From No. 20 at Circle Office, SDPO and D.P.O levels shall be Police Station-wise in single Volume, not in two parts, as at the Police Station level. Cases will be entered in the Order of registration at the Police Station.
38. To sum up, Crime History Part I to VII of the Karnataka Police Manual shall be maintained in accordance with the instructions contained therein. Crime Register (Form No. 20) shall be maintained in 2 parts at the Police Station level and in a single Volume but Police Station-wise at the Circle and Sub-Divisional and District levels. Mentioned above will provide a comprehensive record of professional property offences and criminals involved therein and will also serve as a ready reference to Investigating Officers and to the Supervisory Officers to understand at a glance, the incidence of property crime in the jurisdiction of the Police Station as a whole in terms of time, space and nature and value of property, and Modus Operandi and antecedents of criminals involved and enable a firmer grip on the crime situation in the jurisdiction of the Police Station. The review prescribed in Part-B of Form No. 20 will enable the Station House Officers in understanding the incidence of Crimes other than property crime and take such action as is necessary for prevention of or controlling such offences.
39. The Instructions contained in this Standing Order shall come into effect from 01-01-1975.
40. The Crime Reviews of C.I. of Police referred at Paras 32, 33 and 36 in so far as Crime reported during the calendar year 1974 is concerned, may be written up by the C.I. of Police in Crime Register (Form No. 20). The review will be written up by the C.Is. by 21st January 1975 and compliance reported by Superintendents of Police in this regard to Chief Office by 10-02-1975
41. The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
KARNATAKA STATE POLICE
From No. 20 District……………………. Crime
|Sl. No.|Crime No. |Number and |Number and |Number and |Nature and |Nature of |
| |Name of complainant |names of |names of |names of |value of |Value of |
| |Date of report |accused or |accused or |persons |property |Property |
| |Place of occurrence and distance from Police |suspects |suspects |released by the|stolen |recovered |
| |Station | | |Police with | | |
| |Date and time of offence | | |Date & time | | |
| |Section of Law | | | | | |
| |M.O. Classifications. | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
Register Police Station………… Order No. 190, 217 & 1890
|Brief facts and |Final report and disposal |Date of Case |Dates of Extension|Points to be |Date and |Ranks |
|progress of the case|of arrested persons |Diaries | |kept in mind |Disposal by | |
| | | | | |Court | |
|8 |9 |10 |11 |12 |13 |14 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 647
No. 4/GC/1975, Dated: 04-01-1975
|Training of Civil HCs/PCs in VHF wireless Communication |
***
I. Under the scheme of modernisation of Police Force, we are taking several steps. One such step is to modernize the Radio Communication. It is our intimate aim to provide the Radio Communication. It is our ultimate aim to provide the Radio Communication to all Police Stations in the State. As a first step, it is proposed to extend Radio Communication to all Sub-Divisions and Circle Headquarters during 1975-76 subject to availability of wireless sets and necessary funds. The Radio Communication proposed to be provided will normally consists of VHF communication with R/T system. Such a VHF communication with R/T system can be operated by intelligent and educated HCs/PCs who have aptitude for working on radio communication. It is therefore proposed to train the required number of civil Police Constables/Head Constable in operating VHF sets. It is only those who are trained should be permitted to handle the concerned wireless equipments.
2. A short course for a period of 12 working days will be organised in Bangalore city at certain District Headquarters during the months of January 1975 to June 1975. The Superintendent of Police, Wireless will send two teams of Instructors who will organise the course to impart necessary training. The programme of training is given below:-
|Name of the District |No. |Venue of Training. |Period of From |Training To |
| |of Seats | | | |
| |allotted. | | | |
|TEAM-1 |
|Belgaum |36 |Belgaum |20-01-1975 |01-02-1975 |
|Dharwar |36 |Dharwar |10-02-1975 |22-02-1975 |
|Chitradurga |36 |Chitradurga |02-03-1975 |15-03-1975 |
|Bellary |18 |Bellary |23-03-1975 |05-04-1975 |
|Raichur |18 |Bellary |23-03-1975 |05-04-1975 |
|Bijapur |24 |Dharwar |13-04-1975 |26-04-1975 |
|North Kanara |12 |Dharwar |13-04-1975 |26-04-1975 |
|Shimoga |30 |Shimoga |04-05-1975 |17-05-1975 |
|Bangalore City |30 |Radio Grid Bangalore |02-06-1975 |14-06-1975 |
| |6 |Radio Grid Bangalore |02-06-1975 |14-06-1975 |
|TEAM II |
|Bangalore District |15 |Radio Grid Bangalore |20-01-1975 |01-02-1975 |
|Tumkur |21 |Radio Grid Bangalore |20-01-1975 |01-02-1975 |
|Mysore |24 |Mysore |10-02-1975 |22-02-1975 |
|Mandya |12 |Mysore |10-02-1975 |22-02-1975 |
|South Kanara |36 |Mangalore |02-03-1975 |15-03-1975 |
|Kolar |15 |Kolar |23-03-1975 |05-04-1975 |
|K.G.F |20 |Kolar |23-03-1975 |05-04-1975 |
|Gulbarga |24 |Gulbarga |13-04-1975 |26-04-1975 |
|Bidar |12 |Gulbarga |13-04-1975 |26-04-1975 |
|Coorg |12 |Mysore |04-05-1975 |15-05-1975 |
|Hassan |12 |Mysore |04-05-1975 |15-05-1975 |
|Chickmagalur |9 |Mysore |04-05-1975 |15-05-1975 |
|Bangalore City |30 |Radio Grid Bangalore |19-05-1975 |31-05-1975 |
|Railways |6 |Radio Grid Bangalore |19-05-1975 |31-05-1975 |
|(The training is inclusive of Ii Saturdays). |
3. In allotting the seats, not only the number of circles have been taken into consideration, but also the approximate number of candidates required for any VHF communication that may be required to be organised in the Districts in due course.
4. The Superintendent of Police should select from all the circles and also from personnel posted in the Headquarters. The qualification prescribed for the candidates to be selected for the training is as under:-
i) Should have good knowledge of English and Kannada and should preferably have passed S.S.L.C
ii) Should have put in minimum of 3 years service and should not be above 35 years of age.
iii) Should be able to write in neat and legible characters;
iv) The personnel selected should be such as fit to be posted in Police Stations located in the circles;
v) As the wireless set will be located in the Police Station, the candidates should not ordinarily be writers and others attached to Circle Offices.
5. After imparting training in wireless Communication to the HCs/PCs the Superintendents of Police should ensure that the wireless sets are handled and operated only by the trained Police Constables. As wireless equipments are very costly it is not advisable to allow unqualified operators to tamper with them.
Necessary facilities for training should be made available by the Superintendents of Police at the places where training will be conducted.
STANDING ORDER NO. 648
No. SMS(1)271/1975, Dated: 07-01-1975
|Essential Commodities Act-Seizures of food grains, other essential commodities and |
|vehicles-Register to be kept in DPO |
***
I have been finding that proper statistics of seizure of food –grains and other essential commodities, their disposal etc., are not being made readily available with the result that quite often the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, and this office have been obtaining information by sending wireless messages. The statistics reported are found quite often to be inaccurate and incomplete.
With effect from 1st January 1975, a register in the enclosed proforma should be maintained in the DPO. The register should be maintained Police Station-Wise, setting apart a few pages for each Police Station. The entries under several colums and the information should be recorded at every stage promptly so that up to date information is available in the registered any information required by the Superintendent of Police from their Sub-Inspectors should be obtained at the time of holding monthly Crime Conference.
The cases reported under the essential Commodities Act 1955 from the 1st January should be brought on to this register.
Separately I will prescribing a monthly review in respect of which instructions will follow.
The receipt of these Standing orders should be acknowledged.
Register showing seizure of foodgrains and other essential commodities under E.C Act 1955
Police Stations…………………….. District…………………
|Sl. No.|Police |Crime No.|Whether detected |Name of |Nature and quantity of|If vehicle seized, |Whether report |
| |Station |& Date of|by local Police or|accused/whethe|food-grains and other |registration No. |sent DC U/s 6A |
| | |report |CB-II, CID |r licensee |essential commodities |type and name of |and date of |
| | | |(Food Cell) | |seized and their value|the registered |report. |
| | | | | | |owner | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |
|Orders of D.C. regarding foodgrains and vehicles |Name of the |Disposal of |Remarks |
| |Court and Date |the Case | |
| |of filling | | |
| |chargesheet and| | |
| |C.C. No. | | |
|Quantity confiscated |Quantity purchased at |Quantity released to the | | | |
|with date if |procurement rate/market|party by DC with date if | | | |
|vehicle-confiscated |rate/rate fixed by DC, |vehicle released to the | | | |
|with date. |as per the orders of |party with date | | | |
| |the D.C. | | | | |
|9(1) |9(2) |9(3) |10 |11 |12 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 650
No. CB-3/26/1973, Dated:20-01-1975
|Karnataka State Police Service (Uniform) |
***
In S.O. No. 642, (CB-3. 28/1974) dated 16-11-1974) instructions were issued regarding wearing of Uniform by I.P.S. Officers on various occasions, Karnataka State Police Service Officers on various occasions.
The following instructions are issued in respect of Karnataka State Police Service Gazetted Officers and these will be effective from 26the January 1975:-
2. Ceremonial Review Order. It will comprise Peak cap, Jacket (Gabardine or Drill) slacks of the same material as the jacket. Khaki Shirt, blue tie, brown ankle boot/shoes, Khaki socks, sam brown belt, badge of appropriate rank, whistle, lanyard, swagger stick, Medals and decorations. Swords blue will be worn when specially ordered. Similarly cloth belt instead of Sam brown belt will be worn when specially ordered.
3. Working Dress: Working Dress will be of the categories namely types (2) (3) and (4).
Working Dress type (2) will comprise of-
Peak-cap, Khaki Bush shirts with cloth belt, Khaki slacks, Khaki socks, brown shoes/ankle boots, whistle blue lanyard, swagger stick and medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.
4. Working Dress Type (3) will comprise-
Peak-cap, Khaki shirts, web-belt with white Metal fittings, Khaki slacks, khaki socks, brown shoes/ankle boots, whistle, blue lanyard, swagger stick and medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.
5. Working Dress type (4) will comprise of-
Peak-cap-shirts (Angola or Cellular) web-belt with white metal fittings with or without khaki jersey, khaki gabardine slack, khaki socks, brown shoes/ankle boots or jungle boots, whistle blue lanyard, swagger stick and medal ribbons with appropriate badges of rank.
6. The specifications of various items of Uniform article will be as laid down in KSPS Uniform Rules as amended from time to time.
Note: (1) The Swagger stick will be a cylindrical stick of wood or leather covered wood of 22” in length approximately 4/8’ diameter.
(2) The question of replacement of Web-belt by a crested leather belt is under examination and competent orders will issue in due coure.
7. Ceremonial-Review order will be worn on following Occasions:-
i) Public-Arrival and departure of the President of India.
ii) Arrival and departure of Heads of State of other countries.
iii) Republic Day Parade
iv) Independence Day Parade,
v) Police Commemoration Day Parade,
vi) Police Passing-out Parades,
vii) Presentation of Guard of Honor by Police to dignitaries.
viii) When invited fro Tea or at Home by the Governor/Chief Minister on Republic and Independence Day. Officers will wear cloth belt instead of sam-brown belt.
ix) While assuming a new Office.
x) When calling for the 1st time on Governor, Chief Minister, Home Minister or Superior Officer.
xi) When calling on a Superior Officer on Promotion or assumption of new Office.
xii) On arrival of Superior Officers for annual Inspections.
xiii) Ceremonial Parade during annual Inspections by Superior Officers.
xiv) During annual inspections of Superior Officers unless permitted to be in working dress.
xv) Any other occasions specified by the Inspector General of Police.
8. Sword will be worn with ceremonial uniform while commanding parade.
9. Officers are permitted to wear either of the working dress type (2) and type (3) on normal duties. The senior most officer may direct the wearing of any one type of working dress for any particular occasion.
10. Working Dress type (4) may be worn during cold weather and monsoons. It may also be worn while on night rounds conducting raids, marches and such other operations.
STANDING ORDER NO. 651
No. 331/TEN, C1/74-75, Dated: 19-02-1975
|Retirement of Government Servants on invalid pension |
***
Attention is invite to Rule 273 of the KCSRs which inter-alia lays down that Government Servant who by bodily or mental infirmity is permanently incapacitated (i) for public service or (ii) for the particular branch to which he belongs be awarded and invalid pension o his retirement. Note-2 there under states that ‘Every effort should be made to find for such a Government Servant other employment suited to his particular capacity’
2. Experience has shown that whenever a PC/HC or any other Police Officer becomes physically disabled on amount of illhealth or in the course of discharge of his duties, his case is as a matter of routine considered for invalid pension and no earnest effort is made to find other employment suited to his capacity. For instance, in Police Department itself there are posts of Dalayaths in almost all the Police Offices which are less arduous and exacting in character than regular Police duties.
3. Rule 278(b) of KCSRs, clearly lays down that in cases of partial in capacity referred to under the second alternative certificate, a Government servant should, if possible, be employed even on lower pay so that the expense of pensioning him may be avoided. In this connection, it may be pertinent to reproduce the relevant provisions of Rule 260 of the KCSRs which reads ‘to pension a Government Servant still capable of useful service is a waste of public money……’ Rule 279A KCSRs, fore warns Superintendents of Police to be on their guard against endeavors to retire on invalid pension, Officers who are capable of serving longer.
4. In spite of all the aforementioned provisions of rules, it is seen that a number of cases of invalid pension particularly in the cadre of PCs/HCs are coming up from some of the Districts for sanction and no effort appears to have been made to find suitable alternate employment if necessary even in other cadres on lower pay to the incumbents and the pension papers are forwarded with a certificate that there is no other post in which he can be employed and that he may be retired on invalid pension as a matter of course.
5. Government have taken a serious view of the matter and have directed that whenever it is certified by a competent Medical Officer that a Government Servant is completely and permanently incapacitated for further service in that particular branch to which he belongs or that he is fit for further service of a less laborious character than the one which he is doing or may after resting for a specific period of time be fit for further service of a less laborious character than that which he has being doing, all efforts should be made to find him an alternative employment suited to his particular capacity even in another cadre on a lower pay and only when there is no post suited to the level of capacity/incapacity of the official his/her case should be recommended for invalid pension.
6. Another point which needs to be stressed in this connection is that according to Rule 282 of KCSRs, a Government Servant who has submitted a Medical certificate on incapacity for further service under Rule 275 of KCSRs, must not be retained in service pending a decision on his application for pension but may be given leave at credit for a period not exceeding six months and permitted to retire at the end of that period. Instances have come to noticed where some of the Superintendents of Police have retained such officials in service pending a decision on their application for pension and Government had to be approached for necessary sanction. According to Note under Rule 282 KCSRs even in such cases not more than six months service from the date to the Medical Certificate can be reckoned for pension and as such it will not be proper to retain such officials on duty once they are certified to be incapacities for the particular branch of work.
7. The above instructions may be kept in view by all the District and Unit Officers while considering the applications of their subordinates for invalid pension in future.
STANDING ORDER NO. 652
No. GNL(1)220/1974-75, Dated: 24-02-1975
|Manner in which the Members of Parliament and Legislature should be treated when they meet Officers|
|at Public functions – instructions issued. |
***
Instructions regarding the behavior of Police Officer toward members of Parliament and Legislature are laid down in Orders 294 and 295 K.P.M. Vol I. These instructions are reiterated in Government O.M. No. GAD. 23 PLX 68 dated 30-05-1968 according to which due courtesy should be shown to the Members of Parliament and Legislature when they meet Officers of the State Government on official business. When Officers are unable to accede to the request or suggestion of the Members of Parliament Legislature, the reasons for the Officers inability should be courteously explained to them. Again in Government O.M. No. GAD 15 PLX 1972, dated 28-11-1972, it is directed that whenever Members of Parliament and Members of the State Legislature visit any Officer of the State Government, the Officer concerned should make a note of their visit in a register showing the date and time of the visit and the action taken on the request made by the Member which should also be indicated in brief in the register. In this connection, attention is drawn to Law Section Circular No. 3152 issued in No. LAW. E2 75/72 dated 16-12-1972.
2. In Government C.M. No. GAD.4 PLX 75, dated 27-01-1975, the Government have reiterated their earlier instructions and directed that due courtesy should be shown to the Members of Parliament and Legislature at all times, particularly public functions seats be fitting their position being reserved for them. A copy of the Government O.M. dated 27-01-1975 is enclosed.
3. In conformity with the Official Memorandum, the following instructions are issued:
1) Members of the Legislature have important constitutional functions to perform and they should be given full assistance by Government Servants in this behalf.
2) Due courtesy should be shown to the Members of Parliament and Legislature and other representatives of the Public at all times.
3) Whenever public functions are arranged by the Police action may be taken to ensure the members of Parliament and Legislature in the area and other representatives of the Public are invited and seats be fitting their position are reserved for them.
Copy of Official Memorandum No. GAD 4 DLX 75, dated 27-01-1975 from the Additional Secretary to Government, General Administration Department, Bangalore, addressed to the Head of Department.
Instructions issued in regard to the manner in which the members of Parliament and Legislature should be treated when they meet Officers at public function
In O.M. No. GAD. 23 PLX 68 dated 30the May 1968, instructions have been issued regarding the manner in which Members of Parliament and the State Legislature should be treated, when they Meet Officers on official business.
In O.M. No. GAD 15 OLX 72, dated 01-12-1972 it has further been directed that whenever Members of Parliament and Members of the State Legislature visit any Officer of the Secretariat Departments, the Officer concerned should make a note of their visit in a register, showing the date and time of the visit and the action taken on the request of the Member, which should also be indicated in brief in the register.
It has come to the notice of Government that due courtesy is not being shown to Legislators at public functions organised by Government servants. Government views this with concern. The Members of the Legislature have important constitutional functions and they should be given full Asst. by Government Servants in this respect. While therefore, reiterating the instructions issued earlier, all Heads of Departments are requested to ensure that due courtesy is shown to the Members of Parliament and to the Legislators and other representatives of the public at all times, particularly at public functions, seats be fitting their position should be reserved for them the Heads of Department are also requested to issue suitable instructions to their subordinates working under their administrative control in this behalf.
STANDING ORDER NO. 653
No. STS.1/3/113/1974-75, Dated: 21-02-1975
|Revision of Uniform of Police Inspectors, Police Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub-Inspectors and |
|equivalent ranks. |
***
1. G.O. No. HD 15 EXP 57, dated 23-07-1957
2. G.O. No. HD 141 PAC 63, dated 06-08-1963
3. G.O. No. HD 212 PEG 72, dated 03-12-1974
1. Consequent on the reorganization of States on 01-11-1956 Police Forces belonging to 5 different States came under one administration in the New Mysore State. Each of these five States had its own uniform for its Police Force and therefore the need arose for having a common pattern of uniform for all the members of the Police Force of the New Mysore State. A proposal was sent to Government for prescribing a set of common uniform. Government in their orders cited at Sl. No. I above sanctioned the proposal.
2. Subsequently proposals were sent to Government in 1963 prescribing common uniform to Assistant Sub-Inspectors Assistant Reserve Sub-Inspectors and Government approved free supply of the same in their Order cited at Sl. No. 2 above.
3. Since then changes have taken place in thinking and out-look of the Police on the one hand and the attitude of the public towards the Police on the other. The State has also been renamed as KARNATAKA. In Order to enable the Police Force to keep pace with the spirit of the times and create a favorable image in the public eye, it was considered necessary to revise the Police uniform, so as to make it this not only functional but also comfortable. In keeping with this trend, proposals were sent to Government for permitting Sub-Inspectors also to wear open collar coats as in the case of Circle Inspectors, instead of close collar coats and also for doing away with the wearing of shorts, hose-tops and ankle putties. Government have approved the same in their Order cited a Sl. No. (3) above. This leaves the Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors who according to existing Order may also wear shorts, hose-tops and Ankle putties and Assistant Sub-Inspectors have to wear close collar coats instead of Open Collar Coats. Proposals are being sent to Government separately to remove these anomalies.
4. In Order to achieve uniformity and have a comfortable uniform for the rank of Inspectors, Sub-Inspects and Assistant Sub-Inspectors and other equivalent ranks in the Civil, Armed Reserve, K.S.R.P, and the KSP, Wireless, the following instructions are issued.
Ceremonial Dress
The Ceremonial dress for the officer above the rank of Inspectors, Sub-Inspector of the Civil Police, Traffic Police and equivalent ranks in K.S.R.P, KSPW., District and City Armed Reserve shall comprise the following.
Dark blue laced turban of silken material, Open Collar tunic made of Khaki Drill/Terry Cot/Gabardine with white metal buttons, Khaki slacks of the same materials as the tunic, Khaki full-arm shirt of cellular material Khaki Tie of silken material, Sam-Browne Belt, Brown Ankle Boot/Shoes with Khaki Socks, badges of rank made of white metal with colour ribbon of silken material on shoulder flaps, KSP/KSAP/KSRP/KSPW badges of white metal according to the branch to which they belong, Khaki Lanyard and whistle.
Note:- 1. Instead of Khaki Tunic. Police Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors of Traffic Branch shall wear tunic of white Drill/Terry-cot Gabardine.
2. Medals and decorations will be worn over the left side chest pocket as usual.
5. Ceremonial Dress Will Be Worn On the Following Occasions.
i) On public arrival and departure of the President of India, unless otherwise directed:
ii) Arrival & Departure of Heads of State of other Countries unless otherwise directed:
i) Republic Day Parade.
ii) Independence Day Parade;
iii) Police Commemoration Day Parade;
iv) Presentation of Guard of Honour by Police to dignitaries,
v) Police Passing out Parade,
vi) While calling on superior Officers by special appointment or
interview,
vii) While assuming a New Office,
viii) While calling for the first time on Superior Officers;
ix) When calling on a Superior Officer on promotion or assumption of
new office,
x) On arrival of Superior Officers for prescribed periodical inspections;
xi) Ceremonial Parade during inspections of Superior Officer,
xii) During instructions of Superior Officers unless permitted to be in
Working Dress.
xiii) On any other occasion specified by Superior Officer of the rank of Superintendents of Police and above.
6. Working Dress:
Working Dress will be of the categories ‘A’ and ‘B’ noted below:
TYPE ‘A’
Peak-up with badge, bearing words ‘KARNATAKA POLICE’ in Kannada, Bush shirt of Khaki drill or cellular or terry cot with bone buttons and cloth belt and khaki drill or terrycot slacks, Brown Shoes/Ankle boots with khaki socks, Khaki lanyad, Whistle, Badges of rank with color ribbon on shoulder flaps and Medal ribbons.
Note:- Sleeves of the bush shirt will be rolled up and pressed except after
sun set when they may be rolled Down.
TYPE ‘B’
Peak-cap with badge bearing words ‘KARNATAKA POLICE’ in Kannada, Full-arm open collar shirt of Khaki cellular/terrycot material with bone buttons, slacks of Khaki Drill/Terrycot, brown leather belt, with crested buckle of white metal with the word ‘KARNATAKA POLICE’ in Kannada and Hindi as shown in the diagram appended, Khaki socks, brown shoes/ankle boots, whistle with Khaki lanyard, Medal ribbons, with badges of rank with colour ribbon on shoulder flaps.
Note:-1. Full Arm Shirt will be rolled up an pressed except after sun set when they may be rolled down.
2. For Parades other then Ceremonial Parade, working dress ‘B’ will be worn unless directed otherwise.
3. The Senior most Officers of the Unit of and the above rank of a Superintendent of Police may prescribe the type of working dress to be worn on any particular occasion.
7. The specifications of various articles of Uniform prescribed have been given in appendix attached to this Standing Order.
8. As heretofore the Assistant Sub-Inspectors will be supplied with free uniform whereas Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors and equivalent rank to equip themselves out of the dress allowance paid to them annually.
9. These instructions will come into effect from 1st March, 1975.
10. The above instructions should be brought to the notice of each and every Police Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors’ Assistant Sub-Inspectors and equivalent rank in your District/Unit.
A P P E N D I X
CEREMONIAL DRESS
1. Turban.
Dark blue silk Turban, the end of which is trimmed with five stripes of gold lace, each one inch (2.5 cms) wide, on a dark blue back-ground with inter spaces of 1’’ (2.5 cms) each having 5 gold lace lines, three of which will be in the middle, at equal distances and the other two on either edge of the lace stripe; both at the commencement and end of the laced portion, there will be five lines of gold lace, placed at equal distances, in a space of two inches (5 cms), the turban to be tied in the Mysore pattern, over a conical black kulla the top of which is covered with gold lace to a depth of 3” (7.5 cms), the cap being visible three inches (7.5 cms), from top above the turban. The turban should be tied over a light mould or material. The fringers will be of tassels of dark red silk and placed above the crown of the turban being just visible from the front view. There should be 36 folds on the left side of the turban, It should have a leather sweat band inside, and an adjustable strap.
2. Khaki Drill (Or Khaki Gabardine/Terrycot) single breasted, cut as lounge coat to the waist very loose at chest and shoulders but fitted at the waist, military skirt to bottom edge. A silver plated hook on each side at the waist. Length as in ordinary civilian lounge coat, i.e., covering the set. Collar to be cut as in ordinary civilian lounge coat. Two patch breast pockets above, 6 ½ inches (16.4 cms) wide and 71/2 inches (19 cms) deep to the top of the flap, with a 2 ½ inches (5.7 cms) box pleat in the centre fastened at the top with a small Karnataka Police button in Kannada; flap with button hole to cover pockets 2 ½ inches (6.3 cms) deep and 6 ½ inches (16.4 cms) wide. Two expanding pockets below the waist (pleats at the sides) 9 ¼ inches (23.5 cms) wide at the top, 10 ¼ (26.9 cms) inches at the button, 8 inches (20.3 cms) deep to the top of the pocket, fastened at the top with a small Karnataka Police button; flap with button hole, to covers pockets, 3 ½ inches (8.8 cms) deep and 10 ¼ inches (26 cms) wide, the top of the pocket to be tacked down at the corners in such a manner that the pocket can be expanded at the top also if necessary. Four medium Karnataka Police buttons down the front. The buttons should be so fixed that the bottom-most button covers the naval and the topmost bottom fixed one-third distance between the naval and the position of the tie-knot. Pointed cuffs, 5 inches (12.7 cms) high at the point at 2 ½ inches (6.3 cms) behind. Attached shoulder straps of the same material as the garment fastened with a small Karnataka Police button.
The Jacket to be worn over a Khaki Shirt with attached collar with sailor-knot Khaki tie.
3. Buttons
White Metal Buttons with “Gandabherunda” inscribed in the Centre with the words “Karnataka Police” around in Kannada.
4. Slacks (48.3 cms)
Of the same materials as the tunic, without turn ups (plain ends) 19 inches/wide and shaped from instep to toe with two straight pockets on both sides, without any hip pockets.
5. Full-arm Shirts
Khaki full arms shirt single cuffs with cellular material with turned down collar, two breast pockets and attach shoulder straps. Bone buttons-8 medium sized on the front, one small on each pocket and one small on each shoulder strap should be fixed. The flaps of the pockets to be provided with press buttons on either end.
6. Khaki Tie
Khaki Tie made from silken material.
7. Belt
Sam Brown Belt with White Metal fittings.
8. Ankle Boots
Brown with plain toe caps.
9. Shoes
Plain brown leather with Plain toecaps
10. Khaki Socks
Made from nylon/woolen material.
11. Badges of Rank/(1.2 cm)
Three 5 pointed white metal stars of the ‘Stars of India’ pattern and I inch (2.5 cms) broad, and a ribbon ½ inch/wide, half red and half dark blue (red colour nest to the stars), an inch/from the base of the (2.5 cms) shoulder strap, letters Karnataka State Police. The Stars should be slightly frosted, out without any design in the centre, and should be worn with the points directed towards the shoulder button. The letters should be in ½ in ch (1.2 cms) block.
12. Ribbon Colour
13. KSP/KSAP/KSPW Badges
14. Lamyard Khaki
15. Peak Cap
Peck Cap of Khaki material with white or patent block feather peak with a black band of oak leaf lace around. 4 ¼ inches (11.4 cms) total depth, diameter across the top 10-3/8 inches (26.3 cms) for a cap fitting 21 ¾ inches (55.20 cms) in circumference, the top to be 1/8 inches (0.3 cms) large or smaller in diameter for every ¼ inches (0.6 cms) by which the cap may vary in size of head above or below the before mentioned standard, e.g., for a cap 22 ¼ inches (56.4 cms) in circumference, the diameter across the top to be 10 5/8 inches (26.9 cms) and for a cap 21 inches (53.3 cms) in circumference, the diameter to be 10 inches (25.4 cms). The sides to be made in four pieces and to be 2 1/8 inches (5.4 cms) deep between the welts. “Karnataka Police” badge of white metal to be worn in the centre of the band in front. The cap to to be set up on a band of stiff leather or other material 1 ¾ inches (4.3 cms) deep. Chin strap of black leather 3/8 inch (.9 cm) wide buttoned on to two small buttons of the Karnataka Police. Buttons placed immediately behind the corners of the peak.
16. Cap Badge
Of the same pattern as the one prescribed for the I.P.S. Officer (1 ½. (3.7 cm) X2” (5cm) containing in the centre the figure of “Gandabherunda”, surrounded by circular inscription “Karnataka Police” in Kannada and a wreath below, with a broad pin at the rear for fastening with the cap.
17. Bush Shirt
Khaki cellular or drill/terrycot with plain front. Two breast pockets 6 ½ inches (16.4 cms) deep and 5 ¾ inches (14.5 cms) wide with 1 ½ inches (3.7 cms) box pleat in the centre each fastened at the top a small bone button. The flap should be three pronged with button hole to cover the pockets 2 ½ inches (6.3 cms) deep and 5 ¾ inches (14.5 cms) wide. The extreme prongs should be fastened to the pocket with press buttons. Two expending pockets below the waist; pleats at the sides, 8 ¼ inches (20.9 cms) wide at the top and 9 ½ inches (24.1 cms) wide at the bottom, 8 inches (20.3 cms) deep to the top of the pocket, fastened to a flap at the top with bone button, flap with a button hole to cover the pockets 3 inches (7.6 cms) deep and 9 ½ (24.1 cms) wide fastened at the top of the pocket; to be tucked down at the corners in such a manner that the pockets can be expanded at the top also if necessary. Four bone buttons (medium size) down the plain front. Buttons should be so fixed that the sloth belt goes in the centre of the last two buttons. The sleeves should be full length with single straight cuff each having one small bone button. Attached should straps fastened with a small bone button. The back be plain without pleats, with a vent at the centre of the back at the bottom 10 inches (25.4 cms) long Attached ‘Stand & fall’ collar. Loops at the side seams to take a detachable cloth belt. Length of the Bush shirt down to the love of the knuckles, when the first are clenched and fully extended downwards.
The belt should be made of the same material as the “Bush shirt with an inner lining of Khaki drill and 2 ½ inches (6.3 cms) in with and will be fastened by a double pronged white metal buckle.
18. Whistle and whistle Cord.
Metropolitan Police pattern whistle to be worn with braided whistle cord of Khaki. The whistle cord will run through the left shoulder strap and the whistle well be carried in the left breast pocket so that the whistle cord goes straight from the left upper edge of the pocket to the arm pit.
19. Crested leather Belt
Crested leather Belt-Specification
Crested lather belt made of thick tan leather, brown in colour, inscribed with the words KARNATAKA POLICE in Kannada and Hindi, and ‘SAYHYAMEVA JAYATHE’ in Devanageri script as shown in the diagram. The length of the belt should be 104 cms, long, 5cms. Wide with a metal buckle 8 ¼ cms. Long & 5 ¾ cms. Broad attached at one end of the belt fixed with a leather loop of 1.2 cms broad with a leather bedding 5 cms. Broad 13 cms. Long underneath the white metal buckle and firmly stitched to the loop. Two adjustable leather loops of 1.2 cms. With metal loop should be provided for adjusting the belt. The metal buckle should have 2 holes in the centre for affixing the crest of the monogram as shown in the diagram.
STANDING ORDER NO. 654
No. 40/Sports/1974-75, Dated: 11-03-1975
|All India Police Duty Meet Intensive training |
***
The All India Police Duty Meet is organised annually by the Central Co-ordination Committee, All India Police Duty Meet Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, New Delhi with the aim of improving the standards of professional performance in the Police Forces of India. The meet is usually organised in the First week of November every year in each State by rotation. Although the Karnataka State Police is regularly participating in all India Police Duty Meet ever since 1953, the performance of our State has so far not been encouraging and there is need for improvement.
2. This matter was discussed at some length in the Annual Police Officers Conference held in January 1974. The Conference felt that the main reasons for the repeated poor performance of our teams in the Meet were defective selection procedure, lock of sufficient training and insufficient time for coaching of those who are selected to participate in the Meet.
3. In Order to overcome these shortcomings and with a view to ensure higher standard of performance by our competitors in the future Meets and as the existing sanction of Government in GO No. HD. II PTR 71, dated 20-09-1971, provided only for a limited scope for selection and training, a detailed scheme for improving the method of selection and coaching of the teams was worked out and proposals were sent to Governemtn in this Office letter No. 40/Sports/74 dated 09-10-1974 for sanction.
4. The Government have since accorded sanction to the following in their Order No. HD 26 PTR 1974, dated 01-03-1975 (copy enclosed)
i) For drafting to Range Headquarters (Viz. Belgaum, Gulbarga, Mysore and Bangalore) from Districts/Units of the concerned Range, including the Range formed for the other Units under the Deputy Inspector General of Police, C.I.D and for City Police under the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, for a period not exceeding 4 days, competitors selected to participate in the Range level duty Meets, not exceeding 75 in number for each of the six Range Level Meets.
ii) For drafting to State Headquarters (Bangalore from the six Ranges for a period not exceeding 4 days, competitors selected by the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, Commissioner of Police Bangalore & the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, in all not exceeding 70 in number for participating in Final Selection.
iii) For retaining, out of the total of 101 competitors participating in the Final Selection competitors selected for participating in the all India Police Duty Meet, including those stationed in Bangalore, not exceeding 50 in number, in the State Headquarters (Bangalore) for giving intensive training for a period not exceeding 3 months as per the existing sanction in GO No. HD 11 PTR 71, dated 20-09-1971.
iv) For deputing the following number of competitors to the All India Police Duty Meet every year.
|Events |Competitors |Reserve/Observers |
|1. Rifle Shooting |8 |5 |
|2. Revolver Shooting |3 |2 |
|3. First Aid & Ambulance Drill |4 |1 |
|4. Motor Transport |2 |1 |
|5. Scientific Aids to Investigation |5 + 5 |5 |
|6. Police Photography |2 |1 |
|7. Wireless |4 |1 |
|Total |33 |15 |
In all not exceeding 50 in numbers, as per the existing sanction of and below the rank of Police Inspectors to participate in the all India Police Duty Meet every year.
v) To treat the period of absence of the members of the teams deputed from the Districts/Units to the Range Level Duty Meets, from Bangalore to the All India Police Duty Meet, including the payment of T.A and D.A as on duty.
vi) To incur recurring expenditure towards them as detailed below.
1. a) Material required for use in the Rs. 1,200-00
6 Range Level Duty Meets at
Rs. 200/-each Range.
b) Materials required for use at final 200-00
selection in Bangalore.
c) Materials required for intensive training. 400-00
Total Rs. 1,800-00
2. Entry fees in respect of each of the
Competitions i.e. Scientific Aids
Investigation of Crime (2 competition),
Police Wireless First Aid and Motor
Transport, Police Photography and
Rifle and Revolver Shooting
(I competition each) at Rs. 25/- each
(Total 6 competitions) (Instead of the
EXISTING SANCTION OF Rs. 125/-
At Rs. 25/- for each of the 5 competitions) Rs. 150-00
vii) To pay the extra dietary allowance of
Rs.3/- per day to the non-gazetted
Police personnel during training at
Bangalore (instead of Rs. 1/- as per
The existing GO No. HD 11 PTR 71,
Dated 20-09-1971) i.e. for 50 personnel
Fro 3 months. Rs. 13,500-00
viii) T.A and D.A (as on tour) for attending the All India Police Duty Meet for a period of 7 days.
ix) One Gazetted Officer to lead the ‘Scientific Aids to Investigation of Crime Competition Team’ as Liaison Officer as required by the all India Police Duty Meet Rules for which sanction already exists.
x) One Gazetted Officer, who has to lead the Rifle and Revolver Shooting Competitions Teams as Captain of the Team for which already sanction exists.
5. The method of selection of the teams and their coaching should confirm to the sanctions obtained from Government and on the lines indicated hereunder:
6. Events:-The all India Police Duty Meet comprises Competition in the following events:-
1. Rifle Shooting
2. Revolver Shooting
3. First Aid & Ambulance Drill
4. Motor Transport
5. Scientific Aids to Investigation
6. Police Photography
7. Wireless Transmission, Receiving and Mechanics.
7. Composition of teams:
According to the Rules for All India Police Duty Meet, the composition of teams for each of the above mentioned events is as follows.
i) Rifle Shooting
Each State team should consist of 8 competitors at the rate of 2 for each of the 4 practices viz (1) firing from the standing and kneeling positions from a distance of 100 yards; (2) firing from kneeling position from a distance of 200 yards; (3) firing from prone position at a target which would be visible for not more than a period of 3 second, from a distance of 300 yards. There is no restriction on the number of Officers to be included in the team.
ii) Revolver Shooting
Three competitors, will fire each of the four practices prescribed. There is no restriction on the number of officers to be included in the team.
iii) First Aid & Ambulance Drill
The Team consists of 4 men and inclusion of I as reserve in addition to the four men is permitted.
iv) Motor Transport
Each State can enter one team consisting of two Constable Head Constable Drivers, one driver for the jeep and the other for the medium vehicle. Persons trained or employed as Motor Mechanics are debarred. A person who participates in the competition in one Meet will not be allowed to participate in it for the subsequent three years.
v) Scientific Aids to Investigation
Each team consists of I Inspector, 2 Sub-Inspectors, I Assistant Sub-Inspector or Head Constable and I Constable. Not more than two teams may be entered by any State. A person who participates in the competition in one Meet shall not be allowed to participate in it for the subsequent three years.
vi) Police Photography
Each State can send two representatives to take part in this competition. A competitor taking part in this competition will not be allowed to Participate in it for the subsequent three years.
vii)Wireless
The team consists of 4 wireless Operators so that two wireless stations may be operated simultaneously. One additional operator to serve as a reserve is permitted. Any competitor competing in this competition will not be allowed to participate in it for the subsequent three years.
8. Selection:
Hitherto, the practice has been to select competitors mainly from the Police Units stationed in Bangalore as shown below:
1. Rifle Shooting K.S.R.P
2. Revolver Shooting K.S.R.P
3. First Aid & Ambulance Drill C.A.R.
4. Motor Transport C.A.R.
5. Scientific Aids to Investigation C.I.D.
6. Police Photography C.A.R.
7. Wireless Wireless Station in Bangalore
So much so, there has been hardly any involvement or participation of competitors from the Districts and as a result, the opportunity to spot talent from among them in the various fields of competition was not availed of. The revised method of selection including holding of Range Level Meet is shown in subsequent paragraphs.
9. Range Level Meets.
Each Superintendent of Police in charge of the District will select at the rate of 2 competitors for each of the following events:
1. Rifle Shooting
2. Revolver Shooting
3. First Aid & Ambulance Drill
4. Motor Transport
5. Scientific Aids to Investigation
6. Police Photography
(with regard to the remaining item of competition viz. Wireless, the competitors will be selected by the Superintendent of Police Wireless, Bangalore, and this will be adverted to later).
10. The selected personnel will assemble at the concerned Range Headquarters for participating in the Range Level Duty Meet to be held for 3 days any time between March and July every year, the dates being fixed by the Deputy Inspector General of Police of the Range in consultation with the Superintendents of Police of the Districts in his Range. Depending upon the convenience weather condition and Law Order situation. The Range Level Meets, however, should be over at least a week earlier to the Final Selection at the State Level.
11. Thus, the number of competitors selected by the Superintendents of Police of Districts and deputed to their Range Headquarters will be as follows:
|Name of Range & NO. of Districts |Number of Competitors |
| |Rifle |Revolver |First Aid |Motor Transport|Sc. Aids to |Photograph|
| | | | | |Investigation |y |
|Northern Range (4) |8 |8 |8 |8 |8 |8 |
|North Eastern Range (4) |8 |8 |8 |8 |8 |8 |
|Southern Range (6) |12 |12 |12 |12 |12 |12 |
|Central Range (6) |12 |12 |12 |12 |12 |12 |
The total Number of competitors who will participate in the Range Level Duty Meets at each Range Headquarters will be as follows:
1. Northern Range - 48
2. North Eastern Range - 48
3. Southern Range - 72
4. Central Range - 72
Total 240
12. After holding the Range Level Duty Meet, the best candidates will be selected by the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police at the rate of two competitors for each of the 6 events and deputed to Bangalore for final selection at State Level to be held in the last week of July every year or on such dates as the undersigned may fix, taking into account the Law and Order situation etc. The candidates selected and deputed to Bangalore by the Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police will report to the following Officers along with their equipment:
Candidates selected for Report to:
1. Rifle Shooting Commandant, 1st Bn KSRP, Bangalore
2. Revolver Shooting
3. First Aid Deputy Commissioner of Police
4. Motor Transport City Armed Reserve, Bangalore.
5. Scientific Aids to Deputy Inspector General of Police,
Investigation C.I.D., Bangalore.
6. Police Photography
Thus, in all 48 candidates will be selected by the Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police and sent to Bangalore.
13. City Police and Other Units
Apart from the Districts of the Ranges show above, we have the Bangalore City Police Including the City Armed Reserve and various other Units of the Department stationed in Bangalore City as well as outside Bangalore City as shown below:
1. Bangalore City Police, including C.A.R.
2. Criminal Investigation Department, including Food Cell, Civil Rights Enforcement Cell, Mechanical Data Processing Section, Finger Print Bureau and Photographic Section, Bangalore
3. State Special Branch, Bangalore
4. Railways, Bangalore,
5. Police Training College, Mysore,
6. Police Training School, Channapatna.
7. Police Research Centre, Bangalore,
8. Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID (Forest) Cell
9. The 1st and IIIrd Battalions, KSRP, Bangalore
10.The IInd Battalion, KSRP, Khanapur
11.Mounted Company, KARP (Palace Guards), Mysore
12.Dis-Mounted Company, KARP (Palace Guards), Mysore
13.Forensic Science Laboratory, Bangalore.
14. In the case of the City Police, including C.A.R the Commissioner of Police will hold the Range Duty Meet as done by other Deputy Inspectors General of Police and select 4 candidates for each of the 6 events. The City Police Range Duty Meet will be held for a period of 3 days between March and July every year, the maximum number participating being restricted to 144; care being taken to make the participation board based of both Civil and Armed men. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will hold similarly the Range Level Duty Meet for all other Units mentioned in para 13, including his own Uint at Bangalore and select 4 candidates for each of the 6 events. The Deputy Inspector General of Police CID Range Duty Meet, like others, will be held for a period of 3 days between March and July every year, the maximum number participating being restricted ro 144; of whom, the maximum number drawn from places outside Bangalore being restricted to 72; care being taken to make the participation broad based as to give opportunity to maximum number of Units.
15. The candidates selected by the Commissioner of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID., should be deputed for the Final Selection at State level held in to be the last week of July every year on the dates as the under signed may fix. They should be directed to report to the concerned Officers as mentioned at para, 12, with their equipment. The number of candidates selected by the Commissioner of Police and the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, and deputed to the Final Selection will in all be 48 in number.
16. Wireless
In respect of candidates for Wireless competition, the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, in consultation with the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore will select 5 best Wireless Operators, 4 to from the team and I to serve as reserve.
17. Final Selection
The total number of competitors who will participate in the Final Selection to be made in the last week of July every year or on the dates to be fixed by the undersigned will be as follows.
1. For 4 Ranges at 12 Competitors 48
2. Bangalore City Police 24
3. Other Units 24
4. Wireless personnel 05
Total 101
The Final Selection of Candidates for participating in the All India Police Duty Meet will be done by three Committees to be formed as under.
Committee No.1 Rifle & Revolver Shooting
Committee No.2 First Aid & Motor Transport
Committee No.3 Scientific Aids to Investigation and
Police Photography
Each year, the undersigned will nominate not exceeding three local Officer (to avoid expenditure on T.A. & D.A) to each of three Committees as members. The Deputy Inspector General of Police, Training, Bangalore, will supervise the Final Selection to be held in the last week of July every year or on such dates as may be fixed by the undersigned. The number of candidates Selected for competing in the All India Police Duty Meet will be as follows.
|Sl. |Events |Competitors |Reserve/ |Gazetted |
|No. | | |Observers |Officers |
|1 |Rifle Shooting |8 |5 | |
|2 |Revolver Shooting |3 |2 |1 |
|3 |First Aid & Ambulance Drill |4 |1 | |
|4 |Motor Transport |2 |1 | |
|5 |Scientific Aids to Investigation |5 + 5 |5 |1 |
|6 |Police Photography |2 | | |
|7 |Wireless |4 |1 | |
|Total |33 |15 |2 |
18. The 48 candidates selected at the Final Selection will be given intensive training by the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore, the Commandant, 1st Battalion, K.S.R.P, and the Director, Forensic Science Laboratory, in the respective Fields, till they are deputed to compete in the All India Policy Duty Meet in the first week of November every year. The rest of the candidates, who are not selected after the final selection, will be returned to their respective Headquarters immediately after the Selection.
19. The present scheme is to ensure a wide selection and bring out talents from the Districts. All the Unit Officers are requested to pay special attention to these instructions and select the best candidates at the District level and Range level, so that we may be able to select a good Team for competing in the All India Police Duty Meet.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA
|Police Department Sports All India Police Duty Meet Intensive training at Bangalore sanctioned. |
***
Read:- 1) G.O. No. HD 11, PTR 1971, dated 20-09-1971
2) Letter No. 40/Sports/74, dated 09-10-1974, from the Inspector
General of Police, Karnataka State, Bangalore.
Preamble:-
The Inspector General of Police has stated that the Karnataka State Police have been participating in the various competitions such Rifle Shooting, Revolver Shooting First Aid ambulance, Drill, Wireless, Police Photography, Scientific Aids to Investigation and Motor Transport, conducted at the All India Police Duty Meet organised by the Central Co-ordinating Committee, New Delhi, every year, but the performance of the State teams in those meets has not been satisfactory. The reasons for the unsatisfactory performance are defective selection procedure, lack of sufficient training and insufficient time for coaching these selected to participate in the meet. In order to overcome these short-comings and with a view to ensuring higher standard of performance by the competitors of this State in future meets the Inspector General of Police has made certain proposals for giving intensive training to the participants and to ensure their better performance.
Order No. HD. 26 PTR. Bangalore, Dated 1st March, 1975.
After careful consideration, sanction is accorded to the following proposals of the Inspector General of Police.
For drafting to Range Headquarters (viz Belgaum, Gulbarga, Mysore and Bangalore) from District/Units of the concerned Range, including the Range formed for the other Units under the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID for a period not exceeding 4 days, competitors selected to participate in the Range Level Duty Meets not exceeding 75 in number for each Range Level Meet.
2. For drafting to State Headquarters (Bangalore) from the Ranges for a period not exceeding 4 days, competitors selected by the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police, Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID., and the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, in all not exceeding 70 number (this number excludes those who are already stationed in Bangalore City), for participating in Final Selection.
3. For retaining, out of the total of 101 competitors participating in the Final selection, Competitors selected for participating in the All India Police Duty Meet, including those stationed in Bangalore, not exceeding 50 in number, in the State Headquarters (Bangalore) for giving intensive training for a period not exceeding 3 months, as per the existing sanction in GO. No. HD 11 PTR 1971, dated 20-09-1971.
4. For deputing the following number of competitors to the All India Police Duty Meet every year.
|Events |Competitors |Reserve/ |
| | |Observers |
|1. Rifle Shooting |8 |5 |
|2. Revolver Shooting |3 |2 |
|3. First Aid & Ambulance Drill |4 |1 |
|4. Wireless |4 |1 |
|5. Police Photography |2 |1 |
|6. Motor Transport |2 |1 |
|7. Scientific Aids to Investigation |5 + 5 |5 |
|Total |33 |15 |
In all not exceeding 50 in number, as per the existing sanction of and below the rank of Police Inspectors to participate in the All India Police Duty Meet every year,
5. To treat the period of absence of the members of the teams deputed from the Districts/Units to the Range Level Duty Meets from the Ranges to Bangalore for Final Selection; and from Bangalore to the All India Police Duty Meet, including the period of intensive training as on duty and for the payment of T.A and D.A as on duty.
6. To incur recurring expenditure towards them as detailed below:-
1. a) Material required for use in the Rs. 1,200-00
6 Range Level Duty Meets at
Rs. 200/-each Range.
b) Materials required for use at final 200-00
selection in Bangalore.
c) Materials required for intensive training. 400-00
Total Rs. 1,800-00
2. Entry fees in respect of each of the
Competitions i.e. Scientific Aids to
Investigation of Crime (2 competition),
Police Wireless First Aid and Motor
Transport, Police Photography and
Rifle and Revolver Shooting
(I) competition each) at Rs. 25/- each
(Total 6 competitions) (Instead of the
existing sanction of Rs. 125/- at
Rs. 25/- for each of the 5 competitions) Rs. 150-00
7) To pay the extra dietary allowance of
Rs.3/- per day to the non-gazetted
Police personnel during training at
Bangalore (instead of Rs. 1/- as per
The existing GO No. HD 11 PTR 71,
Dated 20-09-1971) i.e. for 50 personnel
Fro 3 months. Rs. 13,500-00
8)T.A and D.A (as on tour) for attending the All India Police Duty Meet for a period of 7 days.
9) One Gazetted Officer to lead the ‘Scientific Aids to Investigation of Crime Competition Team’ as Liaison Officer as required by the all India Police Duty Meet Rules for which sanction already exists.
10) One Gazetted Officer, who has to lead the Rifle and Revolver Shooting Competitions Teams as Captain of the Team for which already sanction exist.
The expenditure may be met from “2055 Police-6 District Police-13 other charges (Sports).
This order issues with concurrence of Finance Department vide their U.O. No. FD 3643/WI/1974, dated 20-12-1974.
By Order and in the name of the
Governor of Karnataka
Sd/-
(K.S Rajagopal).
Under Secretary to Government.
Home Department.
STANDING ORDER NO. 655
No. CB-5/259/1974-75, Dated: 12-03-1975
|Karnataka Civil Services (Conduct) Rules 1966 Acquisition of properties by Government Servants |
|Instructions issued. |
***
Attention of the Commissioner of Police Deputy Inspects General of Police, the Superintendents of Police and other Unit Officers is drawn to the Government Official Memorandum No. GAD 6 SRC 70, dated 07-05-1970 and 17-08-1970 communicated with this Official endorsements No. CB-5, 82/70, dated 27-05-1970 and 26-10-1970 respectively and Official Memorandum No. GAD 7 SRC 73, dated 03-10-1973 communicated in this office endorsement No. CB-5-91/73 dated 25-02-1974 on the above subject. According to the above mentioned Official Memorandums it is laid down among other things as under:-
1. That a Register to watch the submission of Annual Property Statements by Government servants shall be maintained by the prescribed authority in the Form indicated in Annexure to Official Memorandum dated 07-05-1970 for watching the submission of the statements.
2. The statements for each Government servant should be kept in a separate file with a docket sheet on the top in which the particulars for the years for which the statements have been submitted should be indicated. This file should be maintained by the prescribed authorities according to which the Commissioner of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police and other Unit Officers are in the case of Class III Staff of both Executive and Ministerial.
3. Before starting construction of house or extension thereof, the Government servant should report or seek permission as the case may be in Form I annexed to Official Memorandum No. GAD 7 SRC 73 dated 03-10-1973 and after completion of the house/extension, the Government servant should report in Form II to the prescribed authority with required details thereon.
Government in Official Memorandum No. GAD 6 SRC 74, dated 10-02-1975 have issued further instructions for careful scrutiny of cases of intimations of acquisition or applications for the grant of permission to acquire properties by Government servants. Copy of the said Official Memorandum is annexure hereto for guidance and strict compliance.
According to the Official Memorandum the prescribed authorities should carefully scrutinise all informations of acquisition or applications from the Government servants (Viz both the Executive and Ministerial) for grant of permission to acquire property and examine them with reference to:-
1. a) The immovable properties, if any, already possessed
b) Known sources of income and liabilities.
c) Whether there are possibilities of making use of the official
position for acquiring property and,
a) Whether the Government servant concerned has to incur debts to
acquire the property and if so whether having regard to his/her existing liabilities the additional liability will be within his/her repaying capacity. If it is found that the acquisition of the property has no reasonable relation to his/her paying capacity and know source of income, he/she should be asked to reconsider the request for permission. If it is only an intimation of having acquired the property further investigation should be caused.
2. In case of construction of extension of houses, the provision of Official Memorandum No. GAD 7 SRC 73, dated 03-10-1973 referred to above should be strictly enforced to ensure that construction is not undertaken beyond the financial capacity.
3. On scrutiny of the Annual Property Returns, if it is found that there is any variations in the Annual property statements involving breach of conduct Rules or the total assets are disproportionate to the Government servants know sources of income, necessary action should be taken under the rules. If needed further investigation should also be conducted.
4. In cases where discrepancies are established or assets possessed cannot be supported by or are disproportionate to the known sources of income, it should be brought to the notice of the undersigned to determine what further action has to be taken including prosecution under the Prevention of Corruption Act.
The Commissioner of Police, the Deputy Inspectors General of Police, the Superintendents of Police of Districts and other Unit Officers should scrupulously adhere to the instructions and strictly comply with them.
Receipt of the Standing Order should be acknowledged.
OFFICIAL MEMORANDUM
No. GAD 6 SRC 1974, dated 10-02-1975
|Conduct Rules acquisition of properties by Government Servants Procedure. |
***
Ref:- 1) O.M No. GAD 6 SRC 70, dated 07-05-1970
2) O.M No. GAD 6 SRC 70, dated 17-08-1973
3) O.M No. GAD 7 SRC 73, dated 03-10-1973
According to rule 23 of the Karnataka Civil Services (Conduct) Rules. Immovable property can be acquired only with the previous sanction or knowledge of the prescribed authority, it has been observed that the prescribed authorities do not scrutinise such cases with reference to the properties if any already owned by a Government Servant and whether further acquisition of the property can be possible from his known sources of income. Normally a Government Servant who has no sources of income other than his salary will not be able to acquire more than one house or site during his career. In order to ensure that a Government servant in acquiring any property does not incur debts beyond his repaying capacity while maintaining a standard of living befitting his status, it is considered necessary to lay down the following guidelines for scrutinizing such cases:
1. All intimations of acquisition or applications for grant of permission to acquire property should be examined by the prescribed authorities with reference to; (a) the immovable properties, if any, already possessed by the Government servant, (b) his known sources of income and liabilities (c) Whether there are possibilities of the Government Servant making use of his official position for acquiring property, (d) whether the Government servant has to incur debts to acquire the property and if so, whether having regard to his existing liabilities the additional liability will be within his repaying capacity. If after considering the above aspects it is found that the acquisition of property no reasonable relation to the Government servant’s paying capacity and his know sources of income, the Government servant should be requested to reconsider the request for permission to acquire the property. If it is only an intimation of having acquired the property, further investigation may be taken up if necessary, through the Vigilance Commission.
2. In case of construction or extension of houses the provisions of O.M. No. GAD 7 SRC 73, dated 03-10-1973 should be strictly enforced to see that construction is not undertaken beyond the financial capacity of a Government servant.
3. As laid down in O.M. No. GAD 6 SRC 70 dated 17-08-1970, the Annual Property Returns submitted by a Government servant should be scrutinized every year to verify whether there are any variations in the annual property statements involving breach of the Karnataka Civil Services (Conduct) Rules which would necessitate action against him or whether the total assets of the Government Servant are disproportionate to his known sources of income which would warrant further investigation.
4. In the periodical review of the Annual Property Returns, where discrepancies are established or it is seen that the assets possessed cannot be supported by or are disproportionate to the known sources of income of a Government servant, the Vigilance Commission can be requested to investigate and determine whether action can be taken under the Prevention of Corruption Act.
The above instructions are brought to the notice of all prescribed authorities for strict compliance.
STANDING ORDER NO. 656
No. 215/BF/1974-75, Dated: 23-03-1975
|Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day observance of |
***
1. Introduction:
In a democratic set up, as in our country, it is of paramount importance for the efficient working of the various enforcement agencies, particularly the Police Force, to enlist the unstinted support and Co-operation of the Public in the performance of their day to day duties. Such support and co-operation from the general Public can be secured more generously and promptly, only if the public are periodically informed of the duties and responsibilities of the Police and how they serve the needs of the people.
While service to the people by the Police has to be every minute and every day of the year, it helps to strengthen the Police public Relationship if due publicity is given to such relationship between the Police and the Public at least on one day in the year.
3. The general Public are aware that a day known as the ‘Flag Day’ is being observed throughout the country by the Defence Forces for the welfare of their ex-servicemen. It is only befitting that the Police Force of Karnataka State also observe a ‘Flag Day’ as a day of dedication of our constant concern for and service to the people of Karnataka State. The Second of April each year would be the appropriate Day for the observance of such a Flag Day as it is on this date in 1965 that the Karnataka State Police Act was ushered in to serve the people in this vast land of Vishal Karnataka.
4. To give effect to this a concept of dedication and service, a proposal was sent to Government for observance of Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day in Chief Office letter No. 215 BF/74, dated 15-01-1975 and the Government are pleased to accord sanction to the following in their Order No. HD 25 PEG 75 dated 21-02-1975 (copy enclosed).
i) To observe 2nd April of every year as “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag
Day”.
ii) To constitute State Committee and District/Unit Committees for
operating the fund.
iii) To hold ceremonial parades on the “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day’, both at State Headquarters and District/Unit Headquarters to commemorate the day.
Aim and Object
The Police Flag Day should be held to rededicate our service to the Police and for the benefit of the retired personnel of the Department.
6. Ceremonial Parade:
A ceremonial parade should be held at each District Headquarters and in Bangalore City on the Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day i.e., on 2nd Day of April each year, to observe the Flag Day. As many members of the public as possible including M.Ps., M.L.As, M.L.Cs and leading citizens of the District and officials should be invited. In particular all retired Police Officers should be invited. The parade may be held either in the morning or in the evening according to the convenience of the local administration. The ceremonial parade should be simple but dignified and befitting the occasion. It should be commanded by a young and smart officer. At three Range Headquarters, of Belgaum, Mysore and Gulbarga the Divisional Commissioner and the Deputy Commissioner in the other Districts should be requested to take the salute. In the case of Bangalore the Chief Secretary will be requested to take the salute. A brief report of the work of the Police and their dedication to service should be read out by the senior most Police Office. This is a day for reaffirming our dedication to the people of this State. This aspect must be highlighted during the factions arranged during the day. Wherever possible the Flag Day may possible be rounded off with cultural shows etc., which will bring the Police and the public very much closer.
7. After the parade, the Unit Officer should make it a point to speak to the invitees and the retired Police Officer.
8. A fund called as “Karnataka State Ex-Police Officers Welfare Fund” will be created. The resources of the fund will chiefly consist of collections made by sale of small paper flags costing 20 paise on 2nd April each year. It may also be augmented by such contributions as may be made from Karnataka State Police Benevolent Fund and such donations as may be received with the prior sanction of the Government. The fund is proposed to be gradually built up and utilized for the welfare of the retired officials of the Department.
9. It is to be clarified that collection of money is not the aim of introducing the Police Flag Day in the State. It is a day of dedication of service to the People and a help and assistance to the welfare of the retired officials of the department. The help and assistance to the retired Police officers could take the form of securing gainful employment to the retired officers, their sons, daughters and dependents.
10. MANAGEMENT
This Flag day Celebration and operation of the “Karnataka State Ex-Police Officers Welfare Fund” account will be managed by State Committee at the State Headquarters, Bangalore and by District/Unit Committees in the District Units. The members of the committee will consist of the Serving officers as well as retired officers who would like to be associated with the scheme.
11. State Committee.
The State Committee at the State Headquarters will consist of the following members.
i) Inspector General of Police President
ii) Deputy Inspector General of Police H.Qrs Secretary.
iii) Commissioner of Police Member
iv) One Deputy Inspector General of Police the Range Member
v) One retired Police Officer Member
vi) Wife of serving Police Officer Member
vii) Wife of a retired Police Officer Member
12. District Committee.
The District Committee will consist of the following members
i) Superintendent of Police President
ii) One Serving Gazetted Police Officer in the District. Secretary.
iii) One retired Police Officer living in the District. Member
iv) One retired Inspector of Police Member
v) One retired Non-Gazetted Police Officer Member
13. Each year, an amount not exceeding Rs. 16,000/- will be provided from the Karnataka State Police Benevolent Fund for the purpose of organising the Police Flag Day. The amount will be provided by the District/Unit funds on the basis of the Strength of the Police force. Each District/Unit will maintain proper accounts for reflecting the transactions of the “Karnataka State Ex-Police Officers Welfare Fund”.
14. Printing And Supply of Flags
The State Committee will ascertain the requirement of flags for each District/Unit and arrange to print and supply the flags,
15. Sale of Flags & collection of Amounts
The flags will be kept for sale in each Police Station, Sub-Divisional Police Office and District Police Office. The sales should take place on the 2nd day of April each year and not on any other dates. Each Police Station/Office should be supplied with a limited and accounted number of empty ammunition box or any other suitable receptacle, duty printed in white colour and bearing the inscription “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day” on it in Kannada and English in blue colour. The lid of the box should be provided with a slit for dropping the collections into it. The box should be locked and sealed and the keys should be in the custody of the senior most Police Officer present, who will be personally held responsible for making collections. The District/Unit Officer should render accounts of the collections made in his District/Unit to the State Committee in the proforma appended within one week from the date of observance of the Flag Day.
16. As far as possible Flags should not be kept for sale in Police Out-Posts or Check-Posts. Since the very idea behind the Flag Day is to encourage meeting of the local Police officers with the local residents of the area the sale of flags should be done by the senior officers of the Policed Station going through by the residential areas of their jurisdiction taking to the house-holders and selling a flag at each residence. The sale of flags on the road by stopping cars and lorries and other vehicles invariably results in resentment and complaints on the part of road users. It is therefore, necessary that these sale of flags be done by the officers going with ex-Police Officers going from area to area in their jurisdiction.
17. The Unit Officers should take special interest to organise the “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day” in a befitting manner.
18. The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA
|Introduction of the Police Flag Day on 2nd April of every year |
***
Red:- Letter No. 215/BF/1974, dated 15-01-1975, from the Inspector
General of Police Bangalore.
PREAMBLE:
The Inspector General of Police has proposed to hold “Police Flag Day” on 2nd April every year for highlighting the police public relationship, when ceremonial parades will be held at State Headquarters as well as in all District and unit Headquarters and all retired Police Officers would be invited to participate in the function the Amount collected by selling flags is proposed to be credited to a new fund called “The Ex-police Officers’ welfare Fund” and utilized for the welfare and rehabilitation of Ex-Policemen. This amount will not be used for the benefit of serving Police Officers as there is a separate Benefit of serving Police Officers as there is a separate Benevolent Fund for their welfare. The Inspector General of Police has therefore requested sanction to the following proposals.
i) To observe 2nd April of ever year as “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day” (This date is indicated as the Karnataka Police Act came into force on 2nd April 1965.
ii) To print small paper flags costing about 20 paisa for being sold throughout the State and to credit the amount so collected to a new fund called the Ex-Police Officers Welfare Fund”.
iv) To constitute State Committee and District/Unit committees for operating the fund.
v) To hold ceremonial parades on the Flag Day both at State Headquarters and District/Unit Headquarters to commemorate the day.
Order No. No. HD. 25 PEG 1975, Bangalore Dated 21-02-1975
***
Sanction is accorded to the above proposals of the inspector General of Police. He is requested to work out details for the establishment of the “Ex-Police Officers Welfare Fund’ and for making arrangements to observe the “Karnataka Rajya Police Flag Day on the 2nd April of every year.
No. Governmental expenditure should be incurred on the Celebrations.
This Order issues with the concurrence of the Finance Department vide their U.O. No. FD 126/Int/WI/1975, dated 19-02-1975.
By Order and in the name of the
Governor of Karnataka
Sd/-
(K.S Rajagopal).
Under Secretary to Government.
Home Department.
Proforma for accounting the collections on “KARNATAKA RAJYA POLICE FLAG DAY” – Observed on 2nd April……………………..
|Sl. No.|Name of District/ |Place |No. of |No. of |Amount |Remarks |
| |Unit |of |flags |flags |collected | |
| | |sale |received |sold | | |
| | |of flags | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
STANDING ORDER NO. 656
No. 17/KPM/1974-75, Dated: 31-03-1975
|Inspection of Subordinate Offices |
***
The Government, in their D.O. Letter No. GAD 28 IPN 1974, dated 01-10-1974, while pointing out that after the minimum scale of inspections to be undertaken by Officer a different levels in the various Departments of Government was prescribed in the Annexure to the GO No. GAD. 35 OPM 58 dated 001-04-1959, several Departments have expanded and new Officers at divisional and other levels have been opened in certain Departments and in certain cases the scale laid down in the Annexure has been amended by the respective administrative Departments to meet the changed organizational set up and have, therefore, desired that the matter should be examined and a revised scale of inspection drawn up, keeping in view the pattern and the norms indicated below:-
i) All divisional Offices should be inspected by the Heads of Departments concerned once a year invariably.
ii) All district offices should be inspected be inspected by the Divisional Head of Departments once a year invariably.
iii) All sub-divisional offices should be inspected by the district Officers once a year invariably.
iv) All the taluk offices should be inspected by the sub-divisional officers once a year invariably.
v) It should be the responsibility of the Head of the Department to further inspect a fair cross section of the Offices at the District, sub-division and taluk levels so as to have a reasonably well informed impression about the working of the Department. It would not, therefore, suffice if one office at each of these levels is inspected by the head of the Department he will have select a few of these offices at the different levels keeping in view considerations of region and other aspects.
vi) The responsibility of the divisional Heads of Department are similar to those of the Heads of Departments except that their jurisdiction and powers are limited and less. They should, prepare their annual programme of inspections of the Offices at the different subordinate levels.
vii) Similar action will have to be taken by the District and sub-divisional officers of the Departments as indicated at (v) and (vi) above.
viii) It would also be the responsibility of the Head of the Department to ensure that, during a period of say, three or four years, he inspects all the District Offices in the State.
2. Though the scale of inspections already prescribed for the various categories of Officers of this Department in Order No. 604 of the Karnataka Police Manual Vol. I is in accordance with the pattern and the norms indicated in the Government D.O. letter mentioned above, it was however, felt that the table of inspections required a revision in view of some changes effected in the administrative set up of the Department with the creation of new establishments in the Department and these changes are to be incorporated in the table of inspections.
3. Accordingly the scale of inspections of the various subordinate offices of the Department was revised and a table of inspections showing the existing and revised scales has been sent to Government with this office letter No. 17/KPM/1974, dated 02-12-1974 and the approval of Government is awaited. The proposed revised scale of inspection is as follows:-
|Sl. |Inspecting Officer |Office to be inspected |
|No | | |
|1 |Inspector General of Police |Office of the Commissioner of Police & Offices of all the Deputy|
| | |Inspectors General of Police. |
| | | |
| | |25% of the District Police Officers in each Range including DAR,|
| | |M.T, Armoury DSB, DCRB and PIB |
| | | |
| | |25% of the Sub-Divisional Police Offices in each Range and |
| | |equivalent Offices in Bangalore City. |
| | | |
| | |PTC, Mysore PTS Channapatna. |
| | | |
| | |Railway Police Office or Police Wireless or State S.B. or State |
| | |CID or Forensic Science Laboratory. |
| | | |
| | |KSRP Bangalore or KSRP, Khanapura. |
| | | |
| | |10% of the Circle Offices in Ranges and equivalent Offices in |
| | |Bangalore City. |
| | | |
| | |5% of the Police Stations. |
|2 |Commissioner of Police Bangalore City |CAR Units, Armories, MTs., CSB., CCCS, CCB, Control Room and |
| | |Special Squad. |
| | | |
| | |All Divisional Police Offices . |
| | | |
| | |50% of the Sub-Divisional Police Offices, including the Traffic |
| | |Zones (C.Is. Offices) subject to a minimum of 8. |
| | | |
| | |25% of the Police Stations. |
|3 |Range Deputy Inspector General of Police |1.All the DPOs. in his Range’ including DAR, MTs., Armoury DSB, |
| | |DCRB and PIB. |
| | | |
| | |2. 50% of the Sub-Divisional Police Offices in his Range. |
| | | |
| | |3. 25% of the Circle Offices with a minimum of two in each |
| | |District in his Range. |
| | | |
| | |4. 25% of the Police Stations with a minimum of 6 in each |
| | |District in his Range |
| | | |
| | |5. Office of the SP, SIA, Gulbarga by DIGP, NER, Gulbarga |
| | | |
| | |6. 1st & 3rd Battalions, KSRP by DIGP, Central Range, Bangalore.|
| | | |
| | |7. 2nd Battalion, KSRP DIGP, Northern Range, Belgaum. |
|4. |Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID Bangalore. |1. DCRB and PIB (If any) in every District. |
| | |2. State CID including Crops of Detectives, Mechanical Data |
| | |Processing Section and Civil Rights Enforcement Cell. |
| | |3. State C.B (II) Food Cell, CID & all its Divisional Units. |
| | |4. F.P.B. and all Single Digit Units. |
| | | |
| | |5. Photographic Section. |
|5. |Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, |DSP in every District. |
| |Bangalore. |Office of the SP, Railways |
| | |Office of the SP, Wireless |
| | |State Special Branch. |
| | |25% of railway Circle Offices, subject to a minimum of 2. |
| | |25% of Railway Police Stations with a minimum of 6 |
| | |20% of Police Wireless Stations including Teleprinter Stations |
| | |and Crypto Cell, Subject to a minimum of 6 Wireless Stations. |
|6. |Deputy Inspector General of Polish Training, Bangalore |PTC, Mysore, PTS, Channapatna and other Officer in his charge |
| | |including Research Centre. |
|7. |Deputy Inspector General of Police Forest. |All Forest Squads in the Districts and Forest Cell at |
| | |Headquarters. |
|8. |Deputy Commissioner of Police, Law & Order, Bangalore. |Special Squad, Control Room. Two Divisional Police Offices the |
| | |Sub-Divisional Police Offices, attached to the two Divisional |
| | |Police Offices and Traffic Sub-Zones as fixed by the |
| | |Commissioner of Police. |
| | |All the Police Stations and Out Posts in the above two |
| | |Divisions. |
| | | |
|9. |Deputy Commissioner of Police, Crime, Bangalore |Central Crime Records Section, Central Crime Branch, two |
| | |Divisional Police officers/ attached to the two Divisional |
| | |Police Offices and Traffic Sub-Zones as fixed by the |
| | |Commissioner of Police. |
| | | |
| | |All the Police Stations and Out Posts in the above two |
| | |Divisions. |
| | | |
|10 |Deputy Commissioner of Police Traffic Bangalore |1. One Divisional Police Office, the Sub-Divisional Police |
| | |Offices attached to the Divisional Police Office, Traffic C.Is. |
| | |Offices, T.T.P and Records and Traffic Sub-Zones as fixed by the|
| | |Commissioner of Police. |
| | | |
| | |2. All the Police Stations and Out-Posts in the above Division. |
|11. |Deputy Commissioner of Police, Headquarters, Bangalore. |1. City Special Branch, one Divisional Police, Office the |
| | |Sub-Divisional Police Offices attached to the Divisional Police |
| | |Office and Traffic Sub-Zones as fixed by the Commissioner of |
| | |Police. |
| | | |
| | |2. All the Police Stations and Out-Posts in the above Division. |
|12. |Deputy Commissioner, of Police, City Armed Reserve, |All CAR Units Armouries MTs and other Units in his charges, |
| |Bangalore. | |
|13. |Superintendent of Police of District. |1. DAR, District Armouries, MTs, DSB, DCRB, and PIB (if any) |
| | |2. All the Sub-Divisional Offices in District. |
| | |3. All Circle Offices in his District. |
| | |4. All the Police Stations and Out-Posts. |
|14. |Superintendent of Police, Railway Bangalore |1. DSB, DCRB and P.I.B. (if any) of Railways. |
| | |2. Sub-Divisional Police Offices. |
| | |3. All Circle Offices in his charge |
| | |4. All Police Stations and Out Posts in his charge. |
|15. |Superintendent of Police, COD, CID, Bangalore. |All Branches under him |
|16. |Superintendent of Police, CB-II, food Cell CID, |All Branches under him and offices of DSPs, Food Cell. |
| |Bangalore. | |
|17. |Superintendent of Police, Research Centre, Bangalore |All Branches under him |
|18. |Superintendent of Police, C.R.E Cell, Bangalore |All Branches under him |
|19. |Superintendent of Police, Special Investigating agency |All Branches under him |
| |Gulbarga. | |
|20. |Superintendent of Police, State Special Branch, |All Branches under him |
| |Bangalore. | |
|21. |Superintendent of Police, Wireless, Bangalore |1. All Zonal and Divisional Offices in his charge. |
| | |2. 50% of Wireless Stations, including Teleprinter Stations and |
| | |Crypto Cell. |
|22. |Commandant, KSRP |All Units in his Charge. |
|23. |Assistant Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City |1. All Sub-Divisional Police Office in their Divisional and |
| | |Units attached to them |
| | | |
| | |2.All the Police Station and out posts in their Divisions. |
|24. |Assistant Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore City. |All Units and Offices in their charge twice a year |
|25. |ASP/Dy S.P. of Sub-Divisions |1. All Circle Offices in his charge |
| | |2. DAR in case of ASP/Dy. S.P in whose Headquarters DAR is |
| | |stationed |
| | |3. All Police Stations and Out posts in his charge. |
|26. |ASP/Dy. S.P. in State S.B, |Units and Offices in his charge twice a year |
|27. |ASP/Dy. S.P. in State CID |Units and Offices in his charge twice a year |
|28. |Dy. S.P Armed Reserve |Units and Offices in his charge twice a year |
|29. |Dy. S.P. Wireless |1. All Zonal and Divisional Offices in the State. |
| | |2. 50% of Police wireless Stations which are not covered in the |
| | |inspection programme of Superintendent of Police, Wireless. |
|30. |Assistant Commandant, KSRP |Units in his charge twice a year |
Note:-The above scale of inspection is in addition to the inspection of their
own Offices.
4. Pending receipt of approval of Government, the scale of inspections mentioned above should be adopted with immediate effect.
5. The Deputy Inspectors General of Police should, prepare their annual programme of inspections of the Offices at the different subordinate levels and similarly, the Superintendent of Police and other Unit Officers, should in turn, prepare their annual programme of inspections.
6. While preparing the programme of inspections, the Deputy Inspectors General of Police and his subordinate officers should keep in mind the instructions contained in Orders Nos. 605 to 611 of the Karnataka Police Manual Vol. I. As already stated in Order No. 605 of the Manual, these inspections should also be supplemented by surprise checks and visits, with a view to ensuring that the defects pointed out at the time of inspection have been rectified and that there is general improvement in the standard of work.
7. The receipt of this Standing Order should be acknowledged.
STANDING ORDER NO. 658
No. SMS-1/1/1975-76, Dated: 04-04-1975
|Regional Conference of PSIs, PIs, DSPs and Superintendents of Police. |
***
1. Introduction.
Every year between March and June, Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City, Deputy Inspectors General of Police of Ranges and Deputy Inspector General of Police CID, Bangalore will hold a Regional, Conference of PSIs, PIs and DSPs as detailed below:-
|1 |Commissioner of Police, Bangalore. |PSIs, PIs, ACPs & DCPs of the Civil Police & RSIs RPIs, ACPs and|
| | |DCPs of the Car in Bangalore City |
|2 |Deputy Inspector General of Police Ranges |PSIs, PIs and DSPs of the Civil Police & RSIs, RPIs and DSPs of |
| | |the DAR in the Range along with their Superintendent of Police.|
|3 |Deputy Inspector General of Police CID |PSIs, DSPs and Officers of the rank of Superintendent of Police |
| | |working in |
| | | |
| | |1) CID including Food Cell, CREC, MDP Section, FPB and |
| | |Photography Section. |
| | |2) S.S.B Bangalore, |
| | |3) P.T.C. Mysore. |
| | |4) P.T.S Channapatna |
| | |5) Police Research Centre |
| | |6) I, II and III Bns., KSRP |
| | |7) Mounted and Dismounted Coys., |
| | |Mysore. |
| | |8) Police Wireless, Bangalore |
| | |9) F.S.L. Bangalore |
| | |10) Forest Cell |
2. Aims and Objects:
Aims and objects of the Conference are
1) To exchange view about measures to be taken for improving the efficiency of the Police in the performance of their professional duties particularly in matters relating to maintenance of peace, prevention of crime and establishment of a good social order.
2) To discuss measures for improving Police methodology in the context of changing political, social and economic conditions.
3) To discuss measures for promoting Police Welfare and boost their morale.
4) To devise measures to enlist co-operation of the public in the performance of police duties and project a good image of the Police.
1. Dates for Holding the Conference.
Conference will be held on any two days to synchronise with the dates on which the Range Level Police Duty Meets are held.
2. Venue of Conference.
The conference will be held at the Range Head quarters or at any place as may be decided by the Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspector General of Police of Range or Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, as the case may be, to synchronies with the venue of the Range Level Police Duty Meet.
3. Subjects for Discussion
In the Month of January every year, Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, Deputy Inspector General of Police of Ranges and Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, hereinafter called the Chairman in relation to each range will all for subjects for discussion at the Conference from all the PSIs, PIs, and DSPs of all the branches in the Range who will furnish the subjects with supporting notes through their Superintendents/Unit Officers with advance copies to the Chairman concerned with a view to avoiding delay. The Chairman will go through the subjects and send a report to the Inspector General of Police recommending inclusion of such of the subjects as are in his opinion fit to be discussed in the Conference. After obtaining the approval of Inspector General of Police, he will circulate the agenda with the proposers note and his office noted, if any on each of the subjects.
4. Number of Officers Attending the Conference
The Number of officers attending the Conference will be equal to approximately one third of the number of Officers in each of the three categories not exceeding 70 in all. In the case of the Regional Conference of the CID and specialised Units, the number of Officers called for the Conference will be approximately one firth of the strength under each category not exceeding 85 in all. The above number is in addition to Superintendent of Police or equivalent rank who will also attend the Conference.
5. Nomination of Officers for the Conference.
1) The Chairman of each Regional Conference will fix number of Officers of each category to be nominated from each District/Unit taking care to ensure that roughly one third of the number of Police Officers of each category is deputed from each District/Unit.
2. The Superintendent of Police/Unit Officer will make the nominations after ensuring that:-
1) Under each category, there is an equitable representation of direct recruits and Promoties in the cadre of DSPs and PSIs and an equal fair/representation of PIs who were directly representation of PIs who were directly recruited as PSIs and those promoted from lower ranks.
2) There is an equitable representation of Civil Police & Armed Reserve Police and of several specialised/auxiliary units in the case of the CID.
3) The same officers are not nominated year after year and they are nominated by rotation so that in the course of 3 to 5 years all the PSIs, PIs and DSPs will get an opportunity of participating in the Conference.
6. 1) The Conference will be conducted by the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City in the case of Bangalore City, Deputy Inspector General of Police of Ranges in the cases of Ranges and Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID in the case of specialised auxiliary Units.
2) The Officers nominated for the Conference will participate in the discussion.
3) The Conference will commence with Introduction to Chief Guest/Chairman and photograph.
4) The Chief Secretary to Government and the Commissioner for Home Affairs have kindly consented to address some of the Conferences. The undersigned would also like to participate in as many Conference as possible.
5) Cultural Programmes may be held on the days of the Conference.
6) Tea and refreshments may also be arranged, the cost of photographs and refreshments being shared equally by the participating Officers.
7) There should be an endeavor to discuss all the subjects on the agenda.
8) Proceedings of the Conference should be issued by August latest each year in consultation with the Inspector General of Police. The Proceedings will be of immense use at the time of State Level Annual Conference of Superintendent o f Police and Deputy Inspector General of Police.
9) So far as the conduct of Regional Conference for the current year 1975 is concerned, the Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspector General of Police of Ranges and Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will take immediate steps to call for subjects and held the first Conference.
STANDING ORDER NO. 659
No. Law.E2-46/1975, Dated: 17-02-1976
|Wearing of crash helmets by the Motor Cycle Scooter riders of Police Department |
|Reference:- 1) C.O. Memo No. STS. 01-03-1949/72, |
|dated 20th November-1972 |
|2) L.S.C No. 3688 |
***
1. In their notification No. HD. 48 TMR 1972, dated 9th January 1976, Government of Karnataka have amended the K.M.V. Rules 1963 by inserting a fresh rule 327B after rules 327-A prohibiting persons from driving motor cycles without wearing a safety fastened to his head with the help of a leather strap buckled at the chin. This amendment comes into force. W.e.f, 01-02-1976.
1. This amendment has been brought into force by the Government. Largely due to the initiative of the Police Department Various studies conducted by Organisation including the India Roads Congress have revealed that a large number of deaths resulted from accidents involving two wheeled vehicles like motor cycles and scooters. The cause of death invariably was due to head injuries. The Police Department took up this issue seriously and Government have now made the wearing of safety helmets compulsory by the rider of motor cycle.
2. Members of the Police Force irrespective of rank will have to observe these Rules scrupulously whether in their official capacity or on personal work.
3. There would be three categories of Police Offices riding two wheelers-
1. Police Officers officially riding motor cycles supplied by the Department.
2. A Police Officer while not on duty, but in mufti, riding in official vehicle given to him by the Department, &
3. A Police official in his private capacity riding his personal vehicle.
5. Before enumerating specific instructions on the wearing of safety helmets by the 3 categories noted above, it may be mentioned that the general public would be very keen to notice the reactions of the members of the Police Force riding two wheelers, whether on duty or not. As an enforcement agency under the law, members of the Police Force cannot escape wearing the safety helmets without public criticism. We have therefore to set an example in this connection and it may be generally said that in all the above 3 categories, the officers riding the two-wheelers shall not ride without a proper safety helmet. Any infraction of the above instructions should be dealt with seriously.
1. Police Officers officially riding Motor Cycles supplied by the Department.
Immediate action should be taken by the Unit Officers who have control over two wheeler vehicles like motor cycles, to equip each such vehicle with safety helmet one to the rider and one to the pillion-rider. These will be purchased from Government funds and become part of the equipment of that motor cycle. Serial number shall be given to the safety helmets as well as the number of the motor cycle. On no account shall any one ride an official motor cycle, without wearing the safety helmet.
2. A Police Officer while not on duty, but in mufti riding an official vehicle given to him by the Department.
In many cities. Police Officers have been issued with motor cycles for their normal duties. Some times while they are dressed in mufti or on off duty, they are liable to using Government motor cycles. In such cases also, the rider and the pillion rider shall wear safety helmets attached to Government Motor Cycles.
3. A Police Official in his private capacity riding his personal vehicle.
In many of the rural areas, the Police Officers of the rank of Sub-Inspectors and above have equipped themselves with motor cycles and scooters out of their personal savings. These are being used by them both for them official work as well as personal journeys. The general Public who have to observe the amended rules are in no mood to make any allowance for a Police Officers going about in a motor cycle or a scooter without a safety helmet which the general public is expected to wear. The general public would therefore criticize the Department and its officials who at any time fail to observe the provisions of the Act. It is therefore ordered that every Police Officers even in his private capacity shall provide himself with a safety helmet while using his vehicle.
6. The following instructions are issued in respect of safety helmets to be used in the Department:-
1) The safety helmet shall be made of fiber glass of the Indian Standard specification with leather strap to be buckled at the chin.
2) The colour of the safety helmet may be of white colour
3) The helmets shall be with visors.
4) Al official motor cycles shall have proper arrangements made for keeping 2 safety helmets with the vehicle.
7) The above instructions will Mutatis Mutandis apply to Pillion Riders.
8) The above instructions will come into force from 01-02-1976. As far as the members of this department are concerned, all unit officers will rake immediate steps to enforce the above orders.
STANDING ORDER NO. 659A
No. Law.E2-46/1975, Dated: 09-06-1975
|Employment of Women Police |
***
It has come to my notice that in one of the Police Stations when a Girl was arrested on suspicion in a theft case men PCs were employed to search the person of the suspect and for interrogation, which led to serious allegations against the Police. This is highly irregular; in this connection the following instructions are issued.
2. In Karnataka, Women Police units were set up in 19+60 in Important town Police Stations as part of their normal strength. The strength of the women Police has been progressively increased and has been disbursed over a wide area. In S.O. 520 dated 5th August 1960 the duties on which women Police have to be employed are listed out. Para 12 of S.O., 520 is re-produced below.
3. “The duties on which the Women Police are to be employed shall be as under.
i) Collection of information regarding Women Offenders
ii) Guarding and escorting of Women Prisoners while on Police Custody.
iii) Arrest and Search of Women Offenders.
iv) Questioning and interrogating Women Offenders and Witnesses.
v) Maintenance of Order at places where Women congregate in large numbers eg. At temples, fairs, exhibitions and functions arranged by Ladies Associations, etc.
vi) Guiding Women Passengers at Big Railway Stations and important Bus Stands in Big Cities and Towns.
vii) Rescue of girls who are being used for prostitution or other criminal purposes coming within the ambit of the law.
viii) Prevention of Juvenile Crime.
ix) Rendering of assistance to the Men-Police for enforcing the several Provisions of the Suppression of Immoral Traffic in Women and Girls Act.
x) Rendering of assistance to the Men-Police while dealing with labour troubles where Women workers are involved.
xi) Operation of Telephones in the Police Stations and Units during emergencies.
xii) Doing Social work among the families of Police-men in the lines.
xiii) Performance of such other duties in which the need for employing women Police is felt’.
4. While the list of duties mentioned in a S.O. 520 is fairly exhaustive, it is once again emphasised that Women Police should be deployed in those fields for which” they are best suited, such as offences involving women in particular and children and young persons in general.
5. Whenever a brothel is raided the Spl. Police Officer entering on the premises will have to remove there-from girls under the age 21 years who are forced to carry on prostitution, and produce them before the appropriate Magistrate. Further he has to conduct the search in the presence of 2 or more respectable inhabitants of the locality. Sub-section (2)of Section 15 of the S.I.T. Act 1956 requires that atleast one of such witnesses should be a women. Once again, the help of women P.Cs. Will be necessary to secure the presence of women panchas. Spl. Police Officers (Dy. SP.) should utilize the services of women Police Constables whenever they raid brothels.
6. Whenever women suspects concerned in crimes are arrested and interrogated the services of women Police Constables and HCs. Should be utilized.
7. Sub-section (3) of section 100 Cr. P.C. 1973 lays-down a mandatory provision, according to which while conducting house searches if the person of a woman is to be searched, such search, shall be made by another woman with strict regard to decency. In such circumstances the Police Officer conducting the search should avail the services of women PCs.
8. It is reiterated, that in any aspect of Police work where women are concerned, the services of women Police should be utilised more and more.
9. These instructions should be strictly adhered to.
STANDING ORDER NO. 660
No. 4/EST-6/1975-76, Dated: 26-04-1975
|Absence of Police personnel – treating of –instructions issued |
***
Rule 107 of K.C.S.Rs. lays down that “Leave cannot be claimed as of right. Discretion is reserved to the authority empowered to grant leave to refuse or revoke leave at any time according to the exigencies of the public service”. This makes it incumbent on the part of every Government Servant to first apply for leave, get it sanctioned and then proceed on leave. This also casts a responsibility on the competent authority to pass order either sanctioning or rejecting the leave and communicating the same to the Government authority to pass order either sanctioning or rejecting the leave and communicating the same to the Government Servant before the date on which he intends proceeding on leave. Instances have come to notice where the competent authorities have not passed orders before the date of a ailment and sanctioned L.W.A with retrospective effect. Many such cases can be prevented by passing timely orders and communicating to the Government servant concerned.
2. According to Note-3 under Rule 114(d) of K.C.S.Rs, “The authority empowered to grant leave has not been given the power to alter the nature of leave” applied for, provided that kind of leave is admissible and the Government Servant concerned can be relieved by making alternate arrangement for disposal of work.
3. Cases of unauthorized absence and overstayal of leave attract the provisions of Rules 106-a and162 of KCSRs. According to which the Government Servant is not entitled to any leave salary and the period is to be debited to leave account as though it were half pay leave to the extent such leave is due and as extraordinary leave to the extent the period of half pay leave at credit falls short of the period of such absence or overstayal, unless leave is sanctioned by the competent authority for such periods and the Government Servant is also liable to disciplinary action for misconduct unless he establishes to the satisfaction of the competent authority that he was unable to perform or join duty for reasons beyond his control.
4. Analogous provisions exist in Order No. 524 of the K.P.M. which states that “Absence of subordinate Police Officers without leave up to 20 days may be by infliction of any punishment referred to in the Disciplinary Proceedings Rules. Leave without pay can be granted for periods of absence without leave, even when leave with pay is admissible and this may be sufficient in ordinary cases”. This does not mean that all cases of absence should be treated as L.W.A.
5. Instances have come to notice where some of the competent authorities are using this power as a matter of routine putting the Police personnel to financial loss and inco0nvenience. Each case has to be decided on its merits & where it is found that the absence or overstayal was beyond the official’s control and unless it is found that the police officer applied for leave to evade work and responsibility, eligible leave applied for should be sanctioned. Government have also observed that the power vested in the competent authorities under Rules 165 (3) to commute retrospectively periods of absence without and used as a weapon to punish the Government employees by granting L.W.A, even in case where sanction of eligible leave is justified and is at their credit & have instructed to follow the rules strictly while using their power in sanctioning leave and use their power properly and to sanction leave strictly in accordance with the instructions issued above.
6. Suitable amendments to Order 524 of the K.P.M. will be issued separately.
Copy of Official Memorandum No. FD 25 SRS 75, dated 31st March 1975 from the Under Secretary to Government, Finance Department, (Services-I) addressed to the Inspector General of Police, Karnataka’ Bangalore.
Misuse of powers by the leave sanctioning authorities in respect of the periods of absence without leave.
According to Rule 107 of the Karnataka Civil Services Rules leave is not to be claimed as of right and discretion is reserved to the authority empowered to grant leave either to refuse of to revoke leave at any time according to the exigencies of the public service. As such it is necessary for every Government servant first to apply for leave and get it sanctioned and then actually proceed on leave.
As per provisions contained in Note 3 below Rule 114 of the said Rules the authority empowered to sanction leave has not been given the power to alter the nature of leave applied for. Hence the Government servant should get the leave of the kind he applies for, provided that kind of leave is due and admissible to him under the Rules to the extent of the period he has applied for and provided further that he can be relieved by the authority to proceed on leave by making an alternate arrangement for disposal of the work.
When a Government servant does not so apply for leave and get it sanctioned before actually proceeding on leave and absents himself from duty or when he overstays the leave sanctioned to him, without applying for further leave, such absence becomes un-authorised absence and attracts the provisions of Rules 106-A and 162 of the Karnataka Civil Services Rules according to which he will not be entitled to any salary for such period of un-authorised absence and that period is to be debited to his leave account as though it were half pay leave to the extent such leave is due and as extra-ordinary leave to the extent such absence unless the leave is granted or extended by the competent authority for the days of such absence; and the Government servant is also liable to disciplinary action for misconduct unless he establishes to the satisfaction of the competent authority that he was unable to join duty for reasons beyond his control.
But, however the authority competent to sanction leave may commute retrospectively the periods of absence without leave into leave without allowance under Rule 165(3) of the said Rules and not into any other kind leave even though it is due to him.
It has been brought to the notice of Government that the authorities empowered to sanction leave use this power as a weapon to punish the Government employees by granting the leave without allowances even though other kinds of leave is at their credit.
Heads of Departments are, therefore, requested to instruct their subordinates in particular to follow the rules strictly while using their power in sanctioning leave and to use their power properly and to sanction leave strictly in accordance to the Rules explained above.
STANDING ORDER NO. 661
No. CB4, 380/1974-75, Dated: 02-05-1975
|Procedure to be followed at the saluting bases on Republic Day parade for the Recipients of Medals and |
|Padaks. |
***
On the occasion of Republic Day every, year, Police Officers and others who have been awarded medals or other awards are presented with these medals or awards in the ceremonial Parade held on that occasion.
2. In order to notify the correct procedure regarding the manner in which these medals and awards are present, the following instructions are issued:-
3. The order to precedence of wearing of various medals and decorations issued by the President’s Secretariat – vide Notification No. 9 – Pres/73, dated 27-01-1973 has been communicated to all Unit Officers – vide Chief Office endorsement No. CB.4 206/73, dated 22-08-1973.
4. Medals and award are announced on the occasion of Republic Day and Independence Day generally. The presentation of these medals and awards is usually done only on Republic Day after the medals and awards are received by that date from the Government of India. Thus on any Republic Day the awards presented might relate to different years. Subject to the order of precedence communicated in Notification referred to above persons receiving an award on earlier occasion shall take precedence over persons whose awards were announced on subsequent occasion . Among those receiving the same type of award announced on the same day will receive their awards in the order of seniority.
5. Recipients of medals and decorations shall be lined up at a convenient place near the dais at the parade-ground and will be marched up smartly in front of the saluting base and made to halt facing the saluting base in single rank or two ranks according to the number of persons so receiving the medals or awards. Widows or children receiving awards on behalf of the deceased or disabled person shall not be made to march but will be conducted from their respective seats by an Officer earmarked for this purpose for receiving medals or awards.
4. After forming up in front of the saluting base as and when the name of the particular recipient is called out, the said recipient will come to attention, step forward and remain standing till the duration of the Citation, if any. After the Citation is over, he will smartly march up to the VIP and halt two paces in front of him salute and take half a pace forward to enable the VIP to pin the medal on his/her chest or present the award. Immediately after the VIP. Pins the medal or hands over the award and after hand shake with the VIP. If the VIP. Offers to do so only, the recipient shall step back half a pace come smartly to attention and salute and take half turn and quickly march off to take his place among the spectators.
STANDING ORDER NO. 663
No. Law-1/18/1975, Dated: 07-05-1975
|Special Police Forest Squads Registers and records to be maintained by the sub-Inspectors of Police. |
***
1. In Standing Order No. 621, the duties and functions of the Special Police Cell and Special Police Squads for prevention of smuggling of sandalwood and other forest produce are envisaged.
2. It has been mentioned in Para 19 of S.O. 621 that the Sub-Inspector of Police, Special Police Forest Squad, will maintain (1) Confidential records and list of known and suspect offenders pertaining to forest offences; (2) M.O.B. cards; (3) History Sheets for active receivers and suspects. After studying the working of the squads, it has been decided to prescribe the following records to be maintained by the Sub-Inspector of Police, Special Police Forest Squad:-
i) District Information Book which will give full particulars of the forest areas, sandalwood growing areas, rosewood areas etc, the names of current forest officers, Range Forest Officers etc, the names of convicted offenders pertaining to forest offences, receivers pertaining to forest offences, suspects and any general information pertaining to forest offences. This will be on the lines prescribed already in the Police Manual as Circle Information Book maintained by the Circle Inspector of Police of the Circle. In this case, it will be maintained by the Sub-Inspector of Police for the entire District, but will specialise only about forest offences, it will include crime statistics about forest offences registered in all Police Stations in the District.
ii) Weekly diary file, i.e, office copies of weekly diary submitted by the Sub-Inspector of Police to the Deputy Inspector General of Police CID (Forest), through the Superintendents of Police.
iii) File regarding particulars of monthly T.A, D.A etc.
iv) Confidential reports or records relating to persons suspected of indulging or abetting forest offences.
3. The M.O.B Cards and History Sheets should be maintained in the Police Stations by the concerned Sub-Inspector of Police and made available to the Sub-Inspector of Police incharge of the Forest Squad when required. The Sub-Inspector of Police, Forest Squad, should pass on such information, as he may have, to the Sub-Inspector of Police incharge of Police Station, so that he may make necessary entries in the record of the Police Station including M.O.B cards and History Sheet.
4. The Sub-Inspectors of Police, Special Police Forest Squads, should not be burdened with other scriptory work and statistics or utilised for other duties. They should concentrate all their efforts in detecting forest offences.
5. The use of the Squad and the vehicle allotted to the Squad should be restricted to the duties mentioned in Para 14 of the Standing Order No. 621.
STANDING ORDER NO. 664
No. CB-4/35/1975-76, Dated: 16-05-1975
|Occasions when full medals and miniatures of the Presidential Awards may be worn |
***
The Standing Order Nos. 642 and 650 instructions have been issued inter-alia regarding wearing of medals and decorations by the I.P.S. Officers and other Gazetted Officers of the State Police Service respectively.
2. The order of precedence of wearing of various medals and decorations issued by the President’s Secretariat vide Notification No. 9-Press/73, dated 27-01-1973 have been communicated to all the Unit Officers vide Chief Office endorsement No. CB-4. 206/73, dated 22-08-1973.
3. No instructions of the Government of India exist regarding the occasions on which full medals and miniatures of Presidential awards are to be worn by persons who are not members of the Armed Forces of the Union, Police Force and recognized Fire Services. Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, have now issued the following instructions in the matter:-
i) Where a civilian recipient has received more than one decoration of the same series, the full medals or the miniature of the highest decoration of that series only need be worn:-
2) Occasions on which full medals may be worn irrespective of the time of the function:-
a) While attending a formal reception or departure of:-
i) the President of India; or
ii) Heads of Foreign States or Prime Ministers of Foreign States on State visit.
b) While calling on any of the dignitaries mentioned in clause (a)
c) While the President of India visits any Institution or establishment.
d) While attending State Ceremonials.
e) While attending State Funerals.
f) While attending formal ‘At Homes’ at the Rashtrapathi Bhavan/Raj Bhavan/Raj Nivases.
g) While attending an Investiture Ceremony.
3) Occasions on which full Medal May be worn during the day time only:
a) While attending reception held by a visiting Head of State of a foreign country
b) While attending Civil functions.
c) While attending other State functions at Rashtrapathi Bhavan/Raj Bhavan/Raj Nivases.
d) State functions in honour of Head of Foreign States or Prime Ministers on State Visits.
e) Receptions and functions by Head of Diplomatic Missions to meet the Heads of States of their countries.
4) Occasions on which miniature medals may be worn after sun-set.
a) While attending a reception held by a visiting Head of State of a Foreign Country
b) While attending Civil functions.
c) While attending other state functions at Rashtrapathi Bhavan/Raj Bhavans/Raj Nivases.
d) State functions in honour of Heads of Foreign States or Prime Minister on State visit.
e) Receptions and functions by Heads of Diplomatic Missions to meet Heads of States of their countries.
The Commissioner of Police and the Superintendents of Police of Districts should bring to the notice of the civilian recipients of the medals or the miniature of the award residing in their respective jurisdictions, of the above instructions, for their information and guidance.
STANDING ORDER NO. 665
No. TSC, 40/1975-76, Dated: 11-06-1975
|POLICE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN THE STATE |
***
PART- 1
1. Introduction
2. Organisation
3. Existing wireless telegraphic communication system
4. Introduction of V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) communication system.
5. District V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) System.
6. Transportable stations to Superintendents of Police and S.D.P.Os.
7. Transportable stations to Range Dy. Inspector General of Police.
8. Mobility for Transportable stations.
9. District V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Control Stations.
10. Working hours of Control Stations.
11. Staffing of District Communication Net Work
12. Training of District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) operators
13. Charge of Radio Equipment
14. Types of Radio Equipment
15. Ancillary and Auxiliary Equipment
16. Maintenance and repairs
17. Safety precautions
18. Duties of Radio operators
19. Arrangement for dispatch of radio message
20. Records and registers to be maintained at radio stations.
21. Inspections
22. Radio licenses
23. City V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Scheme
24. Control Room
25. Staffing of the Control Room & radio stations.
26. Working house of the Control Room & its components
27. Records
28. Training of V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) operators
29. Charge of equipment
30. Maintenance
31. Safety precautions
32. Inspection
33. Radio Licenses
34. Conclusion
APPENDICES
1. Existing Radio Net Work Appendix “A”
2. Proposed expansion of Radio Net Work Appendix “B”
3. Officers authorized to use Radio Appendix “C”
4. Authorised subjects for transmission
Over Radio Appendix “D”
5. Message Writing Appendix “E”
Police Radio Communication System in the State
PART-1
1. Introduction
An efficient communication system is a sine guenon for efficient Police administration. The technological advance in electronics achieved in the West should help us to improve our communication system, built up with limited resources and to make the fullest use of the same.
2. Organisation
On 01-11-1956, at the time of re-organisation of States, we had 39 Radio Stations scattered throughout the State on a three tier hierarchy of.
i) State Radio Headquarters:
ii) District Radio Station; &
ii) Sub-Station under the control of the District Radio Station.
It was felt necessary to extend the Radio communication system to other parts of the State.
In the year 1959, the Government accorded sanction to the re-organisation of the Radio Grid in their Order No. HD 63 EHT 58 dated, 20-03-1959, by which each District Headquarters was provided with a static station linked with the 4 main controls located in the Sate Headquarters at Bangalore. The Superintendent of Police of 15 districts (except Mandya, Chickmagalur, Hassan and Bangalore) were provided with transportable radio stations. Additional transportable radio stations were also provided to the senior Police Officers. In the districts of Karwar, Belgaum, Raichur, Gulbarga and Bidar, 15 Taluka stations were opened making a total of 63 Radio stations in the State. In the year 1968 transportable stations were sanctioned to the districts of Mandya, Chickmagalur, Hassan, Bangalore. A static station to Channapatna in Bangalore District and a transportable station to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, North Eastern Range, Gulbarga were sanctioned in 1969. All the above communication facilities are on the wireless telegraphy system. This communication set up is schematically represented in Appendix-A. For short range local communication, V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Sets procured in the year 1957 consisting of I Control and 9 Mobil stations were being used fro V.I.P. bundobust duties etc. A full fledged Control Room with a V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) set up was sanctioned for the City of Bangalore with 6 Patrolling Mobiles and 4 Officers’ Mobiles.
This as on date, in short, is the Radio communication system now functioning in the Police Department in the State barring some local adhoc changes and arrangements made from time to time.
3. Existing Wireless Telegraphic Communication System.
i) State Police Radio Headquarters:
The State Radio Headquarters, Bangalore is the centre of the Police Radio Grid. There are 4 Control Stations working on four different channels viz. A, B, C, & D channels which are linked by wireless telegraphic communication system with the Police Radio Sattions located at each District Headquarters and also certain important towns in the State as explained hereunder. Control Station. “A” is linked with the 6 District Headquarters of the Southern Range. Control Staten ‘B’ is linked with the District Headquarters of Central Range and the towns of Danvangere and Tiptur. Control Station ‘C’ is linked with 4 District Headquarters of Northern Range and the towns of Hubli and Bagalkot. Control Station ‘D; is linked with the 4 District Headquarters of North Eastern Range and Hospet Town.
While the Radio stations located within the Range Net work are linked each with the other, messages from a radio station of one Range to a Radio station of another are relayed only through the Control stations at the State Headquarters, as there is no direct contact between stations of different Ranges.
The main function of the 4 Control stations at the State Headquarters is to regulate the smooth and quick clearance of traffic in accordance with the priority and time of receipt of the messages of the Radio Stations.
ii) District Radio Station.
All the District Headquarters (excepting Bangalore District) and certain important towns mentioned in para 3 (i) above have been provided with Radio stations working on wireless telegraphic communication system, linked directly with the respective Control stations at the State Headquarters and other stations within the Range.
iii) District Sub Nets.
In the Northern Range, the District of Belgaum and North Kanara are provided with wireless telegraphic communication facility with certain Taluka Headquarters. Belgum Sub-Control Station is linked with Police Radio stations located at i) Nipani, ii) Chikodi, iii) Bailhongal and iv) Khanapur. The Sub-Control at Karwar in North Kanara District is linked with the Police Radio Station located at i) Supa, ii) Dandeli, iii) Sirsi, iv) Kumta and v) Bhatkal. Similarly, in the North Eastern Range, Sub Nets exist in the Districts of Gulbarga, Raichur and Bidar, with a Sub-Control at Gulbarga linked with police Radio stations at i) Chincholi, ii) Yadgir and iii) Shorapur; a Sub Control at Raichur is linked with the Police Radio Stations at i) Lingsugur and ii) Koppal; and a Sub Control at Bidar linked with the Police Radio station at Humnabed. No. such Sub-controls exist in the Southern Range and Central Range.
iv) Transportable Radio Stations.
Transportable Radio (Wireless Telegraphic) sets have been provided to each of the Superintendents of Police in charge of Districts to enable them to keep in communication with not only their Headquarter stations while on camp but also with other stations in their Districts, if any and stations within the Range, as well as the respective Main Control stations at the State Headquarters, Bangalore. Similar Transportable Radio (Wireless Telegraphic) sets have been provided for the use of i) the Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police to keep in communication with the Radio stations in their Ranges, ii) the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore and iii) the Inspector General of Police to keep in communication with any of the Radio stations in the State.
v) District Flood (Radio) stations.
The Government have sanctioned at the rate of two Radio stations with a staff of 2 Operators for meeting situations caused due to floods in each of the Districts of Mysore, South Kanara, Bijapur, Belgaum and Shimoga. These are Radio stations normally kept at the District Headquarters. Whenever the Superintendent of Police requires these Radio stations to be installed for such duties, he will provide a suitable vehicle and instruct the Officer in charge of the Police Radio station to install and operate the Radio station from the required location. The Government have also permitted the use of these Flood stations in connection with other Law Order duties when flood work is not there. The Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid by radio message the installation of flood stations for Law & Order duties and obtain his clearance.
4. Working House of the Radio stations.
The Main Controls located in the State Headquarters will work round the clock by having hourly schedules from 0700 hours to 2300 hours. Such working will be continued for the day to clear all messages on hand After clearing the messages, the Control stations will order the District Radio stations, to take hourly calls up to 0700 hours.
PART-II
5. Provision of Communication facilities between District Headquarters and Circle Headquarters and Transportable Stations to Sub Divisional Police Officers Incharge of Sub Divisions.
Recent years have indicated a steady increase in the Law and Order commitments of the Police requiring the calling out of more and more Radio stations for duties. Communication Channels between State Headquarters and the District Headquarters and Sub Units have tended to be heavily loaded resulting in delays in communication. It has become very necessary for vocal direct communication to be established between the various officers of the Districts and their Sub Unit offices. With this primary objective in view, it is now proposed to make it possible for vocal i.e. V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) communication to be set up within the Police Department to enable the Superintendents of Police and Sub Units to be in direct communication with the Circle Headquarters. This Standing Order is now issued to regulate and control the Wireless Telegraphic communication system, the Radio Telephonic communication system and the operation of the Control Stations Control Rooms, Transportable Stations etc. wherever they are established within the State.
6. District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) System.
The District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) set up will comprise the Control Station at the District Headquarters and a Station at each of the Sub-Divisional Headquarters and Circle Headquarters. This will provide direct vocal communication between the Unit Heads of the Districts (Superintendents of Police) and the Sub Unit Offices up to the level of Circle Headquarters and the State Headquarters, the wireless telegraphic communication facilities now existing will be retained.
The District V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) links will be provided to all the Districts in the State except the Districts of North Kanara, Chickmagalur, Shimoga nd Coorg. However trials will be conducted in this respect and the V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) System brought into use wherever feasible in these Districts. Pending the conduct of trials there will be H.F (Wireless Telegraphic system of communication at the Sub-Divisional Headquarters Circle Headquarters in these districts.
In addition to the above, the Superintendents of Police and the Sub Divisional Police Officers with independent jurisdiction will also be provided with a Transportable Station to work on the V.H.F system in to Districts where V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) communication system will be introduced and in to 4 Districts where Wireless Telegraphy system is going to be extended, the Sub-Divisional Police Officers will be provided with a Transportable Station on the Wireless Telegraphy system. This communication set up is schematically represented in Appendix B-1 to B-3.
7. The V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Communication, unlike the H.F (Wireless Telegraphic) communication system is only possible by direct line or sight between the two Radio stations needing communication. To achieve the line of sigh stations at high altitudes without obstructions in between are more advantageously placed. Places having hill features are ideally suited for such communication system In other places’ where there are no hill features, aerial masts of sufficient hight have to be erected. In this State, at present, we are using 4 hill features viz i) Nandi in Kolar District, ii) Jogi Mutt in Chitradurga District, iii) Chamundi in Mysore District and iv) Nrupathuga Betta in Dharwar District. The natural heights of this place provide feasibility of communication to the Circle Headquarters of the surrounding Districts. While it is the ultimate aim to have one Tower in each District so that the stations within the District could be controlled from the District Headquarters; With the availability of only 9 Towers at present, they will be installed at the following places to serve the Circles shown against them.. At the District Headquarters, the Towers can be installed either in the premises of the District Police Office or at the District Armed Reserve Police Headquarters, or at any other place in the City depending upon the technical feasibility.
|1. |Bidar |i) Bidar |
| | |ii) Bhalki |
| | |iii) Humnabad |
| | |iv) Aurad |
|2. |Gulbarga |i) Gulbarga |
| | |ii) Yadgir |
| | |Shorapur |
| | |Jewargi |
| | |Shahabad |
| | |Alland |
| | |Chincholi |
|3. |Bijapur |Bijapur |
| | |Indi |
| | |Barewadi |
| | |Bagolkot |
| | |Hungund |
| | |Jamkhandi |
| | |Mudho |
|4. |Raichur |Raichur |
| | |Manvi |
| | |Lingsugur |
| | |Gangavathi |
| | |Koppal |
| | |Kustagi |
|5. |Bellary |Bellary |
| | |Siruguppa |
| | |Hospet |
| | |Kuchgi |
| | |Harpanahalli |
| | |Hadagalai |
|6. |Dharwar |Dharwar |
| | |Hubli |
| | |Gadag |
| | |Ron |
| | |Shirahatti |
| | |Haveri |
| | |Ranebennur |
| | |Shiggaon |
|7. |Belgaum |Belgaum |
| | |Hukeri |
| | |Chickodi |
| | |Athani |
| | |Bailhongal |
| | |Gokak |
| | |Saundatti |
|8. |Mangalore |Mangalore |
| | |Udipi |
| | |Coondapur |
| | |Puttur |
| | |Buntwal |
|9. |Hassan |Hassan |
| | |Sakleshpur |
| | |Holenarasipur |
| | |Arsikere |
At places which are District Headquarters the Station should normally be located either at the District Police Officer or at the District Armed Reserve Police Headquarters. Places which are both Circle Headquarters, and Sub-Divisional Headquarters, the station may be located at the Sub-Divisional Police Office. Places where two Circle Headquarters such as the Town Circle and Rural Circle are located the station should be in the Rural Circle Inspectors office.
8. The 4 hill features will cater to the following Circles:-
|1. |Chamudi (Mysore District) |Mysore |
| | |Nanjangud |
| | |Chamarajanagar |
| | |Kollegal |
| | |Mysore South |
| | |Hunsur |
| | |Mandya |
| | |Malavalli |
| | |Nagamangala |
| | |Srirangapatna |
|2. |Nandi (Kolar District) |Kolar |
| | |Mulabagal |
| | |Chickballapur |
| | |Chintamani |
| | |Bagepalli |
| | |Champion Feefs |
| | |Robertsonpet |
| | |Doddaballapur |
| | |Hoskote |
| | |Channapatna |
| | |Kanakapura |
| | |Nelamangala |
| | |Tumkur |
| | |Madhugiri |
| | |Pavagada |
| | |Tipur |
| | |Sira |
| | |Kunigal |
| | |Gubbi |
|3. |Jogi Mutt (Chitradurga District) |Chitradurga |
| | |Hiriyur |
| | |Challakere |
| | |Davanagere |
| | |Harihar |
| | |Jagalur |
|4. |Nrupathunga Betta (Dharwar District) |Circles of Dharwar District which are not |
| | |accessible through the Tower at Dharwar. |
9. In the Districts of North Kanara, Shimoga, Coorg and Chickmagalur, instead of the above mentioned type of V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) communication system, the existing type of H.F (Wireless Telegraphic) communication system will be introduced to Circle Headquarters as shown below:-
|i) |North Kanara Karwar |Karwar |
| | |Kumta |
| | |Sirsi |
| | |iv) Dandeli |
|ii) |Shimoga & Shimoga Chickmagalur |Shimoga |
| | |Bhadravathi |
| | |Channagiri |
| | |Sagar |
| | |Shikaripur |
| | |Thirthahalli |
| | |Chickmagalur |
| | |Tarikere |
| | |Koppa |
|iii) |Coorg Mercara |Mercara |
| | |Virajpet |
| | |Somwarpet |
The Circle of Shimoga and Chickmagalur will be controlled by one common Control located at Shimoga and in the case of Coorg, the Control located at Mercara. In the case of North Kanata the Circles are already covered by an existing wireless telegraphic communication system, with two additional stations one at Supa and another at Bhatkal, which will continue.
10. Transportable Stations to Superintendents of Police and Sub-Divisional Police Officers.
In the Districts where the District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) communication system will be established, the Superintendents of Police and the Sub-Divisional Police Officers in charge of Sub-Divisions will also be provided with Transportable stations as shown below:
|Sl |District |Sub-Division |
|No. | | |
|1. |Bidar |i) Bidar |
| | |ii) Bhalki |
|2. |Gulbarga |i) Gulbarga |
| | |ii) Shahabad |
| | |iii) Yadgi |
|3. |Bijapur |Bijapur |
| | |Indi |
| | |Bagolkot |
| | |Jamkhandi |
|4. |Raichur |Raichur |
| | |Lingsugur |
| | |Koppal |
|5. |Bellary |Bellary |
| | |Hospet |
| | |Harpanahalli |
|6. |Dharwar |Dharwar |
| | |Hubli |
| | |Haveri |
| | |Gadag |
|7. |Belgaum |Belgaum |
| | |Bailhongal |
| | |Chickodi |
|8. |South Kanara |Mangalore |
| | |Udipi |
| | |Puttur |
|9. |Hassan |Hassan |
|10 |Mysore |i) Mysore City |
| | |ii) Nanjangud |
| | |iii) Hunsur |
|11. |Mandya |i) Mandya |
|12. |Kolar |i) Chickballapur |
|13. |K.G.F. |i) K.G.F |
|14. |Bangalore District |i) Bangalore |
|15. |Tumkur |i) Tumkur |
| | |ii) Tiptur |
|16. |Chitradurga |i) Chitradurga |
| | |ii) Challakere |
| | |iii) Davanagere |
In the 4 Districts of North Kanara, Coorg, Shimoga and Chickmagalur, where the Wireless Telegraphic system of communication will cover the Circle Headquarters, the Sub-Divisional Police Officer in charge of the following Sub-Divisions will be provided with a Transportable station on the wireless telegraphy system:
|Sl |District |Sub-Division |
|No. | | |
|1. |North Kanara |i) Karwar |
| | |ii) Sirsi |
|2. |Coorg |i) Mercara |
|3. |Shimoga |i) Shimoga |
| | |ii) Sagar |
|4. |Chickmagalur |i) Chickmagalur |
11. Transportable Stations to Range Deputy Inspectors General of Police:
The Deputy Inspectors General of Police of:
1) Central Range, Bangalore;
2) Southern Range, Mysore;
3) Northern Range, Belgaum &
4) North Eastern Range; Gulbarga
Will have a transportable set and this should be provided from the Headquarter District. When they are operating in a City, they will use one of the City Mobiles:
12. Mobility for the Transportable Stations
To enable mobility of the transportable stations, the radio sets should be carried in the vehicles already allotted for the use of the officers.
13. District V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) Control Stations.
In introducing the V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) communication system, the District Control stations will be established as indicated in paras 7,8, & 9. These Control stations will be located in the District Headquarters or in the Hill features and will work with the group of V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) stations or the H.F. (Wireless Telegraphic) stations as the case may be.
As its components in the Net, it has a static station located in every Circle Headquarters and Transportable stations provided to the Sub Divisional Police Officers and Superintendents of Police. The Control stations regulates communication of message from the Radio stations in the net according to the prescribed Radio Procedure.
14. Working Hours of Control Stations.
The District Control stations having either the V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) communication system or the H.F (Wireless Telegraphic) communication system, will work round the clock with hourly schedule calls from 0800 hrs to 2000hrs. The Circle Headquarters will close down normally at 2000hrs. But the close down will be given by the Control only after all messages on hand, up to 19.30 hrs, are cleared. The working hours of the Circle Headquarter stations may be extended by the Superintendent of Police in times of need. After the Control station orders the close down, the Circle Headquarters Operator will switch off the adio set for the day. If after close down, a Circle Headquarters has a message for the Control station, the Operator will switch on the set and pass the radio message. If the Control station requires any particular Circle Headquarters to be opened after the close down of the day, the Control station will instruct telephonically the Circle Headquarters Operator to switch on the set and establish communication.
The Transportable stations will inform the District Control Station as soon as they enter the Net. The opening and closing of the Transportable stations should be according to needs and in co-ordination with the District Control station and also on any special instructions of the Superintendent of Police of the District.
15. Staffing of District Communication Net Work,
i) Control Stations at District Headquarters.
As the Control stations at the District Headquarters have to regulate a number of Radio stations in the Net, it requires to be manned by at least a skeleton Radio staff and assisted by trained Head Constables/Police Constables of the District Force.
ii) Circle Headquarter stations, Sub-Divisional Police Officers, stations and Transportable stations of the District V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) system.
These stations will be manned by the trained Head constables/Police constables drawn from the existing sanctioned strength of the District Force who have completed training as per Standing Order No. 647. The Superintendents of Police Districts will see that only such trained personnel operate the Radio equipment in these stations. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent of Police to provide the trained staff and see that the working of the Radio stations does not suffer for want of trained staff. The number of such trained personnel should not fall short of the total requirement of the District and in addition, there should be an equal number of such trained personnel in Reserve. For this purpose, the Superintendent of Police will issue necessary instructions to the Circle Inspectors. A list of trained Operators in each District will be made available by the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid, so that the Superintendent of Police of the District may allot the required number Superintendent of Police of the District may allot the required number of such trained staff to each Circle Headquarters Station and intimate such postings to the Superintendent of Police Radio Grid. In the case of the 4 Districts of of North Kanara, Coorg, Shimoga and Chickmagalur, Where the wireless telegraphic system will cover the Circle Headquarters and the Sub Divisional Police Offices, the trained Radio staff for the wireless telegraphic communication system will man the stations.
16. Training of District V.H.F (Radio Telephone) Operators.
Instructions have been laid down in Standing Order No. 647 for such training. After the completion of the training, the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should issue an identification badge of the following description to such trained personnel to be worn by them on the right chest above the breast pocket;
DWR 597
P.R. Doddannaver
RT Operator
The badge will be rectangular in shape, the length of the badge being 9 cms and breadth 3 cms. The badge should bear i) the name of the District in abbreviated form the metal number of the Operator Below this ii) the name of the Operator, Below this iii) the words “R/T OPERATOR”. The size of the letters and figures should be 5 mms x 5 mms, White in colour on a red back ground. The Superintendents of Police of Districts should see that the V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) stations are operated by only such trained personnel. The Radio equipment is not only is very important not only for uninterrupted communication, but also for longevity of the equipment.
17. Charge of Radio Equipment.
The Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should issue the required Radio equipment along with accessories and ancillaries for the Main Controls and the District Radio Stations to the authorised Radio staff. In the case of stations at Sub Divisional offices/Circle Headquarters/Police stations. The Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should issue the same to the Superintendent of Police of the Districts, who in turn should issue the same to the Circle Inspector concerned on the scale prescribed by the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid. The Superintendents of Police should make the Circle Inspectors responsible for the proper security and custody of the equipment at the premises where it is installed. The equipment should be handed over and taken over at the time of relief or transfer on a proper charge list as in the case of other Government property.
18 Type of Radio Equipment
There are different type of radio equipment used in Police Radio Grid in the state. The brief particulars of each type of equipment are given below:
1) Wireless Telegraphic System (H.F)
i) BC-191 Transmitter.
This is a Radio apparatus used in Mains operated Radio Stations for sending radio messages. The system adopted on this transmitter is the wireless telegraphy system using the Morse Code as is used by the Telegraph Department. These are used in the Main Controls at the State Headquarters and in the Radio stations at the District Headquarters.
ii) Safi Transreceiver.
This is a set with a lower power than the BC-191 Transmitter, but has a receiver combined in it. The Mains version is used in District controls and Circle Headquarters. Using the wireless telegraphic communication system. The battery operated version is used as a stand-by set in Radio stations to meet exigencies of failure of Mains equipment of failure of Mains supply.
i) HM-30 Transreceiver.
This is a battery operated low power transmitter and receiver. It is used as transportable Radio station or Emergency Radio station.
2. Wireless Telegraphic Cum Radio Telephonic system.
i) SSB-100W
This is a Mains operated Transmitter –cum-Receiver In this equipment we can send and receive messages on the wireless telegraphy method as in the case of BC-191. It is also possible to communicate through Radio Telephony.
ii) Transreceiver GE-524 (SSB 15 W)
This is a handy portable battery operated transmitter and receiver. Being a low power set, it is suitable for short distance communication. In this set, transmission and reception of messages is possible on the wireless telegraphy method, as well as the Radio Telephony method.
3) Radia Telephonic System (V H F)
i) MF – 753
This is a Transreceiver operated on Mains power supply. This is a medium power set meant for static installation at District V.H.F Control stations.
ii) GH – 650
This is a battery operated V.H.F. set, which can work with MF-753, installed in Circle Head quarters Radio Stations and the Transportable Radio stations. As a static at Circle Headquarters, it will be operated with a battery eliminator. As a Transportable station, it will operate with a 12 Volts battery.
iii) GV – 650.
This is a Walkie –Talkie set. It is a low power Transreceiver known as Manpack set. It is can be carried-by hand or on the back easily. This set gives short distance communication up to two miles.
19. Ancillary and Auxiliary Equipment.
To the Radio equipment described above used in Radio Stations, there are ancillary and auxiliary equipment for the operation of Radio stations. They are.
i) Power supply Unit
This unit consists of a device which supples the necessary power required to operate the set. This power supply can be obtained either from batteries or the Mains supply.
ii) Batteries.
For Transportable radio sets or radio stations where mains supply is not available, batteries are used for sullying power to the radio sets. They are also known as accumulators since they are able to accumulate electrical energy in them. These batteries need charging after they are used.
iii) Battery chargers.
To Charge batteries, we need battery chargers which operate either from Mains supply or Generators driven by petrol or Diesel oil.
iv) Antenna
For H.F. Radio stations were aerial of the necessary length need to be installed at proper height to send electrical energy in the form of radio waves and receive energy in the form of radio waves. In the case of V.H.F stations an aerial of rod type is required to be installed at a proper height to enable long distance communication
20. Maintenance and Repairs.
Radio Operators for the regular wireless telegraphy stations are given adequate training on the daily maintenance and first line repairs of all Radio equipment handled by them. In the case of the Radio stations at the Circle Headquarters. Since these stations are operated by the Civil Head constables/Police Constables with limited training in the handling of radio sets, the following procedure should be adopted for the daily maintenance and upkeep of equipment in the radio Station.
i) Once in three days, the Vent Plugs of the batteries should be opened and the level of the acid checked. The acid level should be generally about ¼” above the top of the plates. If the acid level is decreased, only distilled water should be added to the cells till the level is brought up, after which the vent plug should be screwed tightly.
ii) The small pin holes know as the ‘Vent Holes should be kept clean and free of dust.
iii) Battery terminals should be cleaned and treated with Vaseline or petroleum jelly. Grease should not be used.
iv) The battery eliminator should be kept lean by dusting every day. A sort bristled brush should be used to clean the equipment.
v) The fuse holder should be checked for its firm grip. The set or the battery eliminator should not be opened since operators are not trained for their repairs.
vi) Internal repairs of equipment should be carried out only by qualified Radio Technicians, posted in different repair centers.
vii) The earthing wherever provided should be kept by damp pouring water in the pipe provided for the purpose.
21. In the case of defects in equipment which need attention by Radio technicians, the following procedure should be followed.
At present there are four Divisional Radio workshops which undertake repair of equipment. These workshops have technicians trained for the repair of Radio equipment used in the Radio Grid. Whenever any Radio station in the jurisdiction of the Division as shown below needs assistance of mechanical help, the Divisional Supervisor of the Concerned workshops should be intimated by radio or telegram. On receipt of such intimation, the Divisional Supervisor should depute a Radio technician to attend to the defect.
The jurisdiction of each workshop is as follows;
District
Bangalore Divisional Workshop i) Bangalore
ii) Tumkur
iii) Chitradurga
iv) Kolar
v) K.G.F
vi) Shimoga
Mysore Divisional Workshop i) Mysore
ii) Mandya
iii) Coorg
iv) South Kanara
v) Hassan
vi) Chickmagalur
Dharwar Divisional Workshop i) Belgaum
ii) Dharwar
iii) Bijapur
iv) North Kanara
Gulbarga Divisional Workshop i) Gulbarga
ii) Raichur
iii) Bidar
iv) Bellary
As and when District Workshops start functioning, the Officer in charge of the District workshop will attend to the mechanical defects in respect of the Radio stations in the District.
22. Safety Precautions:
Though the V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) Operators viz Civil Head Constables/Police Constables are immediately responsible for the safety and custody of the equipment, it should be the ultimate responsibility of the Circle Inspector to ensure proper safety and security of the radio equipment and records. He should issue suitable instructions to his subordinates and see that these instructions are complied with. He should verify this during his visit to the Radio stations.
The V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Operators should particularly note the following instructions regarding the safety measures:
i) Radio equipment is operated from the Mains power supply. The Operator should not forget to switch off the set and the power supply when the working of the Radio station is completed.
ii) The batteries contain sulphuric acid. When this acid is touched or smeared on clothes, it causes burns on the body and damages the clothing. The Operator should see that whenever he touches the battery terminals he washes his hands clean to remove the effect of the acid.
iii) The socket from where the power plug of the power supply is connected is liable to give an eclectic shock if the power terminals are touched by hand. This shock is liable to cause danger to human life. The Operator should take precautions to see that he does not touch the power terminals.
iv) In case of fire, Fire Buckets with sand which are provided at the Radio stations should be used to put out the fire. Where Fire Buckets are not provided, the Circle Inspectors concerned should arrange to provide them.
v) The earthing system should be provided at each Radio station. The earth wire going underground should be surrounded by most soil. For this purpose, the pipe provided should be got regularly watered so that the soil around the earth plate is kept wet to provide adequate protection to the radio equipment and also the personnel operating the equipment in case of lighting and thunderbolts.
23. Duties of Radio Operators.
Transmission and receipt of message in Radio stations should be done according to the instructions laid down. Only certain categories of officers are authorised to originate messages on the Radio Grid. A list of such officers is attached at Appendix-C. Similarly, the subject matter of radio messages which are transmitted on the radio grid is also specified to avoid misuse of radio facilities and congestion of traffic. A list authorised subjects is shown at Appendix-D.
In Order to ensure uniformity in clearance of radio messages a prescribed procedure has been laid down in the matter of Message Writing, Classification of Messages and assignment of Priorities to Messages. The details of the same are shown in Appendix-E.
Under the terms of license issued for operating radio stations only authorised persons can originate messages on subjects permitted in the license. The originating Officers should see that these instructions are complied with and no violations are made. The radio transmissions are monitored and when any irregularities are noticed, they are brought to the notice of the Inspector General of Police for necessary action. As such, no room should be given for any irregularities. All messages should be written in the prescribed form i.e. Form No. 261 or 262. Messages should be clearly written and should be in telegraphic form. Verbose language should be avoided. Addressing superior Officers as Sir Respected Sir’ etc., need not be contained in a radio message. The brevity of the message adds to the efficiency of the system since a shorter time is taken for transmission and reception. Telephonic dictations of messages should be avoided since this requires the radio Operator to leave the radio set which is not permissible under the rules of procedure of the Radio system. In addition, such telephone dictation is also liable to give room for mutilations which should be avoided.
24. Arrangement for Despatch of Radio Messages
The Officer holding charges of the Circle where the Radio station is installed should arrange the despatch of radio messages to the addresses. This work should not be expected of a radio Operator since he should not leave the radio set.
There are several Radio stations working in a group known as Radio Channel. Working of this group is controlled by the Control Station The Prescribed Radio Procedure should be followed by the Control Station in clearing message according to the Rules The Operators should follow strictly the prescribed Radio Procedure and observe strict Channel discipline. The originating officers should not interfere with the working of the Channel and insist on their messages being sent first etc., as this obstructs the smooth working of the channel.
25. Records and Registers to be maintained at radio Stations.
In the case of Wireless Telegraphy Stations, a list of records and registers to be maintained is enumerated in the Karnataka Police Manual Vol. II Page 533-Order No,. 1987. In Circle Headquarters which are operated by personal trained for this purpose, the following records are required to be maintained.
i) Radio Log Form No, 264)
This Log should be maintained in the prescribed manner. The Log sheets should be page numbered and renewed every month. The Radio Log given an account of the happenings on the Radio Channel consisting of transmissions.
i. Office copies of ‘IN and “OUT’ message,
ii. “IN’ Message Register in Form No. 253.
iii. ‘OUT’ Message Register in Form No. 254,
iv. Despatch Register in Form No. 255,
v. History Sheets of Radio equipment in Form No. 258,
vi. Superior Officers Visiting Book in Form No. 77,
vii. Battery Maintenance Log Book in Form No. 257,
viii. Technicians Visiting Book Form No. 278,
ix. Attendance Register in Form No. XIV
The Circle Inspector should see that proper storage facility is provided for the records, as the radio station are confidential in nature.
26. Inspection.
Inspections of the Circle Headquarters Radio stations should be conducted by the Sub Inspector (Technical)/Divisional Workshop Supervisor once in three months. They should send the inspection notes to the Superintendent of Police Radio Grid and the Superintendent of Police of the District promptly for information necessary action. The Superintendent of Police of the District and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer should conduct annual inspection of the Radio station at the time of inspection of the Police Station or the operating staff being under the control of the Superintendent of Police of the District, he should see that the trained operators discharge their duties in the Radio stations punctually and efficiently, thus ensuring the proper working of the Radio stations.
27. Radio License.
Police Radio stations are established after obtaining a license issued by the Wireless Planning and Co-ordination Wing of the Ministry of Communications, Government of India. Therefore, the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should arrange to obtain the licenses for all Police Radio stations and issue them to the concerned officers. In the case of Radio stations at Circle Headquarters, these license schedules should be issued to the Superintendent of Police, who in turn should arrange to issue them to the concerned Circle Inspectors. This license schedule should be preserved in the premises where the Police Radio station is located. For this purpose, the schedule should be framed and hung in the premises so that it will be open for Inspection by the inspecting authorities including representatives of the Mainstry of Communications authorise to inspect such licenses. The Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should arrange renewal of such licenses after paying the prescribed fees to the concerned authorities. Operation of Radio stations without a license is irregular and should be avoided.
PART – III
28. City V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Scheme.
In the District. Headquarters and other places of importance, a City V.H.F. Control Room will be established for functioning in the jurisdiction of the City. The facilities provided in the Control Room, the equipment provided and the components of the Control Room are bases on the area of the City, its population and other special requirements. The system works on the telephone and the V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) communication system Based on the above considerations. The following places in the State will be equipped with a Control Room and a complement of V.H.F stations as indicated below. This scheme does not include Bangalore City.
|Sl |Place |Control |Stations |
|No. | |Room | |
|1. |Bidar |1 |4 |
|2. |Gulbarga |1 |8 |
|3. |Raichur |1 |6 |
|4. |Bellary |1 |6 |
|5. |Bijapur |1 |6 |
|6. |Belgaum |1 |8 |
|7. |Dharwar |1 |12 |
|8. |North Kanara |1 |4 |
|9. |Shimoga |1 |8 |
|10 |Chitradurga |1 |8 |
| |(Davanagere-Harihar) | | |
|11 |Tumkur |1 |4 |
|12 |Kolar |1 |4 |
|13. |K.G.F |1 |4 |
|14. |Bangalore District |1 |4 |
| |(Channapatna) | | |
|15. |Mysore |1 |12 |
|16. |Mandya |1 |4 |
|17. |Coorg |1 |4 |
|18. |Chickmagalur |1 |4 |
|19. |Hassan |1 |4 |
|20. |South Kanara (Mangalore) |1 |10 |
The above mentioned Radio stations may be used either as static stations or as Mobile stations, depending upon the local needs. When not required, the radio sets should be kept in the Control Room, Depending upon the local conditions including emergencies duration and deployment of the stations within the City Net Work shall be under the personal orders of the Officers, Transportable stations, the vehicle already allotted for thye use of the officers should be used.
The City V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic system comprise the following components:
The City V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) system comprise the following components:
i) The Control Room
ii) Static Stations
iii) Mobile Stations
iv) Officers Transportable stations
v) Foot Patrol
29. Control Room
The Control Room should be located at a convenient place in the City, either in the District Police Officer or the District Armed Reserve Police Headquarters or in an important Police Station, depending upon the local situation. However, the location should preferably be within easy reach of the DAR and the Police Motor Transport Station. Every Control Room should have a stand-to Armed Police Party. It must be kept ready at the nearest possible location. The strength of the stand to party should be determined by the Superintendent of Police and drawn from the D.A.R or Civil Police, depending upon the circumstances. The stand-to party should be provided with a Van. The movement of the stand to party should be ordered by a properly authorised officer.
The Control Room should be provided with:
i) Telephone.
This telephone bearing No. 100 earmarked for the Police Department by the P & T should be obtained from the P & T Department. Only incoming calls are received over this telephone. In addition to this telephone, there should be another regular P & T telephone which could be one of the existing sanctioned telephones. Where the Control Room is located in a District Police Office or in a building where there are several Police Offices and there is an inter-communication telephone system provided, one such inter-communication telephone should be provided to the Control Room.
i) Radio equipment.
A.V.H.F (Radio Telephonic) set will be installed in the Control Room. In addition, a stand-by battery operated set should be provided to meet exigencies of failure of the Mains set or failure of Mains supply.
ii) Furniture.
The Control Room should have adequate furniture for the staff and an almirah for the records.
iii) Maps.
On one wall of the Control Room, there should be hung a map of the District and another detailed map of the Town. These maps should be properly mounted on a firm base, with cork-sheet under the map Colored drawing pins should be provided for marking purposes.
iv) Black Board.
A black board should be fixed on another wall for noting instructions on strategic moves etc.
v) List of telephones.
A list of important telephone numbers including telephone numbers of important essential public utility units such as Fire Brigade, Electricity Board, Water Supply, Hospitals Air Port, Railway Stations, Bus Terminals, Banks etc, should be prepared and hung on the wall neat the table where the telephones are kept.
vi) Instructions on the working of the Control Room.
The Superintendent of Police or the Unit Officer under whom the Control Room functions should prepare a com-prehensive set of instructions detailing the duties of the Officials and the nature of supervision over such officials. The instructions should ensure that the receipt of information/complaints at the Control Room is properly recorded and disseminated to the proper quarters for necessary action and such step as are necessary are taken by the Control Room.
30. Staffing of the Control Room and Radio Stations.
The Control Room should be manned by officers not below the rank of Head Constables drawn from the existing sanctioned strength of the District and who are trained for the purpose. It is preferable to place at least one Sub-Inspector of Police drawn by rotation from the existing strength to supervise the working of the control Room. It will be the responsibility of the Sub-Inspector to see that the staff of the Control Room works in accordance with the instructions laid down by the Superintendent of Police. The Sub-Inspector should also maintain a Diary to note down brief particulars of the work done by him. The Diary should be submitted to the Superintendent of Police once a week.
The static stations, Mobile stations, Officers, Transportable stations and Foot Patrol should be manned by trained Head Constables/Police Constables.
31. Working Hours of the Control Room and its Components.
The Control Room should work round the clock with hourly schedule calls from 0800 hours to 2000 hours. As regards the static/Mobile/Officers ‘Transportable stations, the station will inform the Control Room as soon as it enters the Net. The opening and closing of these stations should be according to needs and in co-ordination with the Control Room and also on any special institution of the Superintendent of Police of the District.
32. Records.
i) Control Room
The Officer in charge of the Control Room should maintain a Control Room Daily Diary in the following proforma:
a) Date,
b) Serial number of the Call received.
c) The time of the call received and whether by telephone or radio,
d) The particulars of the Call including source and the details of complaint/information/instructions etc.,
e) The action taken.
f) The time of action taken.
g) The response time. Response time means the duration of time taken between the time of receipt of the complaint/information/instructions etc, and the time at which assistance was rendered or action taken.
h) Name, rank and initials of the officer receiving and attending to the calls.
i) Remarks of the Superior officer.
The Diary leaf should be written in duplicate by carbon process. The Diary should be opened each day t 0000 hours and closed at 2400 hours. The calls received either on telephone(s) or on the radio should be entered serially as and when received, duly indicating whether it is a telephone call or radio call. One copy of the daily diary should be sent to Superintendent of Police or the Deputy Superintendent of Police in the absence of the Superintendent of Police the following day at 0800 hours.
In addition to the Daily Diary, a Superior Officers, visiting Book in Form No. 77 and an` Attendance Register in Form XIV should be maintained in the Control Room. The other technical records such as the History Sheets of Radio equipment in Form NO. 258, the Battery Maintenance Log in Form No. 257 and the Technicians. Visiting Book in Form No. 278 should be maintained by the District Radio Staff.
ii) Static Station.
The Officer in charge of the static station should maintain a Note Book in the following proforms.
a) Date,
b) Serial number of the Call
c) The time of receipt of the call
d) Brief particulars of the call including instructions received from the Control Room
e) The action taken.
f) The time of action taken.
The Note Book leaf should be written in duplicate by carbon process and the copy sent to the Control Room the following day at 0800 hours. The Control Room staff should scrutinise the diary and in case of any default, the diary should be sent to the Superintendent of Police Deputy Superintendent of Police with the remarks of the Control Room Staff, for further action.
The Circle Inspector should see that proper storage facility is provided for the records at the Control Room, as the Radio station records are confidential in nature.
Training of V.H.F. (Radio Telephonic) Operators.
Trained Radio Operators wearing identification badges as per instructions laid down in paras 15 and 16, should man the Control Room and its components
34. Charge of the Equipment.
The Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should issue the V.H.F equipment. Accessories and ancillaries on the prescribed scale to the Superintendent of Police of the District. The Superintendent of Police in turn should nominate a suitable officer of his district to be in the custodian of such equipment. The Daily Diary of the Control Room and the Note Book of th other V.H.F. stations should clearly indicate the handing and taking over of such equipment at the close of th shift duties.
35. Maintenance.
The V.H.R. equipment of the Control Room and the other stations should be looked after by the officer in charge of the District Radio station or other Radio staff sanctioned and posted for the purpose. The Superintendent of Police should issue strict instructions that the equipment should be properly handled and used and the repairs entrusted to qualified Radio personnel nominated by the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid. Normally, the City V.H.F. scheme will be provided with a skeleton maintenance staff and where no such staff exists, the officer in charge of the District Radio Station will requisition mechanics help from the concerned Divisional Supervisors as enumerated in para 21. In case the Superintendent of Police of the District needs any technical help, he should contact the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid.
36. Safety Precautions.
The instructions laid down in para 22 are applicable in the case of the equipment used in the City V.H.F. Net.
37. Inspection.
As in case of the District V.H.F Control Station the Superintendent of Police of the District should inspect the City V.H.F Control Room periodically and ensure the proper functioning of the Control Room. The Superintendent of Police Radio Grid, during his inspections, should look into the technical aspects of the Radio stations and Control Station/Control Room.
38. Radio Licenses
Wherever necessary, the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid should obtain a license for the V.H.F stations of the City Net Work also and the procedure laid down in para 27 should be followed for these licenses also.
39. Conclusion
The above mentioned system will be introduced in each of the District with effect from such date as may be determined by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore and the Superintendent of Police, Radio Grid in consolation with the Superintendent of Police of the District.
Appendix ‘C’
OFFICERS AUTHORISED TO USE POLICE RADIO
The following are authorised to send messages on the Police Radio provided they relate to the subjects specified:
1) All Ministers.
2) Chief Secretary to Government.
3) Secretary, Deputy Secretary and Under Secretary to Government, Home Department.
4) District Magistrates and Sub-Divisional Magistrates,
5) All Police Officers of and above the rank of Station House Officer.
6) Central Intelligence Officers, Deputy Central Intelligence Officers and Assistant Central Intelligence Officers of the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India.
7) Police Persecuting Officers.
In cases of emergency, the Inspector General of Police may authorise Officers of other Departments to use the Radio to clear messages subject to the license regulations.
Appendix ‘D’
AUTHORISED SUBJECTS FOR TRANSMISSION OVER POLICE RADIO
The Officers authorised to use the Police Radio should ensure that messages pertaining to only the following subjects are handed in for transmission on the Police Radio. Messages not pertaining to any of the subject noted below will not be accepted for transmission:
I. Law & Order Category.
1) Court attendance in Police cases, summons, warrants, trials.
2) Information relating to arrests and movements of suspects.
3) Dacoities .
4) Murder cases.
5) Theft cases, arrest and proceedings relating thereto.
6) Searches, recoveries and possession of stolen properties.
7) Look out for stolen properties,
8) Escorts by Police personnel.
9) Corruption cases.
10) Information regarding accused persons in custody.
11) Verification of allegations against persons suspected in cases investigated by Police.
12) Descriptive rolls of deserters-Military/Police.
13) Movement of criminals registered in the District Crime record Bureau.
14) Foreign nationals-passport verification.
15) Evacuations of Mohammadans of Pakistan.
16) Crime statistics.
17) Identification Parade.
18) Failure of State Radio stations.
19) Demand for Police Personnel in emergencies.
20) Tour programmes of V.I.Ps (Ministers, Deputy Ministers’ Envoys etc.)
21) Information relating to missing persons (Such as children, disabled persons) effort by Police to trace.
22) Movement of Police Officers on duty.
23) Verification of antecedents of ex-convicts.
24) Death reports regarding Police personnel.
25) Violation of India air space by foreign aircraft
26) Violation of Narcotic laws and measures taken to prevent such violation.
27) Opening of fire on mobs by Government servants in the discharge of their Official duties.
28) Information directly pertaining to the rescue, relief and search of aircrafts in distress.
29) Communal incidents where violence is threatened or has actually taken place.
30) Strikes, hunger strikes and strikes by laborers’ or workers etc.
31) Movement of C.I.D Criminals.
32) Escape of Prisoners.
33) Outbreak of riot in prisons.
34) Hunger strike of Prisoners.
35) Movement of prisoners having a special back ground.
II. Semi-Law & Order Category.
1) Appointment and postings in Police ranks and statistics relating to strength, promotions, demotions etc of Police personnel.
2) Police Personnel.
3) Character rolls, service books etc. of Police personnel.
4) Police Officers conference, inter-state and intra-state.
5) Police business indirectly related to law and order.
III) Service Messages of Police Radio Branch
Messages relating to communication and maintenance of the State Police Radio such as daily equipment reports and other service matters.
Appendix ‘E’
MESSAGE WRITING
1. Letters are the best form of communication to issue orders and instructions. Only when the time does not permit postal correspondence, radio communication should be made use of.
2. Normally it will suffice if one copy of the ‘OUT’ message is sent to the Radio Station for transmission. But where messages have to be transmitted to stations covered by more than one channel, an additional copy has to be sent for each channel. For example, if the message is addressed to only one addresse, one copy of the message will be required. For multi-address messages, an additional copy of the message has to be sent for each channel. This method will avoid delay because no time will be wasted in making copies of messages for transmission over the different nets.
3. Messages should b e written legibly, preferably in block letters or typewritten. The standard message form should be used for the purpose.
4. Before accepting a radio message for transmission, the Radio operator should scrutinise its contents and ensure that the details given below are complete:
i) Address
Name(s) or designation (s) of the Official or the name of the Department along with location is used and wherever abbreviated addresses are available they are made use of. Titles and qualifications prefixed or suffixed, will not be transmitted.
ii) Address for information to
In case of information to addressee(s), the instructions at serial number (i) above should be followed.
iii) Address from
Instructions at serial number (i) above should be followed.
iv) Originator’s number.
The originator’s number should always be inserted in this column.
v) Date:
Date and month in figures on which the message is originated should be written in this space. The year need not be mentioned.
VI) In reply to number.
The reference number of the correspondence to which the message is a reply, should be entered in this space.
VII) Dated
The date of the reference to which the message is a reply should be entered in this space.
Viii) Security classification.
Security classifications should be inserted in this column as shown below:
Classification Abbreviation
TOP SECRET TOP SECRET
SECRET SECRET
CONFIDENTIAL CONFIDENTIAL
UNCLASSIFIED UNCLASSIFIED
It will be the responsibility of the originator to give the correct security classification or grading, consistent with the information contained in the message. Until Cryptography is introduced in Police Radio, only Unclass messages will be accepted for transmission.
ix) Text
As lengthy messages cause delay and congestion of radio traffic. It is essential that brevity with indelibility is observed in originating radio messages. In the case of verbose messages, the Radio station staff is instructed to return them, requesting the originators to make the text more concise. Use of phrases like ‘please’ kindly would be grateful’ etc., should be omitted since omission of such phrases does not imply impoliteness in radio messages. Messages written in tabular form or with mathematical signs will not be accepted because they cannot be transmitted. Only the following punctuation signs should be used:
a) Full stop written within brackets (.)
b) Inverted commas “ ”
c) Hyphen - -
d) Oblique or fraction bar /
e) Brackets ( )
f) Decimal point .
g) Apostrophe ‘
X) Priority
The Priority of the message is allotted by the originator in accordance with the rules laid down in this regard.
XI) Originator’s signature.
The originator should sign on the radio message at the place provided for, with designation and office seal. Message bearing no signature of an authorised person, will not be accepted for transmission.
XII) Time of origin (T.O.O)
The time, in four figures, at which the originator signs the message is inserted in this place. The first two digits indicate the hours and the two other digits indicate the minutes. The time should be written, as in the Railway and Telegraph departments. For instance 10 minutes past mid-night should be written as 0010 instead of 12-10 am. Similarly, 15 minutes past noon should be written as 12.15 instead of 12-15 P.M.
5. Security
As all wireless messages are subject to interception by any person possessing a Radio Receiver, there is no security guaranteed in radio communication. Nonetheless at present no facility exists over police Radio for transmission of classified messages. Top Secret. Secret and Confidential messages will, therefore not be accepted for transmission.
STANDING ORDER NO. 666
No. B-1.C.45/1975-76, Dated: 25-06-1975
|Allotment of Accommodation to Police Officers of the rank of S.Is and P.Is and equivalent ranks |
|in Bangalore City. |
***
1. Preamble
There are a number of Units of this Department located in Bangalore City. The accommodation facilities provided to the Police Officers in the ranks of Sub-Inspector of Police and equivalent rank in Bangalore City has been none too good in the past as it is also in the case of other ranks.
While we have been making all out efforts for providing accommodation to our Officers in Bangalore City by constructing quarters and acquiring ready built houses under various schemes, yet we have to go a long way achieve our aim of providing 100% accommodation to the staff. While we are in the process of getting more and more quarters, it will be necessary make the best of available quarters with the Department.
Consequent on the establishment of a Corps of Detectives in the State CID., The housing position in Bangalore City become still more acute and the Government, who were approached with the problem, were pleased to accord sanction to acquire 100 ready built house at Kengeri Satellite Town from the Karnataka Housing Board for the COD. Similarly, sanction of Government was also obtained for acquiring 36 tenements at HAL 2nd Stage from the Karnataka Housing Board for the staff of the State Special Branch.
2. House Allotment Committee
In order to regulate the allotment of quarters with a view to making the best use of the available quarters and to ensure that a maximum number of Officers are benefited, a ‘House Allotment Committee’ is constituted, consisting of the following officers.
i) Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, Bangalore,
ii) Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City,
iii) Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore.
The Committee should draw up its own rules and procedure to be followed in regard to the allotment of quarters. The Committee should also draw up minutes and notes in respect of each meeting.
3. Guide Lines:
The Following guide lines and suggestions may be kept in view by the Committee.
i) All the Government quarters available with the Department in Bangalore City should be categorized as ‘ear marked quarters ‘and’ other quarters’. The ear-marked quarters are those which are situated next to a Police Station, built for the staff of the concerned Police Station. Similarly, the quarters constructed at the CAR. Headquarters are quarters ear-marked for the CAR staff and those constructed at KSRP. Headquarters, for KSRP personnel.
ii) In the present set up, for want of adequate number of quarters, it is possible that some of the Officers would have been in occupation of quarters meant for lower ranks. In view of the paucity of accommodation, such an arrangement could continue.
iii) If a Police Officer occupying quarters is promoted, but wishes to continue to occupy the same quarters instead of moving into the quarters meant for the higher rank, he could be permitted to do so by the Committee, unless the quarters occupied by him is an ear-marked quarters.
iv) In the case of Officers who wish to reside in their own houses or in rented houses, they could be allowed to do so and permitted to draw normal HRA, unless they are required to reside in ear-marked quarters or in quarters nearer to their places of duty, for administrative reasons.
v) While considering allotment of the other quarter’s which are not ear-marked, the Committee should keep in view the requirements of Police Officers working in other branches like Vigilance Commission, CID Forest Bangalore District, IGP’s Office etc.
vi) The Committee may consider giving weightage to the Officers occupying posts which entail frequent transfers.
vii) Whenever a Police Officer is transferred from one unit to another within the City, normally he should not be disturbed from the quarters without consulting the Officers to whose Unit he is transferred, unless the quarter which is required to be vacated is an ear-marked quarters.
viii) Whenever the Committee taken up consideration either allotment of quarters of quarters or vacation of quarters, of Officers working in other branches like SVC, Forest Cell etc., the senior most officer from the concerned branch may also be invited to attend the meeting.
4. Unauthorised occupation.
The Committee should nominate suitable Police Officers not below the rank of Sub-Inspector to conduct checks periodically for detecting and reporting unauthorised occupation of Government quarters if any, and also to ensure that the quarters allotted are used for the bonafide purpose for which they are allotted.
5. Maintenance & up-keep of quarters:
Though the responsibility of the maintenance of the quarters rests on the PWD and though it is also our desire that the Unit Officers should be in close contact with the Officers of the PWD with a view to getting as much of maintenance repairs to our buildings as possible carried out and as quickly as possible. We should also share some of the responsibility for the proper up-keep of the buildings by putting forth our own efforts, however small they may be. The Police Officers occupying quarters should be advised to keep the building and its premises clean to scrape of mass collected on roofs and walls, wash off dirt and stains from painted wood works such as doors and windows, patch up small holes in walls etc. They should be discouraged from rearing cattle fowls, keeping pets like dogs etc, and prevented from growing trees the roots of which can cause damage to the foundation of the building. The occupant of Government quarters should take as much interest in the proper maintenance and up-keep of the quarters allotted to him as he would do in the case of his own private house. The Committee should nominate suitable Police Officers not below the rank of Sub-Inspector for each block or group of quarters to go round the premises periodically with a view to ensuring proper maintenance and up-keep of the buildings. These checking officers should also ensure that the occupants do not keep water and electricity charges in arrears , giving room for disconnection of these services.
6. Register of buildings:
A register called the ‘Register of Buildings of Police Department, has been prescribed by the Government in G.O. No. Uni. 1020-24/P & S. 17-56-2, dated 14-12-1956, This is a very important register which is a record showing the life history of each of the building in possession of the Department. These registers have been supplied to all Unit Officers. The register should be maintained properly and entries are posted up-to-date.
7. General.
The allotment of quarters by the Committee should be so made as to ensure the best use of the available accommodation and to the satisfaction of a maximum number of Officers.
STANDING ORDER NO. 667
No. 26/GNL(1)1975-76, Dated: 11-07-1975
|Interview of Subordinate Police Officers by the Superintendent of Police – Instructions issued. |
***
It is one of the important functions of the Superior Police Officers that whenever they visit Police Stations for Inspections, on surprise visits or other duties, they should hear the requests and difficulties of the subordinate Police Officers particularly the Police Constables and Head Constables working there and take prompt action for their redressal. It has come notice that this important aspect of work is not receiving as much attention as it deserves.
2. All members of the Police force should have easy access to their Superior officers to put their difficulties relating to their service matters like non-receipt of salary, increment T.A., non-settlement of leave, promotion etc. For this purpose,. The Superintendent of Police should set apart half a day or full day if need be o0nce in a week, when he should grant interviews to all the subordinate officers who want to meet him to represent their difficulties relating to their service matters. All the subordinate officers in the District should be instructed that permission to meet the Superintendent of Police should not normally be refused except in rare cases due to exigencies of Services, in which Superintendent of Police during the subsequent week. The fixing up of an appointment earlier would facilitate reference to concerned records and files.
1. As regards Circle Inspectors and Police Sub-inspectors the Superintendents of Police should make it a point to hear their difficulties and requests at the time of monthly Conferences and take prompt action.
2. Similarly Deputy Inspectors General of Police and Commissioner of Police, should give instructions to their subordinates of all ranks.
3. At the State level also, I have no objection to meet the provided proper representations are made and I am furnished with advance notes when I can fix up suitable dates for interview.
4. This healthy practice gives an opportunity to the staff at lower levels to represent their problems to their official superiors.
5. I would like to meet as many members of Police Force as possible during my Inspection tours. I want Superintendent of Police and Deputy Inspectors General of Police also likewise met as many members of th Police Force during their Inspection Tours.
6. At the same time it should be made clear to all the rank and file that they should not misuse this opportunity for vexatious or false representations to the Superintendent of Police and other superior Officers.
7. This may be explained to all the Police Officers and men in all the Districts and Units and they should be made to feel that at any time they can have free access to their superior Officer.
STANDING ORDER NO. 668
No. PENH. CI-/1975-76, Dated: 02-07-1975
|Karnataka State Employees Family Benefit Fund Rules Instructions issued. |
***
Government of Karnataka have published the Karnataka State Employees’ Family Benefit Fund Rules in Part I of Karnataka Gazette dated May 29, 1975. Copy of the same is enclosed for ready reference.
2. The salient features of the Scheme are:
i) The Karnataka State Employees’ Family Benefit Fund Rules (hereinafter referred to as the Rules) come into force with effect from 1st April, 1975. All the Employees who were or are in service as on or after 01-04-1975 are legible for the benefits under the Rules.
ii) The Rules are applicable to all employees including Class IV temporary employees persons on foreign service and on deputation and all India Service Officers borne on the Karnataka Government Cadre. Membership is compulsory and no employee can be made an exception to these Rules.
iii) For the period from 01-04-1975 to 31-03-1976 the Government contributes Rs. 10/- per month on behalf of each employee, and no contribution repeat no contribution shall be collected from any employee during this period under the Rules. Contribution shall commence from the pay of the official for March 1976 payable in April 1976.
iv) If an employee dies while in service on or after 1st April 1975 his/her nominee shall be paid Rs. 10,000/- in lump sum in lieu of his/her contribution.
v) In the case of superannuation or if any employee demits office on or after 30-04-1975, he shall be paid the actual amount contributed by him plus the Government contribution at the rate indicated in Schedule II of the Rules.
vi) The above benefits accreting under the Rules are in addition to the various amenities provided under the Karnataka State Police Benevolent Fund Rules, to which all the members of the Police Department will continue to subscribe as heretofore.
3. Procedure.
A monthly contribution of Rs. 10/- shall be collected from each employee irrespective of rank commencing from the salary for March 1976 payable in April 1976 in the pay bill by opening a separate column’ Contribution to Karnataka State Employees’ Family Benefit Fund’ A schedule shall be attached to each pay bill in the following form.
Schedule of Contribution to Karnataka State Employees’ Family Benefit Fund For the Month of 1975.
|Sl |Name of the Office. |Name of the Official |Rank |Metal No. If any |Remarks |
|No. | | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
| | | | | | |
4. As already stated no contribution need be recovered during 1975-76 (01-04-1975 to 31-03-1976) as Government will pay first year’s contribution. Contribution should only be recovered from pay for March 1976 due on 01-04-1976.
5. No contribution shall be recovered from an employee, if he is sanctioned extraordinary leave or leave without allowance if it exceeds one month. In such cases the contribution shall be recovered from the salary for the first month in which he has been paid salary for a part of the month and not recovered for the subsequent month when the total period of L W A. exceeds one month.
6. The recovery towards contribution shall continue till the last month preceding the date of superannuation. For instance, if a Government Servant attains the age of 55 years on 15th January (to be retired with effect from 31st January as per the existing orders) the recovery should be made up to the end of December. This does not apply to cases of extension and re-employment, where the recovery shall stop from the month preceding the date of superannuation (55 years in the case of State Government Servants and 58 years in the case of I.P.S Officers borne on the Karnataka Government cadre).
7. The card of contributions shall be written in duplicate for each employee, one card to be given to the employee after making necessary entries and the other to be maintained by the Head of the Office in the case of N.G.Os An entry shall be made in the Service Register of the Official concerned regarding opening of the card. Prompt entries shall be made whenever contributions are not recovered for periods of L.W.A. exceeding one month in the card maintained by the Head of the Office/Department. In case of transfer of N.G.Os the card shall be transferred along with the Service Register L.P.C. etc., to the Head of the Office under whom he/she is transferred.
8. The Drawing Officers will particularly note that they will be held personally responsible for non-recovery of contribution from any employee, whose salary he has drawn during a particular month.
9. Promptness in settlement of claims is the Key Word under the ‘Rules’. The period of one week to pay 80% of the actual amount contributed by the employee in cases of superannuation or demission of office for any reason and Rs. 10,000/- family benefit in cases of death of the employee while in service should be strictly adhered to.
10. The order of nominations prescribed under Rule 9(i) of the Rules shall be strictly followed in paying the lumsum amount of Rs.. 10,000/- in the event of death of the employee. For this purpose the nomination shall be obtained in that order and if any of the relatives mentioned therein are not existing or dead, it may be indicated like that in the nomination form to prevent future complications and delay in settlement of claim. Particular care should be taken to see in the case of unmarried officials that they invariably nominate their wife/husband on their marriage and the previous nomination is cancelled.
11. The nomination form shall be countersigned by the Head of the Office before pasting in the service Register Head of the Office before pasting in the service Register and entries made to that effect in the Service Register. Any charge in nomination should be entered both in the nomination form duly attested and in the card of contributions.
12. While it is the duty of the Head of Office to obtain nominations within one month and in the case of new entrants before drawing his/her first month’s pay, it shall be the duty of every employee to keep the nomination up-to-date in case of marriage or death of any of the nominees.
13. For the purpose of Head Office and official superior to countersign the claim of the nominated in the event of death of the employee and to sanction/payment in case of superannuation or demission of office. Officers of the Rank of Superintendents of Police/Commandants/Principals and above who are the District/Unit Officers, who maintain their Service Registers and draw the salary shall be the Officers responsible to settle the claims of NGOs and the Head of the Department in the case of G.Os Claims of officers on foreign service or on deputation from this Department are to be settled by the District/Unit/Officer of this Department, from where he went on deputation within one week repeat one week from the date of the event.
14. The claim shall be preferred in establishment pay bill form No. MFC. 24 by the Head of Office in case of NGOs and Form MFC. 13 in the case of G.Os.
15. The Director, Printing and Stationary has been addressed for printing and supplying sufficient number of Schedule I and forms ‘A’ and ‘B’ prescribed under the Rules and on their receipt, they will be supplied to all District and Unit Officers.
16. Within one month from the date of receipt of forms nominations should be obtained from all the officials in the District/Unit, countersigned and pasted in the Service Register after making an entry to that effect in the Service Register. Similarly cards should be prepared in duplicate in respect of each employee, one handed over to the employee after making necessary entries under acknowledgement and the other retained in the Office for maintenance and compliance reported.
17. Immediate action should be taken to settle the claims in respect of employees who died on or after 01-04-1975 and those retired on or after 30-04-1975 by preparing manscript forms till such time printed ones are supplied.
18. In case of death of an employee while in service after 01-04-1975 and before making a nomination under these Rules, the lumsum payment of Rs. 10,000/- shall be made to the person nominated under the Karnataka Government Insurance Department/Hyderabed State Life Insurance Fund/Life Insurance Corporation of India Policies held by the deceased employee or where no insurance policies are held to the nominee in respect of his/her Provident Fund.
19. A certificate that the claims of all those who died on or after 01-04-1975 and retired or demitted office on or after 30-04-1975 have been settled should be sent to this office immediately. Thereafter a similar statement should be sent every quarter ending 31st March, 30th September and 31st December. The report will be in the form attached to this Standing Order.
20. In the case of Gazetted Officers (including IPS Officers the Pension Section in Chief Office will take immediate action to obtain nominations and the C.B Section will open and maintain cards. Immediately on the occurrence of the event, the card shall be brought up-to-date and transferred to Pension Section for settling claim.
21. Pleas acknowledge receipt of this Standing Order.
Statement of claims under Karnataka State Employees, Family Benefit Funds Rules, 1975
For the Quarter Ending…………………
PARA 19 OF S.O. 669)
|Sl. |Name of the Employee |Rank |
|No. | | |
| |ii) Designation | |
| |iii) Name of the office in which deceased official was | |
| |working at the time of death | |
| |b) i) Place of death | |
| |ii) Date of death | |
| |iii) Cause of death | |
|2 |a) Name of the Claimant | |
| |b) Age | |
| |c) Relationship with the | |
| |d) Occupation | |
| |e) Address | |
|3 |Name/s and age of the surviving |Name |Marital status |Age |
| |Relatives of the deceased | | | |
| | | |
| |i) Husband/Wife | |
| |ii) Sons | |
| |iii) Daughter/s | M/W/s |
| |iv) Mother | |
| |v) Father | |
| |vi) Brother/s | |
| |vii) Sister/s |M/W/s |
| |viii) Wife and Children of pre-deceased son | |
|4 |a) The nature of title under which the amount is claimed e.g.| |
| |as nominee or legal heir or executor or administrator | |
| |b) If the claim is made on behalf of a minor, the name and | |
| |exact nature of his/her title and how the claimant is | |
| |preferring a claim on his/her behalf | |
I, …………………………………… Hereby solemnly declare that the answers to all the above are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Signature of the Head of Office Signature of the Claimant
With Office Seal
Designation
Address
Countersignature of nest higher officer of Gazetted rank when the Head of office is not a Gazetted Officer.
STANDING ORDER NO. 670
No. 7,COMP//1975, Dated: 17-07-1975
|Amendment to Chapter XLIII of the Karnataka Police Manual Vol-II |
***
As an important step in the direction of the Modernisation of Police forces in the Country, the Computerisation of Crime and Criminal Records was conceived by the permanent Committee of DISG, CID 1970 in India. The Committee devised uniform Computer Codes and Card designs to be adopted by the constituent States in India. It is envisaged that the information pertaining to some forty different categories of Crimes which fall not only under major criminals acts, but also under special and local laws and the criminals involved in such crimes should be brought under the purview of Computerisation. But in the State of Karnataka it was though fit to make a beginning by Computerising the information pertaining to property crimes, Viz., the offences that come under Class I to IX of order 1698 of KPM Voi II and the criminals involved in these cases at present, with twin objectives of generating statistical reports for administrative and other purposes on the one hand, to obtain useful and practical advisory memos to aid the IOs in their day to day investigation work on the other hand. Therefore, nine card formats were devised & grouped under six main Computer forms Viz., Computer forms ‘A’ ‘B’ ‘C’ ‘D’ ‘E’ and ‘F’ Form ‘A’ ‘B’ and ‘C’ pertain to crimes where as Forms ‘D’ ‘E’ and ‘F’ are meant for getting information regarding criminals. Standing Order No. 627 dated 24th December 1973 was issued for the purpose of Computerising Crime and Criminal records in respect of crimes reported from 1st January 1974 onwards.
From the careful study of modus operandi classification as given in the All India Computer Codes, with reference to MO classifications given under chapter XLIII (District) Crime Record Bureau), it became obvious that there are some differences between these two types of classifications, i.e., between KPM Vol II and All India Computer Code Book. With a view to reconcile the differences in the MO classifications, the design of M O. Classifications as given in the All India Computers Cods has been adopted with a few more new additions. The Karnataka Police Computer Code Book contains these new additions also.
Under the circumstances, it was thought necessary to rewrite a few orders under chapter. XLIII (District Crime Record Bureau) of KPM Vol. II with necessary modifications Hence this Standing Order has been issued. All the Officers and men in the Department should be thoroughly conversant with this order since, it has direct bearing not only on the maintenance of Criminals records in the DCRBX or CCRS as the case may be, but also on the Computerisation of Crime and Criminal records.
Order 1668 to 1697 under Chapter XLIII of KMP Vol II are retained without changes. Order No. 1703 is also retained without changes Order 1705 to 1722 are also retained without changes only the order 1698, 1699, 1700, 1701, 1702, and 1704 are rewritten with necessary changes and modifications.
Fifteen forms and Registers Viz., forms No. 20, 91, 97, 113, 173, 176, 183, 190, 191, 192, 197, 217, 250, 251 of KMP Vol.III contain column or colums for noting MO classification. Out of these sending of information on forms 173 and 176 has been discontinued as they have been replaced by Computer forms ‘A’ and “C’ as per Standing Order No. 627 dated 24th December 1973, MOB Card also contain provision for nothing MO classifications. In view of the modified MO classifications under this Standing Order, the detailed instructions for filling up MO classifications in these forms and registers are given at the end of this Standing Order.
In Place of Order No. 1698 of KMP Vol.II the following order shall be substituted.
Modus Operandi Index:
1698. I) The cards for this index will be arranged in the order of the different modus operandi classification and other characteristics in drawers assigned to the main heads of crime. The following are the terms used in the MO classifications. MO major, MO minor and MO methods.
i) MO Major:- MO major means offences listed under class I to IX under this order )Property offences). For example, Dacoity is MO major. Similarly murder for Gain, Robbery, Poisoning or Drugging are the MO major classifications under class I offences. House breaking and theft is the MO major under Class II.
ii) MO Minor:-All the MO major heads under Class I to IX have been further sub-divided into MO minor heads, except offences like poisoning and drugging, receiving of stolen property cheating, criminal breach of trust and misappropriation. For example under Dacoity, Political, professional and unclassified are the Minor heads. Similarly under house breaking and theft, by day or by night form the Minor heads.
iii) MO Methods:-MO methods are the methods or means adopted by the criminals for the commission of offence. For example, Bomb throwing is a method Main hole is a method. Bogus visitor as an hawker etc., is a method under various classes offence.
The index heads will be the codes given in the following Crime
classification.
Classes of Crime-MO major, MO minor and MO methods
classification:
Class I: Offences attended with violence.
Major Heads
Code
16 --- Dacoity
47 -- Murder for Gain
60 -- Professional poisoning
69 -- Robbery
Dacoity-Code 16,-The following are the Minor Classifications under Dacoity.
Code
01 --- Political
02 -- Professional
03 -- Unclassified.
The following are the MO methods used in the commission of Dacoity
Code
A04 --- Acids throwing
B16 -- Bomb throwing
B04 -- Blunt weapon use or show of
C04 -- Chilly powder throwing
C13 -- Cutting weapons or instruments use, or show of
H01 -- Fire Arms use or show of
G01 -- Gagging
P04 -- Poisoning or Drugging
S06 -- Snatching
S07 -- Stabbing weapon or instrument use or show of
T05 -- Torture
W10 -- Wrongful confinement
U99 -- Unclassified
Murder for Gain-Code47:- The following are the Minor classifications under Murder:
Code
01 -- Culpable Homicide not amounting to Murder
02 -- Murder
The following are the M.O. methods used in commission of Murder:
Code
A04 --- Acids throwing
B04 -- Blunt weapon use or show of
B16 -- Bomb throwing
C13 -- Cutting weapons or instruments use, or show of
D18 -- Drowing
D19 -- Drugging
E04 -- Explosives
E05 -- Exposure
F01 -- Fire Arms-use or show of
M02 -- Miscarriage
P05 -- Poisoning-Aconite
P06 -- Poisoning-Aconite
P07 -- Poisoning-Ammonium Sulphate
P08 -- Poisoning-Arsenic
P09 -- Poisoning-by other slow poisoning
P10 -- Poisoning-Chloroform
P11 -- Poisoning-Copper Sulphate
P12 -- Poisoning-Cyanide
P14 -- Poisoning-Drinks
P15 -- Poisoning-food
P16 -- Poisoning-Gas
P17 -- Poisoning-Insecticide/Pesticide
P18 -- Poisoning-Liquor
P19 -- Poisoning-Madar
P20 -- Poisoning-Mercury
P28 -- Poisoning-Unclassified
S07 -- Stabbing Weapon or instrument-use or show of
S09 -- Strangulation-by
S11 -- Suffocation-by
T01 -- Throttling-by
T02 -- Throwing into water
T03 -- Throwing under/from a moving vehicle
T04 -- Throwing under/from a moving train
W10 -- Wrongful confinement
U99 -- Unclassified
Professional poisoning-code 60:- There is no MO minor classification under professional poisoning.
The following are the MO methods used in professional poisoning:-
Code
F02 -- Food stuffs
I05 -- Inhalation
I06 -- Injection
O03 -- Offering Sweets
P05 -- Poisoning-Aconite
P06 -- Poisoning-Alcohol
P07 -- Poisoning-Ammonium Sulphate
P10 -- Poisoning-Chloroform
P11 -- Poisoning-Copper Sulphate
P13 -- Poisoning-Datura
P14 -- Poisoning-Drinks
P15 -- Poisoning-food
P17 -- Poisoning-Insecticide/Pesticide
P18 -- Poisoning-Liquor
P19 -- Poisoning-Madar
P20 -- Poisoning-Mercury
P21 -- Poisoning-Oleander
P22 -- Poisoning-Opium
P23 -- Poisoning-Pan
P24 -- Poisoning-Prasadam
P26 -- Poisoning-By Sweets
P27 -- Poisoning-By Tobacco
U99 -- Unclassified
Robbery-Code 69-The following are the Mo minor classifications under Robbery:
Code
01 -- Political
02 -- Professional
03 -- Unclassified
The following are the MO methods used in the Commission of Robbery.
Code
A04 --- Acids throwing
B04 -- Blunt weapon use or show of
B16 -- Bomb throwing
C04 -- Chilly powder throwing
C13 -- Cutting weapons or instruments use, or show of
F01 -- Fire Arms-use or show of
G01 -- Gagging
H01 -- Fire Arms use or show of
P04 -- Poisoning or Drugging
S06 -- Snatching
S07 -- Stabbing weapon or instrument use or show of
T05 -- Torture
W10 -- Wrongful confinement
U99 -- Unclassified
Class II House Breaking Theft-Code 31-The following are MM minor classifications under House Breaking and theft:-
Code
01 -- By day
02 -- By night
The following are the MO methods used in the commission of House Breaking and theft:-
Code
A03 -- Accomplice/servant facilitating entry.
A05 -- Adjoining premises-from
A07 -- Auger
B01 -- Balconies-entry through
B07 -- Bogus enquiry
B08 -- Bogus Message
C05 -- Chimney-entry through
C06 -- Climbing ladder
C08 -- Climbing pipes
C09 -- Climbing ropes
C11 -- Concealment in premises
C14 -- Cutting the wire gauge
D03 -- Door/borrowing key and making wax impressions
D04 -- Door/Crawling under and between
D05 -- Door/fan light over
D06 -- Door/opening of finding owners key
D07 -- Door/opening by forcing latch/kunda/chatkani
D08 -- Door/opening by forcing hinges
D09 -- Door/entry by breaking/removing glass panel
D10 -- Door/entry by cutting glass panel
D11 -- Door/entry by removing glass panel
D12 -- Door/entry by lifting rolling shutters
D13 -- Door/entry by cutting pad-lock
D14 -- Door/entry by punching pad-lock
D15 -- Door/entry by using boring or drilling
D16 -- Door/unlatching after boring or drilling
D17 -- Door/opening door not locked
E01 -- Eaves
H02 -- Hole: Bolt hole
H03 -- Hole: Roof hole by removing thatches
H04 -- Hole: Roof hole by removing slates/tiles
H05 -- Hole: Wall hole by removing thatches
H06 -- Hole: Wall hole by removing wood/ brick work
I07 -- Inserting hand or stick through window
S05 -- Sky light entry through
S06 -- Snatching
V02 -- Ventilator entry through
V03 -- Veranda entry through
W01 -- Walls Scaling over
W02 -- Window bars-forcing/removing/cutting
W04 -- Window frame removing
W05 -- Window glass breaking
W06 -- Window glass cutting
W07 -- Window removing
W08 -- Window grills forcing/removing/cutting
W11 -- Wrongful restraint
U99 -- Unclassified.
Class III Houses Thefts-Code 77:-The following are the MO minor classification under House thefts:-
01 -- Arms and Ammunitions
02 -- Cattle
TA -- Children from
03 -- Cultural
04 -- Cycle
05 -- Motor Vehicles
06 -- Pocket picking
07 -- Railway Property
08 -- Servants or employed by
09 -- Wire
10 -- Unclassified
11 -- Schools/Colleges
12 -- Sleeping persons from
13 -- Temple
14 -- Vessels
The following are theJ MO methods used in the commission of House Breaking and theft:-
Code
A02 -- Abstraction
A03 -- Accomplice/servant facilitating entry.
A08 -- Automobile-after borrowing
A09 -- Automobile-by breaking open window panes
A10 -- Automobile-by using duplicate key
A11 -- Automobile-disappearing after hiring
A12 -- Automobile-towed
A13 -- Automobile-by trick/fraud
B07 -- Bogus enquiry
B08 -- Bogus Message
B10 -- Bogus visitor as Agent
B11 -- Bogus visitor as Astrologer
B12 -- Bogus visitor as beggar/Sadhu
B13 -- Bogus visitor as Hawker
B14 -- Bogus visitor as to inspect/building for repairs B15 -- Bogus visitor as seeking information about neighbour
C15 -- Cattle/operating along
C16 -- Cattle/operating with associates
C17 -- Cattle/by trick or fraud
D19 -- Drugging
E02 -- Exchange of property with the connivance of
keeper/priest
E03 -- Exchange of property without the knowledge of
the keeper
F02 -- Food stuff
P02 -- Pocket picking-operating along
P03 -- Pocket picking-operating with associates
P04 -- Poisoning or drugging
S03 -- Shop lifting
S06 -- Snatching
U99 -- Unclassified.
Class IV Ordinary thefts-Code 78:- The following are the MO classification under ordinary thefts:-
Code
01 -- Arms and Ammunitions
02 -- Cattle
TA -- Children from
03 -- Cultural
04 -- Cycle
05 -- Motor Vehicles
06 -- Pocket picking
07 -- Railway Property
08 -- Servants or employed by
09 -- Wire
10 -- Unclassified
12 -- Sleeping persons from
14 -- Vessels
15 -- Bathing Ghats
16 -- Fairs and Festivals
The following are the MO methods used in the commission of ordinary thefts:-
Code
A02 -- Abstraction
A08 -- Automobile-after borrowing
A09 -- Automobile-by breaking open window panes
A10 -- Automobile-by using duplicate key
A11 -- Automobile-disappearing after hiring
A12 -- Automobile-towed
A13 -- Automobile-by trick/fraud
B07 -- Bogus enquiry
B08 -- Bogus Message
B10 -- Bogus visitor as Agent
B11 -- Bogus visitor as Astrologer
B12 -- Bogus visitor as beggar/Sadhu
B13 -- Bogus visitor as Hawker
B14 -- Bogus visitor as to inspect/building for repairs B15 -- Bogus visitor as seeking information about neighbour
C15 -- Cattle/operating along
C16 -- Cattle/operating with associates
C17 -- Cattle/by trick or fraud
D19 -- Drugging
E02 -- Exchange of property with the connivance of
keeper/priest
E03 -- Exchange of property without the knowledge of
the keeper
F02 -- Food stuff
P02 -- Pocket picking-operating along
P03 -- Pocket picking-operating with associates
P04 -- Poisoning or drugging
S03 -- Shop lifting
S06 -- Snatching
U99 -- Unclassified.
Class V Cattle theft-Code 79-The following is the MO minor classification under Cattle thefts:-
Code-02. Cattle
The following are the Mo methods used for the commission of Cattle thefts:
Code
C15 -- Cattle/operating along
C16 -- Cattle/operating with associates
C17 -- Cattle/by trick or fraud
U99 -- Unclassified
Class VI Receiving of Stolen Property-Code 66-There is no MO minor and Mo methods classification for the offences of receiving of stolen property.
Class VII Cheating-Code 10-There is no MO minor classification for Cheating. The following are the MO methods used for the commission of offences of cheating:-
Code
B02 -- Black mailing
B05 -- Bogus Cheque
B06 -- Bogus Claim
B07 -- Bogus R.R
B17 -- Business
C03 -- Charitable Society
C06 -- Chit fund/lucky scheme/lottery, etc,
C10 -- Company
C12 -- Copy right infringements
D02 -- Documents (order form, credentials, tickets letters,
receipts postal papers).
Code
G02 -- Government property
I01 -- Identity Card-false forged
I02 -- Imitation jewelry ornaments
I04 -- Infringement of trade mark
I08 -- Insurance
M01 -- Matrimonial alliance
P31 -- Postal services
R01 -- Railways
R02 -- Registration office
S01 -- Share-forged/shop-forged
S12 -- Supernatural powers-claiming of
T06 -- Trickery
V01 -- Valuable security (promissory note/cheque)
U99 -- Unclassified
Class VIII counterfeiting-Code 12-The following are the MO minor classifications under the offence counterfeiting of coins and Currency.
01 -- Coins
02 -- Currency (foreign)
03 -- Currency (Indian)
04 -- Security other than Coins and Currencies
05 -- Unclassified
The following are the MO methods used in the commission of Counterfeiting of Coins and Currency:
Code
B03 -- Block method
C01 -- Cast method
C02 -- Cast and struck method (combined method)
H01 -- Hand engraving method
L01 -- Lithographic process
M01 -- Mould drawn method
T01 -- Photographic process
S01 -- Striking method
W09 -- Wood engraved method
U99 -- Unclassified
Class IX Criminal Breach of Trust and Misappropriation Code 13 & 45 Respectively-The following are the MO minor classifications under Criminal breach of Trust:-
Code
01 -- Bank
02 -- Chitfund organisation
03 -- Co-operative Society
04 -- Cycles
05 -- Financial firms
06 -- Government organisations
07 -- Industrial/business corporations
08 -- Postal
09 -- Social organisations
Code
10 -- Trustee-religious
11 -- Trustee-Other than religious
12 -- Unclassified
The following are the MO methods adopted in the commission of Criminal Breach of Trust:-
Code
B18 -- By president
B19 -- By Secretary
B20 -- By Officer
B21 -- By clerk/office bearer/employee
B22 -- By servant/peon/attender
B23 -- By member
B24 -- By Dhobi
B25 -- By trustee
B26 -- By others/public
B27 -- By hiring
U99 -- Unclassified
Misappropriation-Code-45:- The following are the MO minor classification under misappropriation:-
01 -- Bank
02 -- Chitfund organisation
03 -- Co-operative Society
04 -- Cycles
05 -- Financial Firms
06 -- Governmental organisations
07 -- Industrial/business corporations
08 -- Postal
09 -- Social organisations
10 -- Trustee-religious
11 -- Trustee-other than religious
12 -- Unclassified
The following are the MO methods adopted in the commission of Misappropriation:
Code
B18 -- By president
B19 -- By Secretary
B20 -- By Officer
B21 -- By clerk/office bearer/employee
B22 -- By servant/peon/attender
B23 -- By member
B24 -- By Dhobi
B25 -- By trustee
B26 -- By others/public
B27 -- By hiring
U99 -- Unclassified
2) The list is made as exhaustive as possible. Some of the items may not apply to all districts and some Districts may need a few additional items. Any addition to the list should be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General of Police Criminal Investigation Department. The Station House Officers should note the appropriate classification in the various reports sent by them to the Bureau. The D.C. number of the District in which the criminal resides, the D.C numbers, if any, assigned to him in other districts, his name with aliases his place of residence with the name of the Police Station, the name or names of Police Station limits and districts where the criminal has operated and full modus operandi details will be noted in columns 1-7 respectively in the body of the card. The type of crime will be entered below the bottom line of the card. The names of the criminals addicted to the particular type should be entered on both sides of the card. The card will be in form No. 192. Example:- House Breaking and theft by lock breaking during night is entered as “3102D07”. (31-MO major, 02-MO minor, D07-method).
3) When a criminal commits a crime which falls under more than one head, his name should be entered under each card and the full modus operandi details entered in column 7 of the card. Column 7 is of special significance because in locating a criminal, the apparently minor details of the modus operandi are even more important than the broad classification outlined above. Hence, all details and particulars regarding the method of entry nature of the building attacked nature of weapons employed, kind of property stolen, from of violence used and all criminal characteristics such as eating food at the scene of crime using detonators or crackers and using boulders to break open the door should be noted in detail in column 7. When a crime of any particular modus operandi is reported, the criminals whose names and other particulars are found on the card bearing the index head of that particular modus operandi will be examined besides other Indices and records in order to point out to the Investigating Officer as to who among them, are likely to have committed the offence. In doing this, details of modus operandi, and not merely its broad classification, should receive attention.
In place of Order No. 1699 of KMP Vol II the following order shall be substituted.
Descriptive, Deformity and Physical Peculiarities Index:- 1699, (a) Index cards in form No. 193 will be maintained for such physical peculiarities, identification marks and criminal characteristics of dossier criminals. The class f descriptive deformity and physical peculiarity will be typed below the bottom line of the card in the same way as for modus operandi index cards and the D.C. numbers and names of criminals and the details of peculiarities or characteristics noted on the card. If a criminal has more than one physical peculiarity or distinct deformity, then his name should find a place under all those heads. For example, if a criminal has his ears low set, a scar on his left arm and conspicuously high forehead and is bow-legged, his name should find a place in the cards “Ears-low set – “Arm left-marks, moles, scars”, etc, “Forehead conspicuously high”. “legs-bow legged’ and “Scars” A typical list of physical peculiarities and deformities is given below. Any addition to this should only be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General, Criminal Investigation Department.
Abdomen-Pot-bellied Burn Marks-On the nose
Burn Marks-On the Chin
Back - Flat Burn Marks-On the back left
Back - Bulging Burn Marks-On the back right
Back - Round shape Burn Marks-On the Stomach
Back - Lunch Burn Marks-On the left leg
Beard - Goatee (thigh)
Beard - Imperial Burn Marks-On the right leg
Beard - Long (thigh)
Beard - Long flowing Burn Marks-On the left foot
Beard - Short Burn Marks-On the right foot
Beard - Trimmed
Beard - Untrimmed Chest-Broad
Build - Fat Chest-Bony
Beard - Medium Chest-Fleshy
Build - Stocky Chest-Pigeon chest
Build - Thin Chest-Protruding
Burn Marks - on the fore Chin-Dimpled
Head
Burn Marks - on the left Chin-Doubled
Cheek Chin-Markedly long
Burn Marks - on the Right Chin-Markedly small
Cheek Chin-Pronouncedly small
Burn Marks - on the left Chin-Pronouncedly square
Shoulder Complex-Dark
Burn Marks - on the right Complex-Fair
Shoulder Complex-Ugly
Burn Marks - on the left Complex-Wheatish
Fore arm
Burn Marks-On the right Deformities-Fingers/fingers
Fore arm extra
Burn Marks-On the chest
Deformities-Fingers/fingers Eyes-Conspicuously small
Missing Eyes-Dark
Deformities-Hand-left Eyes-Freckled
Limping Eyes-Iris blue
Deformities-Hand-Right Eyes-Iris brown
Limping Eyes-Iris cats (yellow)
Deformities-Lame Eyes-Iris Green
Deformities-Leg left limping Eyes-Iris Mnaroo
Deformities-Leg-right Eyes-Light
Limping Eyes-Markedly wide set
Deformities-Lobeless Ear Eyes-Markedly close set
Deformities-One arm Eyes-Markedly close set
Missing Eyes-Protruding
Deformities-One leg missing Eyes-Squint in right eye
Deformities-Stooping Eyes-Sunken
Deformities-Toe/toes extra Eyes-Wearing Spectacles
Deformities-Toe/toes Eye Borws-Conspiciously
Missing arched
Ears-High set Eye Brows-Straight
Ears-Left deformed Eye Brows-Oblique
Ears-Left missing Eye Brows-Long
Ears-Low set Eye Brows-Short
Ears-Lobes pierced Eye Brows-Nearly united
Ears-Lobes not perched Eye Brow-Distended
Ears-Markedly large Eye Brow-Thin
Ears-Markedly small Eye Brows-Thick
Ears-Markedly protruding Eye Brows-Pencilled
From the head Eye Brows-Black
Ears-Right deformed Eye Brows-Gray
Ears-Right missing Eye Brows-Red
Ears-Deaf
Eyes-Artificial one eye Face-forehead-broad
Eyes-Blind in one eye Face-forehead-conspicuously
Eyes-Blinking high
Eyes-Bulging Face-forehead-conspicuously
Eyes-Conspicuously low
Face-forehead-Deep Habits-Race goer
Horizontally wrinkled Habits-Smoker/ganja/opium
Face-forehead-narrow Habits-Snuff taker
Face-forehead Hairs-Bald
Pronouncedly bulging Hairs-Black
Face-forehead Hairs-Bleached/dyed
Pronouncedly receding Hairs-Browned
Face-long Hairs-Curly/wavy
Face-Oval Hairs-Grey
Face-pox pitted Hairs-Grey/whitepatch
Face-Prominent cheek Hairs-Side burns
Bone Hairs-straight
Face-Flabby cheeks Hairs-Wig
Face-Wrinkled Hand-Right exceptionally
Face-Round large
Face-Square Hand-left exceptionally large
Face-Smiling Hand right exceptionally small
Foot-Splay footed right Hand-left exceptionally small
Foot-Splay footed left Head-Prominently big
Foot-Pigeon toed right Head-Prominently small
Foot-Pigeon toed left Head-Egg shaped
Foot-right exceptionally large Head-Bent forward
Foot-right exceptionally Head-Inclined backward
Small Head-Turned side ways to
Foot-left exceptionally the right
Large Head-Turned side ways to
Foot-left exceptionally The left
Small Height-Mention actual Height
Habits-Bragging
Habits-Chew betal Leg-bow legged
Habits-Chewgum Leg-Knock kneed
Habits-Chew tobacco Leg-Elephantiasis left
Habits-Cinema Crazy Leg-Elephantiasis right
Habits-Drink liquor Leg-Varicose veins
Habits-Gambler Leg-Leprosy
Habits-Prostitute Monger Leucoderma-Cheek left
Leucoderma-Cheek right Mole-Forehead
Leucoderma-Chin Mole-Foot right
Leucoderma-Ear left Mole-Foot left
Leucoderma-Ear right Mole-Hand left
Leucoderma-Eye brow left Mole-Hand right
Leucoderma-Eye brow right Mole-Head
Leucoderma-Forehead Mole-leg right
Leucoderma-Hand left Mole-leg left
Leucoderma-Hand right Mole-Lip lower
Leucoderma-Head Mole-Lip Upper
Leucoderma-Lip upper Mole-Neck
Leucoderma-Neck Mole-Nose
Leucoderma-Nose Moustache-Clipped
Lips-Markedly thick Moustache-Dropping
Lips-Markedly thick Moustache-Handle bar
Lips-Markedly thin Moustache-Pencil
Lips-Protruding Moustache-Tooth brush
Lips-Spouting
Lips-Upper lip markedly Neck-Prominently thick
Long Neck-Prominently thin
Lips-Upper lip markedly Neck-Adams apple prominent
Short Nose-Turned up
Lips-Upper lip markedly Nose-Aquiline
Over hanging Nose-Long
Nose-Pierced
Mole-Back Nose-Pug
Mole-Birth marks Nose-Deviating towards left
Mole-Cheek left Nose-Deviating towards right
Mole-Cheek right Nose-Markedly dilated
Mole-Chin nostrils
Mole-Chest Nose-Line of nose convex
Mole-Ear left Nose-Line of nose
Mole-Ear right Prominently concave
Mole-Eye brow left Nose-Snub
Mole-Eye brow right Nose-Tip pointed upward
Scar- Back Speech-Soft spoken
Scar- Cheek left Speech-Stammering
Scar- Cheek right Speech-Squeaking/hoarse
Scar- Chest
Scar- Chin Tattoo Mark- Cheek left
Scar- Ear left Tattoo Mark- Cheek right
Scar- Ear right Tattoo Mark- Chest
Scar- Eye brow left Tattoo Mark- Chin
Scar- Eye brow right Tattoo Mark- brow left
Scar-Face Tattoo Mark- Ear right
Scar-Forehead Tattoo Mark- Eye brow left
Scar-Foot left Tattoo Mark- Eye brow right
Scar-Foot right Tattoo Mark- Forehead
Scar-Hand left Tattoo Mark- Hand left
Scar-Hand right (figure)
Scar-Hand Tattoo Mark- Hand right
Scar-Leg right (figures)
Scar-Leg left Tattoo Mark- Hand right
Scar- Lip lower (letters)
Scar-Lip upper Tattoo Mark- Hand left
Scar-Neck (letters)
Scar-Nose Tattoo Mark-Head
Scar-Birth mark Tattoo Mark-Neck
Shoulder-Left dropping Tattoo Mark-Nose
Shoulder-Right dropping Tattoo Mark- Thigh left
Shoulder-Stoops (figure)
Speech-Fast Tattoo Mark-Thigh left
Speech-Feminine (letters)
Speech-Looking down Tattoo Mark-Thigh right
Speech-Looking obliquely (figure)
To the right Tattoo Mark-Thigh right
Speech-Looking obliquely (letters)
To the left Teeth-Broken
Speech-Lound spoken Teeth-False tooth or teeth
Speech-Nasal Teeth-Metal filling
Speech-Slow Teeth-Metal tooth or teeth
Teeth-Missing Walking-Unusually short
Teeth-Protruding strides
Teeth-Stained Walking-Unusually quick
Strides
Walking-Unusually Walking-Unusually slow
Strides strides
(b) Full details of the physical peculiarity or Criminal characteristics should be noted in column 8 of the card.
(c) If a person, has a mole on the back, he should be indexed under item Moles, the details of moles e.g., size colour, exact location, being given in column 8 of the card. The same thing applies to other marks also.
(d) Only pronounced physical peculiarities should be noted, a slight departure either way from the normal-appearance being overlooked.
(e) If the perpetrator of a crime, whose identity has not been established, is know to posses a given physical peculiarity the card bearing the index head of the physical peculiarity will show the criminals having that peculiarity.
In place of order No. 1700 of KPWM Vol. II the following order shall be substituted:
Style Occupation Assumed Index:
1700. Index cards should be in Form No. 194 and will be maintained for each style. It indicates criminals’ alleged trade or profession at the time of or immediately prior to commission of offence. The class of style will be typed below the bottom line of the card and other particulars entered as shown in the card. A typical exhaustive list of styles is given below. Any addition to this should only be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General of Police Criminal Investigation Department.
|1 |Account |37 |Assistant Engraver |
|2 |Accounts Officer |38 |Assistant Lecturer |
|3 |Acrobat |39 | Assistant Manager |
|4 |Actor |40 |Assistant Matron |
|5 |Additional Assistant |41 |Assistant Medical Officer |
|6 |Addition Govt. Pleader |42 |Assistant Photographer |
|7 |Additional Public Prosecutor |43 |Assistant Public Prosecutor |
|8 |Additional Secretary |44 |Assistant Rationing Officer |
|9 |Additional Supdt. Of Police |45 |Assistant Representative |
|10 |Administrative Officer |46 |Assistant Secretary |
|11 |Administrator |47 |Assistant Sub-Inspector |
|12 |Admiral |48 |Assistant Supdt. Of Police |
|13 |Advocate |49 |Assistant Surgeon |
|14 |Advocate General |50 |Assistant Treasury Officer |
|15 |Adie-de-camp |51 |Assistant Village Officer |
|16 |Agent |52 |Assistant Warden |
|17 |Agricultural Officer |53 |Astrologer |
|18 |Agriculturist |54 |Astronomer |
|19 |Analyst |55 |Athlete |
|20 |Anthropologist |56 |Attender |
|21 |Appraiser |57 |Attorney |
|22 |Architect |58 |Attorney General |
|23 |Archeologist |59 |Auctioner |
|24 |Armesture-winder |60 |Auditor |
|25 |Armourer |61 |Auditor General |
|26 |artisan |62 |Author |
|27 |Artist |63 |Ayah |
|28 |Artiste |64 |Baker |
|29 |Assistant |65 |Bandit |
|30 |Assistant Auditor |66 |Bank Account Holder |
|31 |Assistant Collector |67 |Banker |
|32 |Assistant Commandant |68 |Barber |
|33 |Assistant Commissioner |69 |Basket-weaver |
|34 |Assistant Conservator of forest |70 |Bearer |
|35 |Assistant Editor |71 |Beautician |
|36 |Assistant Engineer |72 |Beedi Maker |
|73 |Beggar |109 |Chief Conservator |
|74 |Bender (Glass) |110 |Chief Controller |
|75 |Beneficiary under will |111 |Chief Electrical Officer |
|76 |Binder |112 |Chobdar |
|77 |Biologist |113 |Chowkidar |
|78 |Bishop |114 |Cigar maker |
|79 |Blacksmith |115 |Cigarette Machine |
|80 |Blacksmith blower | | operator |
|81 |Bleacher |116 |Cune operator |
|82 |Block maker |117 |Civil Engineer |
|83 |Blow room carder |118 |Clarionettist |
|84 |Blow room worker |119 |Cleaner |
|85 |Boat-man |120 |Clergy man |
|86 |Boiler man |121 |Clock repairer |
|87 |Book Binder |122 |Clerk |
|88 |Brewer |123 |Clown |
|89 |Broker |124 |Coach builder |
|90 |Business man |125 |Cobbler |
|91 |Bucher |126 |Coffee blender |
|92 |butler |127 |Coffin maker |
| |128 |Collector |
|93 |Cabinet maker |129 |Commandant |
|94 |Camea man |130 |Commercial tax officer |
|95 |Captain |131 |Commissioner |
|96 |Care taker |132 |Company employee |
|97 |Carpenter |133 |Composer |
|98 |Carpet maker |134 |Composter |
|99 |Carrier |135 |Compounder |
|100 |Cashier |136 |Computing clerk |
|101 |Chairman |137 |Computing Machine |
|102 |Chancellor | | Operator |
|103 |Charcoal burner |138 |Conductor |
|104 |Charcoal burner |139 |Confectioner |
|105 |Charted Accountant |140 |Conservator of forests |
|106 |Checking Inspector |141 |Constructor |
|107 |Chemist |142 |Consultant |
|108 |Chief Auditor |143 |Contractor |
|144 |Controller |179 |Deputy Mayor |
|145 |Cook |180 |Deputy Minister |
|146 |Coolie |181 |Deputy Registrar |
|147 |Copper smith |182 |Deputy Speaker |
|148 |Coroner |183 |Deputy Supdt. Of Police |
|149 |Correspondent |184 |Deputy Surveyer |
|150 |Councilor |185 |Deputy Tahsildar |
|151 |Counsel |186 |Designer |
|152 |Countess |187 |Dispatcher |
|153 |Grane hoist operator |188 |Destitute |
|154 |Courtesan |189 |Detective (private) |
|155 |Credit customer |190 |Dhoby |
|156 |Cremator |191 |Diplomat |
|157 |Crusher of all seeds |192 |Director |
|158 |Cultivator |193 |Distiller |
|159 |Curator |194 |Distributor |
|160 |Curer of tobacco |195 |District Collector |
|161 |Customer |196 |District Judge |
|162 |Cutter |197 |District Revenue Officer |
|163 |Dacoit |198 |District Supdt. Of Police |
|164 |Dairy worker |199 |District Veterinary Officer |
|165 |Dancer |200 |Driver |
|166 |Darner |201 |Doctor |
|167 |Dealer |202 |Draftsman |
|168 |Dean |203 |Drainage Cleaner |
|169 |Decorator |204 |Dramatist |
|170 |Defense personnel |205 |Draper |
|171 |Demonstrator |206 |Drawer |
|172 |Dentist |207 |Drawing Master |
|173 |Deputy Collector |208 |Dress Maker |
|174 |Deputy Commandant |209 |Driller |
|175 |Deputy Conservator of forests |210 |Driver of Cycle Rickshaw |
|176 |Deputy Inspector |211 |Drug Inspector |
|177 |Deputy Jailor |212 |Dry Cleaner |
|178 |Deputy Manager |213 |Duffador |
|214 |Dyer |251 |Forest Ranger |
|215 |Editor |252 |Frogeman |
|216 |Electrical Engineer |253 |Fortune teller |
|217 |Electrical Fitter |254 |Frogman |
|218 |Electician |255 |Furnaceman |
|219 |Electroplater |256 |Furrier |
|220 |Embalmer |257 |Gangman |
|221 |Embroiderer |258 |Gardener/mali |
|222 |Employee |259 |Garment maker |
|223 |Employer |260 |Gasman |
|224 |Engineer |261 |Gas Machanic |
|225 |Engraver |262 |Gate keeper |
|226 |Estate Officer |263 |Geologist |
|227 |Etcher |264 |Ginner |
|228 |Examiner |265 |Glazier |
|229 |Excise-Guard |266 |Godown keeper |
|230 |Expert |267 |Goldsmith |
|231 |Extruder |268 |Government Analyst |
|232 |Farmer |269 |Government pleader |
|233 |Farm Manager |270 |Gramsevak |
|234 |Farm Owner |271 |Grinder |
|235 |Farm Supervisor |272 |Grocer |
|236 |Farm Worker |273 |Guard |
|237 |Fakir |274 |Guide |
|238 |Fibre preparer |275 |Hair Dresser |
|239 |Field Officer |276 |Hammersmith |
|240 |Financier |277 |Hernes maker |
|241 |Fire Fighter |278 |Hat maker |
|242 |Fireman |279 |Hawker |
|243 |Fire Serviceman |280 |Head Constable |
|244 |Fisherman |281 |Head Gear maker |
|245 |Fisfery Guard |282 |Head Master |
|246 |Fitter |283 |Headmistress |
|247 |Fight Engineer |284 |Health Inspector |
|248 |Food Canner |285 |House keeper |
|249 |Foreman |286 |Hunter |
|250 |Forester |287 |Husker |
|288 |Hut builder |322 |Labourer |
|289 |Havildar |323 |Labour Welfare Officer |
|290 |Havildar Major |324 |Lace maker |
|291 |Income-Tax Officer |325 |Landlord |
|292 |Industrialist |326 |Lusker |
|293 |Informant |327 |Last Grade Government Servant |
|294 |Information Officer |328 |Laundryman |
|295 |Inspector |329 |Law Secretary |
|296 |Inspector General of Police |330 |Lecturer |
|297 |Inspector General of Prisons |331 |Legal Advisor |
|298 |Inspector General of Registration |332 |Legal Practitioner |
|299 |Installer-Telegraphs |333 |Legislator |
|300 |Instructor |334 |Librarian |
|301 |Installer-Telephone |335 |Lieutenant |
|302 |Insurance Agent |336 |Lift Operator |
|303 |Insurance Officer |337 |Line man |
|304 |Interpreter |338 |Liner |
|305 |Investigator |339 |Literary man/writer/poet |
|306 |Invigilator |340 |Leader |
|307 |Jailor |341 |Log Feller |
|308 |Jeweler |342 |Magicion |
|309 |Jewelry Engraver |343 |Magistrate |
|310 |Jockey |344 |Maharaja |
|311 |Joint Register |345 |Maharani |
|312 |Joint Secretary |346 |Maistry |
|313 |Journalist |347 |Major |
|314 |Judge |348 |Manager |
|315 |Junior Assistant |349 |Mahout |
|316 |Junior Engineer |350 |Manufacture |
|317 |Junior Inspector |351 |Mariner |
|318 |Junior Reader |352 |Marker |
|319 |Jurer |353 |Marshall |
|320 |Kilnman |354 |Mason |
|321 |Knitter |355 |Master |
|356 |Motor |393 |Optician |
|357 |Maternity Assistant |394 |Orator |
|358 |Mayor |395 |Ovenman |
|359 |Mayouress |396 |Overseer |
|360 |Mechanic |397 |Packer |
|361 |Mechanical Engineer |398 |Painter |
|362 |Medical Officer |399 |Palmist |
|363 |Meniel |400 |Parcher |
|364 |Merchant |401 |Partner |
|365 |Mesmerist |402 |Pastor |
|366 |Messenger |403 |Pawn-Broker |
|367 |Metalurgical Engineer |404 |Peasant |
|368 |Meteorologist |405 |Peari-Diver |
|369 |Midwife |406 |Peddler |
|370 |Milk-man |407 |Peon |
|371 |Miller |408 |Perfumer |
|372 |Mimic |409 |Personal Assistant |
|373 |Miner |410 |Pharmaceutical Chemist |
|374 |Mining Engineer |411 |Pharmacist |
|375 |Minister |412 |Philanthropist |
|376 |Money-lender |413 |Photo-Artist |
|377 |Monk |414 |Photographer |
|378 |Motor-Vehicle-Inspector |415 |Photographic Assistant |
|379 |Movie Camera Operator |416 |Photo Lithographer |
|380 |Moulder |417 |Physician |
|381 |Museum Curator |418 |Photo Litho Operator |
|382 |Musician |419 |Physicist |
|383 |Navigator |420 |Physio the-rapist |
|384 |Novelist |421 |Plantation Manager |
|385 |Nurse |422 |Planist |
|386 |Nursing Attendant |423 |Planter |
|387 |Nursing Orderly |424 |Plate maker (Photography) |
|388 |Nursing Superintendent |425 |Plumber |
|389 |Office Boy |426 |Piecer |
|390 |Officer |427 |Pilot |
|391 |Oil-Man |428 |Pimp |
|392 |Operator |429 |Pipe fitter |
|430 |Piper |468 |Reader |
|431 |Pledge |469 |Reborer |
|432 |Points man |470 |Record Clerk |
|433 |Police Constable |471 |Recruit |
|434 |Police Radio Officer |472 |Recruit |
|435 |Politician |473 |Referee |
|436 |Porter |474 |Regional Probtn. Officer |
|437 |Postman |475 |Registrar |
|438 |Potter |476 |Relative |
|439 |Pounder |477 |Reporter |
|440 |Priest |478 |Representative |
|441 |prince |479 |Research Analyst |
|442 |Princess |480 |Research Assistant |
|443 |Principal |481 |Residential Medical Officer |
|444 |Printer |482 |Retails Trader |
|445 |Private Secretary |483 |Revenue Division Officer |
|446 |Process Server |484 |Revenue Inspector |
|447 |Producer |485 |Richman/Seth |
|448 |Professor |486 |Rickshwpuller |
|449 |Project Officer |487 |Room Boy |
|450 |Proof Reader |488 |Rubber Stamp Maker |
|451 |Proprietor |489 |Ryot |
|452 |prosecutor |490 |Saddle Maker |
|453 |Prostitute |491 |Sadhu |
|454 |Psychiatrist |492 |Sailor |
|455 |Psychologist |493 |Saint |
|456 |Public Prosecutor |494 |Sales Assistant |
|457 |Public Servant |495 |Sales man |
|458 |Publisher |496 |Sanitary Worker |
|459 |Punch-Card Machine |497 |Sawyer |
| | Operator |498 |Scavenger |
|460 |pundit |499 |School Assistant |
|461 |Passenger |500 |Scrabber |
|462 |Quack |501 |Sculptor |
|463 |Quarryman |502 |Secretary |
|464 |Radiographer |503 |Section Officer |
|465 |Ranger |504 |Security Officer |
|466 |Rationing Officer |505 |Senator |
|467 |Rattan-Weaver |506 |Sepoy |
|507 |Sergeant |545 |Superintendent |
|508 |Servant |546 |Supervisor |
|509 |Sower |547 |Surgeon |
|510 |Sheet-Metal-Worker |548 |Surveyor |
|511 |Shariff |549 |Sweeper |
|512 |Ship Wright |550 |Sweet-meat-maker |
|513 |Show maker/repairer |551 |Syrong |
|514 |Shop Keeper |552 |Tailor |
|515 |Shroff |553 |Tahsildar |
|516 |Signaller |554 |Tanner |
|517 |Silversmith |555 |Tapper |
|518 |Sizer |556 |Tax Collector |
|519 |Snuff Manufacturer |557 |Taxi Driver |
|520 |Social Worker |558 |Tea-Blender |
|521 |Solicitor |559 |Teacher |
|522 |Solicitor General |560 |Technician |
|523 |Speaker |561 |Tele-communication |
|524 |Special Officer | | Operator |
|525 |Special Representative |562 |Telegraphic Operator |
|526 |Spinner |563 |Telephone Operator |
|527 |Spray-Painter |564 |Ticket Collector |
|528 |Station Master |565 |Ticket Inspector |
|529 |Statistician |566 |Ticket Seller |
|530 |Stenographer |567 |Time Keeper |
|531 |Steno-typist |568 |Tindal |
|532 |Steward |569 |Tinker |
|533 |Stock-Broker |570 |Titled person |
|534 |Stone-Carvers |571 |Tobacco preparer |
|535 |Stone-cutter |572 |Tool maker |
|536 |Stone-Dresser |573 |Tourist |
|537 |Stone-Keeper |574 |Tourist Guide |
|538 |Street-vendor |575 |Tourist Officer |
|539 |Student |576 |Trader |
|540 |Sub-Collector |577 |Traffic Controller |
|541 |Sub-Editor |578 |Tram Car Driver |
|542 |Sub-Inspector |579 |Translator |
|543 |Sub-Registrar |580 |Treasurer |
|544 |Sub-Treasury Officer |581 |Turner |
|582 |Tutor |602 |Warder |
|583 |Typist |603 |Ware-House Keeper |
|584 |Tyre Builder |604 |Warper |
|585 |Tyre man |605 |Warter |
|586 |Tyre retreader |606 |Washerman |
|587 |Umpire |607 |Watchman |
|588 |Under Secretary |608 |Watch-repairer |
|589 |unemployed |609 |Water man |
|590 |Upholsterer |610 |Weaver |
|591 |Unclassified |611 |Welder |
|592 |Vaceinator |612 |Well-Digger |
|593 |Vakil |613 |Well Driller |
|594 |Valuers |614 |Wholesale Dealer |
|595 |Veterinarian |615 |Whole salw Trader |
|596 |Veterinary Doctor |616 |Winder |
|597 |Veterniry Surgeon |617 |Wireless Operator |
|598 |Village Accountant/pamtwari/karnam |618 |Wireman |
|599 |Village Headman/Patil |619 |Woman Welfare Officer |
|600 |Village Policeman/ Sherishtadar/Talayari |620 |Wood-cutter |
|601 |Vulcaniser |621 |Works Manager |
In place of Order No. 1701 of KPM Vol. II the following order shall be substituted.
Trade Mark/MO Special features Index
1701. Index cards should be in Form No. 195 and will be maintained for each trade mark employed by the criminal. Trade mark indicates extraordinary act done by criminals not associated with crimes such as easing at the scene of crime or disconnecting Electric supply. The trade mark will be typed below the bottom line of the card and other particulars entered as shown in the card. A typical exhaustive list of trade marks is given below: Any addition to this should only be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector-General Criminal Investigation Department:-
1. Abstraction from articles in transit by post.
2. Abstraction from articles in transit by road,
3. Abstraction from articles in transit by Rail
4. Committing Sexual assaults on inmates
5. Consuming food/drinks at the scence
6. Disconnecting Electric supply,
7. Disconnecting Telephone connections
8. Disguise-use of
9. Displaying Weapons
10. Disposal of dead bodies-abandonment
11. Disposal of dead bodies-Burial
12. Disposal of dead bodies-Cremation
13. Disposal of dead bodies-Mutilation/Disfigurement/conceal identity
14. Disposal of dead bodies-throwing in cannal/river/well sea
15. Diverting attention of the victim
16. Drugging watch-dog
17. Drunk while committing offence
18. Easing at the scene of crime/offence
19. Eliciting information from a child
20. Exceeding the right of private defense-by
20A. Exit-otherwise than by way of entry
21. Exit-by same way as entry
22. Fabricating alibi or other evidence for committing
23. Inmates-absent-while
24. inmates-present a sleep-while
25. Inmates-present but awake-while
26. Language/dilect spoken of different area
27. Language/dilect spoken of local area
28. Limited search for valuables
29. Location-end of street
30. Location-Isolated/solitary house
31. Location-middle of the street
32. Location-new extension/outskirts
33. Masked face
34. Operating in dark nights
35. Operating in dark without lights
36. Operating in regular Electric lights
37. Operating in silence
38. Operating in Moon light Night
39. Operating using Torch light/match stick
40. Placing obstruction on approach or path
41. Positioning themselves near/about the house
42. Railway route-on the
43. Railway route-of the
44. Ransacking and abandoning boxes
45. Ransacking premises for valuables
46. Safe breaking by chemicals
47. Safe breaking by ordinary methods
48. Selective removal of valuables
49. Sleeping person-from
50. Smearing faces on clothes of victim
51. Smoking while committing offence
52. Stationary vehicles from
53. Surveying target before commission
54. Threat of harm or injury holding out.
55. Throwing Acid/Alkalis/Irritant on the victims
56. Using codes while operating
57. Use of oil by the offender on his body
58. Using obscene or abusive language
59. Using Anesthetics or Drug on victim
60. Using blades/Scissors/or other cutting instruments
61. Using fingers only
62. Using force or causing injury
63. Using real of faise keys to open boxes, cupboards or places of custody
64. Using violence for escape.
65. Using violence to open boxes, cup boards or places of custody.
66. Unclassified.
67. Wearing unauthorised uniform
In place of Order No. 1702 of KMP Vol II the following order shall be substituted:-
Transport MO Conveyance Index 1702; Index cards should be in Form No. 196 and should be maintained for each type of conveyance used before, during or after the commission of an offence. The type of conveyance will be typed below the bottom line and particulars entered in other columns. A typical exhaustive list of conveyances is given below. Any addition to this should only be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector General, Criminal Investigation Department.
1. Air Craft 13. Motor Cycle
2. Animals other than Horse 14. Railway train
3. Auto-Cycle 15. Scooter
4. Auto-rickshaw 16. Ship/steamer
5. Byckle 17. Tanker
6. Boat/Barge/Launch 18. Tempo
7. Bullock cart 19. Tanga/Jutka
8. Bus 20. Tractor
9. Car 21. Tram
10. Cycle Rickshaw 22. Truck/Lorry
11. Horse 23. Unclassified
12. Jeep
In place of Order No. 1704 of KMP Vol. II the following order shall be substituted: Stolen/MO Property Index:
1704. All identifiable property lost in cases published in the weekly crime and occurrence sheet which has not been recovered at the time of its publication, will be indexed. The property recovered index and information in respect of properties seized under suspicious circumstances received by the Bureau either from Station. House Officers or through. Crime and occurrence sheets of neighboring districts should be carefully checked with the properties indexed in the Bureau to see whether they are concerned in any crime of the district. If any of the properties seized is identical with that lost in a case, the fact should be immediately intimated to the Station House Officer in whose case the property was reported lost and the Station House Officer who recovered the property under suspicious circumstances. If an item of property indexed is recovered, the entry relating to it should be scored out from the index and the date of tracing it noted. A typical exhaustive list of identifiable properties to be indexed is given hereunder. Any addition to this list should be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation “Department. The pro-formas of the index will be in Form No. 201.
Agriculture Products:
1. Frults 10. Bulls
2. Grains 11. Camel
3. Grocery 12. Cat
4. Oils 13. Cows
5. Sandal Wood 14. Dog
6. Vegetables 15. Donkey
7. Unclassified 16. Elephant
17. Goat
Animals: 18. Horse
8. Buffaloes 19.Monkey
9. Bullocks 20. Parrot
|21 |Peacock |42 |Sten Gun |
|22 |Pigeon |43 |Sword |
|23 |Pigs |44 |Cnclassified |
|24 |Poultry |Building and Building Materials |
|25 |Sheep |45 |Asbestos sheets |
|26 |Unclassified |46 |Barbed wire fencing |
|Arms and Ammunition: |47 |Buildings |
|27 |Aruve/Axe |48 |Buildings Machinery |
|28 |Bow and Arrow |49 |Cement |
|29 |Bullets/Catridges |50 |Cement Blocks/Cement/Posts/ slates/bricks |
|30 |Dagger |51 |Door frames/Iron frames |
|31 |Fire Arm Parts |52 |Frames-Wooden |
|32 |Gremades |53 |Door fittings |
|33 |Hatchet |54 |Glass articles |
|34 |Machine Gun |55 |Marble/stone blocks/slabs |
|35 |Musket |56 |Metal beams/Rods/Sheet |
|36 |Pistol |57 |Metal Brackets |
|37 |Revolver |58 |Metal chain, fittings/frames/ pipes/wires etc. |
|38 |Rifle |59 |Paints and allied matriales |
|39 |Shot Gun-Double Barrel |60 |Pumps |
|40 |Shot Gun-Single Barrel |61 |Sanitary ware and fittings |
|41 |Spear |62 |Scaffolding materials |
|63 |Tiles-roof |100 |Unclassified |
|64 |Tiles-floor |Drugs and Chemicals: |
|65 |Tiles-wall |100A |Alcoholic Beverages |
|66 |Timber/logs/beams/scantlings |101 |Charas |
|67 |Window/frame-Iron |102 |Cocoine |
|68 |Window frame-Wooden |103 |Cocoa Leaf |
|69 |Wooden fittings |104 |Codeine |
|70 |Wooden Poles |105 |Dature |
|71 |Unclassified |106 |Medicinal preparation |
|Cultural Property: |107 |Nerphine |
|72 |Idols |108 |Opium |
|73 |Jewellery |109 |Opium Derivatvies |
|74 |Manuscripts |110 |Poppy |
|75 |Metal ware |111 |Sidhi |
|76 |Paintings |112 |Unclassified |
|77 |Sculptures |Electrical and Electronic Goods: |
|78 |Unclassified |113 |Air-Conditioner |
|Documents: |114 |Air-Cooler |
|79 |Accounts Books |115 |Amphlifies/loudspeaker/Microphones and allied |
| | | |equipments. |
|80 |Bills |116 |Aluminium Wire |
|81 |Cheque Books |117 |Batteries |
|82 |Coupons |118 |Brass Sheets |
|83 |Files |119 |Brass Wire |
|84 |Government Security |120 |Bulbs/Switches/Light fittings |
|85 |Hundies |121 |Cable |
|86 |Identity Cards |122 |Clock-Electric |
|87 |Invoice |123 |Copper Wire |
|88 |Ledger |124 |Dynamos/Motor Electric |
|89 |License |125 |Ran |
|90 |Mortgage Deed |126 |Grinder |
|91 |Pass Book |127 |Hair Drier |
|92 |Pass port |128 |Heater-Air/Heater |
|93 |Permit |129 |Immersion Rod Water/Oven |
|94 |Ration Cards |130 |Iron-Electric |
|95 |Registration Certificate |131 |Kettle-Electric |
|96 |Shares |132 |Meter Electric |
|97 |Title Deed |133 |Motor Pumps/Starter |
|98 |Will |134 |Radios |
|99 |Warrants/Railway/Bus |135 |Radiogram |
|136 |Record Player/Records for Radiograms. |170 |Clothing |
|137 |Refriograms |171 |Crockery |
|138 |Sewing Machine |172 |Cutlery |
|139 |Shaver |173 |Edibles |
|140 |Tape Recorder |174 |Furniture/Fittings |
|141 |Telephones |175 |Keys |
|142 |Teleprinters |176 |Linen/upholstery |
|143 |Television |177 |Pencils |
|144 |Toaster-Electic |178 |Pens |
|145 |Transformers |179 |Purses |
|146 |Transistor |180 |Stationery |
|147 |T.V Accessories |181 |Stove |
|148 |Washing Machine |182 |Toilet articles |
|149 |Water Coolers |183 |Typewriters |
|150 |Welding Equipment |184A |Wrist watches |
|151 |Wire Copper other than Telephone & Telegraphic |184 |Vessels/Kitchen ware |
|152 |Unclassified |185 |Silver Vessel |
|Explosives: |186 |Unclassified |
|153 |Bombs/Crackers |Implements and Instruments: |
|154 |Chlorate Mixture |187 |Agricultural Implements |
|155 |Cordite |188 |Mechanical Instruments |
|156 |Detonaor |189 |Musical Instruments |
|157 |Dynamite |190 |Optical Instruments |
|158 |Fire works |191 |Photographic Instruments |
|159 |Fulminate |192 |Scientific and Laboratory Instruments |
|160 |Grenade-Hand |193 |Surgical Instruments |
|161 |Gun Powder |194 |Unclassified |
|162 |Nitrate Mixture |Jewellery: |
|163 |Nitro Compound |195 |Worn on Ankle Anklets |
|164 |Unclassified |196 |Worn on Arms-Armlet/Bracelet Bangles etc., |
|Household Articles: |197 |Worn on Ear-Ear-Ear Rings/ Stud etc. |
|165 |Bags |198 |Worn on Fingers-Rings |
|166 |Boxes | | |
|167 |Carpets |199 |Worn on Head-Crown/Coronet, other types etc. |
|168 |Cigaratte Lighter |200 |Worn on neck-chain-necklace etc. |
|169 |Clocks/Time pieces | | |
|201 |Worn on Nose-nose Screws-Ring etc. |233 |Frances (French) |
|202 |Worn on shoulders-Brooch pin etc. |234 |Letter of credit) |
|203 |Worn on waist-waist band/waist cord |235 |Money orders |
|204 |Gold Jewels (others) |236 |Paise coins |
|205 |Unclassified |237 |Postal orders (Foreign) |
|Leather and Rubber: |238 |Postal Orders (Indian) |
|206 |Automobile Accessories-Leather or Rubber |239 |Pounds Sterling |
|207 |Foot Wear |240 |Promissory Notes |
|208 |Hot water bottle |241 |Rupee coins |
|209 |Pipes (leather or Rubber) |242 |Rupee Notes |
|210 |Rubber and Canvas Sheets Tarpaulin |243 |Share |
|211 |Skin and Hides |244 |Stamp |
|212 |Sports Goods |245 |Stamp paper |
|213 |Suits Goods |246 |Travellers cheque |
|214 |Suit Cases |247 |Yen (Japanese) |
|215 |Tyres and Tubes |248 |Unclassified |
|216 |Unclassified |Railway Properties: |
|Machinery and Accessories: |249 |Carriage Fittings (Railway) |
|217 |Automobile parts |250 |Coal (Railway) |
|218 |Calculating Machine |251 |Locomotive fittings (Railway) |
|219 |Machine Tools |252 |Personal effects (Railway) |
|220 |Milling Machine | |
|221 |Printing Machinery and Accessories |253 |Ambulance |
|222 |Pumps |254 |Auto-Cycle |
|223 |Tube wells |255 |Auto-Rickshaw |
|224 |Unclassified |256 |Bicycle |
|225 |Bicycle accessories |257 |Boat-Barge |
|Money & Valuable Securities: |258 |Bullock Cart |
|226 |Bill of Exchange |259 |Bus |
|227 |Bonds |260 |Car |
|228 |Cheques |261 |Cycle Rickshaw |
|229 |Coin |262 |Hand Cart |
|230 |Dench Mark |263 |Hand Rickshaw |
|231 |Dollar |264 |Jeep |
|232 |Drafts |265 |Lorry |
|266 |Motor Cycle |276 | |
|267 |Pull Rickshaw |Unclassified: |
|268 |Road Roller |277 |Books/journals/periodicals |
|269 |Scooter |278 |Cigar/cigarette/beedi |
|270 |Station Wagon |279 |Metal Ingots |
|271 |Tempo |280 |Metal Sheets |
|272 |Tonga |281 |Metal Wire |
|273 |Tractor |282 |Publicity sign boards/ posters/ |
| | | |leaflets. |
|274 |Trailor |283 |Yarn |
|275 |Truck | | |
Fifteen forms and registers under KPM Vol. III contain column or columns for noting modus operandi details or MO classifications. MOB card as prescribed under Standing Order No. 615 dated 22nd March 1972 has also provision for noting MO classifications in detail.
Following are the forms under KPM Vol. III which contain column OR columns to note down MO details Or MO Classifications.
|SL |Name and No. of the form |Total No of Colums |Columns No. for MO details |
|No. | | | |
|1 |Form No. 20 Crime Register |1 to 7 |Sub-column VII of Col.2 MO classifications. |
|2 |Form NO. 91 Crime History part II Village |1 to 12 |Col. 10 and 11 Crime classifications and Modus operandi|
| |Crime Register | | |
|3 |Form No. 97 History sheet |1 to 9 |Co. 7 MO details Col. 23 Sub-Col. I sec. & modus |
| | | |operandi. Col. 24 Section and modus operandi |
|4 |Form No. 113 OV card |1 to 11 |Col. 9 modus operandi. |
|5 |Form No. 173 Crime Report |1 to 8 |Col. 8 modus operandi. |
|6 |Form 176 Weekly station crime report. |1 to 11 |Col. No. 9 and 10 classification major minor |
| | | |Col. II further classification and particulars |
|7 |Form No. 183 Register of HS persons. |1 to 8 |Col. 4 MO details |
|8 |Form No. 189 Register of crime reports. |1 to 8 |Col. 2 Station Crime Number Section, and Modus operandi|
|9 |Form No. 190 Register of undetected cases. |1 to 13 |Col. 4 Modus operandi |
|10 |Form No. 191 Name index register |1 to 6 |Col. 5 Modus operandi give all MO’s |
|11 |Form No. 192 MO index |1 to 6 |Modus operandi and sample entry-IIL breaking lock or |
| | | |fastening |
|12 |Form No. 197 Wanted Index Card |1 to 10 |Col. 7 Modus operandi etc |
|13 |Form No. 217 Conviction memo |1 to 11 |Col. 8 (b) MO details |
|14 |Form No. 250 Check register of convicted |1 to 11 |Col. 2 Modus operandi |
| |persons | | |
|15 |Form No. 251 descriptive particulars of HS |1 to 15 |M.O details etc. |
| |to be communicated to Railway PS | | |
The detailed instructions fill up the MO classifications on the various forms and registers in the light of modified MO classification are as follows:
Form No. 20 Crime Register’
MO classifications have be noted down under sub-columns (vii) of column 2 in this register. Here MO major, MO minor, and MO method of the particular crime reported should be noted clearly.
Examples:-
i) A dacoity committed by professionals, by throwing bomb is noted as ‘ 1602B16”
‘16’ is the code for dacoity-MO major
‘20’ is the code for professional-MO minor
‘B18’ is the method of bomb throwing MO method
ii) A murder committed by the use of explosive is noted as “4702E04”
‘47’ is the code for Murder-MO major
‘02’ is the code for murder MO minor
‘E04’ is the use of explosive-MO method
iii) If a person dies of Aconite poisoning due to the administering the poison by a professional, with a gain as motive, usually a case of murder is registered along with other offences as the case may be. If the victim does not die on administering this poison, the MO classification are noted as ‘6000P05”
‘60’ is the code for professional poising-MO major
‘00’ means there is no minor classification under professional poisoning-MO minor.
‘P05’ means administering Aconite poison-MO method
iv) A Robbery committed by a professional throwing chilly powder on the victim is noted as “6902C04”.
‘69’ is the code for Robbery MO major
‘02’ is the code professional MO minor
‘C04’ is the method of throwing MO method
Chilly powder on the victim
v) In a case of House breaking and theft committed during night time, by the scaling over a wall the MO classifications are noted as “3102W01”.
‘31’ is the code for House breaking and theft MO major
‘02’ is the code for ‘BY’ night’ MO major
‘W01’ is the code for Wali Scaling over MO method
vi) If a servant commits theft of food stuff from the house, the MO classifications are noted as “7708F02”.
‘77’ is the code for House thefts MO major
‘08’ is the code for servant/ employee MO minor
‘F02’ is code for food stuff MO method
vii) In a case of theft by Pocket picking by a culprit operating with his associates, the MO classifications are noted as “ 7836P03”
‘78’ is the code for ordinary thefts MO major
‘06’ is the code for pocket picking MO minor
‘P03’ is the code for operating with associates MO method
viii) in a case, a culprit commits theft of a cattle operating alone, the MO classifications are noted as “7902C15”
‘79’ is the code for cattle theft MO major
‘02’ is the code for cattle MO minor
‘C15 is the code for cattle-operating alone MO method
ix) Receiving or possession of stolen property has only major classifications denoted by Code ‘66’. There are no MO minor and MO method classifications. This offence is denoted by Code. “66000000’.
‘66’ is the code for receiving or possession of stolen MO major
Property.
‘00’ means there is no MO minor classifications MO minor
‘00’ there is no method under this head MO method
x) The offence of cheating has only MO major and MO method classifications. It has no Mo minor classification. An offence of cheating by Black Mailing is noted as “1000B02”.
‘10’ is the code for cheating MO major
‘00’ means no minor classifications MO minor
‘B02’ is the code for black mailing MO method
xi) A case of Counterfeiting of Indian Currency by Lithographic process is noted as “1203L01’.
‘12’ is the code for Counterfeiting of coins and currency MO major
‘03’ is the code for Indian currency MO minor
‘L01’ is the code for Lithographic Process MO method
xii) A case of criminal breach of trust involving a bicycle which was fired, is noted as 1304B27”.
‘13’ is the code for criminal breach of trust MO major
‘04’ is the code for bicycle MO minor
‘B27’ is the code for, by-Hiring MO method
xiii) Misappropriation of funds of a social organisation by the president of that organisation is noted as “4509B18”
‘45’ is the code for misappropriation MO major
‘09’ is the code for social organisation MO minor
‘B18’ is the code for, by-President MO method
In addition to the use of codes as instructed above, the MO classifications may also be indicated in long hand for some time to come, so that, the Station staff would easily understand these classifications, till such time, they understood the codes readily without the aid of long hand. For example: under Code”3102W01” the words “HBT, by night, by scaling over wall”, may be written.
2) Form No. 91:-Crime History Part II-Village Crime Register
Under Column 10 of this form, Crime classifications has to be noted, whereas under Col. II modus operandi has to be noted. Crime classifications means the class or classes of crime under which the given offence falls. All the property offences fall under class I to IX. For the convenience of Computerisation, all the major offences indicated by class I to IX are given separate code numbers as noted earlier in this Standing Order.
For Example:-The Code number for Dacoity is ’16’ It should be noted under column 10 of this form as crime classification. In addition to this “Class I” may also be written (Dacoity falls under class I).
Under col. II which is meant for noting modus operandi all the Mo classifications namely, Mo major. Mo minor and Mo method should be noted. Though Mo major is noted under col. 10 as crime classification, for clarity sake the MO major may also be noted in col. II under modus operandi, along with Mo minor and MO method classifications.
Example:- A Dacoity committed by a professional by throwing bomb is noted as ‘1602B16’
‘16’ is the code for Dacoity MO major
‘02’ is the code for professional MO minor
‘B16’ is the code for bomb throwing MO method
Also see the instructions given for filling up form No. 20 (Crime Register).
3) Form No. 97:-History Sheet.
MO details have to be noted along with other features as the case may be under col. 7, 23, and 24. All the three MO classifications, viz., MO major MO minor, MO method of each of the offence, the history sheeter is involved should be noted please see the instructions given for filling up Mo classifications in form No. 20, (Crime Register).
4) From No. 113-OV card
Under col. 9 modus operandi details will have be noted Instructions given for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20, (Crime Register) may be followed.
5) Form No. 173:-Crime Report
With the introduction of Computer forms ‘A’ to ‘F’ for reporting crimes and criminals data, under class 1 to IX, sending of information on this form has been ordered to be discontinued as per the Standing order No. 627 dated 24th December 1973. This form is replaced by Computer form ‘A’.
6) Form No. 176-Weekly Station Crime Report
This form has been replaced by Computer forms ‘A’ and ‘C’ as per Standing Order No. 627 dated 24the December 1973.
7) Form No. 183-Register of HS persons who have been out of view but not wanted in any case.
Under col. 4 of this form, Mo details, nature of building, kind of property the culprit is addicted to attack or steal and other details will have to be noted. For filling up MO details, please See the instructions given for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register), Other details, such as kind of property etc., are self explanatory.
8) Form No. 189-Register of Crime Reports.
Under column No. 2 in addition to other particular such as Station Crime Number section, the MO details have to be noted. For writing MO details, please go through the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register).
9) Form No. 190-Register of undetected cases.
Under col. 4, the MO details have to be noted. For writing MO details, please go through the instructions given for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register).
10) Form No. 191-Name Index Register
MO details should be noted in respect of each class of offences, the criminal has committed. Please see the instructions given for filling up MO classifications in form No 20 (Crime Register).
11) Form No. 192-MO Index.
Full MO details and criminal characteristics should be noted in col. 7. For noting the MO details see the instructions in form No. 20 (Crime Register). Phrases “Modus operandi-sample entry: II-L Breaking lock or fastening given at the foot of this form may be deleted.
12) Form No. 197-Wanted Index Card.
Column 7 of this form is intended for noting modus operandi style, trade mark and transport used. For noting modus operandi details, please see the instructions for filing up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register).
13) Form No. 217-Conviction memo.
In col. 8 along with other particulars, MO details should be noted please see the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register).
14) Form No. 250-Check Register of exconvicted person.
In col. 2 the modus operandi details should be note…………please see the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register).
15) Form No. 251-Descriptive particulars of HS persons to be communicated to Railway Police Station.
Col 7 of this form is intended for noting modus operandi, means of transport used, kind of property stolen etc. For noting down Mo details, please see the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register).
16) MOB CARD(Standing Order No. 615).
Under MO classifications, MO major Mo minor and Mo method of each of the offences the MOB criminal is addicted to, should be clearly noted. Please see the instructions for filling up MO classifications in form No. 20 (Crime Register). These instructions should be strictly adhered to in future.
This Standing Order comes into effect from 1st September 1975.
STANDING ORDER NO.671
Karnataka Village Defence Parties Act, 1964
Karnataka Village Defence Parties Rules, 1965
Karnataka V.D.P. (Amendment) Rules, 1975
Instructions thereof
INDEX
Karnataka Village Defence Parties Act 1964 and Karnataka VDP Rules 1965 as amended by Karnataka VDP (Amendment) Rule – 1975
1. Introduction.
2. Organization
3. Constitution of V.D.P.
4. Recruitment
5. Qualifications for appointment as member of V.D.P.
6. Procedure for appointment.
7. Functions and duties of V.D.P.
8. Duties of the Dalapathi and other members of V.D.P.
9. Unnatural deaths-Action by Dalapathi
10. Other Duties of Dalapathi
11. Procedure to be followed in the case of accidents of Aircrafts.
12. Communication of information concerning peace and crime to constables on beat duty.
13. Other duties of members of V.D.P.
14. Term of Office
15. Uniform and equipment.
16. Registers to be maintained by teh Dalapathi.
17. Control of discipline.
18. Disciplinary action.
19. Protection against prosecution.
20. Punishment
21. Responsibilities and duties of Police Officers
22. Training of V.D.P.
23. Miscellaneous
24. Compensation.
No. Law. 1-158/74, Dated August 1975
Karnataka Village Defence Parties Act 1967 Karnataka V.D.P. Rules 1965 Karnataka V.D.P. (Amendment) Rules 1975
Ref: LSCs 748, 771 and 3298
1. Introduction:
Policing of Rural areas is a very important aspect of Police Administration. With the coming into force of the Karnataka Village Offices Abolition Act 1961, the offices of Police Patels and other Village Servants in all the areas except the Bombay Karnataka Area stand abolished. Sec. 129 of the K.P.Act 1963 contemplates the appointment of village Police. The question of abolition of hereditary system of Police Patels and the inherent defects in the present set of Police Patels has been engaging the attention of Government. With a view to strengthening the Village Police and making it an instrument for maintenance of public order and controlling crime, it has been decided by the Government to strengthen the V.D.Ps and invest powers in the Dalapathi in charge of V.D.P. Accordingly Govt. have issued instructions that there should be no more appointments of Village Police consisting of Police Patels as contemplated U/s 129 K.P.Act 1963 and the existing incumbents should cease the function as soon as Dalapathies are appointed to perform the duties in accordance with the V.D.P. Rules. Pursuant to this decision the Govt. have amended the V.D.P. Rules 1965. The V.D.P. (Amendment) Rules 1975 issued in Govt. Notification No. HD 187 PCA 74 dated 7th August 1975 is enclosed.
The V.D.P. Act 1964 (34 of 1964) is in force in Karnataka State from 01-11-1965. The V.D.P. Rules 1965 issued by the State Govt. in exercise of the powers conferred by sec. 19 of V.D.P. Act 1964 is in force with effect from that date. As envisaged in sec. 3 of the Act, Karnataka Govt. have directed the Supdt. of Police of every district in the State to constitute V.DPs for such villages within his jurisdiction as he may consider necessary. (Vide Govt. Notification No. S.O 33/53 dated 16/18 the October 1965).
2. Organisation:- The I.G.P. is the head of the V.D.P. in Karnataka State and he exercises general control over them. The Supdt. of Police is the head of the V.D.P. in his jurisdiction. The administration of the V.D.P. is vested in the Supdt. of Police subject to the general control and direction of the Dy. Inspr. Genl. of Police having jurisdiction over the area (Sec. 5 of the Act).
Every Village Defence Party within the jurisdiction of the P.S. is subject to supervision and control by the Sub-Inspr. of Police of the Police Station who is appointed as the Station Village Defence Officer. All V.D.Ps in the district are subject to the supervision and control by a Police Officer now below the rank of P.S.I., appointed by the Supdt. of Police as District Village Defence Officer (Rule 3).
3. Constitution of V.D.P.:- The V.D.Ps should be constituted by the S.P. in such villages or groups of villages as considered necessary by him. As far as possible 10% of the population of such village or groups of villages should be appointed as members and each V.D.P. should assist of not more than 48 members. For every V.D.P. there should be a Dalapathi appointed by the Superintendent (Rule 3).
4. Recruitment:- The Supdt. of Police of the District is the appointing authority for appointing V.D.P. members and Dalapathi. In this duty he has the assistance of a committee consisting of the following persons.
i) A.S.P/Dy. S.P. having jurisdiction over the village concerned.
ii) The State Village Defence Officer.
iii) The Chairman of the Village Panchayath.
iv) The Village Accountant (Rule 4).
5. Qualification for Appointment as Member of V.D.P.:- A person to be appointed as a member of V.D.P. should have the following qualifications:-
i) He should have attained the age of 20 years and should not have completed the age of 50 years and should be residing in the village.
ii) He should have passed the 4th standard examination in any language
iii) He should undergo medical examination in accordance with the direction of the S.P. and found physically fit and
iv) He should not be a member of or otherwise associated with any political party or any organisation which taken part in politics or engaged in political movement or activity of any character.
The Supdt. of Police is empowered to relax the conditions regarding the educational qualification in the case of any person, if that person is otherwise capable of understanding the duties, functions or responsibilities of a member of V.D.P. Govt. can also direct, by an order in the official gazette, that in respect of any area the conditions regarding the educational qualification for appointment of a member shall be such as it may specify in such order.
Persons having previous convictions under chapters XII and XVII of the I.P.C. or other offences involving moral turpitude are also not elegible to be appointed as members of V.D.P. (Rule 5).
6. Procedure for Appointment:- In making appointments to the V.D.P. the Supdt. of Police should consider among others.
1. the character and antecedents of the person.
2. his civic sense of responsibility towards others in the village and
3. his reputation and social influence, before appointing any person as member of the V.D.P. (Rule 5).
The Supdt. of Police either during the inspection or visits to the Police Stations should prepare a list of members of Village Defence Recruitment Committee. While the Station Village Defence Office and S.D.P.O are common members, the names of Chairman and the Village Panchayath and the village Accountant for each village or group of villages will be different.
Before starting recruitment it may be necessary for the S.P. to give intimation to a particular village or group of village through the S.H.O. to the effect that recruitment of members of the V.D.P. will be made on a particular date and such of those persons who are willing to be selected as members of V.D.P. may appear at a selected place in the village.
On the date fixed the SP should visit the village along with the members of the village Defence Recruitment Committee.
Application in form ‘A’ should be supplied to all the persons who desire to be appointed as members of V.D.P. and after the applications are properly filled up, the SP with the assistance of the members of the V.D.R. Committee select such number of persons within the limit of 10% of the population of the village or group of villages not exceeding 48 members. Every member selected to the V.D.P. should attest a pledge in Form ‘C’ before the S.P. or an officer authorised by him. A certificate of appointment in Form ‘B’ should be issued by the Supdt. of Police to each of the VDP (Rule 6, 7 and 8).
From amongst the members constituting a V.D.P. the Supdt. of Police should appoint a literate person as Dalapathi.
In selecting a person as Dalapathi the S.P. should consider among others,
a) the ability of the person to command
b) his reputation with the other members of the party and the esteem and regard they have for him.
The Supdt. of Police should issue an additional Certificate of appointment in Form ‘B’ to the member appointed as Dalapathi (Rule 13).
7. Functions and duties of V.D.P.:- Ordinary functions and duties of V.D.P. Members consist of
a) guarding of the village.
b) patrolling for the purpose of prevention of crime.
c) protection of persons and property in the village.
d) assisting when necessary, the ordinary police in maintaining public order and peace.
e) performing such other duties as may be assigned to them from time to time by the State Govt. of the Superitendent.
NOTE:- A member appointed for any area of a Taluka is also liable to serve in any other areas in the same Taluka in the case of an emergency (Rule 16).
8. Duties of the Dalapathi and other members of V.D.P.:- It shall be the duty of the Dalapathi and every member to communicate forthwith to the nearest Magistrate or to the Officer incharge of the nearest P.S., whichever is nearer any information which he may possess respecting.
i) the permanent or temporary residence of any notorious receiver or vendor of stolen property in any village of which he is the Dalapathi.
ii) the resort to any place within, or the passage through, such village of any person whom he knows, or reasonably suspects, to be thug, robber and escaped convict or a proclaimed offender
iii) the commission or, or intention to commit in or near such village any offence, punishable u/s 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 302, 304, 379, 380, 381, 382, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458, 459, 460, 489A, 489B, 489C and 489D of the Indian Penal (Code Rule 16A).
9. Unnatural Deaths – Action By Dalapathi:-
A Dalapathi receiving information that a person
a) has committed suicide or
b) has been killed by another or by an animal or by machinery or by an accident; or
c) has died under circumstances raising reasonable suspicion that some other person has committed an offence; shall after communicating that information to the officer incharge of the nearest PS.
i. proceed to the spot and arrange for guarding the corpse and its surroundings;
ii. Assist the Magistrate of the Police Officer as the case may be in any inquest, inquiry or investigation which may be held in that behalf.
iii. when called upon by the Police Officer, aid him by providing a conveyance for taking the corpse to a Hospital for post-mortem examination or arrange for the disposal of unclaimed dead bodies.
NOTE:- The Dalapathi is entitled to the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by him in providing a conveyance or disposing of the corpse as the case may be (Rule 16B).
10. Other Duties of Dalapathi:- Subject to the orders of Supdt. of Dalapathi should perform all the duties prescirbed by the Act and these rules in particular
i. act under the orders of the Officer in charge of the PS and Police Officers superior to him;
ii. furnish any reports or information called for by such Police Officers;
iii. keep the officer in charge of the PS constantly informed as to the state of crime and all matters connected with the V.D.P.
iv. communicate to the officer in charge of P.S. any information which he may receive of gangs of robbers or suspicious persons who have entered his own or any other village, and to co-operate in all matters and ways for the general security of the village;
v. report to the office in charge of the P.S. the arrival in his village of suspicious strangers and all information which he may be able to collect regarding such persons;
vi. in the likelihood of any breach of the peace taking place, give immediate intimation to the nearest P.S. with a view to steps being taken to prevent its occurrence (Rule 16C)
11. Procedure to be followed in the Case of Accidents to Aircrafts:-
1. Every Dalapathi of a village of whose jurisdiction any aircraft accident occurs shall forthwith send a report to the nearest P.S. and if any person is injured thereby to the nearest medical officer.
2. After sending a report as required above, the Dalapathi should take steps-
i. to guard the wreckage;
ii. to prevent meddling by unauthorised persons;
iii. to prevent tracts and marks caused by the aircraft on the ground from obliteration;
iv. to ascertain and record the names and addresses of all eye witnesses;
v. for the removal of the Aircraft or any parts thereof to such an extent as may be necessary for bringing the wreckage to a place of safety when the aircraft wrecked on water and
vi. for the removal of the aircraft or any parts or contents thereof as may be necessary for,
a. extricating persons or animals;
b. preventing the destruction of the aircraft or its contents by fire or any other cause; and
c. for preventing any danger or obstruction to traffic (Rule 16D).
12. Communication of information concerning Peace and Crime to Constable on beat duty:-
On receiving information that a Police Constable has arrived in the village for the performance of beat, the Dalapathi should communicate to him all information concerning the state of crime and the peace of the village (Rule 16E).
13. Other Duties of Member of V.D.P.:-
It is the duty of the every member of V.D.P.:-
a) to obey and execute all orders lawfully issued to him by the Dalapathi and any Police Officer;
b) to endeavour by all lawful means to give effect to the lawful commands of his superior;
c) to the best of his ability to obtain intelligence concerning the commission of cognizable offences or designs to commit such offenses;
d) to lay such information and take such other steps consistent with law and with the orders of his superiors as shall be best calculated to bring offenders to book to prevent the commission of offences;
e) to prevent to the best of his ability the commission of public nuisances;
f) to aid a Police Officer or another V.D.P. Member when called on by him or in case of need, in the discharge of his duties in such ways as would be lawful and reasonable on the part of the Police Officer or the V.D.P. Member;
g) to use his best endeavour to prevent any loss or damage by fire;
h) to use his best endeavour to avert any accident or danger to the public;
i) to report for with to the Dalapathi all matters when, under these rules, the Dalapathi is required to report to the Officer in charge of the P.S.;
j) to patrol any part of the railway line as may be allotted to him by the Superintendent irrespective of the village to which he belongs;
k) to report to the Dalapathi the movements of criminals entered in the register maintained by the Dalapathi;
l) to report to the Dalapathi the presence of suspicious strangers; and
m) to discharge such duties as are lawfully imposed upon him by the Dalapathi (R 16F)
The Dalapathi has authority to require all members of V.D.P. to aid in performing the duties entrusted to him and it is the duty of the members of the V.D.P. to help the Dalapathi (Rule 14A).
14. Term of Office:-
The term of office of a member of V.D.P. is 5 years subject to the following conditions:-
i. if any member is found medically unfit to continue as a member, his appointment may be terminated before the expiry of the term of his office;
ii. after the expiry of the term a member is eligible for reappointment.
iii. The services of a member may be terminated at any time by the S.P. after giving one month’s notice or he may be suspended from membership of the V.D.P. for such period as may be specified by the Supdt. of Police.
iv. A member may, with the approval of the Supdt. of Police resign his office after giving one month’s notice (Rule 9).
15. Equipment:- Every member will be supplied with a rectangular Aluminium badge, two inches in length and one and a half inches in width, bearing the letters “VDPM”.
16. Registers to be maintained by the Dalapathi:- The Dalapathi should maintain the following registers:
i. V.D.P. Membership Register – Form ‘D’;
ii. Muster Roll in Form ‘E’
iii. Visit Book in Form ‘F’
iv. The Register of K.Ds notified offenders and persons ordered to notify residence u/s 356 Cr. PC. 1973 – Form ‘G’
v. Register of Suspicious strangers in Form ‘H’
vi. Stray Cattle Register in Form ‘J’
Note:- These registered should be produced by the Dalapathi for inspection by superior officers.
17. Control and Discipline: 1) The V.D.P. organisation in the District is under the control of and subordinate to the S.P.
2. The Dalapathi and members of the organisation should discharge such duties as may be assigned to them by the S.P. or an officer authorised by him.
3. When a V.D.P. is acting in conjuction with the ordinary Police force, the senior officer os cuh party present is under the immediate control and subject to the directions of the senior officer of such Police force.
18. Disciplinary Action:- If any Dalapathi or member of V.D.P. is found unfit to discharge his duties or is found to be indisciplined, he may be removed by the S.P. by a written order recording his reasons therefor.
However, an order of removal should be made in accordance with the provisions of clause (2) of Article 311 of the Constitution of India (Rule 14).
A person who ceases to be a member or resigns his membership should forthwith deliver up to the Supdt. of Police or to such person and at such place as the S.P. may direct his certificate of appointment or of office, and the arms, accoutrement, clothing and other articles which have been issued to him as such member.
Any Magistrate and for special reasons which are recorded in writing at the time, any Police Officer not below the rank of DSP/ASP may issue a warrant to search for and seize, wherever they may be found, any certificates arms, accoutrements, clothing and other necessaries not so delivered up. The warrant should be executed in accordance with the provisions of the Cr.P.C.1973 by a Police Officer, or by any other persons if so directed by the Magistrate or Police Officer.
Note:- The provisions does not apply to any article which has become the property of the person under orders of the S.P. (Rule 11).
Any person appointed as a member who during the term of his office is convicted of an offence under Chapter XVI or Chapter XVII of the IPC or any other offence involving moral turpitude ceases to be a member (Rule 12).
The Inspr. Genl. of Police, Dy. Inspector Genl. of Police, and Supdt. of Police or any Police Officer authorised by the S.P. may call out any member of V.D.P. for training or to discharge any of the functions or duties assigned (Sec.12).
Every member of the V.D.P: when called out for duty has the same powers, liabilities, privileges and protection as a Police Officer appointed under the Karnataka Police Act.
19. Protection Against Prosecution:- Previous sanction of the SP is necessary for prosecuting a member of V.D.P. in respect of anything done or purporting to be done in the exercise of his power or the discharge of his functions or duties as such member (Sec.13).
20. Punishment:- 1) Without reasonable excuse neglecting or refusing to obey order when called out for duty or to discharge his functions as a member of V.D.P.
2) Refusal to obey any lawful order or direction given to him for the performance of his duties, are punishable with imprisonment upto one month and/or find upto Rs.100/- [Sec.15(1)].
3) Wilful neglect or refusal to deliver up his certificate of appointment or of office and the arms or any other articles according to the provisions of sub-sec. (1) of Sec. 14 is punishable with imprisonment upto 15 days and/or with fine upto Rs.50/- [Sec.15(2)].
4) Wilful neglect or refusal to deliver up his certificate of appointment and the arms or any other article according to the Sub-Sec. (2) of Sec. 14 by a person in custody of the certificate of appointment arms article etc. of a member of V.D.P. when he dies is punishable with fine upto Rs.50/- [Sec 15(3)].
Note:- Sanction of the S.P. is necessary for prosecuting a member of the V.D.P. for offences mentioned in items 3 and 4 under Sec. 14(2) it is the duty of a person in custody of the certificate of appointment arms etc. belonging to a member of the V.D.P. after his death to forthwith deliver to the S.P. the said certificate of appointment arms and articles [Sec. 15(4)].
The offences punishable under sub-sec. (1) of Sec. 15 viz without reasonable excuse neglecting or refusing to obey orders or to discharge his functions as a member of the V.D.P. or to obey and lawful order or directions given to him for the performing of his duty [Sec. 15(1)] is a cognizable offence U/R Sub-Sec.(5) of Section 15.
Members of the V.D.P. acting under the Act or deemed to be public servants within the meaning of Sec.21 of the IPC.
Member of the V.D.P. is not dis-qualified from being chosen as a member of any local authority merely by reason of the fact that he holds an office of profit under the Govt. by virtue of his being a member of the V.D.P.
Written permission of the S.P. or other Officer authorised by the S.P. is necessary for a member of the V.D.P.
i) to resign from office or,
ii) to withdraw himself from duties of member of V.D.P. (Rule 16H)
21. Responsibilities and Duties of Police Officers:- The following duties devolve on several ranks of officers in the administration of the V.D.P.:-
I. Superintendent of Police:- a) The S.P. should expeditiously constitute V.D.Ps. where such V.D.Ps do not exist, and where they exist to reorganise the same for effective enforcement of the revised provisions. He should in particular refer to Rules 4 and 5 of the Rules about the constitution of Committees and qualifications prescribed for membership.
b) He should train the members of V.D.Ps. as to how they should assemble at a given place at a signal and in (1) nigh rounds, (2) lathi drill and (3) musketry for a few selected men.
c) They must be employed by him when necessary on such of the duties mentioned in Rules 16, 16A, 16B, 16C, 16D, 16E and 16F and ensure during his itinerary in the District that these duties are performed.
d) The S.P. in the District should appoint an officer not below the rank of PSI as the District Village Defence Officer for the direction and supervision of V.D.Ps. in the district and a Station Village Defence Officer not below the rank of a H.C. for the direction and supervision of V.D.Ps within the local limits of a P.S. (vide S. 10 of the Act). These officers are under the direction and control of the Supdt. of Police.
II. Sub-Division Police Officer:- a) It is the duty of the S.D.P.O to assist the S.P. in making appointments of members and Dalapathi.
b) He should supervise the work of the Dalapathi and ensure that the records viz.,
i. V.D.P. Membership in Form ‘D’;
ii. Muster Roll in Form ‘E’
iii. Visit Book in Form ‘F’
iv. The Register of K.Ds notified offenders and persons ordered to notify residence u/s 356 Cr. PC. 1973 – Form ‘G’
v. Register of Suspicious strangers in Form ‘H’
vi. Stray Cattle Register in Form ‘J’ are properly maintained by him.
c) He should at the time of his visit to the village write his remarks about the performance of the duties of the V.D.Ps. in Form ‘F’ maintained by the Dalapathi.
d) He should also supervise the work of the Station Village Defence Officer and ensure that he is supervising the work of the V.D.Ps. properly by giving proper directions.
e) The SDPO should ensure that the Dalapathi communicates information regarding;
i) the permanent or temporary residence of any notorious receiver or vendor of stolen property in any village of which he is a Dalapathi.
ii) the resort to any place within, or the passage through, such village of any person whom he knows, or reasonably suspects, to be thug, robber and escaped convict or a proclaimed offender; and
iii) the commission or, or intention to commit in or near such village any offence, punishable u/s 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 302, 304, 379, 380, 381, 382, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458, 459, 460, 489A to D of the IPC.
iv) about unnatural deaths to the nearest P.S.
He should also check up the action taken correspondingly by the S.H.O. of P.S.
III a) The Station Village Defence Officer:- He is the local P.S.I. of the jurisdictions of the Station and has to supervise the work of the V.D.P. and control its activities.
b) Whether Dalapathi in charge of a V.D.P. communicates to him the information in Rules 16A to 16D, he should take prompt action.
c) Whenever a beat constable is sent to any village where a V.D.P. is functioning, he should scrutinise the beat report of the P.C. and take action regarding all matters communicated by the V.D.P. and Dalapathi regarding the State of Crime and the peace of the village.
d) During his visit to the village, he should contact the Dalapathi and the V.D.P. members and peruse the records and registers maintained by the Dalapathi. He should note down the names of the strangers entered in the Register of arrivals of strangers of suspicious appearance and after coming to the station send a Bad Character Enquiry Roll Form ‘B’ Form III K.P.M. Vol. III for knowing about the antecedents of these persons, to the native station of the strangers for the detection of any crime which has occurred in the village or in the vicinity of the village from which these strangers have arrived. During the visit, after perusing the register maintained in Form ‘G’ note the absence of the notified offenders (H.Os) and take action to prosecute them.
e) The Station Village Defence Officer in his capacity of the P.S.I. in charge of the P.S. should issue instructions in writing in the best books of all the beat PCs proceeding on village beat, to invariably contact the Dalapathies of the villages where they are going to facilitate exchange of Intelligence.
IV. District V.D.P. Officer:- District V.D.P. Office appointed by the S.P. should work under the control and supervision of the S.P. and should carry out such duties of supervising the work of the V.D.P. in the district as directed by the S.P.
22. Training of V.D.P.:- The V.D.Ps. with the added responsibilities have to be alert and also to capable of protecting themselves as they would now be on duties without the immediate supervision of a Police Officer. Training in self-defence, arrest of a violent prisoner, escort of a prisoner or prisoners, guarding of a prisoner or prisoners, guarding of dead bodies by relays, will have to be taken up. Their rights and responsibilities will have to be explained to them.
Miscelleaneous
23. The V.D.P. is a voluntary organisation:- Police Officers should treat members of the V.D.P. with all courtesy and consideration. Though suspension and prosecution are indicated for any lapses on their part, Police Officers should so manage that there is no opportunity to resort to those steps (Rule 16 G).
Compensation:-
If a member of the V.D.P. suffers any damage to his person or property while under training or on duty he is entitled to the payment of such compensation as may be determined by the State Government.
However, he is not entitled to such compensation if such damage is caused by his own negligence or wilful act or omission in contravention of the provisions of the V.D.P. Act 1964 or Rules or orders or directions issued by his superior (Sec. 17).
Note:- The SP should send a detailed report to the Chief Office about instance of damage caused to a number of VDP while on training or duty as contemplated in Sec. 17 of the Act.
25. The Dy. Inspr. Genl. of Police of the Ranges and Supdts. of Police of the Districts should take immediate steps to organize V.D.Ps in their Districts.
26. Progress made in organizing the V.D.Ps should be reported by the Supdts. of Police every month to the Chief Office so as to reach this office before the 10th of every month required in Para 10 of LSC 3298.
27. Copies of 1) The Karnataka VDP (Amendment) Rules 1975 published in Govt. Notification No. HD 187 PCA 74 dated 7th August 1975 and the State Govt. letter No. 187 PCA 74 dated 26-7-75 are annexed hereto.
Abolition of the system of Police Patels
I am directed to state the Karnataka Village Defence Parties Act, 1965 provides for constitution of VDPs for the maintenance of peace and order in the village in the State. Section 19 of the said Act empowers Govt. to make rules to carry out the purpose of the Act and in accordance with this; the Karnataka V.D.Ps Rules 1965 have been issued under section 3 of the Act, Govt. may by Notification direct any Supdt. of Police to constitute such V.D.Ps for such villages coming under his jurisdiction and the members of such parties will discharge functions and duties in relation to the Defence of Village, protection of person, security of property and obserervance of public order in the village. The IGP is the head of Village Defence Parties in the State and the Supdt. of Police of the district is the head of the concerned village Defence Parties in the areas in which he is appointed as the Superintendent. The administration of these V.D.Ps in an area is subject to the general control and direction of the DIGP having jurisdiction over the village concerned. The act contemplates appointment of Dalapathies by the Supdt. of Police whose powers and duties shall be such as may be prescribed.
2. Sec. 129 of the Karnataka Police Act, 1963 contemplate appointment of Village Police, Govt. are considering how best the V.D.Ps should be strengthened and in pursuance of this Govt. are contemplating amendment of the Karnataka V.D.Ps Rules 1965 with view to make this organisation of powerful force in the village which could discharge the functions and duties of protection of persons, security of property and observance of public order in the village. In the circumstances Govt. have decided that there should be no more appointments of village police consisting of Police Patels as contemplated U/s 129 of the Karnataka Police Act, 1963 and the existing incumbents should cease to function as soon as Dalapathies are appointed to perform their duties in accordance with the Village Defence Parties Rules.
No. HD 187 PCA 74 dated 7th August 1975
NOTIFICATION
In exercise of the powers conferred by section 19 of the Karnataka V.D.Ps Act 1964 (Karnataka Act 34 of 1964), the Govt. of Karnataka hereby makes the following Rules further to amend the Karnataka Village Defence Parties Rules 1965 the draft of the same having been previously published as required by sub-sec. (1) of Sec. 19 of the said Act, in Notification No.GSR.202 (HD 187 PCA 74) dt. 26-7-1975 in Part IV-2-C (i) of the Karnataka Gazette (Extra-Ordinary) dated 26th July 1975 namely:-
1. Title and Commencement:- (1) These rules may be called the Karnataka V.D.Ps (Amendment) Rules, 1975.
(2) They shall come into force at once.
2. Amendment of Rule 2:- In rule 2 of the Karnataka V.D.Ps Rules, 1965 (hereinafter referred to as the said rules) after clause (e) the following clause shall be inserted namely:-
“(ei) ‘Village’ shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Karnataka Land Revenue Act, 1964 (Karnataka Act 12 of 1964)”.
3. Amendment of Rule 4:- In Rule 4 of the said rules:-
(1) Item (3) shall be omitted;
(2) Items (1) and (2) shall be renumbered at items (2) and (3) respectively; and
(3) before item (2) as so renumbered the following item shall be inserted, namely:-
“ (1) Assistant or Dy. Supdt. of Police having jurisdiction over the Village concerned”
4. Amendment of Rule 5:- In sub rule(1) of rule 5 of the said rules-
(1) the word “and” at the end of clause (b) shall be omitted.
(2) at the end of clause (c) the word “and” shall be inserted and
(3) after clause (c) the following clause shall be inserted, namely:-
“(d) if he is a member of or is otherwise associated with, any political party or any organisation which takes part in politics or is engaged in political movement or activity of any character”.
5. Amendment of Rule 9:- In the third proviso to sub-rule (1) of rule 9 after the word “notice” the full stop shall be removed and the following words shall be added, namely,
“or may be suspended from membership of the V.D.P. for such period as may be specified by him”.
6. Instruction of new rule 14A:- After rule 14 of the said rules, the following rule shall be inserted, namely:-
“14A. Authority of Dalapathi ever members of V.D.P:- The Dalapathi shall have authority to require all members of V.D.P. in whatever capacity ordinarily employed, to aid in performing the duties entrusted to him and it shall be the duty of the members of V.D.P. to help the Dalapathi.”
7. Insertion of New Rules 16A to 161:- After rule 16 of the said rules the following rules shall be inserted, namely:-
“16A. Duties of the Dalapathi and other Member of V.D.P:- (1):- It shall be the duty of the Dalapathi and every member to communicate forthwith to the nearest Magistrate or to the Officer in charge of the nearest P.S, whichever is nearer, any information which he may possess respecting:-
a) the permanent or temporary residence of any notorious receiver or vendor of stolen property in any village of which he is the Dalapathi.
b) the resort to any place within, or the passage through such village of any person whom he knows or reasonably suspects to be thug, robber and escaped convict or a proclaimed offender, and
c) the commission of, or intention to commit in or near such village any offence, punishable under sections 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 302, 304, 379, 380, 381, 382, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402, 435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458, 459, 460, 489A, 489B, 489C and 489D of the IPC.
16B. Unnatural Deaths:- Action by Dalapathi:- (1) A Dalapathi receiving information that a person –
a) has committed suicide, or
b) has been killed by another or by an animal or by machinery or by an accident or
c) has died under circumstances raising reasonable suspicits that some other person has committed an offence, shall after communicating that information to the officer in charge of the nearest P.S.
i) proceed to the spot and arrange for guarding the corps and its surrounds,
ii) assist the Magistrate or the Police Officer as the case may be in any inquest, inquiry and investigation which may be held in that behalf,
iii) when called upon by the Police Officer, aid him by providing a conveyance for taking the corpse to a Hospital for post-mortem examination or arrange for the disposal of unclaimed dead bodies.
(2) The Dalapathi shall be entitled to the payment of reasonable expenses incurred by him in providing a conveyance or disposing of the corpse as the case may be.
16C. Other Duties of Dalapathi:- Subject to the orders of the Superintendent, the Dalapathi shall perform all the duties prescribed by the Act and these rules and in particular:-
i) act under the orders of the Officer in charge of the PS and Police Officers superior to him;
ii) furnish any reports or information called for by such Police Officers;
iii) keep the officer incharge of the PS constantly informed as to the state of crime and all matters connected with the village Defence Party.
iv) Communicate to the officer in charge of the PS any information which he may receive of gangs of robbers or suspicious persons who have entered his own or any other village, and to co-operate in all matters and ways for the general security of the village.
v) Report to the officer in charge of the Police Station the arrival in his village of suspicious strangers and all information which he may be able to collect regarding such persons;
vi) In the likelihood of any breach of the peace taking place, give immediate intimation to the nearest Police station – with a view to steps being taken to prevent its occurrences.
15.D Procure to be followed in the case of accidents to aircrafts:-
1) Every Dalapathi of a village in whose jurisdiction any aircraft accident occurs shall forthwith send a report to the nearest PS and if any person is injured thereby to the nearest medical officer.
2) After sending a report as required by sub-rule (1) the Dalapathi shall take steps.
i) to guard the wreckage;
ii) to prevent meddling by unauthorised persons;
iii) to prevent tracks and marks caused by the aircraft on the ground from obliteration;
iv) to ascertain and record the names and address of all eye witnesses;
v) for the removal of the Aircraft or any parts thereof to such an extent as may be necessary for bringing the wreckage to a place of safety when the aircraft wrecked on water; and
vi) for the removal of the aircraft or any parts or contents thereof as may be necessary for
a) extricating persons or animals;
b) preventing the destructing of the aircraft or its contents by fire or any other cause; and
c) for preventing any danger or obstruction to traffic.
16 E. Communication of information concerning peace and crime to constables on beat duty – on receiving information that a Police Constable has arrived in the village for this performance of beat, the Dalapathi shall communicate to him all information concerning the state of crime and the peace of the village.
16F. Other duties of members of village Defence Party:- It shall be the duty of every member of Village Defence Party
a) to obey and execute all orders lawfully issued to him by the Dalapathi and any Police Officer;
b) to endeavour by all lawful means to give effect to the lawful commands of his superior;
c) to the best of his ability to obtain intelligence concerning the commission of cognizable offence or designs to commit such offences;
d) to lay such information and take such other steps consistent with law and with the orders of his superiors as shall be best calculated to bring offenders to book and to prevent the commission of offences;
e) to prevent to the best of his ability the commission of public nuisances;
f) to aid a Police Officer or another Village Defence Party Member when called on by him or in case of need, in the discharge of his duties in such ways as would be lawful and reasonable on the part of the Police Officer or the V.D.P. Member.
g) to use his best endeavour to prevent any loss of damage by fire;
h) to use his endeavour to aveit any accident or danger to the public;
i) to report forthwith to the Dalapathi all matters which under these rules, the Dalapathi is required to report to the Officer in charge of the Police Station;
j) to patrol any part of the railway line as may be allotted to him by the Superintendent irrespective of the village to which he belongs;
k) to report to the Dalapathi the movements of criminals entered in the register maintained by the Dalapathi;
l) to report to the Dalapathi the presence of suspicious strangers; and
m) to discharge such duties as are lawfully impose upon him by the Dalapathi.
16 G. Treatment of Members of Village Defence Party:-
Police Officers of all ranks shall treat the members and Dalapathi with special consideration and endeavour to the best of their ability to maintain the dignity of the Village Defence Party.
16 H. Under what conditions a Member or Dalapathi may resign.
Except with the written permission of the Superintendent of Police or other officer authorised by the Superintendent of Police in this behalf, no member or Dalapathi shall resign office or withdraw himself from the duties thereof.
16. . Honorarium and Remuneration:-
1) Every Dalapathi shall be paid such honorarium as may be fixed by order by the State Government from time to time.
2) The payment of honorarium to the Dalapathi under sub-rule (1) shall be subject to proper maintenance of the prescribed records and satisfactory discharge of the functions enjoined on him under the Act or any other enactment and these rules or any other rules.
3) Every claim by a Dalapathi for his honorarium shall be supported by certificate issued by the Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police having jurisdiction over the area for which the Dalapathi is appointed and be countersigned by the Superintendent of the Districts.
8. Amendment of rule 18:- In rule 18 of the said rules, in sub-rule (1), after clause (iii) the following clauses shall be added, namely:-
i) Register of known depredators notified offenders and persons ordered to notify residence under section 356 of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973 (Central Act No.2 of 1974) in form “G”.
ii) Register of suspicious strangers in Form “H”.
iii) Stray Cattle Register in Form “J”.
By Order and in the name of the Governor of
Karnataka
Sd/- K.S.Rajagopal
Under Secy. to Government, Home Department
“FORM G”
Register of known Depredators, Notified Offenders and Persons Ordered to notify residences u/s 356 of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973 (Act No.2 of 1974)
Village ………………. Circle ……………………. District……………….
|SlNo |Name and fathers name |Caste and Calling |
|2) All the Unit Offices |Fresh formats |11th of the month |
|Southern (Mysore) |Monthly changes |19th of the month |
|Range. | | |
|3) All the Unit Offices in |Fresh formats |12th of the month |
|Central Range |Monthly changes |21st of the month |
|4) All the Unit Offices in |Fresh formats |13th of the month |
|Bangalore City |Monthly changes |23rd of the month |
5. If the date fixed happens to be a holiday the formats should be brought on the subsequent day. The above schedule shall be adhered to strictly by all the Unit Officers and there shall be no relaxation on any account. The Official with the formats shall report to the Gazette Headquarters Assistant in the Chief Office on the evening of the previous day and hand over the formats at the Computer centre at 10-30 A.M. on the schedule date.
(2) It is found that new Officials, some of them with no knowledge of computerization or pay bills are sent with the formats with the result they are not in a position to verify the correctness of the check list or the draft bills. In future only the officials who prepare the formats and deal with pay bills should be sent. Three of the officials in each unit should be earmarked for the purpose and their names intimated to this office and the Computer Centre. There shall be no change of officials during the next six months, unless they are transferred to ensure that the entire scheme is put on an even keel.
(3) The Master Date format and monthly changes are found to contain a number of mistake. They are not scrutinized or attested by any of the officers.
Following are some of the common errors noticed:-
i) Names of the Officials whose salary is to be drawn are not given in the Master Data format.
ii) Employee No. (which is the first policy No. of the KGID) or temporary code Nos. is not given.
iii) Sometimes the same employee number is given to more than one official.
iv) The employee No. which should be the same throughout is changed from month to month.
v) After the draft bill is prepared the bill Code No. and other particulars such as deductions etc., are changed. This should be corrected at the check list stage itself.
vi) Sometimes C.C.A. is claimed at places where it is not admissible.
vii) In respect of officials provided with rent free quarters 10% of the salary is deducted where as only the H.R.A. should not have been claimed.
viii) In respect of H.R.A and C.C.A both the Code Nos. are given and H.R.A and C.C.A included in the bill resulting in double claims.
ix) If a loan is sanctioned, no deduction is indicated in the check 1st Stage and correction is given at the last moment before the bill is printed resulting in avoidable delay.
x) Names of persons who are under orders of transfer are deleted from the Unit transferred but not shown in the new Unit to which he is transferred.
6. The aforementioned and similar mistakes involve lot of labour in correcting the mistakes and avoidable delay in printing the pay bills. The main reason behind this stage of affairs is that no scrutiny or check is being exercised at the supervisory level.
7. As already pointed out it is entirely the responsibility of the Drawing Officers for the correctness of the pay bills they draw. While this office can only liaison and render guidance preparing the formats correctly and to get them printed early the responsibility for the accuracy of the claims preferred rest in the Drawing Officers. In future, the Accountant and the Manager of the Unit Office should scrutinise thoroughly the Master formats or monthly changes and satisfy themselves that it is free from mistakes. The Superintendent of Police or the Officer, to whom he has delegated the power to sign the pay bills should certify that the particulars are correct. The formats (fresh or monthly changes) received without the above certificate will not be accepted by the Computer Centre for the purpose of printing the pay bills.
8. After the bills are printed at the Computer Centre the pay bill clerk and the concerned Officials should again go through the pay bills and ensure their accuracy before presenting them to the Treasury.
9. According to the revised programme the printed pay bills are expected to be returned to the Districts by 23rd or 24th and 26th in the case of offices located in Bangalore city. A system of regular communication regarding:
1) Date of arrival of the official with the formats at the Computer Centre – and
2) Date of printing of pay bills at the Computer Centre may be maintained by the Manager, Computer Centre with the District/Unit Officer by means of Radio/Telex messages.
Similarly the District/Unit Officer should send a Radio/Telex Message to the Manager, Computer Centre, confirming the return of the official with printed pay bills on the due date or if he does not return on the due date making enquiries regarding his return under intimation to Chief Office so that there may be close liaison among the Unit Offices. Chief Office and Computer Centre and they may understand the difficulty, if any, encountered and consequent delay in the printing of pay bills. The same equally applies to the Offices situated in Bangalore City.
The aforementioned instructions should be meticulously followed by all the Unit Officers and Officials who are connected with the Computerisation of Pay Bills.
STANDING ORDER NO.676
No. CB.1,279/74, Dated 6th September 1975
Powers and duties of the Addl. Inspector General of Police at Bangalore
1. Corps of Detectives
The Government in their Order No. HD 229 PEG 1973 dated 15-4-1974, accorded sanction to the creation of a Corps of Detectives consisting of four squads, each to work under the supervision of a Supdt. of Police to deal with cases coming under specific items of specialised crimes such as economic and financial offences and major crimes which would require special knowledge of both law & investigation. A detailed Standing Order in S.O. No. 630 dated 27-4-1974 has been issued covering the functions and duties of the Corps of Detectives.
2. Forest Squads and Forest Cell
The Government of their order No. HD 221 PEC 72 dated 15-12-1972 have sanctioned the creation of Special Police Squads in certain Districts and Special Police Cell for detection and prevention of smuggling of forest produce, such as sandalwood, rosewood etc., under the supervision and control of an officer of the rank of Deputy Inspr. Genl. of Police. The functions, duties and powers of the D.I.G., Forest Cell and Forest Squads have been enumerated in S.O. 621 dated 31-3-1973.
3. Forest Cell
A Food cell under the supervision of an officer of the rank of Supdt. of Police with regional offices and a net work of Food Check Posts and Food Mobile Squads under the control of Supdts. of Police of the Districts exists to deal with Food Control orders.
4. Civil Rights Enforcement Cell
The Government in their Order No. SWD 135 SSC 74, dated 07-08-1974 have sanctioned the Civil Rights Enforcement Cell headed by a Supdt. of Police to not only attend to the grievances of the weaker sections of the society, but also to investigate important cases of untouchability offences and special enquiries on the subject. The duties and functions of the Civil Rights Enforcement Cell have been given in S.No.640 dated 06-11-1974.
5. Finger Print Bureau
The Finger Print Bureau was reorganised in G.O. No. HD 177 EHT 57, dt. 27-5-69 and is headed by a Director, assisted by a team of Officers. Their functions are to classify and maintain the finger print records of criminals who have come to Police Notice. Chapter No. XLV of the Police Manual Vol. II describes the duties and functions of the Bureau and its Officers. In addition, Single Digit Units have and are being established in important places on a phased programme. The Bureau is contemplating computerization of Finger Print records to quicken the process of both recording and retrieving information.
6. Computer Wing
The Computer Wing of the C.I.D. is organised for classifying and maintaining the history of crimes and criminals not only of our State, but also of criminals belonging to other States known to have operated in this State. The Computer Wing was sanctioned in G.O.No. HD 265 PEG 73 dated 17-9-1974 and the S.O. No. 641, dt: 16-11-1974 gives details of its working.
7. Criminal Intelligence Bureau
It consists of a staff of 2 P.Is, 7 Sis, 3 H.Cs and 2 P.Cs and 2 Photographers sanctioned by Government for purposes of collection, collation and dissemination of information pertaining to crimes and criminals including publication of Criminal Intelligence Gazette and Police Gazette. The Photographic Section is also attached to the Bureau.
8. Prohibition Intelligence Branch:
A staff consisting of 1 P.I, 2 S.Is and 2 PCs is sanctioned to collect, collate and disseminate information about prohibition offence and to conduct special enquiries and raids.
9. Sanction – Post of Additional I.G. of Police
With a view to effectively supervise the functioning of the special units, proposals were sent to Government for creation of a post of Addl. I.G. of Police at Bangalore, subject to the over-all control and supervision of the I.G. of Police. A copy of the Govt. Order is annexed to this Standing Order.
The following units are placed by Govt. under the charge of Addl. Inspector General of Police:-
1) Corps of Detectives.
2) Forest Squads & Cell.
3) Food Cell.
4) Civil Rights Enforcement Cell.
5) Finger Print Bureau
6) Computer Wing.
10. The Government have further directed that the post of D.I.G., C.I.D. should be kept vacant.
11. The appointment of an Addl. I.G of Police has necessitated the distribution of work and spelling out the chain of supervision. The following instructions are therefore, issued to cover the functioning of the Units under the Control of the Addl. I.G. of Police.
12. Re-Distribution of Units
Consequent on the creation of the post of Addl. I.G. of Police, the work is distributed as follows:
D.I.G., C.I.D. will be in charge of –
i) Corps of Detectives.
ii) C.I.B. including Photographic Section, D.I.G. (Forest) will be incharge of –
i. Food Cell
ii. C.R.E. Cell
iii. Forest Cell
iv. F.P.B.
v. Computer Wing
vi. Prohibition Intelligence Branch.
13. Pending filling up the post of D.I.G., C.I.D. the work of the Corps of Detectives and C.I.B. will be directly supervised by the Addl. I.G. of Police.
14. The D.I.G. (Forest) who was hitherto incharge of Forest Squads and Forest Cell, will in addition, supervise the work of Food Cell, C.R.E. Cell, Computer Wing, F.P.B. and Prohibition Intelligence Branch. He will be under the overall administrative control of the Addl. I.G.P.
15. Duties and powers of the Addl. I.G. of Police
The Addl. I.G. of Police will have State-wide jurisdiction in his field work pertaining to the above mentioned Units. He will have powers of a major head of Department as defined under rule 8(21) of the Karnataka Civil Services Rules. He will, however, as directed by Government, be subject to the over-all control and supervision of the I.G.P. who is the head of the Police Department.
16. Inspections.
The Addl. I.G. of Police will inspect the working of the Units under him and in the State in conformity with the prescribed procedure and practice. His monthly tour programme should be communicated to the I.G. of Police, D.Is.G and Supdts. of Police under him and other Officers concerned.
17. Circulars and Orders
He may issue such circular orders as is necessary for effective administrative of the Units under him as do not contravene any orders in force issue by higher authorities.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF KARNATAKA
Creation of Temporary Post of Additional Inspector General of Police
Preamble:
In G.O.No. HD PEC 221 72, dated 15-12-1972, sanction was accorded to the creation of a Special Police Squad and Special Police Cell for prevention of smuggling of Forest Produce, such as Sandalwood, Rosewood, etc., under the supervision and control of an officer of the rank of Deputy Inspector General of Police (Forest Cell). In view of the huge revenue to the State exchequer from the forest produce, Government consider that it necessary to have more effective supervision over the Special Police Squads and Special Police Cell, created for the purpose and to give timely guidance to them, so that the offences involving smuggling of forest produce could be dealt with greatest firmness and speed as the present circumstances demand.
Similarly, in G.O. No. HD 229 PEG 73, dated 15-4-74, sanction was accorded to the creation of a Corps of Detectives consisting of four squads, each under the supervision of Superintendent of Police, to deal with cases coming under specific items of specialised crimes such as economic and financial offences and major crimes which would require special knowledge of both law and investigation, with a view to bring down new and sophisticated offences which are often perpetrated with the help of modern science and technology like of idols and antiques which are exported outside the country, counterfeiting currency, etc., abduction of girls for immoral purposes maiming of children for begging and other social offences; Government intend to ensure more effective control and supervision in these matters and therefore, Government consider that the Corps of Detectives should be placed under an Officer of sufficiently high status who could assume higher responsibility and render more effective guidance and take decisions so that such offences could be handled with the firmness and speed as the present circumstances demand.
Order No. GAD 92 SPS 75, Bangalore, Dated the 22nd September 1975
Taking all the above factors into consideration, Government are pleased to sanction the creation of a temporary post of Additional Inspector of Police at Bangalore in the scale of Rs.2250-125/2-2500 for a period of six months from the date the post is filled up. The Additional Inspector General of Police will be in charge of the following units.
1) Corps of Detectives.
2) Protection of Civil Rights.
3) Food Cell
4) Forest Cell (Headed by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Forest Cell),
5) Finger Print Bureau
6) Computer Cell.
The Additional Inspector General of Police is declared as a major Head of Department under Rule 8(21) of the Karnataka Civil Services Rules. He will, however, be subject to the overall control and supervision of the Inspector General of Police, Bangalore.
The expenditure on the creation of this post shall be debited to the same Head of account from which the pay and allowances of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, are now being met. The Inspector General of Police shall submit in due course for provision of additional funds if necessary, under the same Head of account.
Government declare under rule 9 of the Indian Police Service (Pay) Rules, 1954 that the post of Additional Inspector General of Police, Bangalore, created in this Government Order is equivalent in status and responsibilities to the post of Commandant General Home Guards and Ex-Officio Director of Civil Defence, included in Schedule III-A to the said Rules.
The post of Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID shall be kept vacant will the continuance of the new post of Additional Inspector General of Police Bangalore.
This issues with the concurrence of the Finance Department vide U.O. No. JS/FD/6012/785, dated 18-9-75.
By order and in the name of the Governor of Karnataka
Sd/- H.P. Dharanendranath
Under Secretary to Government
General Administration Department
(Services-1)
STANDING ORDER NO.677
No. CBI-96/73, Dated 11th October 1975
Duties and functions of the Public Relations Officer in the Police Department
The High powered committee on Police Training in India recommended the creation of the post of a Public Relations Officer in the Police Department who would also function as the Press Relation Officer. This officer should be attached to the officer of the Inspector General of Police. In consonance with the nature of work involved. Government in their Order No. HD 131 PEG 73, dated 20-7-1974 sanctioned the creation of the post of the Public Relations Officer in the Karnataka Police Department. An Officer from the Department of information has now been posted as the Public Relation Officer to this Department.
The Public Relations Officer will have his office of the Inspector General of Police at No.2, Nrupathunga Road, Bangalore – 560 002 and function under the Dy. Inspr. Genl. of Police, Headquarters.
Functions of the Public Relations Officer
The Public Relation Officer (PRO) will mainly be responsible for projecting correct information to the public about the Police as well as refuting incorrect items of news appearing in the Press. He functions as an intermediary between the department on the one hand and the Press and the Public on the other. His duties will generally be the following.
1) The Public Relations Officer will be responsible for furnishing daily information to the Press about matters of topical interest and in projecting good work done by the Police and seeking through the Press columns such help as is necessary for improving the investigative efficiency of the Police.
2) He should keep close liaison with the members of the Press to prevent false, incorrect and exaggerated versions being published such exaggerated versions only appear when the Press are not properly briefed as to the true facts of any particular case.
3) He should issue a Daily Press Note to all the newspaper representatives containing material of crime, Law and Order situations, Traffic matters etc. which have a bearing or the activities of the public. The Monthly Press Conference at the Office of the Inspector General of Police will be part of his responsibility.
4) He should also organise the dissemination of Police information through the All India Radio as often as possible. The material should be such as to be of interest to the General public and could in special cases include arrest of wanted criminals, location of lost properties etc. The general public should feel confident to approach the Police Officials at all levels for rendering assistance.
5) He will organise publicity programmes like Exhibitions, Film-shows, etc., regarding the work and activities of the Police. This is to encourage better relationship between the public and the Members of this department so that each may appreciate the difficulties of the other and solve them by mutual understanding;
6) The Public Relations Officer will be a member of the Editorial Board of the Karnataka Police Journal and assist in the publication of the same by calling for articles etc;
7) He shall handle all references concerning the tour programmes of Ministers and V.I.Ps requiring Police arrangements;
8) The Public Relations Officer in the Office of the Inspector General of Police will receive all visitors who come to obtain relief or information. The public Relations Officer after hearing them will contact the concerned Gazetted Officer in-charge of the Sections and obtain such relief to the visitors as possible without violating any rules on the subject. He should receive such petitions as are given and ultimately follow them up to give an endorsement to the petitioners. He should maintain a Register to indicate the receipt of all such petitions, representations, prayer, complaints, etc. The Receptionist at Chief Office will be under the control of the Public Relations Officer to assist him in his duties;
9) The District and other Unit Officers should make full use of the Public Relations Officer to publicise the Police activities in the District particularly under the Head of welfare, good work done by policemen which normally go unnoticed should be promptly brought to the notice of the Public Relations Office for being given to the Press. It is only by such frequent publicity being given useful work done by the police that in the long run creates a better atmosphere between the public and the Police. The Public Relations Officer will be available to camp in any district to organise any such publicity campaign as the Unit Officers may require.
STANDING ORDER NO.678
No. GNL.1/155/74, Dated 18th October 1975
Hand Book of Office Procedure Implementing the
Reference: 1. Standing Order No. 306-57 (No. GBIC 80-57) issuing
instructions regarding Office procedure in Chief Office.
2. Govt. Circulars No. GAD 3 TOM 70 dated 5-2-71 and
1-3-71 ordering to bring the Revised Hand Book of
Office Procedure into operation with effect from 1-4-71.
3. Chief Office memo of even number dated 7-4-75
implementing the office procedure with effect from
1-4-75.
Detailed instructions were issued laying down the procedure to be followed in the Chief Office in Standing Order No.306-57 referred to at Sl.No.1 above.
2. Government brought out a revised hand book of Office procedure in December 70 and desired that the provisions contained therein should be introduced with effect from 1-4-1974. In pursuance thereof instructions were issued in this office Circular No. Genl. 1/23/71 dated 4-5-71 to introduce the procedure laid down in the Hand Book in full with effect from 1-6-71. While some of the Unit officers reported compliance, some others expressed some practical difficulties in introducing the revised procedure mainly for want of new Forms, registers etc prescribed in the Hand Book. These difficulties have since been removed with the supply of Forms and Registers by the Director, Printing and Stationery, Bangalore. In case any of the Unit Officers are in short supply or non-supply of these registers and Forms, they may arrange to obtain the same from the Director, Printing and Stationary and if there is no stock, they may be opened and maintained in manuscript form.
3. Following are the salient features of the revised Office Procedure.
(i) Form 9 of Hand Book prescribes that the Head of each Office (Viz: Manager/Headquarters Assistants in this Department) shall maintain an Office order Book in which shall be recorded all orders concerning each person working in the office and his duties and responsibilities. For this purpose, an Organization Chart of the Office be prepared and the duties and responsibilities of each Official defined through a work distribution memo.
Para 10 of the Hand Book contemplates the Heads of Departments to prescribe an exhaustive list of trilateral index letters for use in their respective Departments to achieve uniformity in all the offices of the department. Following shall be the index letters for use in this department.
1. ADM…………Administration
2. BUD………….Budget
3. EST…………...Establishment
4. FOR…………..Forest
5. MSC………….Miscellaneous
6. POL…………..Police
7. CC……………Camp Current
8. CB……………Confidential Branch
9. PR……………..Punishment Roll
10. DE……………..Departmental Enquiry
11. APL……………Appeal
12. RAP……………Revision Appeal Enquiry
13. LC……………..Leave Current
14. CRM…………..Crime
15. BLD…………...Building
16. RLN……………Re-allocation (Re-organisation)
17. STS-I…………..Stores I (Clothing & Equipment)
18. STS-II………….Stationery and other Stores
19. RDS……………Records
20. LAW…………...Law
21. ACT……………Accounts
22. ASQ……………Audit Squad
23. FDS…………….Funds
24. PEN……………Pension
25. LSC……………Law Section Circular
26. SMS…………..Statistics and Miscellaneous
27. GNL…………..General
28. TSC……………Top Secret Current
29. AMD…………..Amad (Receipts)
30. DES……………Despatch
4. Movement of Tappal:
All the tappals received in the office shall be put up to the Headquarters Assistant/Manager. He shall sort out all the name covers, Govt. tappal, Secret and Confidential Letters meant for officers and letters received from superior Officers and send them to the concerned. The remaining tappal received from subordinate Officers and Officers of equivalent ranks by designation shall be opened in his presence by the Attender/Dalayat and date stamped. He shall go through them, mark them to the concerned sections with his initials and pass on to the receipts (Amad) Section, where it shall be registered.
5. All papers received in the Office shall without exception be registered in the General Receipt Register (Form I) on the same day, except confidential or secret letters which shall be passed on directly by the Headquarters Assistant/Manager to the Confidential/Secret Branch where it shall be registered. As soon as possible, the action to be taken may be indicated briefly by the Headquarters, Asst/Manager/Section Superintendent in important cases and time limits fixed in urgent cases.
6. Special Registers:-
The Special Registers to be maintained in Police Department other than Financial and Registers common to all Departments are contained in Volumes I and II of the Karnataka Police Manual and the proforma in which they are to be maintained are laid down in Volume III of the Manual.
7. Periodical Register
The Manager/Gazetted Headquarters Assistant in each Office shall maintain a periodical register in Form II of the Hand Book of Office procedure. One page may be allotted for returns from each Section. Only the date of despatch of each return shall be noted in the respective column by the concerned case worker.
A list of periodical Returns to be submitted to this Office from the subordinate offices in the Department is being prepared and will be issued separately. Meanwhile, the periodicals now prescribed may be continued to be submitted to this office.
8. Opening of Registers
All Registers except Crime Registers repeat except Crime Registers (which should be maintained from 1st Jan to 31st December) shall be opened from the first of April. The cases pending at the end of the year shall be brought forward to the new Register.
9. Numbering of Cases
Each file (case) shall be numbered with the Index letter followed by the current (Cases) Register Sl.No. and Dist. Letter Nos. and year. For e.g., (1) A Crime file of Bidar Dist. shall be numbered in Crime Section of Chief Office as CRM. 12 BDR/75 where CRM denotes Crime. 12 Sl. No. in the current (Case) Register, BDR refers to Bidar District and 75 year of opening of the file (2) Similarly an Appeal case file of South Kanara District shall be numbered as APL 30 SK/75-76. Note (1) it is seen that a Crime file is given calendar year viz: “75” whereas Appeal and all other files should be given financial year viz: 75-76 etc., (2 The District letters are not necessary in District and Unit Offices which deal with only that District/Unit/Papers:
Viz: (1) CRM/12/75
(2) APL/30/75-76
In respect of periodicals and other references which originate from Chief Office and do not pertain to any District/Unit it is sufficient if only the Index letters followed by Sl.No. in the case register and year are given.
10. Monthly Arrears List by Cases
At the beginning of the month each case worker shall prepare an arrears list of pending cases in Form IV of the Hand Book which shall be consolidated in respect of each section by the Head of the Section who should put up to the Manager/Gazetted Headquarters Assistant for scrutiny and submission with his remarks to the District/Unit Offices or before 10th of the subsequent month.
11. Manner of Handling Office work
No paper received by the case worker shall remain unattended for more than five days. Papers marked “To-day” and “Immediate” must be worked up the same day and those Marked “Urgent” within two days. The heads of Sections, Branches and Offices are required to attend the papers sent to them the same day as far as possible.
The case workers should arrange the files in five bundies as follows:-
1) Cases pending disposal
2) Await Files
3) Periodicals
4) Circular Files and
5) Papers to go to the Record Room
In each bundle, the files should be arranged according to Sl.Nos. year wise, thus ensuring that the oldest case is always at the top of the bundle.
12. Circular Files
Each section should maintain a Circular File in which copies of all the orders, Circulars and Official Memoranda issued by the Government and Head of the Department are arranged chronologically. At the end of each year they shall be page numbered, indexed, got stitched, bound and retained for reference in the Section.
13. Current File and its Arrangement
The current file consists of two parts, the correspondence file and the note file. The note file should be attached to the top-sheet of the file cover and the correspondence file to the bottom sheet of the file cover. Both of them should not be tagged together. On the top-sheet of both the note file and the correspondence file the number of the case and the subject shall be indicated in brief.
The papers in the correspondence file shall be arranged date-wise from bottom to top (the earliest at the bottom and the latest at the top) so as to give an idea of the latest position of the case immediately a file is opened. The present system of maintaining current files in book form with the latest reference at the bottom and oldest at the top shall be discontinued. Page numbers shall be given accordingly from the bottom to top in the order in which they are to be read.
The pages of both the correspondence file and the Note File should be serially numbered. The paragraphs in the Note file shall also be serially numbered. Pinning of flags from a different office (as in appeal cases) or a linked file and has to be returned or forwarded to another office instead, reference to the page numbers included in the correspondence file shall invariably be noted in the margin of the Note Sheet of the current file in pencil for ready reference. Similarly the para numbers may be referred to in note file as Note para ante para…onwards etc.
While drafting a letter the subject matter should be commenced straight away without using independent phrases like “With reference to the above, I write to state etc.,” which is an out moded form of correspondence.
14. Disposals:
The categories of cases which shall be assigned to the different types of disposals in the Police Department will be communicated separately.
15. Fair Copying and Despatch:-
The Head of the Clearance Section shall maintain Fair Copying Register in Form VII of the Hand Book. At the end of the day he shall put up the Register with an abstract of (1) No. of papers pending at the commencement of the day (2) No. received during the day (3) Total (of Cols 1 and 2) (4) Number Disposed (typed) and (5) No. pending, to the Gazetted Headquarters/Assistant/Manager.
The Despatcher shall maintain a Despatch Register in Form VIII of the Hand Book in which all papers sent by post whether ordinary or registered shall be entered. This Despacher shall maintain a stamp register in Form IX. The local delivery tappal book shall be in Form X.
16. Recording and Indexing:-
The case worker shall prepare an index before a file is handed over to the Record Keeper so that the file is easily traceable after some years.
The Record Keeper shall maintain a Record Register in Form XI of the Hand Book separately for each year.
Any case worker requiring in old file from the Record Room for reference shall give a “Requisition Slip” in Form XII to the Record Keeper. The Record Keeper shall maintain a Record Issue Register in Form XIII.
17. Inspections:-
The Head of each section should conduct a detailed monthly inspection of the seats under him. The Head of the office (Gazetted Headquarters Assistant/Manager) shall once in a year inspect the different sections of the office and review the monthly arrears list.
18. Attendance:-
Every member of the staff shall attend the office punctually. The Head of office, Branches and Sections shall set an example others by attending office regularly at the prescribed hours.
An Attendance Register shall be maintained in Form XIV for each office in which every member of the staff shall mark attendance. The Attendance Register along with causal leave applications and late attendance register shall be placed before the Head of the Office every day fifteen minutes after the start of office hours.
19. Causal Leave:-
Every office shall maintain an account of casual leave in Form XV.
20. Furniture:-
Every office shall maintain Form XVI of the Hand Book of Office procedure, a register of Furniture and other Dead stock articles. The Head of Office, if he is a Gazetted Officer or any other Gazetted Officer nominated for the purpose shall make physical verification of these articles and record a certificate to the effect in the Register, during the month of April every year.
21. Register of Books and Periodicals:-
A Register of Books and periodicals shall be maintained in Form XVII and Library issue Register in Form XVIII.
22. The above procedure is meant mainly for District Police Offices and Chief Office. In smaller offices like Office of S.D.P.Os and Dy. Insprs. Genl. of Police Offices where the strength is relatively small, the procedure may be adopted with suitable modifications according to strength of the Ministerial Staff and requirements of the office.
23. With the issue of this Standing Order, paras 17, 28 to 32, 39, 40 and the last sentence of Para 48 of Standing Order 306-57 stand deleted.
24. All the District/Unit Officers shall bring into force the above office procedure in full with immediate effect and report compliance on or before 31-10-1975.
STANDING ORDER NO.679
No. 4/RNL-4/75-76, Dated 24th October 1975
The Karnataka State Police Dog Squads
Government were pleased to accord sanction, in G.O. No. HD 70 PEG 68, dated 17-5-1968 to the proposals of the Inspector General of Police of Police for raising a Dog Squad, for the first time for detecting crimes in this State. The Dog Squad is stationed in Bangalore City and has been attached to the City Armed Reserve. It has been mainly attending to calls from Bangalore and the nearby districts.
2. With a view to have more Dog Squads for being made readily available to all the District Police, proposals were sent for organizing Dog Squads in the other three Range Head Quarters viz Mysore, Belgaum and Gulbarga. The Government have accorded sanction to the creation of these three additional Dog Squads in G.O.No. HD 43 PEG 74, dated 31-7-1975 and to their stationing at Mysore, Belgaum and Gulbarga.
Organisation of the Dog Squads:
a) Sphere of Duty:
3. The Dog Squad at Bangalore City will attend to the calls from Bangalore City Police and the District Police of the Central Range District viz. Bangalore, Tumkur, Kolar, KGF, Shimoga and Chitradurga.
4. The Dog Squad at Mysore will attend to calls from the District Police of the Southern Range Districts viz., Mysore, South Kanara, Coorg, Chickmagalur, Hassan and Mandya.
5. The Dog Squad at Belgaum will attend to calls from the District Police of the Northern Range Districts viz., Belgaum, Dharwar, Bijapur and North Kanara.
6. The Dog Squad at Gulbarga will attend to calls from the District Police of the North Eastern Range District viz., Gulbarga, Bellary, Raichur and Bidar.
b) Supervision and Control:-
7. The Dog Squads will be in-charge of the Sub Inspector attached to them.
8. The Dog Squad at Bangalore will form a part of the City Armed Reserve and will function under the direct supervision of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore and under the administrative control of the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City.
9. The Dog Squad at Mysore will form a part of the District Armed Reserve, Mysore will function under the direct supervision of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore and under the administrative control of the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City.
10. The Dog Squad at Belgaum will form a part of the District Armed Reserve, Belgaum and will function under the Direct supervision of the Superintendent of Police, Belgaum and under the administrative control of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Northern Range, Belgaum.
11. The Dog Squad at Gulbarga will form part of the District Armed Reserve, Gulbarga and will function under the direct supervision of the Superintendent of Police, Gulbarga and the administrative control of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, North Eastern Range, Gulbarga.
c) Strength:-
12. Each of the Dog Squads at Bangalore City, Mysore, Belgaum and Gulbarga will consist of six Police Dogs and a staff of one Sub Inspector, two head constables, six constable Handlers, one constable driver, one constable cleaner and two class IV servants (one cook/one sweeper).
Purchase of Police Dogs:
13. The Dogs required for all the Dog Squads will be purchased by the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City and all the grants on this account should be placed at the disposal of the Commissioner.
14. The Commissioner of Police will ensure that the dogs selected are from the recognized breeds used for Police work. The Alsatian, Doberman Pinscher and Labradors are best suited for Police purposes.
15. The dogs selected should be through bred and with a good pedigree of Police work.
16. Crossbreeds and indigenous breeds should be rejected.
17. The dogs should be got examined by a qualified veterinarian and its fitness got certified.
Note:- Any pup offered as gift to the Police Dog Squad should not be accepted without the prior approval of the Inspector General of Police.
Selection of Personnel:
18. A proper selection of personnel for the Dog Squads is very essential. The Superintendents of Police, Mysore, Belgaum, Gulbarga/Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore and the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Mysore, Belgaum, Gulbarga/Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City will pay personal attention to this to ensure that only suitable persons are selected for the Dog Squads.
19. The selection of personnel for the Dog Squads will be by direct recruitment or by transfer as indicated below:-
Category:
Sub-Inspector
a) By transfer from the cadre of R.S.Is
b) by promotion of Head Constable from the Dog Squad with a minimum of 5 years service as Head Constables and 3 years service in the Dog Squad;
c) by direct recruitment (along with recruitment of R.S.Is) of candidates with special knowledge/qualifications/aptitude for handling dogs;
Head Constable
a) by transfer from the cadre of Armed Head Constables;
(b) by direct recruitment(along with recruitment of Armed Police Constables) of candidates with special knowledge/qualifications/aptitude for handling dogs.
Police Constable Driver.
(a) by transfer from the M.T Section of the District Armed Reserve.
Class IV Servants (Cook/sweeper)
(a) by direct recruitment, by the Superintendent of Police/Dy. Commissioner of Police, CAR as per normal rules (vide Appendix-‘A’)
Training of Dogs and Handlers:
20. The initial training of Police dogs and the handlers will be centrally done at the Bangalore City. A separate Training Centre for the training of Police Dogs and handlers, will be organised at the City Armed Reserve Headquarters, Bangalore City under the direct supervision of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore and under the administrative control of the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City.
21. The training of the dogs and their handlers will be done initially be the Inspector of Police/Sub-Inspector of Police in-charge of the Police Dog Squad attached to the City Armed Reserve, Bangalore.
22. The Commissioner of Police Bangalore city, will arrage to provide the necessary facilities for the Handlers/Dogs under training at the Training Centre, and ensure that they are given proper initial training by the Inspector in-charge of the Training Centre. The Initial training will be for a period of 6 months. As per the syllabus in Appendix-B’.
23. At the end of the initial training, the Dogs and their handlers should be tested thoroughly by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore, to assess whether they have satisfactorily completed the course or otherwise. The period of training should be extended where necessary.
24. The Handlers and the Police Dogs, after their successful training at the centre should be sent to the respective Range Headquarters.
25. The Sub-Inspector in charge of the Dog Squads will continue further training of the Dogs/Handlers at their headquarters. The training will be as per the weekly programme detailed in Appendix-C. The Superintendents of Police Mysore, Belgaum, Gulbarga/the Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed Reserve, Bangalore. Will ensure proper training and watch the progress.
Feeding Health and Care of Dogs
26. The Sub-Inspector in-charge will see that the dogs are properly and regularly fed as per the advice of the Veterinary Officer. The normal feeding chart of the Police Dogs will bed as per Appendix-D. He will ensure that the dogs are well looked after by the handlers and Veterinary Officer is consulted promptly whenever necessary.
Duty of Dog Squad
27. The Dog Squads must be in a position to rush dogs and handlers to scenes of crime at short notice. To achieve prompt dispatch of dogs, the Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR should provide suitable nearby accommodation to handlers and arrange proper shifts amongst the Dog Squad staff.
28. The duties of various members of the Dog Squad are detailed in Appendix-E. The Superintendents of Police/Deputy Commissioner of Police, Car will closely supervise their working to ensure efficient functioning of the Dog Squad.
Requisitioning of the Police Dogs
29. The Services of the Police Dogs will be made available to the Investigating Officers/Supervisory Officers (of and above the rank of Inspectors only). On requisition for their services by Wireless Telegram or Telephone.
30. The requisitions should be addressed to the Superintendents of Police, Mysore/Belgaum/Gulbarga, by the Officers of the respective Ranges.
31. The requisitions by the Bangalore City Police and Officers of Central Range districts should be addressed to the Deputy Commissioner of Police. CAR, Bangalore.
32. The requisition should indicate the place, date and time of crime, nature of case in brief and nearest convenient route from HQ of Dog Squad to the scene of crime.
33. The following points should be borne in mind by the officer requisitioning the Dog Squad-
a) the requisition for Dog Squad should be made only in grive and important cases.
b) There is no point in making requisitions where the scene of crime has been disturbed;
c) Heavy rains wash out the scent and in such cases, dogs should not be asked for;
d) A crime which is purely local in character officers better chances of successful use of Police Dogs than a crime which is committed by an outside criminal;
e) If the Officer decides to call for the dogs, on visiting the scene of offence, he should first ensure that the scene of offence is not disturbed;
f) Requisitions for Dog Squad must be made on Top Priority basis, either by W/T telegram or Telephone, and should be made only when there are reasonable chances of Police dogs reaching the scene of crime within 48 hours of the occurrence. This is the maximum limit, as the dogs will not be useful thereafter,
Despatch of Dog Squad
34. On receipt of requisition for Dog Squad, the Superintendent of Police/Deputy Commissioner of Police or in his absence the next senior officer should promptly arrange to send the Dog Squad in a vehicle to the scene of occurrence.
35. Intimation should be sent to the Officer requisitioning the dog squad by wireless/telegram/or telephone regarding the dispatch or telephone regarding the dispatch or otherwise of the Dog Squad.
36. The exact time of sending the requisition, its receipt intimation to Dog Squad, departure of Dog Squad, should be not by all officers concerned.
Duties on Arrival of Dog Squad:
At Scene of Offence
37. The Dog Squad should be taken to the scene of Crime without loss of time, and the Investigating Officer will remain present throughout the dog’s performance. The Investigating Officer should think out and pursue all lines of investigation to be followed by the Dog to ensure success.
38. It should be noted that the work done by the Police Dog cannot be the subject of evidence in a criminal trial. There is no means of physically verifying that the scent on an incriminating object is identical with that of the criminal. The Investigating Officer can, therefore, at best use the results given by Police dogs as if they are information given by informants on the basis of which he has to collect independent and admissible evidence.
39. If any suspect offers to establish his innocence by showing himself to the Dog taking scent from the scene of crime, such an offer should not be entertained. It is quite possible that suspects scent has been obliterated by scent of others and the dog is, therefore, unable to pick up his scent and consequently unable to point him out. The innocence or guilt of a suspect is always to be determined by independent evidence.
40. The Dog Squad should be returned immediately when its work is over. Before its return, the Investigating Officer should write his report on the usefulness or otherwise of the dogs in the particular case, and hand over the report to the in-charge of Police dogs. If any clues are obtained by the use of dogs, the same should be mentioned in detail. If the dogs. Were not used or they could not obtained any clues, it should be clearly mentioned so, with reasons thereof. This should be done on the spot before returning the Dog Squad.
Duty of Dog Squad On Return to HQ.
41. The particulars furnished in the report of the Investigating Officer, should be entered into the Call Register of the Dog Squad, and the report with the Register should be put up for perusal of the Superintendent of Police/ Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR.
42. The Superintendents of Police, Mysore, Belgaum Gulbarga and the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR Bangalore will prepare a monthly Statement of calls as per the Call Register and send it to the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police/ Commissioner of Police, by the 10th of the following month.
43. The return should be scrutinized thoroughly by the Deputy Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police, and suitable instructions should be issued for better functioning of the Dog Squad and its proper use by Investigating Officers.
44. The Police dogs may be deployed for patrolling in Crime affected areas, if considered necessary, by the Commissioner of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police.
Records
45. The records and registers to be maintained in the Dog Squad Office are detailed in Appendix – ‘F’. The in-charge of the Dog Squad will personally ensure that they are maintained up-to-date.
Kennel Equipment
46. The Superintendents of Police, Mysore, Belgaum, Gulbarga and the Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, Bangalore will take steps to purchase all the equipments required for the Kennels. The list of equipments to be maintained at the kennels will be as per Appendix – ‘G'.
47. The Sub-Inspector in-charge of the Dog Squad will see that these equipments are accounted for the maintained properly. He will promptly approach the Superintendents of Police/ Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR, whenever replacements and additional purchases are required.
Inspections
48. The Inspector in-charge of the Training Centre for Police Dogs and Handlers at Bangalore will inspect all the Dog Squads, once in six months. The Inspector will apprise the Superintendents of Police/ Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR about the training and standard of the Dogs and Handlers.
49. The Superintendents of Police/ Deputy Commissioner of Police should hold regular inspection of the Dog Squad along with other units of the Districts Armed Reserve once in every year.
50. The Commissioner of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police will also inspect the Dog Squad during his inspection of the City Armed Reserve/ District Armed Reserve Head Quarters.
APPENDIX-‘A’
Selection of the Personnel of the Dog Squad : Method and Qualification, etc.
|Sl. No |Category of posts |Method of Recruitment |Minimum qualification and period of |Appointing authority |
| | | |probation | |
|Dog Squad |
|1. |Sub-Inspector Dog Squad |50% by direct recruitment and 50% by |For direct Recruitment | |
| | |promotion from the category of Head | | |
| | |Constables of the Dog Squad. |Age limit/ physical standards: |Deputy Inspector Genl./ |
| | | |as in the case of Reserve Sub-Inspector |Commissioner |
| | | | | |
| | |Method of selection: | | |
| | | |Qualifications: | |
| | |Direct: As in the case of the R.S.Is | | |
| | | |The candidate must have passed | |
| | | |Intermediate or Pre-University Course or | |
| | | |any equivalent examination. | |
| | | | | |
| | | |He should be able to read & write Kannada.| |
| | |By promotion: |Special Knowledge/ Qualifications/ and | |
| | | |aptitude or experience or handling dogs | |
| | |On the basis of seniority – cum-merit from | | |
| | |the Head Constables working in the Dog Squad|Training: | |
| | | | | |
| | | |12 months training in KSRP as prescribed | |
| | | |for RSIs. 6 months training at the | |
| | | |Training Centre for Dogs/ Handlers. After | |
| | | |full training will be placed in | |
| | | |independent charge of Dog Squad. | |
| | | |Probation: As for the RSIs | |
| | | |For promotion: | |
| | | | | |
| | | |Should have served as Head Constable for a| |
| | | |period of 5 years and a minimum of 3 years| |
| | | |Service in the Dog Squad as Head | |
| | | |Constables. | |
|2. |Head Constables Dog Squad. |By promotion from the category of Armed |For promotion: | |
| | |Police Constables serving in the Dog Squad | | |
| | |as Handlers. On the basis on |Should have served as Armed Police |Superintendent/ Deputy |
| | |seniority-cum-merit. |Constable for a minimum period of 7 years |Commissioner City Armed |
| | | |and should have worked as Handler in the |Reserve. |
| | | |Dog Squad for a minimum period of 3 years.| |
|3. |Constables Dog Squad (Handlers)|By direct recruitment by selection |Age limit/physical standards : |Superintendent/ Deputy |
| | | |As for Armed Constables |Commissioner City Armed |
| | |As in the case of Armed Police Constables. | |Reserve. |
| | | |Educational Qualification: | |
| | | |VIII Standard | |
| | | |Special Knowledge/ | |
| | | |Qualifications/ or aptitude and experience| |
| | | |of handling dogs. | |
NOTE:- 1) PC Driver & PC Cleaner of Dog Squad will be filled up by transfer from MT
Section of the DAR/CAR concerned.
2) Class IV servants (cook/sweeper) of Dog Squad will be filled up by
Superintendent/ Deputy Commissioner CAP as per normal rules of recruitment of
Class IV servants.
APPENDIX – ‘B’
Syllabus for the Training of Police Dogs
|1) |To heel (with leash) |Two weeks |
|2) |To heel (without leash) |One week |
|3) |To |Six weeks |
| |Speak | |
| |Sit | |
| |Stay | |
| |Down | |
| |Up | |
| |Hand | |
| |Back | |
| |Fetch | |
| |Seize | |
| |Sleep | |
| |Over | |
|4) |To- |Three weeks |
| |Chase | |
| |Catch | |
| |Seek | |
|5) |Tracking work |Four weeks + one |
|6) |Guarding work – |Two weeks + one |
| |Handler | |
| |Property | |
| |Persons | |
|7) |Identification of persons and property by smell parade etc. obstacles and rescue|Two weeks |
| |from water | |
|8) |Intensive training |Two weeks |
Note:- Modification in the period of the training to be adopted according to
the conditions of the Dog’s health, aptitude and the climate.
APPENDIX – ‘C’
Weekly Training Programme of Police Dogs Training.
|Day |Subject |Type of Trg; |Place |
| | | | |
|Monday |P.T. (running with Dog) |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Basic obedience and tracking |“ |“ |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
| |Theory (work of command) |Class |Lec. Hall |
| |Basic obedience & Searching Identification |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
| | | | |
|Tuesday |P.T. (running with Dog) |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Basic obedience and tracking |“ |“ |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
| |Theory (sword of command) |Class |Lec. Hall |
| |Basic obedience & Searching Identification |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
|Wednesday |P.T. (running with Dog) |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Basic obedience and tracking |“ |“ |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |Class |Lec. Hall |
| |Basic obedience & Searching Identification |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Theory (sword of command) |Class |Lec. Hall |
| |Grooming |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
|Thursday |P.T. (running with Dog) |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Basic obedience and tracking |“ |“ |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
| |Theory (sword of command) |“ |“ |
| |Basic obedience & Searching Identification |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
|Friday |P.T. (running with Dog) |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Basic obedience and tracking |“ |“ |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |Class |Lec. Hall |
| |Theory (sword of command) |“ |“ |
| |Basic obedience & Searching Identification |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
|Saturday |P.T. (running with Dog) |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Basic obedience and tracking |“ |“ |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |Class |Lec. Hall |
| |Theory (sword of command) |“ |“ |
| |Basic obedience & Searching Identification |Prac |Trg. ground |
| |Grooming |“ |“ |
| |Guarding/refusal of food |“ |“ |
APPENDIX – ‘D’
Feeding – Chart
1) Diet schedule for young dogs
1) Meet 500 gms
2) Milk ½ litre (Baby food as an
alternate)
3) Egg one
4) Rice 200 gms
5) Porridge 200 gms
(Ragi, Soji, and Saigo, curshed corm per day
6) Shark Liver Oil 10 Ml daily
7) Calcium syrup with
Multivitamins
8) Boiled vegetables 100 gms
2. For dogs over 6 months (adults)
1) Meet 1 Kg
2) Milk ½ litre
3) Egg one
4) Rice 200 gms
5) Porridge 200 gms per day
6) Shark Liver Oil 10 Ml daily
7) Boiled vegetables 100 gms
8) Calcium tablets 2 ½ day
9) Liver (twice a week) 200 gms
The computed ration can be proportionately reduced or increased according to body weight and paltability.
3) For out door work and during ailment
The ideal diet in the absence of the recommended schedule should be as follows:
i) Milk or baby food, Horlicks or Bournvita
ii) Bread
iii) Glucose.
Note:- This diet schedule be modified according to the opinion of the Veterinary Doctor, and permission of Dy. Inspector General of Police/ Commissioner of Police.
APPENDIX-‘E’
The duties of various members of the dog squads will be as under:-
Sub-Inspector in-charge of the Dogs Squad
1) He should personally supervise the work and conduct of all the dogs personally every day and ensure highest efficiency.
2) He should daily inspect kennels, kitchen, vessels, training equipments etc to ensure high standard of cleanliness.
3) He should scrutinize all receipts and issue of stores, meat, milk, eggs medicines etc.
4) He should maintain records and registers up-to date.
5) Will be responsible for the welfare and good health of all the dogs in the squad and it will be his duty to ensure prompt medical attention to any dog which is sick.
6) He should keep superior officers promptly informed of any irregularity, accident or any incident involving any dog or member of the personnel of his Squad.
7) As for as possible he should accompany the dog and the handler to a scene of crime.
8) He should attend the Dog Squad Office regularly as per the timings fixed by his superiors.
Duties of Head Constables of the Dog Squad:
1) The Head Constable should assist the Sub-Inspr. In the performance of the duties.
2) The Head Constable should maintain and assist the Sub-Inspector in the maintenance of records, and close control over the handlear and kennel boys.
3) In the absence of the Sub-Inspector, the senior Head Constable will look after the work of the Sub-Inspector.
Duties of Handlers (Constables):
1) They should adhere to training details and technique.
2) They should ensure that the kennels and kitchens are kept spotlessly clean and that Dog’s Food is prepared carefully and hygienically by the cook.
3) They should feed, bate, groom and maintain their respective dogs personally.
4) They should immediately report to the Sub-Inspector any indisposition, accident, sickness or injury to the Dogs so that the S.I. could take prompt steps to secure medical attention. They should personally attend sick dogs whether in the Kennel or veterinary hospital and scrupulously follow medical advice.
5) They should develop friendship with one or two dogs of the Squad other than their own especially to look after them in the absence of their regular handlers.
Duties of class 1V servants:
The cook/sweepers will perform the following duties regularly
1) They should clean dogs kennel regularly and maintain them in perfect hygienic condition;
2) They are responsible for coking and preparing the food for the dogs. They should maintain a high standard of cleanliness and hygiene in the kitchen.
3) When detailed for night duty, they should sleep in a convenient place close to the kennels and check the kennels and dogs at suitable intervals during night.
APPENDIX-‘F’
List of Records to be Maintained by the Dogs Squads.
1. General Diary:- It should be maintained in the form prescribed for Station diaries. It should be submitted daily to the authorities specified in Rule.
2. Nominal roll:- A nominal roll of all the dogs in the Squad should be maintained in the following Pro-forma:-
|Sl. |Name of Dog |Sex |Date of birth |K.C.I. Registration Certificate No.|
|No. | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
| |
3. Up-to-date List of Dogs:-
This list should be maintained in the same proforma as the one prescribed for the nominal roll with the addition, however, of a column showing the date and manner of death or disposal after the column of showing the date of birth.
4. Call Register:-
All the calls received by the dog’s squad should be entered in this register chronologically. The Register should be maintained in the following proforma.
i) Call number
ii) Station. Crime Number and Section
iii) Name of complainant
iv) Date and time of the offence
v) Date and time of report
vi) Date and time of call for the Dog
vii) Date and time of Dogs departure
viii) Date and time of Dogs arrival at scene
ix) Property lost
x) Property recovered
xi) Name of Dog used
xii) Brief report of the action taken and part played by the dog getting useful results.
5. Besides the general diary maintained for the dog unit each handler must maintain personal diary in an identical manner during the course of their training.
6. Following registers are to be maintained in the kennels:-
i) Medical Examination Register (to be filled in by the veterinary Surgeon) )
ii) Bath Record Register )proforma
)attached
iii) Weight Record Register )
iv) Stool Examination Register
v) Visitor’s Book
vi) Dead Stock Register
vii) Library Register
viii) Cash Book
ix) Petty Supplies (Accounts) Register
i) Medical Examination Register
DOG ………………………… Breed …………………
|Sl. No |Date of Examination |Weight |Condition of dog |Remarks |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
| |
ii) Bath Record Register
DOG ………………………… Breed …………………
|Handler ………… |
|Sl. No |Date |Swim |Bath |Remarks |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |
| |
iii) Weight Record Register
DOG ………………………… Breed …………………
|Sl. |Date |Weight |Place of Weightment |Up |Down |Remarks |
|No | | | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
| |
iv) Stool Examination Register
DOG ………………………… Breed …………………
|Sl. |Date & Time of taking |Sent to vet on |Specimen taken by |Result & date |Remarks |
|No |specimen | | | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |
| |
APPENDIX-‘G’
EQUIPMENT
Equipment can broadly be divided into:-
a) Equipment for kennels
b) Equipment for training
c) Equipment for cleanliness.
A) Kennel Equipment:
Each kennel must be provided with the following which is used for the dog in that particular kennel while some other articles of kennel equipment can be in common:-
i) Feeding Bowl:- This must be sufficiently large to hold main meal and also wide enough on the top circumstances permit the dog’s head entering the bowl do depth, while the base should be sufficiently broad enough to keep the bowl steady to prevent it from toppling over.
ii) A water bowl of a very similar type to the feeding bowl. Both bowls must be non-corresive and restless metal.
iii) A hard bristle brush for grooming the dog.
iv) A soft brush for a final brush of dog after use of hard brush and comb. A soft brush is only meant to give glossy look and to even up the roughness on the coat.
v) Steel metal Comb.
vi) A Thermometer
vii) Dumbbell
viii) Muzzle
ix) Piece of Chambis leather
x) Canvas bag for carrying dogs training equipment etc.
xi) Carpet for covering the kennel board
xii) Bucket
xiii) Hard brush for cleaning kennel board
xiv) Utensils for cooking and one storing glass jar Utensils for milk and mug
xv) Alluminimum cook spoon
xvi) Spoons, Teaspoon, table spoon, desert spoon (for measuring calcium, medicines etc).
xvii) Stove
xviii) Large cannnister for storage of water
xix) Two dust-bins
xx) Meat cutting knife
xxi) Rubber tubing for tap for cleaning kennels
xxii) Four Glass jars for storing cotton wool, bandage etc,
xxiii) Flit pump
xxiv) Kidney tray
xxv) Scissors-Straight and curbed
xxvi) Nail cutter
xxvii) Corcodile Forceps
xxviii) Ear forceps.
B) Equipment for training : Each handler must have the following:-
i) A steel choke chain
ii) A leather collar
iii) A leather lead
iv) A tracking harness. This can be eighter of leather of webbing and must be well adjusted suit size of the neck of the dog and the grid.
v) Tricking line with fastener at one end so that it can be inserted into tracking harness
vi) A pair of Gum boots for handler
vii) A pair of over-all for handlers
viii) A leather Jerkin for handler
ix) A leather arm protector for training dog for arrest work.
x) A set of adjustable hurdles.
xi) A scale jump. The frame-work should be of removal boards to adjust height. The use of this is to teach dogs to overcome obstacles over which they cannot jump.
xii) A fire-arm with blanks to teach dog how to tackle an armed criminal.
xiii) Any other type protective clothing that may be required or necessary.
C) For General Cleanliness:
i) Dettol
ii) Bandage cloth
iii) Antiseptic Dressing powder
iv) Dusting powder for ectoparasites
v) Phenyl (for Kennel)
vi) Insecticide sprays doe mosquito control in the areas.
STANDING ORDER NO. 680
No. TSC. 194/75/76, Dated 12th November 1975
Police Radio Communication System in the Railways
* * * * *
1. At present Radio Communication System is not available for the Railways. In Standing Order No, 672 detailed instructions have been issued for the protection of VIPs. Who travel by train. As efficient communication system is also required in the railways as a part o VIP security arrangement. During normal times also it is required to check the movement of criminals who commit thefts in running trains.
2. On receipt of the programme of VIPs traveling by train, the Superintendents of Police, Railways, will co-ordinate with the Superintendents of Police, Wireless. He should also get in touch with the Superintendents of Police of the Districts through which the train passes and intimate them about the provision of communication facility in that train. The Superintendents of Police will alert their Control Room, VHF/HF Stations on route and the hill features, so that prompt communication of messages could be ensured. The plain clothes armed gun men and the escort Officers who travel by train should maintain a close liaison with that wireless staff for the proper communication of information during the journey.
3. There are Eleven railway routes running through Karnataka State which require VHF communication coverage whenever a VIP travels by train. The routes are:-
Route No. 1- Bangalore-Miraj
Route No.2- Bangalore-Mysore
Route No. 3-Bangalore-Talaguppa
Route No. 4-Mysore-Arasikere
Route No. 5-Bangalore-Hindupur
Route No. 6-Hubli-Guntakal
Route No. 7-HUbli-Hotgi
Route No. 8-Guntakal-Hotgi
Route No. 9-Wadi-Vikarbad
Route No. 10-Vikarabad-Udgir
Route No.11-Bangalore-Bangarpet
4. These routes are already covered by District and Circle Headquarter stations enroute. In case of possible communication gaps, temporary stations. Such as SP/DSP mobiles should be installed for the duration of the journey since such arrangements cannot be taken as a regular feature. The hill-feature station, the existing District/Circle Headquarter Stations and the names of places where the temporary stations should be opened on different railways routes have been indicated in the enclosed Annexures. The Superintendents of Police, Wireless will provide VHF equipment and staff and make arrangements to install the station in the train by which the VIP travels. The SRP will arrange to issue Railway Duty passes to the Wireless staff traveling with the VIP excort.
5. On other occasions wireless coverage is found necessary in the following routes:-
1. Bangalore-MiraJ
2. Guntakal-Hotgi
(Andhra) (Maharashtra)
6. Considering the incidence of Railway Crimes in these routes. Sp Railway may arrange for VHF communication during peak traffic or when incidence of crime is very heavy or for other special occasions. The staff belonging to the Railway Police should man the equipment. The Superintendents of Police, Railways will get sufficient number of PCs./HCs. Of Railway Police trained at the Radio Grid for this purpose.
STADING ORDER NO. 681
No. 71/BLN-5/71, Dated 13th November 1975
Karnataka State Police Motor transport Duties of
Officers
Ref: Karnataka Police Manual, Volume 11, Chapter X1V111
2. Standing Order No. 596 – Rules for the
purchase, condemnation, maintenance, upkeep,
accounting and use of Motor Vehicles.`````````````````
* * * * *
PREAMBLE:
1. The Karnataka Police Motor Transport Oraganisation has received a large number of vehicles of different types in the past few years increasing the strength of the fleet to 1000 vehicles. The process of expansion is likely to continue in the future also, to meet the changing social, political and economic conditions. Due to the liberalized scales of allotment of vehicles, more and more officers are required to hold charge of and supervise the operation of motor transport. As the vehicles are necessarily dispersed in small numbers all over the State, the efficiency of the transport organisation depends primarily on the efficient performance of duties by the officers responsible for motor transport.
2. There is a serious economic situation in the country and the Government of Karnataka have repeatedly emphasized the necessity to avoid unnecessary expenditure. One of the possible causes of avoidable loss to Government is the indifferent use of Motor Transport resulting in expensive and premature over hauls, short life and wastage of vehicles. These can be avoided only by the constant care and supervision exercised by the Officers responsible for Motor Transport.
3. To assist the Inspector General of Police instructive administration of the Police transport system in the State. Government in their order No. HD 37 PEI 72 dated 10/6/75 sanctioned the post of Superintendents of Police for the Police Motor Transport Organisation and have filled up the post in Superintendents of Police, MT will function directly under the Inspector General of Police.
PART-1 Duties of Superintendents of Police, Motor Transport
4. Responsibilities of the Superintendents of Police Motor Transport are as under:-
a) Act as Technical Advisor to the Inspector General of Police on all matters concerning Motor vehicles.
b) Control and supervise the Police Motor Transport Workshop in the State;
c) Ensure proper maintenance of all Police Vehicles including water crafts;
d) Conduct periodical inspection of all motor vehicles, stores, workshops and M.T. Sections;
e) Test drivers mechanics etc, about their technical knowledge and proficiency and drew up training programmes;
f) Give technical advice to Superintendents and Unit Officers at ensure efficient functioning of the Motor Transport system.
Duties on Technical Advisor
5. As technical advisor, the Superintendents of Police, Motor Transport will periodically apprise the Inspector General of Police, about the efficiency of Police Motor Transport in respect of economic operation, serviceability, state of maintenance, purchases, repair, condemnation and replacements, Proposals for the betterment of the transport organisation will be submitted and implemented on being approved. For this purpose he will call for the necessary periodical and occasional data as required from unit officers and liaise with other concerned Government Departments and Public Organisations. His objective will be to streamline the Organisation with a view to ensure economy and efficiency.
6. He will take all measures to ensure that consumption of petrol and diesel is economized. This will be done by carefully scrutinizing consumption reports received from Unit Officers. The form in which the report is submitted may be revised to obtain, more accurate information. The
Result of the scrutiny will be submitted monthly to the Inspector General of Police.
7. It will be the responsibility of Superintendents of Police, MT to see that proposals for Government sanction for reorganisation of the transport organisation including staff, equipment and materials are initiated properly and are progressed expeditiously. In doing so he will ensure that the views of users of M.T and senior officers are ascertained and properly considered.
8. He will scrutinise all cases for sanction of expenditure on Motor vehicles by the Inspector General of Police, submitted by Unit Officers and provide appropriate and specific recommendations. He may call for additional information on such cases if and when considered necessary.
9. Periodical directions of the Inspector General of Police regarding Motor Transport will be processed by Supdt. of Police, M.T.
10. In consultation with Dy. Inspector General of Police (Training) and Unit Officers holding large number of Vehicles and drivers, he will organize and conduct the training of drivers, and technical personnel. He may also conduct refresher cadres after obtaining the approval of Inspector General of Police. Programmes will be compiled without disrupting normal activities.
11. He will take suitable measures to introduce and establish proper preventive maintenance of vehicles throughout the Police Motor Transport Organisation. The aim of preventive maintenance is to reduce wear and tear on the vehicles and to avoid costly repairs. All officers holding charge of transport with suitable guidance in this matter.
12. Superintendents of Police MT will carryout periodical review of the distribution of transport with due regard to workload. Availability of vehicles, and incidence of duties and submit proposals for approval and orders.
13. He will maintain statistics regarding availability of vehicles by types, accidents, repairs state and man-power of the transport organisation.
14. He will guide unit officers in recruitment of staff as sanctioned by Government from time to time strictly observing the rules for such recruitment, and ensure that suitable staff is available to operate the vehicles.
15. Superintendents of Police, M.T initiate action for the purchase of vehicles, when sanctioned by the Government after obtaining the approval of the Inspector General of Police of Police on the type, specifications and other particulars, subject to the procedure laid down by the Government from time to time.
16. He will be responsible to draw up programme for repairs of vehicles and utilize repair resources to the maximum extent.
17. Frequently there is a wide gap between the time a vehicle goes permanently Office Road and the rime when a replacement is provided. It will be the duty of the Superintendents of Police M.T to see that this gap is reduced as mach as possible by taking timely action. Procedure for condemnation of vehicles should be speeded up so that vehicles which are of road do not deteriorate further in the garages and thus fetch low resale value.
Duties Regarding Workshop
18. Superintendents of Police M.T will be directly responsible for the Police Motor Transport “workshops located at Bangalore and Belgaum respectively”. He will exercise technical supervision, control and co-ordination. Administration of these workshops will continue to be in charge of the Dy. Commissioner of Police CAR, Bangalore and the Superintendents of Police Belgaum, respectively until further orders.
19. Due to the expansion of the Motor Transport Organisation, staff, equipment and buildings provided for the workshops have become insufficient. Taking the future requirements in the consideration, these resources have to be reorganized as early as possible. Superintendents of Police M.T will prepare plans for reorganisation in stages, in consultation with all concerned, and submit such proposals for the approval of Inspector General of Police. Thereafter, appropriate cases will be put up for Government sanction. Implementation of such proposals, when sanctioned by te Government, will be done by Superintendents of Police M.T.
20. Pending Reorganisation, the existing resources of the work shops will be organized in such a way as to ensure maximum output. Programme of work will be prepared monthly for each work shops which will be approved and controlled by Superintendents of Police M.T.
21. He will visit the work shops as required, to progress the work being done and solve difficulties on the spot.
22. The work shop at Bangalore performs the functions of holding, operating and administering the transport fleet on the one hand and inspection repairs and maintenance on the other. These functions will be bifurcated, so that there will be division of responsibility for administration of vehicles and their inspection.
23. The work shop at Belgaum undertakes building of bodies on newly purchases chassis to suit special Police requirements. As the out put with existing resources is limited there is a considerable back log of work. Superintendents of Police, M.T. will properly programme and organize the project so that output is increased appreciably. Forecasting and indenting of materials used for construction will be done sufficiently in advance to ensure continuous flow of work.
24. Superintendents of Police, M.T. will ensure that continuous technical training is given to the technical personnel employed in the work shops. Suitable action should be taken to ensure that each key person who is likely to leave the service on completion of tenure or any other reasons, is provided with a helper who can understudy and take over the functions when required.
25. Workshops will be made to carryout early detection and rectification of defects so that these do not accumulate and result in major repairs and serious damage to vehicles. Superintendents of Police, M.T. will allot priorities of work to be undertaken and issue necessary instructions to work shops for action.
26. Detailed technical instructions will be issued by Superintendents of Police, M.T. as and when necessary to guide the work shops with regard to various types of vehicles. For this purpose he will liaise with public and private organisations specializing in repair and maintenance of motor vehicles.
27. Superintendents of Police M.T will scrutinise the expenditure incurred by work shops for repair and maintenance and the documents which account for such expenditure. He will also see that purchases are made at economic rates and of reliable quality.
Duties Regarding Maintenance of Vehicles
28. Superintendents of Police M.Y. will issue periodic instructions to all concerned about the various types of maintenance to be carried out. He will also organize surprise check of the maintenance of vehicles on road.
Duties Regarding Inspections
Superintendents of Police M.T. will carry out formal inspection of maximum possible number of Police vehicles but not less than 75% during an year. Inspection will include cleanliness, mechanical condition, documentation, tools and driving efficiency.
30. He will also inspect the Motor Transport work shops once a year. Inspection will cover the following items:-
a) Vehicles, held by the work shops;
b) Machinery, equipment, tools, fixtures and stores,
c) Petrol, diesel, lubricants and greases,
d) Accounts of stores, fuel and spare parts,
e) Vehicle documents,
f) Accounts of purchases and repairs done externally,
g) All other documents held by the work shops,
h) Proficiency of personnel,
31. Special inspections may be carried out by Superintendents of Police M.T of any vehicle for the purpose of fixing responsibility for unfair wear and tear, or if the consumption of fuel is shown to be high.
32. He may also inspect vehicles recommended for condemnation if he considers it necessary to do so before he gives his recommendation to the Inspector General of Police for sanction.
Duties Regarding Testing or Personnel
33. Superintendents of Police, M.T will conduct periodical tests of drivers and technical personnel to maintain a high standard of proficiency in the respective tasks. He may also conduct training and testing of drivers who are newly recruit or who need refresher training.
Technical Advice to Superintendents of Police and Unit Officers.
34. Superintendents of Police M.T. will visit as many of the officers holding vehicles as possible during tour and render guidance and advice on the better utilisation of vehicles.
PART II- Duties of Superintendents of Police and
Unit Officers in charge of vehicles.
35. The life of a vehicle and its serviceability depend entirely on how it is driven and looked after. Government vehicles must be treated in the same way as a prudent person will treat his own private vehicle. It is the responsibility of Officers holding charge of vehicles to see that this is done.
36. A responsible official not below the rank of ARSI may be detailed to attend to the day to day control of vehicles who will be answerable to the Officers in charge.
36A. Each vehicle will be put Office road once every week for maintenance.
37. It will be ensured that vehicles are cleaned daily and oil levels, water, battery and tyres are checked daily. Whenever vehicles are driven through muddy areas, they will be cleaned thoroughly at the earliest opportunity.
37A. New vehicles will be carefully driven during the running in period specified for each type of vehicle and the initial maintenance and change of oil should be done properly, as advised by the suppliers.
38. As far as possible, vehicles may be parked under cover.
39. The Officer in charge or a responsible person detailed by him will inspect all vehicles once a month for cleanliness. Mechanical condition, documentation and driving efficiency.
40. Defects, when detected, will be rectified immediately and not allowed to accumulate and result in major repairs or even condemnation of the vehicle.
41. Officers will not allow the vehicles to be used for unauthorized purposes. They may, at their discretion, withdraw the vehicles from users who display disregard for their proper use, or use them indiscriminately.
42. Accidents to or involving police vehicles will be reported to the appropriate authorities without delay. Officers will ensure that such vehicles are not got repaired through private work shops.
43. All concerned will make special efforts to ensure that consumption of fuel is within the standard limits fixed for each vehicle.
43A. Superintendents of Police and Unit Officers will be please ensure that the monthly return of Police Motor Vehicle is submitted promptly and completely. Superintendents of Police M.T. will plan the repair programme and fix priorities for the visits of the Motor Work shop based on the information provided in these returns.
PART III Duties of Officers incharge of Police Motor
Transport Work shops.
44. The functions of Officers incharge of Motor Transport Workshops may be broadly classified as under :-
a) Inspection
b) Maintenance
c) Repair
Inspection is the process of examining all aspects of a vehicle to see if it is in the condition expected of it and to identify any defects which need rectification. Maintenance is the process of performing all services which enable the vehicle to be in good running condition. Repair is the process or rectifying all that is wrong with the vehicles. Duties in respect of each of these functions are explained in the succeeding paragraphs.
Inspection
45. Inspection of vehicles will be done on the following occasions;
a) Whenever a vehicle is newly purchases and taken into service; to
ascertain if it is in proper running conditions;
b) Whenever a vehicle is transferred from one user to another to fix
responsibility for the condition of the vehicle.
c) Once every quarter to check he general condition and to identify
defects if any for rectification;
d) Whenever a vehicle meets with an accident, to assess the damage
and prepare necessary estimates.
46. Inspection reports will be prepared in duplicate. One copy will be presented to the officer in charge of the vehicle and one copy will be retained in the workshop.
Maintenance
47. Maintenance is primarily the responsibility of the user. Workshop is responsible to operate properly equipped maintenance station so that each vehicle gets a through check up and service at specified periods. Maintenance by the workshop also enables the driver to understand what things are to be done and to carry out such of the tasks as are within his capabilities, during daily and weekly maintenance.
48. Frequency of maintenance by the Workshop will be done in every quarter, or when the vehicle has been driven for 1,600 Kms, whichever is earlier. Workshops will prepare a monthly programme indicating the dates on which vehicles dependent on it are to be maintained and inform the users accordingly. These programme may be modified to accommodate vehicles which reach the prescribed limits earlier otherwise it will be strictly followed.
49. Tasks to be carried out during maintenance are given below.
a) Clean all parts of the vehicle with under pressure, Liquid soap may also be used for cleaning the body.
b) Check and tighten all nuts and bolts which may be loose.
c) Check levels of engine, gear box, and differential, brake fluid,
distilled water and radiator water and fill up. Replace any of these
when due as laid down in the respective maker’s hand books;
d) Lubricate all moving parts with the prescribed oil and grease;
e) Rotate tyres and inflate where necessary including spare wheel;
f) Spray an oil/kero mixture on all parts likely to rust;
g) Dry and polish the body as applicable;
h) Carryout adjustments of engine, brake, or any other moving parts;
i) Check the vehicle to ensure that all action as been taken and that it is road worthy;
j) Make the necessary entries in the log book.
50. Charts showing sequence of action to be carried out by the maintenance station, and the frequency of services like oil change etc. for different types of vehicles, will be prepared and displayed at the maintenance station for the guidance of the technicians and mechanics.
51. Personnel detailed for operating the maintenance station will not be changed frequently so that they become proficient in their duties.
52. The A.S.I., incharge of maintenance will ensure that instructions are strictly adhered to. He will also inspect each vehicle on completion of maintenance.
53. If any serious defect is noticed during maintenance, the Officer in charge workshop will not allow the vehicle to be taken away until such defect has been rectified. There will be no exception to this rule.
Repair
54. Repair will be classified as Minor repair, major repair, and overhaul. Minor repair is such action as cannot done by a mechanic or electrician in making adjustments or replacing parts or minor assemblies and which can be complied in one day. Major repair is when assemblies or systems have to be dismantled, checked, parts replaced or repaired and reassembled and which have to be done by a team of persons and will require more than a day. Overhaul is done when a vehicle needs major dismantling and complex repair which may take a number of days and which involve the services of a Number of technical personnel.
55. Whenever possible, separate teams will be earmarked for each type of repair. By doing so the technicians will become proficient in their respective jobs and perform better. However there are certain duties which do not occupy the fully time of the person detailed to do it, and such spare time as is available can be used for other work. For example, an electrician who is responsible for charging batteries need not be present nearby at all times and can attend to some vehicles.
56. Action to be taken when a vehicle is brought to the workshop will be as follows:-
a) Check the vehicle and prepare jobcard. While checking ensure that any defects noticed over and above whatever is reported by the driver are also included for action.
b) Classify the type of repair to be carried out and allot the vehicle to the team responsible.
c) Ascertain the spare parts or materials necessary for carrying out the repair and issue from stock if available or procure the same. Such issues will be shown on the job cards.
d) If the vehicle cannot be taken in for repair due to lack of capacity, lack of
capacity, lack of spare parts or for any other reason, release the vehicle to the user after allotting a suitable date for undertaking the repairs;
e) Undertake the repairs only when parts required are available, once a vehicle has been taken in for repair, the job must be completed in all respects. Vehicles will not be allowed to remain with parts or assemblies opened up and placed around the vehicle expect in case of major repairs or overhaul when such parts and assemblies will be kept in a proper order.
f) When repair is completed, a responsible person detailed for the purpose will check the vehicle along with job card to ensure that all work has been satisfactorily carried out and that the vehicle is fit in all respects to resume duty, will sign the job card to the effect.
g) Necessary entries will be made in the log book and the vehicle will be given an ‘outpass’ which will enable the driver to clear it with the sentry the exit;
h) The job card duly completed, will be handed over to the Office for taking necessary action to complete the accounts;
i) If any part which needs lubrication like engine gear box etc, are opened up, the mechanics concerned will ensure that oil or grease is replaced when the repair has been completed. Such refills will also be entered in the job cards and thereafter in the log book;
j) If the repair on a vehicle occupies more than a day, work done daily on the vehicle will be entered in the job card. If nothing was done, reasons for the same will also be entered.
57. If the Officer in charge of workshop, at his discretion, feels that a type of work cannot be undertaken by him, either due to lack of necessary tools or lack of suitably trained and proficient technicians, he may get the work done by reputed local workshops. As such repairs are likely to be costly, such action should be taken only when it is unavoidable.
Mobile workshop.
58. Each Police Motor Transport workshop will organize a mobile workshop from the resources available, based on one van suitably modified and fitted with the appropriate equipment. It will have one Reserve Sub-Inspector or one Asst. Sub-Inspector in charge, who will be assisted by a minimum of two mechanics one electrician and two cleaners. This strength may be increased temporarily depending upon the nature and quantum of the job to be performed.
59. The mobile workshop will visit locations where Police motor vehicles are performing duties according to a programme drawn up by the Superintendent of Police, MT and carryout repairs/inspections on the site. This will avoid unnecessary running vehicles to the workshop for repairs. Officers in charge of vehicles will ensure that the workshop is not detained beyond the scheduled period and also see that all spare parts and repair materials are readily available, so that there will be no idle time.
60. Scope of the tasks to be undertaken by the mobile workshop will be as under:-
i. Inspection of Unit vehicles to ascertain the nature of the defects and repair materials of parts required and preparation of job cards.
ii. Carry out minor repairs which means replacement of parts and minor assemblies, repairs of major assemblies which do not involve major dismantling of vehicles, tuning and adjustment of system.
iii. Major repairs and overhaul to major assemblies will not be undertaken by the mobile workshop. In case such jobs are required to be done, the vehicles will be directed to the main workshop concerned.
iv. When the work load at any location is more than the capacity of the mobile workshop to perform within the period allotted, priority will be given to such repairs which will put maximum Number of vehicle on road. However, the workshop will be guided by the wishes of the Officer incharge of the vehicles, in this respect.
61. In every case, necessary entries will be made in the log book and the procedure for repairs as laid down for the main workshop will be observed at each location.
62. Drivers in charge of vehicles requiring repair will be present with the vehicles and assist in performing the job. This will ensure that they get to know the mechanical details of the vehicles and will be in a better position to maintain them.
General Points:
63. Whenever vehicles with report to the main workshop or mobile workshop for repairs are found to have been damaged due to lack of care and maintenance, a misuse, neglect report will be initiated by the Officer incharge of the workshop in the following proforma.
1) Registered No. of vehicle
2) Type and year of manufacture;
3) Officer to whom the vehicle is allotted;
4) Name of the driver holding charge;
5) Kilometers run Rs;
6) Nature of the damage or malfunction caused by misuse or neglect;
7) Approximate cost.
Signature of Officer incharge
Workshop.
64. The copy of the above report will be submitted immediately to the Officer holding charge of the vehicle. A list of such reports giving details as above will be submitted to the Superintendent of Police, M.T. at the end of each month.
STANDING ORDER NO. 682
No. CB1-378/74 Dated 16th June 1962
Allocation of duties and functions between the
Superintendent of Police, Mysore and the
Addl. Superintendent of Police, Mysore.
Ref:- G.O. No. HD 121 PEG. 75, dated 1-12-75.
* * * * *
Copy of the above mentioned G.O. sanctioning the creation of one post of Additional Superintendent of Police in Mysore District. Exclusively for Mysore City is herewith enclosed.
The duties and functions between the Superintendents of Police, Mysore District. And the Addl. Superintendents of Police, Mysore are specified as hereunder:-
1. Powers which shall be exercised concurrently by the Superintendent of Police, Mysore and the Addl. Superintendent of Police, Mysore City in their respective/jurisdiction.
a. Inspections of Police Station, O.P.S and Offices of S.D.P.Os. and C.P.Is.
b. Disciplinary powers.
c. Sanction of leave, pension and G.P.F. Advance
d. Maintenance of confidential personal Files and Confidential personal sheets.
e. Writing of Annual Confidential Reports on Asst. Superintendents of Police/ Dy. Superintendents of Police, Police Inspector, Sub-Inspector and Asst. Sub-Inspectors.
f. Ordering retirement of Officers of and below the rank of Asst. Sub-Inspectors.
g. Signing and countersigning of pay bills and TA bills.
h. Signing of contingent bills, Bus warrants Bills and Railway Warrant Bills.
i. Purchase and repair of furniture.
j. Service Books, Attestation of entries.
k. Correspondence with Inspector General of Police, Dy Inspector General of Police District Magistrates and Officers of other Departments.
l. Condemnation of stores and write Office the value of unserviceable articles.
m. Supervision of investigation of Crime including heinous Crimes.
n. Disposal of petitions from the members of the public including those containing allegations against the Police.
o. Appeals against the orders Of S.D.P.S
p. Transfers of Head Constables and Police Constables.
q. Disposal of petitions from the subordinate Police staff regarding Pay, T.A. Seniority, Promotion and other service matters.
r. Disposal of applications of the subordinate staff for acquisition and disposal of movable, immovable properties and other conduct matters.
II Powers which shall be exercised by the Superintendent of Police, Mysore.
1. Full charge and Inspection of DPO, DSB, DCRB and DAR including Armoury and Police Motor Transport.
2. Promotion to the cadre of Head Constables and Asst. Sub-Inspectors.
3. Transfer of Head Constables and Police Constable from the jurisdiction of the Addl. Superintendent of Police, Mysore to his jurisdiction or Vice-Versa in consultation with the Addl. Superintendent of Police.
4. Transfer of Police Sub-Inspectors and Asst. Sub-Inspectors Addl. Superintendents of Police, to be consulted where transfer involves from the Superintendents of Police jurisdiction to Addl Superintendents of Police, jurisdiction or vice-versa.
5. Maintenance of confidential Personal Files of ministerial staff.
6. Checking of cash and signing of cash book.
7. Police Sports and Karnataka State Police Benevolent Fund.
8. Passing of indents for clothing, stationery and other Stores.
Note: Importance proposals relating to Re-organisation of the Police Stations and other Policy matters should be sent by the Addl. Superintendent of Police through the Superintendent of Police, Mysore.
Creation of a post of a Additional Superintendent of
Police Mysore District – Sanction
Read:- Correspondence ending with the letter No.
General of CBI-378/74-75 dated 10-9-75
From the Inspector General of Police,
Karnataka State, Bangalore.
Preamble:
The Inspector General of Police has reported that Mysore is one of the big Districts in the State with an area of 4,538 square mules and population of 20.8 lakhs, out of which Mysore City alone accounts for about 3.56 lakhs. The Mysore District Police Force was reorganized 14 years ago and is divided into 3 sub Dn. Including Mysore City Sub-Division. The sanctioned strength of the Police in the District is 1183 Civil Police and 374 Armed Reserve. The post of Deputy Superintendents of Police for Mysore City was sanctioned in 1930. since then, Mysore city has grown all round. Most of the V.I.Ps and tourists visit not only Mysore City but also various places of pilgrimage and game sanctuaries in the District. There will be much of floating population in Mysore through out the year giving rise to complex problems of policing the City. Annual Dasara Festivals with exhibition, sports and games attrack laksh of people from all over the country. Mysore City houses, several educational institutions commanding a vast student population, giving anxious moments to the Police in times of student unrest. There are also a Number of industries situated in and around Mysore City adding to the labour problems from the point of view of view of law and order. With the increasing importance of Mysore City as an educational centre, and tourists traffic centre, the policing of the city too has become more and more complex and has assumed new dimensions. The Inspector General of Police is of the view that it is hardly possible for one Superintendent of Police to devote as much attention as is expected of him to the problems of law and order, detection and prevention of crimes etc., he has therefore requested sanction to the creation of a post of an additional Superintendent of Police to be exclusively incharge of Mysore City. This proposal involves an expenditure of Rs. 19,287-96/- per annum.
G.O. No. HD. 121 PEG. 75 Bangalore Dated1st
December 1975.
On careful consideration, sanction is accorded to the creation of one post of Additional Superintendent of Police in the Mysore District exclusively for Mysore City in the scale of Rs. 740-40-1100-50/2-1250-50-1300 for a period of one year.
The expenditure on this account will be met from “2055 Police”
This order issues with the concurrence of Finance Department vide their U.O. Note No. FD/2759/75, dated 17-11-75.
By Order and in the Name of the Governor of Karnataka
Sd/- K.S.Rajagopal
Under Secretary to Government
Home Department.
STANDING ORDER NO. 685
No. 28/RLN2/74 Dated 16th January 1976
Establishment of Traffic Training Institute in
Bangalore City.
* * * * *
1. Introduction
This increasing traffic problems both within Bangalore City and the Districts of the State have become so complicated that it is considered necessary for the Police who are posted for traffic control duties to get themselves specially trained in matters relating to prevention of accidents, tracking down of traffic offenders, road safety measures etc. the Government in it order No. HD 19 PTR 74 dated 11-8-1975 accorded sanction for the establishment of a Traffic Training Institute in Bangalore for a period of 3 years in the first instance with additional staff, vehicles and other equipment. This institute will provide training to the Officers and men of the Police Department in traffic engineering, Traffic Control, enforcement of Traffic Law, investigation of Traffic accidents etc.
2. The following instructions are issued for the proper functioning of the Traffic Training Institute.
3. Control
An Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) will be in-charge of Training Institute. He will work directly under the control of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic and the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore. The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) will exercise control over the staff provided to the Institute and be responsible for the day-to-day administration of the Institute in all matters pertaining to the training.
4. Courses and Duration
The Training Institute will run courses for S.I.s and H.Cs/PCs. The course for Sub-Inspectors of Police will be known as “Officers course in Traffic” and will be for a period of 4 months. Two such courses will be run each year. it is open to Sub-Inspectors of Civil Police.
5. The course For H.Cs and P.Cs. will be known “Basic” Training in Traffic” and will be for a period of 40 working days (approximately 6 weeks). Two such courses will be run each year. it is open to H.Cs and P.Cs of Civil Police.
6. Calendar for 1976
The following is the Calendar of courses for 1976.
7. Officers Course in Traffic
I Course - 22-3-76 to 21-7-76
II Course - 20-9-76 to 20-1-77
8. Basic Training in Traffic
I Course - 26-1-76 to 13-3-76
II Course - 26-7-76 to 11-9-76
9. Course Strength
1 S.I., from each District and 3 S.I.s from the City of Bangalore totaling 22 S.I.s will form the Batch strength for the Officers course in Traffic. K.G.F. and Kolar District will alternate 1 P.S.I. for each course.
10. The Batch strength for the H.Cs/P.Cs course would be 50 with 2 trainees from each of the 19 Districts, and 12 from Bangalore City Traffic.
11. Eligibility Conditions
a) Officers Course in Traffic:-
i. The selected S.I. should not be above 35 years of age.
ii. He should have worked for a minimum period of 3 years as an S.I. excluding training period at P.T.C and practical Training in District.
iii. He should know how to read and write English and Kannada.
iv. He should have good physique and personality.
b) Basic Training in Traffic
i) The selected H.C. trainee should not be above the age of 35 years; the selected P.C. trainee should not be above the age of 30 years.
ii) The trainee selected for the H.Cs/PCs. Course should know how to read and write kannada.
iii) The P.C. sent for training should have put in at least a minimum period of 3 years service in the Department exclusive of training period in P.T.S and Practical training isn Districts.
iv) He should have good physique and personality.
12. Joining instructions:
i) The Superintendents of Police of Districts should select smart and active Officers and men for these courses as their functioning later on helps to create a proper image of a Policeman to the general public.
ii) A nominal roll of the trainee i.e. S.I/H.C./P.C. in the following proforma should be sent 15 days in advance of the course to the Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Traffic Training Institute , Infantry Road, Bangalore. A copy of the nominal roll should be sent to Range Dy. Inspector General of Police for his information.
Nominal Roll of Trainee
Main Candidate Reserve Candidate
|1. Name of S.I./H.C/P.C |
|2. Date of birth |
|3. Date of appointment and rank. |
|4. Direct Recruit/ Promotee |
|5. Educational Qualifications. |
|6. Experience in traffic Police, if any. |
|7. Any other courses previously attended including special qualifications, if any. |
Signature
Superintendent of Police,
………………………… District.
iii) For every course a main and a reserve candidate should be nominated so that in the event the main candidate is unable to go the reserve candidate should be automatically sent.
iv) On no account shall a seat earmarked for a unit be left unutilized for any course.
v) All trainees shall report 24 hours in advance of the Commencement of their course. They should report to the Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Traffic Training Institute, Bangalore.
13. Discipline.
i) All trainees will be strictly under the disciplinary control of the Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Traffic Training Institute during the period of their training.
ii) All trainees shall observe such rules and regulations for their attendance etc. as from time to time indicated to them at the Training Institute.
iii) All official correspondence to the trainees from their parent Units including Court summons etc, shall be routed through the Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Training Institute to the trainee.
iv) All trainees shall maintain Note Books issued to them wherein notes etc. given by the instructors shall be written up.
v) All trainees will attend the lectures and practicals in the Uniform (working Dress).
vi) The Unit Officers will be responsible for making adequate prior arrangements for the timely payment of the salaries, D.A., T.A etc. of the trainees during the period of their training either at Bangalore or to their families. All remittances meant for trainees should be sent by Bank Draft addressed to Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Traffic Training Institute, Bangalore. Neither warrant nor any cash advances will be made by the Traffic Training Institute.
vii) No leave will be granted during the period of training except for the reasons of extreme urgency.
14. General instructions.
i) On arrival of the trainees the Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Training Institute will brief them about the course they have to undergo, their duties and functions matters of discipline facilities for boarding and lodging and all other maters concerning their training.
ii) Until firm arrangements are made, lodging on payment will be at Guest Quarters at Briand Square for Sub-Inspectors and CAR Headquarters for H.Cs/P.Cs. Those who wish to make their own arrangements will be permitted to do so but with the sanction of the Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic), Training Institute, who should satisfy himself that such stay would not come in the way of their training and they make their own arrangements to come to the training institute.
iii) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute, will prepare well in advance précis of all features to be given in the Institute.
iv) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute, will each evening conduct a meeting of instructors on the subjects for the following day.
v) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute, will have proper Note books prepared and issued to each trainee. At the end of the course, the Note books will be collected and sent directly by The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute, with his initials to the Unit Officers.
vi) An examination at the end of the training shall be held and the results published in the Karnataka Police Gazette. Those who have failed will be directed to appear for an examination subsequently. The gradings will be as follows.
1. Distinction - 70% and above
2. I Class - 60% to 65%
3. II Class - 45% to 59%
4. III Class - 35% to 44%
vii) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute, will send a Course Report on the trainee in duplicate to the Unit Officer, a copy of which will be placed in the Personal File of the trainee.
viii) The Assistant Commissioner of Police (Traffic) Training Institute, should organize Guest’s lectures for the trainees inviting specialists like the Director, FSL., Neuro-Surgeons; Forensic Medical Officer; Town Planning Officer; Officers; of the Directorate of prosecutions and other Experts.
ix) The success of the training imparted depends largely on uninterrupted and continued attendance. Unit Officers will personally satisfy themselves that summons from courts, are if possible, adjusted with the court authorities for subsequent appearance after the training programme of the trainees.
x) Senior Officers like the Commissioner of Police, the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Training, Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic and others should frequently visit to ensure the proper functioning of the Training Institute.
15. The Co-operation and continued interest of the Unit Officers on the one hand and that of the staff of the Training Institute is very essential to bring a good name to the Traffic Training Institute, Bangalore.
STANDING ORDER NO. 686
No. Law-40/75 Dated 27th January 1976
Restructuring of the Directorate of Prosecutions
G.O. No. Law. 84 PPE 75 dated 1st December 1975.
Ref: Standing Order No. 684.
* * * * *
In SO No. 684 detailed instructions have been issued regarding the co-operation and co-ordination between the Directorate of Prosecution and Police Officers in the new set up. In view of the re-organisation of the Directorate of Prosecution and issue of S.O. No. 684 the following S.O.s LSCs and Memos are cancelled.
1. Standing Order No. 361 dated 20-5-1958
2. Standing Order No. 583 dated 17-7-1962
3. Standing Order No. 629 dated 23-4-1974
4. Standing Order No. 631 dated 5-7-1974
5. L.S.C No. 3322 of dated 4-5-1973
6. L.S.C No. 3268 of dated 22-8-1973
7. L.S.C No. 3394 of dated 27-6-1974
8. L.S.C No. 3397 of dated 5-7-1974
9. Memo No. Law. 1-17/73 dated 27-6-1974
2. In view of the restructuring of the Directorate of Prosecution, in the G.O. cited, with 5 Deputy Directors at Range level and cancellations of S.O. 629 the following instructions are issued regarding the action to be taken in cases where there are judicial structures and commendations.
In cases of acquittal/discharge, if there are judicial strictures or Commendations in the judgment, after obtaining a copy of the judgment, the DCP/SP should examine the same and forward it within a week of its receipt, to the Addl. IGP/CP/DIG through the Dy. Director, with his remarks mentioning the instructions issued for the avoidance of such lapses in the subsequent cases and the action taken against the defaulting Police Officers in the cases where strictures are passed, and suitably recognizing the services of the I.Os whose work has been commended. In the case of judgment pronounced by the High Court containing structures, the same procedure should be followed.
Note: Superintendents of Police in the COD, should send judgments with their remarks to the Addl. Inspector General of Police through the concerned law Officer.
4. The DCP/Superintendents of Police while furnishing his remarks required under para 3, above, should, specifically mention whether or not the strictures or remarks are justified and if un-justified, should move the Dy. Director for taking action for addressing the Government. For sanction to move the High Court for expunction of the strictures.
5. The Addl. Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police/DIG, if he finds that the strictures are unwarranted, should write to the Director of Prosecutions to take necessary action to expunge the strictures remarks.
6. If the High Court declines to expunge the strictures or other remarks, and maintains that they are justified, the DCP/Superintendents of Police should take appropriate action for their avoidance in the subsequent cases and also Institute Departmental proceedings against the defaulting Police Officers. Action taken should be reported to the CP/DIG through the Dy. Director of Prosecutions.
7. The Addl. Inspector General of Police, Commissioner of Police, D.Is.G.P and Superintendents of Police should maintain a Register of Judicial Strictures in which they should note:-
a) Station Crime Number,
b) Court Case No,
c) Date of Judgment,
d) A brief description of the Judicial strictures,
e) Action taken on the Strictures,
f) Instructions issued for rectification or avoidance.
The Register is useful for the Officers to have an overall impression of the judicial appreciation of the standards of investigation and Prosecutions in a District.
8. The Addl. Inspector General of Police/Commissioner of Police/Deputy Inspector General of Police should review the judgments received from the Superintendents of Police of his jurisdiction every quarter and send a copy of the review to the Dy. Director and Director of Prosecutions. Action should also be taken to get the review published in the K.P. Gazette .
9. These instructions should be strictly adhered to.
STANDING ORDER NO. 688
No. GNL. 1/180/75-76 Dated 24th January 1976
Measures for redressal of public grievances Arrangements
For interviewing visitors to Public Offices
i) Ref: Circular No. CRM. 65/Misc/65 dated 20-10-1965.
ii) S.O. No. 634 GNL(1)-133/74 dated 22-8-1974.
* * * * *
1. In the reference cited above, detailed instructions have been issued regarding the establishment of “Cell for the assistance of the Public” in all the Offices and also to hear the grievances of the Public and to attend to them promptly by the Officers at the District, Sub-Division and Taluk level by remaining in the Headquarters on Shandy days.
2. The Government have since reviewed the present arrangements and stressed that to attend effectively to Public grievances, the Officers shall not have any meetings during the hours specified for granting interviews to the Public and that they should adjust their work and make themselves available to the Public during this period (copy of Circular No. GAD 75 MAR 75 dated 17-12-75 is enclosed).
3. All the Unit Officers will please note the above instructions of the Government and ensure that the “Cell for the assistance of Public” created in their offices functions effectively by making efforts to here the grievances of the Public and redress the same promptly.
4. The only exception will be when the Officers have to go and attend serious L & O situations, serious crime and V.I.P bandobust, copy of Circular No. GAD 75 MAR 75, dated 17-12-1975 from the additional Secretary to Government, General Admn, Department, Vidhana Soudha, Bangalore, addressed to Head of Departments.
Measures for redressal of Public grievances
Instructions
Instructions have been issued from time to time for attending to grievances of the Public and for providing them with necessary assistance. The existing arrangements for the purpose are briefly indicated below:-
a) In Circular No. GAD 53 OOM 61 dated 23-8-1961 the Senior Officers especially Head of Departments have been asked to extend their co-operation in the matter of granting interviews to the members of the Public including Legislators when they are not busy with Officer work. In addition to granting interviews during the specific hours fixed by them for the purpose.
b) In Circular No. GAD 91 OAC 65 dated 8-9-1965 the Divisional Commissioners have been asked to set up a “Cell for assistance to the Public” in their offices which will be under the charge of their Gazette Assistants. The Deputy Commissioners have been asked to create a suitable cell under the charge of an Officer of the rank of a Tashildar in their Office. In the Taluk Office also, a suitable machinery has been ordered to be devised for the purpose. In addition to these Offices, similar action has been ordered to be taken by all the Heads of Departments in all Unit Offices at the District and Divisional levels. The duties and functions of this cell have been prescribed and these include receiving petitions and representations, arranging to hear the petitioners ensuring that suitable and prompt replies are given to the petitioners, etc.
c) In Circular No. GAD 25 MAR 74 dated 16-7-1974 Officers of the District/Sub-division/Taluk level have been asked to be at their headquarters on ;Shandy’ days to enable the Public to meet them and represent their grievances.
d) So far as the Secretariat is concerned, para 28 of the Secretariat Manual requires Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Secretaries to interview visitors to the Secretariat on official business between 3.00 p.m. and 4 p.m. it is also provided that with a view to obviate inconvenience as far as possible no meetings of Officers should be convened during the hours fixed for interview.
e) Besides, the need for expenditious disposal of petitions an issue of acknowledgments and adherence to the various instructions issued in the matter has been reiterated from time to time (vide O.M. No. GAD 27 TSM 74 dated 5-7-1974 and C.M. No. GAD 54 TSM 74 dated 31-8-1974)
2. The existing measures for redressal of Public grievances, have been reviewed. It is considered necessary to ensure that these arrangements are made fully effective. The Secretaries to Government, Divisional Commissioners, Deputy Commissioners, Heads of Departments and other Officers are requested to see that these instructions are adhered to and enforced strictly.
3. In order to enable secretaries to Government to attend effectively to Public grievances, it has been decided that they shall not have any meetings during the hours specified for granting interviews to the Public viz. 3.00 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. daily and that they should adjust their work and make themselves available to the Public during this period. They are also not required to meet Ministers during this interview hour. The Secretaries to Government are requested to take necessary action in this matter and see that these instructions are properly enforced and these arrangements made more effective. Similarly the Divisional Commissioners and other Heads of Departments should also ensure that no meetings are convened during the hours specified for granting interview to the Public.
STANDING ORDER NO. 689
No. CBI-332/75-76 Dated 28th January 1976
Duties of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID with reference
to the State Industrial Security Force.
* * * * *
Government Order No. GAD 92 SPS. 75 dated 22-9-75 accorded sanction also for the post of Deputy Inspector General of Police CID. In their Order No. HD 578 SST. 72 dated 8-1-76 Government have directed that this post of Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID be filled up, in the light of the current emergency which require the streamling of the Security arrangements in vital installations under the control of the State Government. The Government have further directed that the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID be entrusted with the task of working out details of the State Industrial Security Forces for the benefit of vital installations and Public sector undertakings in the State in addition to his regular duties.
Control
The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will work under the direct control of the Addl. Inspector General of Police and the General control of the Inspector General of Police. In Standing Order No. 676 dated 6-10-75, his duties are specified with reference to the COD under his charge.
Duties
The duties specified in the present Standing Order are in respect of his responsibility to the organising of a State Industrial Security Force, within Karnataka State.
a) The Dy, Inspector General of Police, CID will contact the Director of Industries and list out all State controlled Industries with particulars of the staffing pattern, details of premises etc.
b) He should on obtaining the above information open a separate file for each Industrial Unit.
c) He should make a study of the existing security arrangements in each of the above Unit and bring it on file.
d) He should then personally meet the General Manager of each of these Industries and discuss the problems of security, problems of Unionism among the existing security staff, the financing of such extra State Industrial Security Force that may be required by the factory/installation.
e) After a personal visit to the installations to be covered, he should draw up a comprehensive scheme for a security force for each of these Industrial Units. In the Scheme he should work out that man power requirement and also the other security arrangements in the shape of protective walls, lights etc.
f) On completion of each scheme, it should be forwarded through the Addl. Inspector General of Police and the Inspector General of Police to the Government.
g) After obtaining the competent sanction for any such Force, the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will have to take further action to set up these state Industrial Security Forces at these Installations.
4. Formation of A State Industrial Security Force
The Deputy Inspector General of Police CID will intimate the following action for the formation of the State Industrial Security Force.
a) He should draft a State Industrial Security Force Act for being forwarded to the Government for necessary enactment.
b) A copy of the Rules will also be drafted after the above Act, has been passed by the State Legislature.
c) He should work out details for a Training Centre for the State Industrial Security Force personally. State Industrial Security Force is not like Police Force. The training of personnel differs greatly from installation to installation. For example the State Industrial Security Force staff required by the Karnataka Electricity Board installations would be completely different from the Government Sandalwood factory. Specialized training is therefore indicated and staff will have to be drawn from the various Industrial Units themselves. Practical Syllabi will have to be drawn up for the trainees.
d) The requirements of equipment for defending the installations requires to be worked out for each of the industries and training programmes instituted at the Training Centre.
e) While a general hierarchy for control and discipline is to be prescribed by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, he should at the same time keep it flexible enough to cater to all types of industries either big or small.
Office Staff
In addition to the staff already available to him the Government have sanctioned a 1st Division Clerk and 1 Typist to assist the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID in connection with the Industrial Security work.
General
Security of our Industries is of vital importance to our economy and National wealth. The intention of the Government is to provide
1. Internal protection of equipment and goods,
2. Protection against loss, damage and pilferage,
3. Afford protection to loyal employees within the premises against anti-social elements.
4. To keep aloof from Union Activities of the various components of their Unit and lastly ensure peaceful conditions of work,
The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID should keep the above in mind and ensure the formation of an efficient State Industrial Security Force for the Karnataka State.
STANDING ORDER NO. 691
No. CRM/577/Misce/75-76 Dated 27th February 1976
* * * * *
Government in their Order No. GAD 92 DPS 75 dated 22-9-1975 have appointed Addl. Inspector General of Police to be incharge of the C.I.D. in an other Order No. HD 578 SST 72 dated 8-1-1976, a Deputy Inspector General of Police, has been posted as Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID relieving the Addl. Inspector General of Police of Police will, therefore, be in a position to devote more time for the supervision of criminal investigation at the District level by the local Police. The following instructions are issued:-
1) The Addl. Inspector General of Police during his tour will inspect the crime records and also look into the quality of investigation at the District level. The Superintendents of Police and Unit Officers will personally present to produce such records as are required by the Addl. Inspector General of Police.
2) The Addl. Inspector General of Police will in his notes of the District also indicate the type of supervision and control exercised by the Superintendents of Police in handling crime investigation of his subordinates.
3) Particular attention should be paid to note whether visitation to scene of grave crime has been adequate on the part of the S.D.P.Os and C.Is.
4) The Addl. Inspector General of Police should follow up on the computerization of crime records at the District level and ensure that subordinate Officers get a full and complete knowledge of computerization including preparation scrutiny and prompt despatch of prescribed formats.
Superintendents of Police will please note that investigation of cases by the local Police have to late, come into criticism resulting in C.O.D being called in frequently look into the cases i.e. whether rightfully investigated by the local Police.
The visit of the Addl. Inspector General of Police to the Districts and inspection of the work turned out by him; should prove beneficial in the long run to all concerned.
STANDING ORDER NO. 692
No. Law-3-478/75/76 Dated 2nd March 1976
Procedure for reporting Traffic violations by the
Traffic Police
* * * * *
1. Under Rule 322 of the K.M.V Rules 1963 only Officers of and above the rank of P.S.I. are authorised to check a Motor Vehicle and demand information. Therefore, when ever the Traffic Police viz-ASI/HC/PC on point or Mobile duty find any Motorist violating any provisions of the M.V. Act Rules the Vehicle No is noted down by the Officer in his note book and reported to the Traffic PSI of the jurisdiction, who in turn takes the necessary steps to prosecute the offenders. By way of introducing a uniform procedure for this purpose the following instructions are issued:-
2. Whenever an ASI/HC/PC on Traffic duty notices any motorist committing infringement of the provisions of M.V. Act Rules, he should use the “TRAFFIC VIOLATION REPORT” in the proforma prescribed in Annexure-1 of this Standing Order.
3. The “Traffic Violation Report” will be prepared on the printed forms supplied by the Department. The form will be printed on white paper with an original (foil) and counter foil duly perforated. It will be of the following size.
Counterfoil – 5 Cms X 10.5 CM
Original (foil) 10 Cms X 10.5 CM.
They will be stitched in a book form of 100 leaves duly machine numbered.
4. The Reporting Officer should note down the Registration number of the offending vehicle, the day of the week, place of noticing the offence, with the date and time. The date should be noted as 10-3-1976 for 10th March, 1976. Day of the Week to be noted as Wednesday for Wednesday and Time in hours as 1840 fro 6-40 p.m. in the evening. In noting the place, the exact place where the offence is noticed should be clearly noted as for eg. M.G. Road opposite Cauvery Arts & Crafts Emporium.
5. the Sl. No.of the offence committed should be noted in the appropriate column. Where the offence comes under the category of districts-obeying Police Signal/ any other offence, the details of such offences should be given. Such other information like name of the owner, driver and any other information that may become known to ASI/HC/PC may be noted. If they are not known, a note as ‘N.A.’ (Not Available) may be marked. There is no, repeat, no need for an ASI/HC/PC to stop a vehicle or a driver. The relevant information will be ascertained by the Office of the D.C.P., Traffic. It is hereby emphasised that there should be no kind of harassment to the driver or occupants of a vehicle. The ASI/HC/PC should on the spot complete both the original (foil) and counter foil and affix his signature. At the end of his duty period, he should hand over the originals (foils) to the concerned Traffic SI/ Police Station.
6. Similarly, whenever a Police Officer ASI/HC/PC notices a Motor Vehicle contravening Parking rules, the driver in most cases will not be available for taking necessary action. In such cases, the Police Officer should fix a “Parking Offence Tag” as prescribed in Annexure-II to this S.O., to the vehicle at a conspicuous place indicating the violations committed and requiring the owner to furnish the name, address and particulars of the D.L. of the Driver who was incharge of the vehicle when the violation was noticed.
7. Parking Offences under the M.V. Act/ Rules are generally committed by the Motorists by:
1) Parking the vehicle parallel to the other vehicle (Double Parking)
2) Parking at “No Parking Area”
3) Parking on/near Bus Stop
4) Parking on/near Taxi stand
5) parking on/near Auto rickshaw Stand
6) Parking near Traffic Signal,
7) Parking on pedestrian crossing.
8) Parking on road intersection.
9) Parking on foot path.
10) Parking on close to approach
11) Not exhibiting the Tax token.
8. The Parking Offence Tag will be of the size of the T.V.R. specified in para 3 above containing 50 leaves in a printed book serially numbered with foil, counter-foil and trefoil in pink colour. The foil (original) will be the parking Offence Tag which is tagged on/affixed to the offending vehicle, filling the columns such as M.V. Number, place Date and time as laid down in Paras 4 & 5 of this S.O. The columns in the counterfoil and tri-foil should also be filled up in the similar manner. The counter-foil shall be sent to the Office of the D.C.P., Traffic, for further action while the tri-foil should be retained in the book for reference and record.\
9. The Traffic P.S.I/ the S.I. incharge of Police Station in turn should collect all such T.V.Rs. and Parking Offence Tags received from the staff in the after-noon upto 1200 hrs and despatch the same immediately to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore City. T.V.Rs. and P.OTs received in the afternoon till the end of the day’s duty should be transmitted to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of Police Traffic on the following day by 0900 hours.
10. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore City, should make arrangements to develop a “DATA BANK” by opening Cards containing details of all Motor Vehicles registered in Bangalore Region.
11. On receipt of the T.V.Rs., and P.O.Ts. they should be scrutinized, the name and address of the registered owner of the vehicle if given, should be verified, and where such information is not noted on T.V.Rs, and P.O.Ts. the same should be found out from the “DATA BANK” in the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, and noted. Thereafter a Notice U/s 88 of the I.M.V Act should be sent to the registered owner directing him to furnish the name, address and the particulars of the D.L. of the person who was found driving the M.V. at the time of the commission of the offence, vide – ANNEXURE – III, and obtain the required particulars.
12. If the name and address of the registered owner of the M.V. is not available in the “DATA BANK” the same should be obtained from the Office of the R.T.O. concerned.
13. After ascertaining the name and address of the driver through the issue of notice U/s 88 of the I.M.V Act or even earlier i.e., when the information is available from the P.O.I., I.V.R. and the Police notice or other records, the Deputy Commissioner of Police., Traffic may decide as to whether the person concerned should be warned or prosecuted. If it is decided to warn the person concerned, a letter shown in Annexure –IV may be issued by ticking the concerned column. Where the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic decides to prosecute, he may use the same form viz form given in Annexure IV to intimate the person concerned that he would get a further communication from the competent court.
14. On taking a decision to prosecute a petty case charge sheet in Form shown in Annexure V. should be prepared in duplicate by carbon process the original being submitted to the Court and the duplicate retained in the Office in the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic.
15. After the court takes cognizance of the offence and issued summons to the concerned U/s 130 of the I.M.V. Act 1939 as in Annexure – VI necessary action should be taken to serve the summons on the concerned and return the served summons to the court intime.
16. With a view to assist the court in the matter of expeditious disposal of the case, the Police are hereby permitted (with the approval of the concerned court) to prepare the summons referred to in para 15. they should be prepared in duplicate and after signature of the competent Magistrate and seal of the court, the same should be obtained for being served on the person concerned and return the served summons to the court in time.
17. When a Police Officer of and above the rank of a PSI. checks a Motor Vehicle. The Police Notice form in Annexure – VII will be used. It will be white to colour and in triplicate containing 75 leaves in each book and serially numbered. It will be prepared by carbon process.
18. The first copy of the Police Notice (original) should be issued to the accused driver concerned under acknowledgement. The Second copy (duplicate, should be transmitted to the Office of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic for taking further action. The third copy (triplicate, to be retained i the concerned Traffic Sub-Zone/ Police Station which will be the notice Book itself for reference and record.
19. After receipt of the duplicate of the Police Notice from the A.S.I the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic should take further action as laid down in paras 11 to 16 supra.
20. A list of Traffic Offences normally noticed are given in Annexure – VIII. This is not exhaustive, but covers most of the offences.
21. The above instructions will Mutatis Mutandis apply to the Districts and in the first instance introduced in the cities of Bangalore and Mysore. As regards other districts further instructions will follow:-
22. The above instructions will come into effect from 1st March, 1976.
23. The success of the scheme will greatly depend upon the circumspection restraint and caution exercised in booking offences and as such checking Officers should suitably be instructed.
|Sl. No |Sl. No |
|Karnataka State Police |Karnataka State Police |
|(for being retained in the Police Station) |(Original) |
|TRAFFIC VIOLATION REPORT |TRAFFIC VIOLATION REPORT |
| | |
|1. M.V. No ……………………… |1. M.V. No ……………………… |
| | |
|2. Day …………………………… |2. Day …………………………… |
| | |
|3. Place ………………………….. |3. Place ………………………….. |
| | |
|4. Date & Time …………………. |4. Date & Time …………………. |
| | |
|5. Sl. No of offence committed …. |5. Sl. No of offence committed …. |
| | |
|6. Name of Driver ………………. ………………………................... |6. Name of Driver ………………. ………………………................... |
| | |
|7. Name & Address of the owner ….. |7. Name & Address of the owner ….. |
|……………………………………… |……………………………………… |
| | |
|8. Reported by ASI/HC/PC |8. Reported by ASI/HC/PC |
|……………………………………… |……………………………………… |
| | |
|9. Signature ASI/HC/PC |9. Signature ASI/HC/PC |
| |10. Countersigned by PSI …………… |
OFFENCES
1. Parked Parallel to other vehicle
2. Parked in “No Parking Area”
3. Parked on/near Bus Stop
4. Parked on/near Taxi stand
5. Parked on/near Autorikshaw stand
6. Parked near Traffic Signal
7. Parked on Pedestrian Crossing
8. Parked on Road Intersection
9. Parked on Footpath
10. Parked on close to Approach
11. Jumping the Traffic Signals
12. Overtaking dangerously
13. Overtaking by left
14. Driving on the wrong side
15. Driving against “one way”
16. Cutting Traffic Lanes/Weaving “in & out” of the flow of traffic
17.Cutting the island from the right side
18. Disobeying Police Signal
19. Defective lights.
20. Any other offences (with details) ……………………………………
(for use in the Office of the D.C.P. (Traffic)
Name & Address of Owner ………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………….
Signature
_____________________________________________________________
|Sl. No |Sl. No |Sl. No |
|Karnataka State Police |Karnataka State Police |Karnataka State Police |
| | | |
|(for being retained in the Police Station)|(for use in the Office of the DCP., |(Original) |
| |Traffic) | |
|Parking Offence tag | |Parking Offence tag |
| |Parking Offence tag | |
|1. M.V. No ………….. | |1. M.V. No …………………. |
| |1. M.V. No ………….. | |
|2. Place ……………… | |2. Place ……………………… |
| |2. Place ……………… | |
|3. Date & Time …….. | |3. Date & Time ……..………. |
|………………………. |3. Date & Time …….. | |
| |………………………. |Dear Motorist, |
|4. Offence ………….. | |You have committed violations under the M.V. Act 1939 as |
| |4. Offence ………….. |noted overleaf. |
|5. Detected by ………. | | |
| |5. Detected by ………. |You are required to furnish the name and address of the |
| | |driver concerned with the D.L. particulars to the Deputy |
| | |Commissioner of Police (Traffic) No. 1 Infanty Road, |
| | |Bangalore within 3 days of receipt of this notice. Failure to|
| | |comply with this notice within the stipulated time will |
| | |entail prosecution under the provisions of Law. |
| | | |
| | |Yours faithfully, |
| | | |
| | |Name and Rank in Capital Letters |
| | |…………….. Traffic Sub-Zone. |
|OFFENCES |OFFENCES |
| | |
|1 Parked Parallel to other vehicle |1 Parked Parallel to other vehicle |
|2. Parked in “No Parking Area” |2. Parked in “No Parking Area” |
|3. Parked on/near Bus Stop |3. Parked on/near Bus Stop |
|4. Parked on/near Taxi stand |4. Parked on/near Taxi stand |
|5. Parked on/near Autorikshaw stand |5. Parked on/near Autorikshaw stand |
|6. Parked near Traffic Signal |6. Parked near Traffic Signal |
|7. Parked on Pedestrian Crossing |7. Parked on Pedestrian Crossing |
|8. Parked on Road Intersection |8. Parked on Road Intersection |
|9. Parked on Footpath |9. Parked on Footpath |
|10. Parked on close to Approach |10. Parked on close to Approach |
|11. Not Exhibited the Tax Token |11. Not Exhibited the Tax Token |
TO BE SENT TO THE DY. COMMR/TRAFFIC
|Affix |
|Stamp |
|here |
| |
|To |
| |
| |
|The Dy. Commissioner of Police, Traffic, |
|No. 1, Infantry Road, |
|Bangalore-560001. |
REPLY TO TRAFFIC OFFENCE NOTICE
Name and address of the driver
(in capital letters)
|Driving Licence |Office of |Year of |Date of |
|No. |Issue |Issue |validity |
| |
Is the Motor Vehicle Registered in the name of the
Driver1 Yes/No
Additional
Remarks
No M.V. No Date & time of offence Offence
Signature of the person Place ……………
Completing the form Date …………….
Fold-3 Apply gum here
| |
|From |
|The Dy. Commissioner of Police, Traffic, |
|No. 1, Infantry Road, |
|Bangalore-560001. |
|Affix |
|Stamp |
|here |
| |
| |
|To |
| |
|The Dy. Commissioner of Police, Traffic, |
|No. 1, Infantry Road, |
|Bangalore-560001. |
TO BE RETAINED BY THE PARTY.
|Affix |
|Stamp |
|here |
| |
|To |
| |
| |
|…………………………………. |
|…………………………………. |
|…………………………………. |
TRAFFIC OFFENCE NOTICE
No. Fold 2
Dear Sir/Madam
The person driving the Motor Vehicle Registered under your name was noticed committing the offence (noticed below) under the I.M.V. Act/Rules, at the place, date and time mentioned below.
You are therefore directed to furnish the Name, Address and Driving Licence particulars of the person driving the Motor Vehicle at the place, date and time given below in the Reply portion attached with in three days from the date of Receipt of this notice.
M.V. No ……………….. Date and Time of offence ………………………
Place of committing offence ………………………………………………..
Offence ……………………………………………………………………..
Failure to comply with this notice within the stipulated time will entail prosecution u/s 38 R/W. 118-A of IMV Act against you.
Previous offences’ if any, against the vehicle.
1 ………………………………….. Date ……………………………..
2 ………………………………….. Date ……………………………..
3 ………………………………….. Date ……………………………..
4 ………………………………….. Date ……………………………..
Yours faithfully,
Deputy Commissioner of Police
No. OFFICE OF THE
DY. COMMISSIONER OF POLICE (TRAFFIC),
BANGALORE, DATED: …………………
To,
Smt./Sri ……………………..
……………………..
…………………….
Sir/Madam,
You had committed a Traffic Violation by …………………………… on ……………………….. road on …………………..19…..
2. Your attention is invited to the Parking Offence Tag No ………… dated …………….. issued by …………………………. Police, Bangalore.
3. Your attention is invited to the Police Notice No ………………. Dated ………………… issued by the Sub-Inspector of Police …………….. ……………… Subject-Zone/Police Station.
4. Your are warned for the said offence this time with the hope that such a Violation will not be repeated by you.
5. You will hear further communication from the competent Court in the matter.
Yours faithfully,
Dy. Commissioner of Police
Traffic Bangalore City
NOTE:- Tick (Ρ) Which ever is applicable.
KARNATAKA STATE POLICE
PETTY CASE CHARGE SHEET
(Offences under Schedule V par B of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1939)
MV No …………………………………..... Day ……………………………
1 Petty Case No …………………………………………..
2 Date & Time of Occurrence ……………………………
3 Place of Occurrence…………………………………….
4 Name and Address of accused …………………………
5 Name and Address of Complainant ……………………
6 Name address of Witnesses.
(1)
(2)
(3)
7 Charge
8 Request by Police
The Honorable ……………………………………… court may be pleased to issue summons to the accused under Section 130 of IMV Act 1939
Signature with Name and Rank
9 Order of the Magistrate
10 CC No & Date.
IN THE COURT OF …………………………………………………
Summons to accused person under Section 130 of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act.
MV No …………………………………. Day ……………………………… Case No …………………… in the Court of ………………………………
To
Where as the complainant (1) …………………… (2) ……………………… Has complained that you on the date (3) ………………………………….. at (4) ……………………………………………………………………………. Did (5) ………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………….. and have thereby committed an offence punishable under Section ………… …………..……………………………………………………………………. Of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 and whereas your attendance is necessary to answer the said charges you are hereby required to appear in person, or by pleader if you do not wish to appear in person as the case may be, before the (6) …………………………………………………………….. …………………………………. Of ………………………………………… on the (7) …………………………. Day of …………………………..19 …. You are required to produce all your witnesses on the day fixed for the trail.
You may if you do not desire to appear in person or by pleader as aforesaid plead guilty to the charge before the (8) ……………………………………. Day of ………………………………………………………..19 …………… by registered letter and remit to this court a sum of Rs ……… …………….. ……………………………………………………… (Not by Cheque) Rupees ……………………………………………………………………….
Here in fail not ………………………………………………………………. Dated this ……………….. Day of ………………………. 19 ……………
Seal Signature
NOTE:- 1, Should you apprehend
That your witnesses will not attend of their own accord you can have summons from this Court, to compel the attendance of any witness and the production of any document that you have a right to call upon the witnesses to produce on applying to this Court any time before the trial, on your depositing the necessary process fees.
2. Your attention is drawn to sub-section 2 of section 130 of the Indian Motor Vehicles Act under which in the case of an offence mentioned in Part ‘B’ of the fifth Schedule to the Act, you are required to forward your licence with your letter containing your plea to the Court for the purpose of endorsing the conviction on it.
3. This form shall not be used in the case of offences mentioned in Part ‘A’ of the Fifth Schedule to the Act.
1. Complainant’s name
2. complainant’s residence
3. date of alleged offence
4. place of alleged offence
5. Nature of offence in brief
6. Description of Magistrate of the Court
7. Date fixed for appearance
8. Date fixed for pleading the charge by registered letter, which should be a date prior to the date mentioned in (7)
KARNATAKA STATE POLICE
Sl. No POLICE NOTICE – (Traffic Offences)
Type of Vehicle _________ Checking: 1) Place _______________
M.V. No _____________ 2) Date _______________
3) Time _______________
To
Shri ______________________
_____________________
Sir/Madam,
The following violations under the I.M.V Act/ K.M.V. Rules marked (Ρ) have been committed.
1. Failed to produce R.C./F.C./I.C/Permit/C. Licence/ G.V.R/ P.S.V. Badge/ D.L.
2. Found Carrying __________________ passengers/ K.G.S.S./ as against permitted capacity of _____________________ passengers/ KG’S.
3. Found Carrying __________________ persons on the load of the vehicle in a dangerous manner/ ________________________ persons in the cabin as against ____________________ on the cabin.
4. Refused to go for hire from ___________ to __________________ to Shri _________________________
5. Demanding excess fare from Shri ____________________
6. Driving in a wreckless manner on public road endangering human life.
7. Repairing the M.V. on public road/Parking on Public road for picking up passengers other than at specified place (s)
8. Other Offences ________________________________ you will hear a further communication in the matter.
|Documents taken _____________ |
|Valid up to __________________ |
| |
|(Documents to be seized only (i) if the drivers is likely to |
|abscond |
|(ii) if the document is suspected to be false) |
Received the copy
Signature
(Driver/Conductor)
_____________________________
Checking Officer Name & Designation
Note: Tick (Ρ) whichever is applicable.
ANNEXURE VIII
LIST OF OFFENCES
|1. |Owner withholding particular of driver |u/s 88 r/w 118 (A) M.V. Act. |
|2. |Owner furnishing incomplete particulars of driver |u/x 113 (2) -do- |
|3. |Driving without valid licence |u/s 3 r/w 112 -do- |
|4. |Permitting to drive without valid licence |u/s 5 r/w 112 -do- |
|5. |Failing to produce Motor Driving licence Registration Certificate within 10 |u/s 86 (3) r/w 112 -do- |
| |days | |
|6. |Failing to produce Insurance Certificate within 7 days |u/s 106 M.V. Act r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|7. |Driving without Insurance Certificate |u/s 94 (1) r/w 125 M.V. Act. |
|8. |Driving Transport Vehicle without fitness Certificate |u/s 38 r/w 112 -do- |
|9. |Carrying goods/passengers without permit |u/s 42 (1) r/w 123 -do- |
|10. |Driving without necessary documents. |u/s 86 (1)&(2) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|11. |Cutting into flow of traffic- |Reg. 4(a) 10th Schedule r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|12. |Disobeying manual Police Signal |u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|13. |Disobeying one way directions |-do- |
|14. |Disobeying Police Directions |u/s 70 K.P. Act r/w 112 K.P. Act. |
|15. |Disobeying Traffic Lights |u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|16. |Disobeying Traffic Sign Boards |IX Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|17. |Driving/ Halting against flow of traffic |X Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|18. |Driving on wrong side of road |X Schedule (1) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|19. |Driving unsafe vehicle |u/s 121 M.V. Act. |
|20. |Driving with dazzling lights |Rule 337 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|21. |Driving with irregular lights |Rule 182 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|22. |Driving without ‘L’ Plated |Rule 19(1) (iii) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|23. |Failing to give way to traffic on main road |X Schedule (7) u/x 77 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|24. |Failing to give way to traffic on Right |X Schedule (7) u/x 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|25. |Failing to illuminate number plate |Rule 181 (c) (2) r/w 112 –do- |
|26. |Failing to keep left of Island |X Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|27. |Failing to signal in good time |XI Schedule (3) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|28. |Failing to slow down at Junction/corner |Reg. 6 of X Schedule r/w –do- |
|29. |Halting without signal |XI Schedule (4) u/s 79 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|30. |Obstructing the overtaking |X Schedule (5) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|31. |Obstructing traffic |u/s 81 r/w -do- |
|32. |Overtaking dangerously |X Schedule (4) (a) u/s 79 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|33. |Over taking by left |X Schedule (2) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|34. |Overtaking in prohibited area |u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|35. |Racing |u/s 120 M.V. Act. |
|36. |Driving in Rackless manner |u/s 116 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|37. |Reversing without caution |Rule 335 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|38. |Sounding Horn in silence Zone |IX Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|39. |Speeding |VII Schedule u/s 71 r/w 115 (2) (1) M.V. Act. |
|40. |Permitting speeding |VII Schedule u/s 71 r/w 115 (2) (1) M.V. Act. |
|41. |Taking prohibited ‘U’ turn |IX Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|42. |Turning without caution |X Schedule (9) u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|43. |Bus driver dressing improperly |Rule 23 (4) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|44. |Employee driver not carrying motor driving licence |u/s 86 (3) r/w -do- |
|45. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver carrying excess passengers. |Sec. 123 M.V. Act |
|46. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver demanding excess fare. |Rule 26 (10) r/w 122 M.V. Act. |
|47. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Drivers disorderly conduct |Rule 23 (3) r/w 122 M.V. Act. |
|48. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver dressing improperly |Rule 23 (4 r/w 122 M.V. Act. |
|49. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver to display P.S.V. badge. |Rule 22 r/w 122 M.V. Act. |
|50. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver failing to use shortest/quickest route. |Rule 23 (13) r/w 122 M.V. Act. |
|51. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver obscuring Taxi meter. |Rule 26 (15) r/w 122 M.V. Act. |
|52. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver parking Office stand. |Rule 26 (1) r/w 122 M.V. Act. |
|53. |Taxi/ Auto rickshaw Driver refusing to fly for hire. |Rule 26 (16) r/w 122 M.V. Act. |
|54. |Carrying Animals in goods vehicle |Rule 113 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|55. |Carrying children on Petrol Tank |u/s 85 r/w -do- |
|56. |Carrying excess persons or Motor Cycle |u/s 85 r/w -do- |
|57. |Carrying excess persons in goods vehicle. |Rule 161 (1) r/w -do- |
|58. |Carrying lengthy material without necessary signal. |Rule 331 (iii) r/w -do- |
|59. |Carrying persons on foot-board. |u/s 82 r/w -do- |
|60. |Carrying persons / things obstructing driver. |u/s 83 r/w -do- |
|61. |Carrying persons dangerously on the load. |Rule 161 (4) (6) (1) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|62 |Loading over 11’ from the ground |Rule 202 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|63. |Overloading |u/s 72 (3) r/w 124 -do- |
|64. |Leaving vehicle in dangerous position |u/s 81 r/w 112 -do- |
|65. |Leaving vehicle un-attended with idling engine. |u/s 84 r/w -do- |
|66. |Parking against flow of traffic |X Schedule u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act |
|67. |Parking athwart/toll parking |u/s 81 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|68. |Parking in ‘NO’ parking area |u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|69. |Parking on pavement |92 (g) K.P. Act. |
|70. |Defective/wornout tyres |Rule 194 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|71. |Illegible /obscure number plate |Rule 54 (1) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|72. |Failing to display caution ‘left hand drive’ sign |u/s 80 r/w -do- |
|73. |No side view mirror |Rule 188 r/w -do- |
|74. |No wiper |Rule 193 r/w -do- |
|75. |Smoking exhaust |Rule 196 r/w -do- |
|76. |Failing to exhibit particulars on left side of transport vehicle |Rule 55 r/w -do- |
|77. |Defective Brakes |Rule 184 r/w -do- |
|78. |Taking vehicle without authority |u/s 126 r/w -do- |
|79. |Driving underaged |sec. 4 r/w -do- |
|80 |Lending the Motor Driving Licence |u/s 6 (2) M.V. Act u/s 112 M.V. Act. |
|81 |Working as Conductor without badge. |u/s 21 (A) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|82. |Driving/permitting to drive un-registered vehicle. |u/s 22 r/w -do- |
|83. |Registration not displayed |Rule 54 (1) r/w 112 –do- |
|84. |Owner failing to alter address within 30 days |u/s 30 r/w -do- |
|85. |Failing to transfer ownership within 30 days |u/s 31 r/w -do- |
|86. |Failing to display number of towing vehicle on trailer |u/s 40 (2) r/w -do- |
|87. |Failing to stop when signaled by the Police Officer in uniform |u/s 87 r/w -do- |
|88. |Failing to remove injured persons to Hospital |u/s 89 (a) r/w -do- |
|89. |Failing to report accidents to Police within 24 hours. |u/s 89 (b) r/w -do- |
|90. |Refusing/giving false information to Police Officer or Motor vehicle |u/s 113 M.V. Act. |
| |Inspector. | |
|91. |Driving vehicle when disqualified for holding, obtaining Motor Driving |u/s 114 -do- |
| |Licence. | |
|92. |Driving while under the influence of Alcohol. |u/s 117 -do- |
|93. |Driving when physically, mentally unfit. |u/s 118 -do- |
|94. |Abetment of offences u/s 116, 117 & 118 M.V. Act |u/s 119 -do- |
|95. |Interfering with vehicle without authority |u/s 127 -do- |
|96. |Power of Police Officer to arrest without warrant. |u/s 128 -do- |
|97. |Failing to drive with caution on road under repair. |Schedule X (8) M.V. Act r/w 112 MV Act. |
|98. |Failing to slow down while procession was going on. |X Schedule (8) r/w 112 MV Act. |
|99. |Bus Driver/Conductor smoking on duty |Rule 23 (2) & rule 48 respectively r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|100. |Taxi/Auto rickshaw Driver on stand on flag down. |Rule 26 (13) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|101. |Using Taxi/Auto rickshaw for the prostitution |Rule 26 (8) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|102. |Taxi Auto rickshaw Driver soliciting passenger |Rule 23 (6) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|103. |Taxi/Auto rickshaw driver interfering with passengers in engaging other |Rule 23 (7) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
| |taxi/ auto Rickshaw | |
|104. |Taxi/Auto rickshaw driver smoking on duty. |Rule 23 (2) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|105. |Taxi/Auto rickshaw Driver failing to keep Taxi/ Auto rickshaw clean. |Rule 23 (5) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|106. |Taxi/Auto rickshaw Driver refusing to surrender P.S.V. badge |Rule 22 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|107. |Driving without number plate or plates |Rule 54 (1) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|108. |Driver failing to keep road permit |Rule 163 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|109. |Boarding/alighting from bus in motion. |Rule 166 (5) (a) (I) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|110. |Improper conduct of passenger in Taxi/Auto rickshaw, refusing to pay the |Rule 168 (b) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
| |fair | |
|111. |Sounding musical horn |Rule 186 (2) r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|112. |Driving/with defective silencer or without silencer |Rule 187 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|113. |Abandoning vehicle on Road more than 6 hours. |Rule 325 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|114. |Driving on pavement. |Rule 330 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|115. |Parking parallel to other vehicle |u/s 78 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|116. |Using loudspeaker without permission of the Commissioner of Police. |u/s 37 (1) K.P. Act. |
|117 |Carrying unwieldy articles without permit |u/s 92 (D) K.P. Act |
|118 |Repairing/washing/selling vehicle on road |u/s 92 (E) K.P. Act |
|119 |Failing to use pavement |u/s 92 (O) K.P. Act |
|120 |Failing to use pedestrian crossing |u/s 92 (D) K.P. Act |
|121 |Carrying goods for hire or reward in a private car i.e. using a car as a |u/s 2 (7) (8) (33)/ 42 (1)/123 (1) M.V. Act. |
| |goods vehicle without permit | |
|122 |Carrying passengers in a private car for hire for reward, thus using car as |u/s 42 (1)/123 (1) M.V. Act |
| |a taxi without permit | |
|123 |Playing a Motor vehicle without paying road tax. |u/s 12 (1) of the Mysore Motor Vehicles Taxation and |
| | |Tolls Act. 1957. |
|124 |For not displaying tax token in the vehicle in the manner prescribed. |u/s 5 (3) and 12 (4) of the Mysore Motor Vehicles |
| | |Taxation and Tolls Act. 1957. |
|125 |Driving P.S.V. without authorization in D.L. |Rule-5 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|126 |Owner allowing un-authorised person to drive a vehicle. |u/s 113 (a) of M.V. Act. |
|127 |Learner driving the MV other than solo without a competent driver by his |Rule -19(i) (ii) r/w 112 M.V Act. |
| |side. | |
|128 |Driver or conductor of the bus misbehaving with passengers. (stage carriage |Rule-23 (iii) or 48 (iii) respectively r/w 112 M.V. |
| |or contract carriage) |Act. |
|129 |Conductor failing to display badge. |Rule 47 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|130 |Failing to maintain complaint Book in Stage Carriage. |175 r/w 112 M.V. Act. |
|131 |Overloading of Buses |Rule-48 Cl. 8 r/w 112 IMV Act. |
|132 |Vehicle with defective Speeda Meter |Rule-197 Cl. 1 r/w 112 IMV Act. |
|133 |Plying Goods vehicle without partition |Rule-220 Cl. 5/246 r/w 112 IMV Act. |
|134 |Forcible entry of passengers in the Bus. |Rule-166 Cl. 5 (a) (iv) r/w 112 IMV Act. |
|135 |Failed to maintain G.V.R in Transport Vehicle. |Rule-25 r/w 112 IMV Act. |
|136 |Carrying passengers in the Transport vehicle on hire. |Rule-25 (2) r/w 112 IMV Act. |
|137 |Not maintaining the First Aid Box in the Public Service Vehicle. |Rule-108 r/w 112 IMV Act. |
|138 |Advertisement Boards not to be put on the Public Service Vehicle. |Rule-155 r/w 112 IMV Act. |
|139 |Carrying any Explosive substance or article. |Rule-166 (5) (b) (xi-a) |
|140 |Rider of Motor Cycle/Scooter not wearing Helmet. |Rule-327 (b) r/w 112 IMV Act. |
STANDING ORDER NO. 693
No.82/RLN, 2/75/76, Dated 10th March1976
Creation of the post of Deputy Controller (Financial
Assistant) in Chief Office allocation of duties and
Responsibilities among the Finance Officers
In Chief Office
* * * * *
Government in their Order No. HD 175 P.E.G 74 dated 3-9-75 have sanctioned the post of a Deputy Controller (Financial Assistant) and also continued the post of Assistant Controller (Financial Assistant) in Chief Office.
2. For obtaining the maximum benefit of their Services and for proper disposal of work relating to the Financial Administration of the Police Department, the duties and responsibilities of both the Deputy Controller (financial Assistant) and Assistant Controller (Financial Assistant) will be as under:
Deputy Controller (F.A.)
1. Over all supervision of the Finance and Accounts wing of the Police Department.
2. Preparation of Budget estimates, supplementary estimates, proposals for additional grants, surrenders reappropriations etc.
3. Keeping watch over expenditure with reference to appropriation.
4. Reconciliation of Departmental figures with those of the Accountant General.
5. To deal with the appropriation and Finance Accounts and audit reports issued by the Accountant General.
6. Furnishing explanatory notes to the Audit reports for submission to the Public Accounts Committee, and pursuance of allied matters.
7. Conduct of internal audit/inspection of all subordinate Police Offices. Issuance of inspection reports and pursuance of the same with Unit Officers.
8. Keeping watch over the receipts from other Departments in respect of lent personnel.
9. Keeping watch over receipts from Government of India/other State Governments/Railways, etc, for service rendered etc.
10. Pursuance of A.G’s audit reports and maintenance of D.C.B of audit objections.
11. Watching and custody of mortgage deeds and issue of reconveyance deeds for House Purchase Advance/ House Building Advance/ House Rep[air Advances etc.
12. To supervise the work relating to computerization of pay rolls of the Department/Service records, etc. review of monthly progress reports.
13. To deal with matters relating to Grants-in-aid/Loans from Central Government including Modernisation of Police Forces/ Police Housing Scheme, etc.
14. Scrutiny of comparative Statements of tenders/quotations relating to supplies, etc.
15. To supervise the work of the Assistant Controller (F.A) in matters relating to (i) grant of advances, Loans, etc, requiring sanction of Dy. Inspector General of Police, Head Quarters/Inspector General of Police/Government,.
ii) Bills requiring Counter Signature.
iii) Pension allied cases requiring sanction of Inspector General of Police/Government.
16. Furnishing opinion on all proposals having financial implications.
17. any other matter specially referred to him by the Inspector General of Police/Dy. Inspector General of Police, Head Quarters/Asst. Inspector General of Police.
18. To Assist the Inspector General of Police in controlling the expenditure of the Department.
Assistant Controller (F.A)
1) Scrutiny of applications for grant of HBA/HPA/ House Repair advances/ Motor Car Advance, etc. Advances of Gazetted non-Gazetted Officers of the Department.
2) Scrutiny of applications for grant of G.P.F advances and Provident fund withdrawals of Gazetted and Non-Gazetted Officials of the Department.
3) Reconciliation and furnishing of annual outstanding balances to the Accountant General under the above categories of advances.
4) Scrutiny of applications for allotments of Motor Cars, Scooters etc of all Officers.
5) Watching the progress of collections against small savings targets and furnishing progress reports to Government periodically.
6) Scrutiny of Halt Statements and Travelling Allowance Claims.
7) Scrutiny of pension applications and pursuance of pending cases.
8) Review of pending pension cases and furnishing progress reports to the Accountant General and to the Government.
9) Scrutiny of cases of extra-ordinary family pension/ Compassionate gratuities/ ex-gratia payments, etc. and pursuance of such cases.
10) Scrutiny of belated claims of all kinds and obtaining sanctions thereto.
11) Obtaining of sanctions to part-time/full-time posts of sweepers and Scavengers.
12) Obtaining of sanctions to payment of rent of private buildings for housing Police Offices/ Stations/Outposts, etc.
13) Obtaining of sanctions to the installations of PABX Telephones under CYT Scheme/tele-printers and allied correspondences.
14) Scrutiny of allocation Statements and pay fixation Statements.
15) Scrutiny of NDC and other Bills received from subordinate Offices, for countersignature,
16) Obtaining sanctions to miscellaneous items of expenditure.
17) To deal with all matters relating to advances, countersignature of bills, pension cases requiring sanction of Government/Inspector General of Police, and other matters of important through the Deputy Controller (F.A.)
18) To supervise any other subjects dealt with in Accounts Section/ Pension and Fund Section in Chief Office,
19) To deal with any other matter specially referred to him by the Inspector General of Police, Dy. Inspector General of Police. Head Quarters/Assistant Inspector General of Police.
20) To assist the Inspector General of Police in controlling the expenditure of the Department.
3. Both the Deputy Controller (F.A) and the Assistant Controller (F.A) will route the papers through the Dy. Inspector General of Police, Head Quarters or the Assistant Inspector General of Police in Chief Office, as may be required.
4. Both of them will attend to routine correspondences pertaining to their subjects on behalf of the Inspector General of Police. In matters of importance involving policy or requiring sanction, etc., they will attend to their disposal after obtaining competent sanction or orders.
STANDING ORDER NO. 694
No.CB3-28/74 Dated 19th March1976
Indian Public Service – Uniform Further Instructions
issued
* * * * *
Instructions have been issued in this Office Standing Order No. 642 (CB3-28/74) dated 16-11-74 regarding wearing of uniform by Indian Police Service Officers.
2. In paras 4 and 5 of Standing Order under working dress type (3) 3 type (4), web belt with white metal fittings is indicated for use. It is now proposed to introduce the use of crested leather belts also.
3. Accordingly, the following amendments to the Standing Order are issued:
1) In para (4) after the words “web belt with metal fitting” appearing in line 2 & 3 the following words proceeded by oblique may be inserted: “/crested brown leather belt, the crested buckle being of white metal containing Indian Police Service monogram”.
2) In para (5) after the words “web belt with metal fittings” appearing in line 2 and 3 the following words proceeded by oblique may be inserted “/crested brown leather belt, the crested buckle being of white metal containing IPS monogram”.
4. While the Officers wear the working dress type (3) of type (4), they may use brown leather belt with crested buckle of white metal or web belt.
5. It has been brought to my notice that a large number of Officers of this State would prefer to wear working dress type (3) as it is found convenient for them to do so. In order to make a start it is felt that all Officers below the age of 50 shall attend weekly and Monthly Police Parades in working dress type (3) with brown leather belt with crested buckle of white metal. At other times they may choose to wear any of the prescribed working dress as indicated in S.O. 642. Any option is given to Officers above the age of 50 t0 wear either working dress type (2) or working dress type (3) for attending weekly or monthly Police Parades.
These instructions will come into force with effect from 1-4-1976.
STANDING ORDER NO. 695
No.CB3-26/73 Dated 19th March1976
Karnataka State Police Service (Uniform) Further
instructions issued
* * * * *
Instructions have been issued in this Office Standing Order No. 650 (CB3-26/73) dated 20-1-1975 regarding wearing of uniform by Karnataka State Police Service Gazetted Officers.
2. In paras 4 and 5 of the Standing Order 650 under working dress type (3) and type (4), web belt with white metal fittings is indicated for use. In Note (2) of para 6 if Standing Order 650. it has been stated that the question of replacement of web belt by a crested leather belt is under examination and orders will issue in due course. The matter has been examined and it is now proposed to introduce the use of crested leather belts, side by side.
3. Accordingly the following amendments to the Standing Order are issued;
1) In para (4) after the words “web belt with metal fittings” appearing in line 2, the following words proceeded by oblique may be inserted:- “/crested brown leather belt, the crested buckle being of white metal containing K.S.P.S. monogram”.
2) In para (5) after the words “web belt with metal fittings” appearing in line 2 and 3 the following words preceded by oblique may be inserted:- “/crested brown leather belt, the crested buckle being of white metal containing K.S.P.S. monogram”.
4. While the Officers wear the working dress type (3) or type (4), they may use brown leather belt with crested buckle of white metal or web belt.
5. It has been brought to my notice that a large number of Officers of this State would prefer to wear working dress type (4) as it is found convenient for them to do so. In order to make a start it is felt that all Officers below the age of 50 shall attend weekly Month Police Parades in working dress type (3) with brown leather belt with crested buckle of white metal, at other times they may choose to wear any of the prescribed working dress as indicated in Standing Order 650. An option is given to Officers above 50 to wear either working dress type (2) or working dress type (3) for attending weekly or Month Police Parades.
These instructions will come into force with effect from 1-4-1976.
STANDING ORDER NO. 696
No.STS.11.1.212/73 Dated 18th March1976
Sale of condemned vehicles/MT, Spares Procedure to be
Followed in conducting Public auctions
instructions issued
* * * * *
Hitherto, almost all the Unit Officers are observing ‘OPEN AUCTION SYSTEM’ in disposing the condemned vehicles/MT Spares. Form the experiences of auctions held in the past, it is found that this system is not profitable and at times has proved disadvantageous to Government. In the auction, recently conducted, some of the Departmental condemned vehicles have even fetched far less amounts than expected. Though the loss in this respect cannot be attributable wholly, to the auctioning system, the system of auctioning cannot be completely set aside.
In view of the above it is suggested that the Unit Officers should follow the “Tender-Cum Auction Sale” system for disposing condemned vehicles/ M.T. Spares while doing so they must make use of the notification annexed (specifying the terms and conditions) with alternations where-ever necessary.
Above all, the Unit Officers must ensure the interest of Government is kept in view always.
The receipt of this memo should be acknowledged.
Office of the ……………………………………………………………….
No. Dated:
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. Sealed Tender in duplicate should be addressed to the ………………….. and superscribed as “tender for the Purchase of Vehicles/ Materials/ Spares.
2. The highest rates should be quoted for each vehicle item separately both in figures and words in the enclosed tender form.
3. Tender forms issued are not transferable.
4. Each tender application should be accompanied with Rs. 200/- (Rupees two hundred only) in cash or in the form of D.D. drawn in favour of ………………………………………… as Earnest Money Deposit. Applications received without this Earnest money Deposit will be rejected. The earnest money will not carry any interest.
5. Completed Tender forms should be sent so as to reach this Office not later than 4 P.M. on ………………………………… Tenders received after the time and date specified will not be considered.
6. Tenderers are also entitled to bid in the auction without making any additional Earnest Money Deposit. The auction will be held in the premises of ………………………………………………………. at 11 a.m. on ……………………….
7. Tenders are liable to be rejected in the case of any ambiguity. Any corrections in rates etc, should be attested by the tenderer with full signature.
8. On the day notified for auction, the Officers duly authorised will conduct the public auction under the supervision of the ……………… or any Officers duly authorised by him and the bidders shall call the bids at the time and place notified.
9. After the highest bid in auction is recorded the Tender received will be opened by the ………………….. or nay Officer duly authorised by him in the presence of the tenderers or the authorised agents who may be present and the highest offer received from the Tenderers or Bidders in auction as the case may be, shall be considered for acceptance.
10. Advance Payment:
The successful tenderes/tenderers or Bidder/Bidders should remit 25% of the total value in cash on the spot and the balance of the total value should be remitted within eight days from the date of receipt of our acceptance and collect the Vehicles, Spares failing which Earnest Money Deposit will be forfeited/ and the tender or Bid accepted in his favour will be cancelled and separate action will be taken for the disposal of the said Vehicles Spares.
Cheques will not be accepted
11. All cash payments should be made to the ……………………………. ………………………………………… at ……………………………
12. Earnest Money deposit amount paid cannot be adjusted against the balance of 75% value of the vehicle/Materials due to be paid as per clause 10 above and will have to be claimed separately after complying with all the terms and conditions of the contract.
13. The sale will be effective only when confirmed by the Inspector General of Police, Karnataka State Bangalore.
14. Any loss accruing to the Police Department on account of the default of the successful tenders/Tender, Bidder/Bidders and the value thereof as determined by …………………. Will be recovered from the EMD. And any amount in excess of EMD still due to the recovered will have to be paid forthwith, failing which action will be taken legally.
15. Sales Tax and other charges as applicable will be collected extra.
16. The successful Tenderers/Tenderer, Bidder/Bidders should make his/their own arrangements for the immediate Transport of the Vehicle/Vehicles/materials/Spares.
17. The ……………………………………………….. reserves, the right to reject, post-pone or cancel the Tender or Auction without assigning any reasons and the decision of the ………………………………… will be final and binding on all the parties.
18. In case of any dispute in the excution of the contract the decision of the Inspector General of Police will be final.
DCP/SP Commdt/Principal.
STANDING ORDER NO. 697
No.Law 29/FNR/75-76 Dated 30th March1976
Stock of Furniture in Chief Office –Maintenance of
Inventories in each section – instructions issued
* * * * *
At present the entire stock of furniture in Chief Office is spread overt the Office is several sections and chambers of Officers. The work relating to furniture has been entrusted to the library clerk attached to Law section at present. A Second Division Clerk is held responsible for the entire stock of furniture in all the sections and chambers of Officers in Chief Office building. The complete responsibility for any loss cannot be fixed on anybody other than this Second Division Clerk. This would be too much to be expected of a Second Division Clerk.
(2) According to Note (1) under Article 166 of the K.F.C 1958, in the case of furniture in large Offices distributed over several rooms, the head of the Office may have Inventories which may be in each room kept up-to-date to facilitate the annual verification of stock and to fix the responsibility for losses.
(3) In conformity with the provision of Article 166 of K.F.C., 1958, a proforma of an inventory has been prescribed and enclosed to this Standing Order.
(4) The furniture clerk will enter all the furniture supplied to a section in the inventory and hand it over to the section superintendent under his acknowledgement.
(5) This inventory should be hung up in a conspicuous place in each section and should be readily available for inspection.
(6) As regards the furniture supplied to the chambers of the Officers, their Personal Assistants/Stenographers will maintain the inventories and will be responsible for the safety of the furniture.
(7) These instructions should be strictly observed and compliance reported.
INVENTORY OF FURNITURE
Name of Section …………………………………….
|Sl. No |Name of furniture |I.G.P. No |Date of Supply |Ack. Of the Sec. |Date of checking |Remarks |
| | | | |Supdt. | | |
| |
STANDING ORDER NO. 698
No.STS.11.2.204/75-76 Dated 3rd April 1976
Allotment, control and maintenance of Motor Cycles
authorised for Police Subject-Inspectors
* * * * *
1. As an experimental measure, it has been decided to provide Motor Cycles to Subject-Inspectors, incharge of Traffic, Law and Order and Crime, attached to Police Stations at District Head Quarters, Bangalore city, and major cities for the efficient performance of their Official duties. This is being done in a phased manner. As and when the vehicles become available, allotment memos will be issued to the District Officers giving the particulars of allottees Superintendents of Police of the districts will allot the Motor Cycles by name to the Officers holding respective appointments. Whenever there is a change of Officers, Motor Cycles so allotted will also be handed over properly. The Officer (viz. S.I. Traffic, S.I. Law & Order, S.I. Crime or S.I Police Station) to whom the allotment is made will be personally responsible for the correct maintenance, accounting and economic running of the Motor Cycles. These Motor Cycles will not be detailed for any other purpose and will not be used by any other persons. These instructions will also apply mutatis mutandis to the allotments made earlier to SIs/ASIs of Bangalore City Police.
2. Helmets will be provided to the Officers as laid down in Chief Office Circular No. CRM. 13/CM/H/76, dated 27th February 76 and Standing Order No. 659. the helmets will be marked inside with the vehicle number.
3. It will be ensured that allottees hold valid driving licenses and also have reasonable experience in driving and maintenance of Motor Cycles. If the present incumbents do not have these requisites, other Officers who fulfill the requirements may be placed in those appointments.
4. When the Motor Cycles are not out on duty, they will be kept at the Police Station under cover. Issue of petrol, oil etc., will be done as for other vehicles of the District M.T. Sections. However, the allottees will be responsible to ensure that the log books are maintained up-to-date and that all entries regarding Servicing, repair and change of tyres etc. are recorded properly. It will be their responsibility to ensure that the Motor Cycles are fit for duty at all times and are serviced once a quarter or on completion of 1600 K.M. running, whichever is earlier. The Officers are expected to take care of the Motor Cycles as if they were their own.
5. As new vehicles are being issued, they should be carefully driven during the first 1,500 K.M. strictly observing the instructions given in the maker’s hand book regarding lubrication etc.
6. These Motor Cycles will be registered under the designation of the Supdt. of Police of the districts concerned and the register of vehicles will be correctly filled in along with the list of tools supplied with the vehicle. Any deficiency of tools found at a later stage will be the personal responsibility of the Officer concerned to whom it is allotted. Police markings will also be painted on the Motor Cycles. They will be as follows:-
a) Front mudguard – red letters ‘POLICE’ 3 ½ C.M. in height and ½ C.M. thick on white back ground 5 ½ C.M. wide, painted at the forward edge.
b) Rear number plate – red letters ‘POLOCE’ 2 ½ C.M. in height and ½ C.M. thick on white back ground 4 ½ C.M. wide, below the registered number of the Motor Cycle.
7. The Superintendents of Police of districts and in the case of Bangalore. City, the commissioner of Police will please ensure that the Officers of whom allotments are made do not draw any conveyance allowance. A list of Officers for whom allotments are made now and also those made earlier will be forwarded to Chief Office by 15 April 76. thereafter, this information will be included in the monthly vehicle returns.
8. These Motor Cycles will be inspected monthly by an Officer detailed by the Superintendents of Police/ Commissioner of Police, Bangalore. It may be impressed on all concerned that they will be able to perform their duties efficiently if they have reliable conveyances for moving about. This measure has been taken to meet such a requirement, but the purpose will be fulfilled only if sufficient care is taken to maintain these vehicles in a good condition.
STANDING ORDER NO. 699
No. Law 1-214/68 Dated 8th March 1976
The Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act 1961 and
the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Rules 1969.
* * * * *
The Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act 1961 and the Habitual Offenders Rules 1969 have been in force in Karnataka State from the 17th Day of July 1969. In view of the certain amendments made to the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Rules by promulgation the Karnataka Habitual Offenders (Amendment Rules 1973) and the delegation of powers by the Government. To the Divisional Commissioners in exercising the powers U/s 10, 11, 12, 14 (1) and (3) 15, of the Act, the following detailed instructions are issued in the light of the amendment and the delegation of powers-
2. According to Sub-Sec. (e) of Sec. 2 of the H.O. Act 1961 “Habitual Offender” means a person who during any continuous period of five years, whether before or after the commencement of this Act, or partly before and partly after such commencement, has been sentenced on conviction on not less than three occasions, since he attained the age of eighteen years, to a substantive term of imprisonment, for any one or more of the schedule offences, committed on different occasions and not so connected together as to form part of the same transaction, such sentence not having been reversed in appeal or on revision. In computing the continuous period of five years and period spent in Jail either under sentence of imprisonment or under detention shall not be taken into account;
3. In their Notification Number HD 5PRH 62 dated 31-7-1969 issued U/s 3 of the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act 1961 Government have authorised the District Magistrate to make or cause to be made a register of Habitual Offenders within his district by entering there in the names of the Habitual Offenders, their previous convictions and other prescribed particulars. The register in Form No ‘A’ has been prescribed under Rule 3.
4. Rules 4, 5, 6 prescribed the procedure for Service of notice of Habitual Offender for the purpose of brining him on the HO register.
5. The Registration of Habitual Offenders is a continuous process as and when criminals come under the category of Habitual Offenders.
6. For the purpose of registering the Habitual Offenders in the District, the Superintendent should carefully study the definition of “Habitual Offender” in clause (e) of Section 2 of the Act and the Schedule to the Act and make a list of all Habitual Offenders in his district.
7. In respect of every such Habitual Offender appearing in the list prepared, the Superintendent should obtain the documents and other particulars referred to in Section 298 of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973, for the purpose of proving the previous convictions.
8. The Superintendent should in respect of or every Habitual Offender required to be brought on the register, keep the notice in Form ‘B’ (Vide Rule 4 of Rules) duly filled up, in duplicate, for being issued by the District Magistrate or the authority appointed by him, for service.
9. The notices in Form ‘B’ issued for service by the District Magistrate or the authority appointed by him should be promptly served on the Habitual Offender concerned in the manner laid down in Rule 4 of the Rules.
10. It should be noted that if the Habitual Offender on whom the notice has to be served is in jail, the Superintendents of Police should, well in time, request the district Magistrate or other authority appointed by the Districts Magistrate to send the notice to the Officer in charge of the Jail. It shall there upon be the responsibility of that Officer to serve the notice and to produce the offender before the District Magistrate or the authority appointed, at the time and place specified in the notice.
11. The Superintendents of Police should ensure that all the Habitual Offenders on whom notices in Form ‘B’ are served, appear before the District Magistrate or the authority appointed by him on the date and at the time and place specified in the notice, to enable him to make the Register. For this purpose, a responsible Police Officer well-conversant with the Act and the Rules should be deputed with all the necessary documents and other relevant information.
12. As, on the dates on which Habitual Offender in response to the notices issued to them appear before the District Magistrate or the authority appointed by him, their finger and palm impressions, foot prints and photographs have to be taken, the Superintendent should make necessary arrangements.
13. Attention is drawn to Section 7 (2) of the Act. If in respect of any registered offender, it is found expedient that he should report himself once in each month or more frequently to the Officer in charge of the jurisdictional Police Station the Superintendent should on the same day on which the offender is registered, move the Districts Magistrate for an order under the said subject-section. The order should be served on the offender, and duplicate with his endorsement maintained as record.
14. In their notification Number H.D. 4 PPH 71 dated 21st July 1972, in exercise of the powers conferred by section 20 of the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act 1961, the State Government have delegated the powers to restrict the movements of a Registered offender U/s 11 of the Act to the Divisional Commissioner. Therefore, if in respect of any registered offender there is justification for restricting his movements to any area, the Superintendents of Police should without delay move the Divisional Commissioner through the District Magistrate for an order under Section. 11 of the Act.
15. When an order of restriction is made by the Divisional Commissioner u/s 11 (2), the Registered offender has to report himself in the manner laid-down in Rule 7 of the Rules. The order made should be served on the offender in the manner laid-down in Rule 4 and the duplicate containing the endorsement of offender maintained as evidence of Service.
16. Section 7 (2) and Section. 11 R/W rule 7 of the Rules envisage that registered offenders in respect of whom orders under the said sections are made, should report to the Officer in charge of the Police Station or the Police Patel of the village concerned. An attendance register in the proforma I attached to this S.O. should be maintained in each Police Station for this purpose. In addition to marking the attendance of the Habitual Offender, entry also should be made about the reporting or non-reporting of the Habitual Offender in the Station House Diary.
17. According to Section 7 (1) of the Act and Rule 6 of the Rules, the Registered offender has to notify in person both to the S.H.O of the Jurisdiction and the concerned village Police Patel if he is residing in a village.
i) any change or intended change or residence.
ii) The address of his intended new residence and
iii) The date on which he proposes to move to such new residence.
18. When any registered offender does so as in para 17.
i) the Officer in charge of the P.S. should make appropriate entries in the S.H.D and other relevant registers and
ii) send immediate intimation to the Officer in charge of the P.S. within whose limits the intended new residence is situate;
iii) the Officer in charge of the P.S. within whose limits the intended new residence is situate, should on receipt of such intimation checkup.
a) Whether or not the registered offender has arrived and taken up residence;
b) Send a reply to the Officer in charge of the P.S from whom he received intimation, informing him, whether or not the offender has arrived and taken up residence.
19.According to Rule 10, a registered offender in respect of whom an order of restriction has been made under section 11 (1), has to notify his intended absence from his residence for one or more nights to the Police Patel of the village and / or S.H.O. The Superintendent should ensure that every concerned station makes appropriate entries in the S.H.D. and other registers in this behalf.
20. Rules 12 and 13 permit the Officer in charge of the P.S. and the Superintendent of Police to issue passes in Form ‘D’ to registered offenders in respect of whom restriction orders are made for absenting from the limits of the area to which their movements are restricted. The Suptds. Should ensure that passes in Form ‘D’ are available at the District Police Office and with the concerned Police Station.
21. In respect of each of the Habitual Offender brought on the register prescribed U/s 3 of the Act, the Superintendents of Police should issue a certificate of identity in From ‘E’ of the Rules. On the date on which the offender is brought on the Register, this certificate should be issued to him.
22. Competent is vested in the Superintendent for granting under Rule 18 permanent passes in Form ‘D’ to registered offenders in respect of whom an order of restriction is made, for visiting the nearest bazaar or market area outside the area to which their movements are restricted.
23. Attention is drawn to Section 9. it should be noted that the registration of Habitual Offender under the Act will automatically cease to be in force on the expiry of five years from the date of registration unless it is cancelled earlier by the District, Magistrate for reasons recorded by him. Despite such occasion or cancellation, he can be re-registered u/s 11 (20 if the requirements laid down therein are satisfied. The Superintendents should therefore be watchful and in cases where re-registration is warranted, it should be got down promptly.
24. Attention is drawn to the Provisions of Section 14 (1) which empowers the State Government to direct the Registered offender to receive training or a corrective character on the report of the District Magistrate. In their notification No. HD 4 PRH 71 dated 21st July 1971 referred to in para 14 above, the power under Sec 14(1) has now been delegated by the State Government to the divisional commissioner.
25. The Industrial and Agricultural Settlement at Bijapur is a corrective Settlement established under the Act, for receiving Habitual Offenders in respect of whom orders under Section 14 of the Act are made, for imparting corrective training.
26. The Superintendent, Industrial and Agricultural Settlement, Bijapur has brought to my notice that inspite of addressing the Superintendents of Police in the State, no District Bijapur and Belgaum has sent up a single case of Habitual Offender to the Settlement at Bijapur so far.
27. The Superintendents of Police of the Districts should examine the case of each registered offender in his district and in cases where they consider that it is expedient for the reformation of any registered offenders and the prevention of crime that those offenders should receive training of a corrective character, they should without delay move the Divisional Commissioner through the District Magistrate for orders under section 14 of the Act.
28. When any Habitual Offender who is not more than 40 years of age is convicted of an offence punishable with imprisonment or is required to execute under section 110 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, a bond for good behaviour the I.O. concerned should request the Prosecuting Officer concerned to move the Court for an order under sub-section (2) of section 14 of the Act directing that the Habitual Offender shall receive corrective training for the period specified.
29. When orders Under Section 14 are made by the Divisional Commissioner or the Court as the case may be, the Superintendents should make necessary arrangements for forwarding the Habitual Offender to the Industrial and Agricultural Settlement at Bijapur which is a corrective settlement for receiving training of a corrective character.
30. The Superintendents of Police should send a quarterly Statement of Habitual Offenders sent to the Corrective settlement at Bijapur in proforma II so as to reach the Addl. Inspector General of Police, by 10th of the succeeding month of every quarter. Copy of this Statement should also be sent to the Range Deputy Inspector General of Police.
31. Addl. Inspector General of Police should review these Statements and send a quarterly review to the Inspector General of Police. These instructions should be strictly adhered to.
KARNATAKA STATE POLICE
PROFORMA I – S.O. NO. ..........................................
Attendance Register of Habitual Offenders whose movements have been restricted under Section 11 of the H.O. Act. 1961 and Rule 7 of the H.O. Rules 1969 for the month of …………………….
|Sl. No |Name of the H.O |Fathers name of |Residence |No of the H.O. in |1 |2 |
| | |the HO | |the District | | |
| | | | |Register | | |
|1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |
Date: Superintendent of Police
…………………. District
STANDING ORDER NO. 700
No.167/RLN, 2/74, Dated 14th April1976
Accident Relief Unit Bangalore City
* * * * *
The number of road accidents has increased considerably with the increase in the number of vehicles plying in Bangalore City. It was also noticed that the injured often did not get immediate medical aid. In order to provide prompt medical attention and relief to the victims of road accidents and to reduce morality, the Government were addressed for the creation of an Accident Relief Unit, with one Ambulance Van fitted with necessary First Aid equipment etc.
2. Government in their order No. HD 120 PEI 75 dated 27-12-75 accorded sanction to the creation of an Accident Relief Unit in Bangalore with a staff of 2 Sub-Inspectors 2 Head Constables and 2 Police Constables on the strength of the Traffic Police, Bangalore City and 4 APC Drivers and 1 APC Cleaner on the strength of the CAR, Bangalore City.
Object,
3. The Accident Relief Unit is created with the object of promptly attending to the victims of road accidents the injured and dead ones. It is, therefore absolutely necessary that the Police as also the Doctor reach the scene of accident within the shortest period possible and render prompt medical attention and relief of the victims of road accidents.
4. The Accident Relief Unit with its prompt and efficient functioning, it is hoped, will not only bring relief to the victims of road accidents but will aslo help in building up Police public relationship as prompt attention helps to create a feeling that the Police are humane and service-minded apart form being Investigating Officer.
Organisation
5. (a) Staff
The sanctioned strength of the Accident Relief Unit will be:-
2-Sub-Inspectors on the strength of
2-Head Constables Traffic Police
2-Police Constables Bangalore City
4-APC, Drivers on the strength of the City
1-APC. Cleaner Armed Reserve, Bangalore City.
5. (b) vehicles:
1 Ambassador Car and 1 One-Tonner (Ambulance) will be provided to the Unit, from the existing fleet of the CAR Bangalore. City.
6. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, CAR Bangalore City will ensure that the vehicles and the drivers are provided, round the clock.
7. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore City will ensure that 1 Sl. With the Investigating Officers ‘Kit and 2 Head Constables/Constable trained in First Aid, are detailed round the clock, to go with the Ambulance. The Sl. Detailed will be i/c of the Accident Relief Unit.
8. The Accident Relief Unit with the 2 Vehicles (CAR/Van will be stationed at the Police Control Room.
9. The Accident Relief Unit will function under the direct supervision and control of the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore-City.
Medical Officer:
10. The Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City, will arrange with the Medical Authorities of the Bowring & Lady Curzon Hospital and Victoria Hospital to ensure that one Medical Officer should be made available, at the Hospitals for being taken to the scene of accident in a Police vehicle immediately.
11. The i/c of the Accident Relief Unit will liaise with the Hospital authorities and keep note of the Medical Officer detailed for this duty, from time to time.
Visit to Scene of Accident
12. On receipt of information of an accident at the Control Room, the same will be relayed promptly to the Accident Relief Unit Ambulance which will be fitted with a Wireless set. The Accident Relief Unit Ambulance with the Traffic staff of 1 Sl. 1 HC. Or 1 PC will rush to the scence of accident for rendering immediate assistance to the injured and taking necessary steps for the investigation of the accident.
13. At the same time, the i/c of Accident Relief Unit will ensure that Ambassador Car of the Accident Relief Unit with a HC or PC of Accident Relief Unit immediately proceed to the Hospital concerned to pick up Medical Officer from the Hospital and take him to the scene of accident. The Ambassador car should also be fitted with a wireless set.
14. The Medical Officer will render necessary medical assistance to the victims with the assistance of the Traffic staff and if necessary arrange for the injured to be taken to the Hospital for further medical aid. All assistance should be given to the Medical Officer in this regard.
15. As soon as the work is over at the scene of accident the Accident Relief Unit Ambulance Van Ambassador Car and Staff shall promptly return to the Control Room. The vehicles shall not be used for any other purpose nor shall these vehicles be taken to any other place except to scene of accident and Hospital. Any misuse of the vehicle including delays should be viewed seriously. They are exclusively repeat exclusively meant for use for giving relief to victims of accidents.
Equipment:-
16. The following is the schedule of items to be kept ready in the Accident Relief Unit Ambulance Van:-
1) One stretcher,
2) One Oxygen Cylinder,
3) One Comprehensive First Aid Kit,
4) Two small Fans,
5) One small Water Tank,
6) One Wash Basin.
7) Drip stands for glucose/blood bottles,
8) Miscellaneous items-Towels/Soap, etc.
17. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic will ensure that these minimum requirements are provided in the van and that thy are replaced and replenished as and when necessary.
Record to be maintained.
18. The following records/registers should be maintained in the Accident Relief Unit:-
1) Diary,
2) Register of visits to Scenes of Accidents.
3) Log Book of vehicles,
4) Government Property Register,
5) Officers Visit Book.
6) Inspection Note file.
19. The diary of the Accident Relief Unit will be in the accompanying proforma – Appendix ‘A’. it should be maintained on the lines of the Station House Dairy (Vide Order 970 of K.P.M). This will be a diary of daily events which should be entered promptly, in regular sequence in point of time, as and when they occur, and so provide an account of the work done at the Accident Relief Unit. A gist of information received, visits to scenes of accidents, visits of the Medical Officer, assistance rendered to the injured, removal of injured and dead, visits to Hospital, return to Control Room etc., should invariably be noted with the correct timings.
20. The Register of visits to Scenes of Accidents should be maintained as per the proforma provided in Appendix – ‘B’.
21. The i/c of the Accident Relief Unit should send copies of the Diary and extract of the Register of Visits to Scenes of Accidents, the next day morning to the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, Bangalore City. A close scrutiny of the work done by the Accident Relief Unit the previous day, should be made by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic.
Inspection:-
22. The Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic should get the Unit inspected by one of the Traffic Inspectors, once in a month.
23. Detailed inspection of the Accident Relief Unit should be done by the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Traffic, once in six months and he should send a copy of his inspection notes to the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City.
24. The Commissioner of Police, Bangalore City, will inspect the Accident Relief Unit once every year.
APPENDIX – ‘A’
DIARY
Accident Relief Unit: Dated
Bangalore City.
|Date and time of entry. |Substance of information and details of |Register No. of the case |
| |work done. | |
| |
APPENDIX – ‘B’
Register of visits to scenes of Accidents
‘Accident Relief Unit’ Bangalore City.
Sl. No. |Date |Time of receipt of information |Place of Accident |Time of Departure of ARU for Scene |Time of Departure of ARU for Hospital |Time of arrival of IO at Scene |Time of arrival of MO at Scene |Duration of halt at scene |Time of departure |Time of returning to control room | | | | | | | | | |A |B |A |B | | | | | | | | | | |By IO |By MO |By IO |By MO | | |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 |8 |9 |10 |11 | |
................
................
In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.
To fulfill the demand for quickly locating and searching documents.
It is intelligent file search solution for home and business.
Related searches
- another word for standing together
- another word for standing up
- no minimum order promotional products
- cms standing order requirements 2018
- hospice standing orders template
- osceola free standing er
- sample of hospice standing orders
- hospice standing orders for medications
- hospice standing orders best practices
- standing orders for hospice patients
- hospice standing orders examples
- osceola free standing emergency department